HomeMy WebLinkAboutWestern Summit Constructors Inc; 1988-04-07; 32457TY -mP OF CA LSBA
MUNICIPAL PROJECTS DEPARTMEN1
I
,I
d
d
I
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
& PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
CALAVERA HILL!
CrSMMUNITY F=s
PHASE
PROJECT + 3245
BOOK 1 (
1200 ELM AVENUE*
I
I
1
I
q
1
I
1
I
1'
0
I
I
I
1 CARLSBAD, CA 92008-19
SING DEPARTMENT I February 22~~&3j%3~~,~, I ~xS, tKC.
AUDEl4i)UM t40. 1,
PROJECT: CALAVERA HILLS COMJI4ITY PARK
Please include the attached as a part of the Contract.
This aJdenduiIi, receipt asknowledged, must be attached to Proposal For
when bid is submitted.
1
I -FeA&--, Purchasing Off icrr
I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDEi4DUirl i.1'3. $ q //,-e //PA -+ /.:./-- '
6 i dde r ' s Si g ti a t u re
Western Summit Constructors, Inc.
By: Alan L. Fisher I Vice President
1
1
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
I
R
1
1
I
I
1
b .
P February 22, 1988
ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK
Phase 2, Project #3245
1 TO: ALL PRIME CONTRACT BIDDERS OF RECORD
NOTICE
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents above project and modifies the original drawin!
specifications, Contract #3245. The original Contract D
remains in force except where specifically modified '
Addendum.
Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Fai
do so may subject Bidder to disqualification.
The prime contract bidder is responsible for verifyi:
subcontractor and suppliers are fully aware of all (
contained in the Addendum.
This Addendum consists of 6 pages and 3 exhibits herein at
I BOOK 1 - SPECIFICATIONS 1
A. Contract Document - Page 12
Add the following to Section 4. - Payment - "1
by the attached release form (Exhibit A). This fo:
release of all payment claims, except retention and d
claims specifically enumerated herein."
b requests for payment by the Contractor must be accoi
B. General Provisions
1. Page 4 - Substitution of Materials
.. Add to the end of the last sentence - after 35 days from the issuance of the No1 I Proceed. 'I
L
1
1
i
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
8
I
t
2. Page 9 - 6-1 Construction Schedule
Change #*within twenty (20) calendar days Notice to Proceed1# to #*within Thirty (30) c
days or the first progress payment subm
whichever is later. VI
Page 10 - 6-9 Liquidated Damages
Change "If the completion date is not met"
the completion date for Area 'AI or Area
3.
1 not met,... I1
C. Technical Specifications
1. Page 54 - Site Drainage
Under Materials , add to "Drain lines shall be s
40 PVC8I, the following: Itor ABS - SDR 35 or a
equal." This option applies to call outs on she
and detail S-46 as well.
Add the following:
"Contractor shall supply and install in the e
turf areas of Ballfield #2 a sub-drain
consisting of an extra 400 feet of 6" Lun-Drain
feet of 12" Lun-Drain. Exact layout will be s
by architect. Connect Ballfield #2 subdrain to
clean-out at the existing 18" RCP drain. Thi addition to what is shown on Sheet SE-3. For a1
installation in Ballfield #2, Contractor shall
the existing sprinkler system and apply so
destroyed turf areas. The Lun-Drain trenches back filled without sod if its width is 3 in. or
2. Page 62 - Sand and Infield Surface
Under Part 2 - Materials, add the following:
lBContractor shall supply an extra 240 tons 0
dust topping. This brick dust is in addition is called-out on sheet SE-4 of the plans and s'
spread and rolled on the two existing Phase 1 in
"Contractor shall also supply 180 tons of
plaster sand and spread it in the existing chi
play lot. This specification does not apply ' used elsewhere. Trip tickets certifying what we
extra brick dust and play sand shall be supplied
I
1
1
8
1
I
I
1
I
I
8
8
I
I
I
1
I
II
Under Part 3 - Execution
Change the depth of infield grading and bri placement From 3" to 4". Similarly, increas dust warning track placement depth from 3" to 4" applies to the three (3) locations on Sheet SE-
Page 78 - Site Furnishings
Under Picnic Tables:
Replace I*. .Timberform
(twelve tables) and Timberform #2063 (five handil
tables). . .It (17) p tables.
Page 81 - Landscape Planting
Note that the specified seeding rate of 350 pou:
acre is equal to 8.03 pounds per 1000 square fee.
3.
#2032" with I1Timberform
Supply a total of seventeen
3.
I Page 82
Add the following to Seed Mix A:
Gazania Splendens (orange flowers) at 3.0 lbs/ac:
Page 86
Add the following to Planting
IIContractor shall
by City prior to planting."
Page 89
Add the following
"Contractor shall maintain all Phase 2 slopc wash-outs during both the project construction i
project maintenance. Soil washed out from ani including rain water runoff shall be rei recompacted, and replanted. A washout is any I
soil exceeding 5" in depth or width. In additic
Contractor shall repair all erosion damage cai inadvertent tracking, over watering, sprinkler t
or leaks. Contractor shall maintain the sidet
the toe of Phase 2 slope free of soil washt
above. Contract is advised to inspect the slope:
to bidding, since he is responsible for repairj
existing slope washouts within the Phase 2 area.
spot all trees and call for 1f
+
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
1'
1
1
1
I
4. Page 94 - Concrete Work
Revise to read, "Light pole footings shall have strength of 2,500 psioft (not 2000 psi)
5. Page 254 - Telescoping Stands
Insert Section 2.0, Products, to read: "Supply
telescoping stands, each one to be twenty length and located as shown on sheet AR-1, Th
rails on the stands shall have at least four
more horizontal rails or bars. D
6. Page 311 - Electrical
Revise to read, "The softball field sh
illuminated to 30 (not 300) foot - candles mai
average on the infield, and 20 foot -
maintained average on the outfield, 1
11. BOOK 2 - DETAILS
1. Detail S-39
This detail is deleted.
2. Detail S-40
Replace note SI/D with ''Concrete slab - Use rein.
bars, aggregate sub-base, and thickened slal
similar to tennis courts."
3. Detail S-41 i Replace with Detail S-41. (Attached)
4. Detail 5-42
Add Detail S-42A for railing and cheekwall. (Attz
111. PLANS
Sheet SE-3
Add the note, "The top soil import shall be placed on
the existing grade. 1@
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
Sheet SE-4
Add note #5 for detail S-5 (curb without g,utter)
northern edge of the parking lot. Note #12 still t
for a vehicle access point.
Sheet AR-1
1, The jambs and header for door #10 shall be a1
Tri-Fab 400 or equal. Detail A-46 does not ai
door #lo.
2. Door #30 shall be solid wood with a stain finis
hollow metal.
1
Sheet AR-5
1, The projection screen shown in the west elevat
classroom #lo6 shall be a Luma 60" by Q
manufactured by Draper Screen Company or equal.
2. Vinyl wall covering over tackboard shall be 0.
vinyl covered wall panel by Domtar (415-891-28 i equal.
Sheet AR-7
The clock shown in the east wall elevation shall be S
type 2975-9034 with type AE-11 clock guard, or equal.
Sheet AS-2
Delete the seven (7) volleyball/badminton post anchor
footings. Use the applicable number and location shoi t sheet AR-1.
Sheet PL-1
The 20 gallon water heater, WH-2, is omitted entirely.
Sheet E-4
1. Remove note IPfgc = 2,000 psi1P
2. Note #5 revised to read ll... minimum comprc
t
strength of 2500 psi at 28 days."
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
3. Revise the rebar callout for footings A, B, C f:
to 8#8 bars vertical.
4. Illegible note above the single line diagram
g1400 Amp Bus, A80Y/277 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, Amp bracing, 1400 AIC circuit breakers."
5. Illegible note above fixture schedule reads, Ill same as D/1300 except no pole. Wall mount on bi
at elev. 301.f1
6. Illegible note above fixture schedule reads,
Prudential #P-5362 - 48RS - PA ceiling n
florescent 277 volt ES ballast 2-F40 CW/RS/WM lan I
IV. ADVISORY NOTE
A nearly identical gymnasium and Community Center bc is at Stagecoach Park, 3420 Mision Estancia (right end of La Costa Avenue, east of Rancho Santa Fe Contractors may examine this building for thei information. However, contractors should not rely c
existing building for bidding; the bid document
referenced specifications govern this contract.
t
n 2.. I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
M
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM
PART I - BIDDING AND CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS
Notice Inviting Bids Proposal Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal Designation of Subcontractors Tennis Subcontractor's Qualifications Statement
Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility
Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability & Experience
Contract Contractor's Certification of Awareness of Workers'
Contractor's Certification of Awareness of Immigration
Labor and Materials Bond
Performance Bond
Certification of Compliance Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention (Optional)
Compensation Responsibility
Reform and Control Act of 1986
PART I1 - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
General Provisions
0.55 - Supplementary General Provisions
0.60 - Special Conditions
PART I11 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Division I - General Requirements
1.01 - Summary of Work
1.07 - Cutting and Patching
1.10 - Scheduling
1.20 - Project Meetings
1.30 - Submittals
1.34 - Shop Drawings
1.37 - Schedule of Values
1.40 - Quality Control
1.41 - Tests and Inspections
1.42 - Inspection of Work
1.50 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
Project Scheduling
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 ITEH
1.60 - Products and Materials
1.70 - Project Closeout
1.72 - Project Record Document Division I1 - Site Work
2.10 - Clearing and Demolition-
2.20 - Earthwork and Grading-
2.23 - Soil Treatment
2.28 - Termite Control
2.40 - Shoring and Trench Safety
2.50 - Site Drainage
2.55 - Domestic Water Service and Sanitary Sewer
2.60 - A.C. Paving
2.62 - Court Surfacing
2.71 - Chain Link Fencing
2.73 - Sand and Infield Surface
2.75 - Irrigation System
2.76 - Site Furnishings
2.80 - Landscape Planting
3.30 - Concrete Work
3.40 - Tennis Courts
4.20 - Unit Masonry
5.12 - Structural Steel
5.50 - Metal Fabrications
5.70 - Ornamental Metal
6.10 - Rough Carpentry
6.18 - Glue-Laminated Construction
6.20 - Finish Carpentry
6.22 - Millwork
7.10 - Membrane Waterproofing
7.175 - Water Repellant Coating
7.20 - Insulation
7.31 - Light Weight Cement Roof Shakes
7.51 - Built-up Bituminous Roofing
7.60 - Flashing and Sheet Metal
7.72 - Roof Accessories
7.81 - Plastic Skylights
7.82 - Metal Franked Skylights
7.90 - Joint Sealers
8.10 - Metal Doors and Frames
8.20 - Wood and Plastic Doors
8.30 - Access Doors
8.33 - Coiling Doors
Division I11 - Concrete Work
Division IV - Masonry
Division V - Structural Steel
3
3
3
3
3
3
Division VI - Wood and Plastics
Division VI1 - Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division VI11 - Metal Doors and Frames
3
i
1
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 1
8.40 - Entrances and Storefronts
8.70 - Hardware 4
8.30 - Glazing 1
9.20 - Lath and Plaster 1
9.215 - Veneer Plaster 1
9.25 - Gypsum Board 1
9.30 - Tile
9.33 - Quarry Tile
9.51 - Acoustical Ceilings
9.55 - Wood Flooring
9.66 - Resilient Flooring
9.68 - Carpet
9.80 - Special Coating
9.90 - Painting
9.96 - Vinyl Wall Covering
10.16 - Toilet Partitions 2
10.20 - Louvers and Vents 2
10.65 - Operable Partitions 2
10.99 - Miscellaneous Items 2
11.02 - Security and Vault Equipment 2
11.40 - Food Service Equipment 2
11.45 - Residential Appliances 2
11.48 - Athletic Equipment 2
11.52 - Tennis Equipment 2
12.76 - Telescoping Stands 2
15.010 - Mechanical 2
15.400 - Plumbing 2
15.500 - Fire Sprinkler System 2
15.650 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 2
c L
L
L
L
L
L
L
c
L
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
Division X - Specialties
Division XI - Equipment
Division XV - General Mechanical Provisions
Division XVI - Electrical
16.01 - Electrical 2
I
1
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4
1
U
I
I
1
I
I
CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Sealed bids will be received at the Office of the Purcha Officer, City Hall, 1200 Elm Avenue, Carlsbad, California, u
4:OO P.M. on the 2nd day of March, 1988, at which time they be opened and read for performing the work as follows:
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK, PHASE I1 CONTRACT NO. 3245
The work shall be performed in strict conformity with
specifications therefor as approved by the City Council of
City of Carlsbad on file with the City Clerk. Referenc hereby made to the specifications for full particulars 1 description of the work.
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal furnished by the Purchasing Department. Each bid musi
accompanied by security in a form and amount required by The bidder's security of the second and third next 1(
responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsucced bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, withir
(10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to
provisions of law (Public Contracts Code Section 4' appropriate securities may be substituted for any oblig required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the Ci
ensure performance under this contract.
The documents which must be completed, properly executed, notarized are:
1. Proposal
2. Bidder's Bond
3. Designation of Subcontractors
4. Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility
5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experie
All bids will be compared on the basis of the Archit
Estimate. The Architect's Estimate is $1,804,598.
No bid shall be accepted from a Contractor who has not licensed in accordance with the provisions of State law. Contractor shall state his or her license number
classification in the proposal.
1
I
1
I
8
I
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
Sets of plans, special provisions, and Contract documents me obtained at the Purchasing Department, City Hall, Carl: California, for a non-refundable fee of $25.00 per set.
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such b:
The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or tyF worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuar the Sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the California Labor (
Pursuant to Section 1773.2 of the California Labor Cod current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Offic the Carlsbad City Clerk. The Contractor to whom the Contrac
awarded shall not pay less than the said specified preva. rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in
1
I execution of the Contract.
The Prime Contractor shall be responsible to insure compl.
with provisions of Section 1777.5 of the California Labor Coc
The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the California Labor commencing with Section 1720 shall apply to the Contract work.
A prebid meeting and tour of the project site will not be 1 The jobsite may be entered at any time for inspection.
Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addend? receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of
without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejectic
bid.
Bonds to secure faithful performance of the work and paymei * laborers and materials suppliers each in an amount equal tc hundred percent and fifty percent, respectively, of the Con price will be required for work on this project.
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurancl specified in the contract. Any additional cost of said insu shall be include din the bid price.
Approved by the City Council of the City of Carl California, by Resolution No. 88-5, adopted on the 5th di January, 1988.
I
I
h//
Date
I
I
i
8
8
1
I
I
I
I
I
CITY OF CARLSBAD i CONTRACT NO. 3245
PROPOSAL
city Council City of Carlsbad
1200 Elm Avenue
Carlsbad, California 92008
The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examine location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examine Plans and Specifications, and hereby proposes to furnish labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and ser required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 324 accordance with the Plans and Specifications of the Cit Carlsbad, and the Special Provisions and the he/she will tal full payment therefor the following unit prices for each
complete, to wit:
BASE BID: All labor, material, services and equipment nece for completion of all the work indicated in the constru drawings in conformance with the specifications.
Total amount of bid in words:
I
/
4- +-A -
Cz2 -/./@&;<F*J99 ,/&/YQ
Total amount of bid in numbers:
Addendum (a) No (s) .
and is/are included in this proposal.
$ <./?Z,T 4~,&
de has/have been rec (3 i
8 1 *& 3Jp 3”
I
I
1
1
R
U
I
I
l
1
1
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
The Undersigned has checked carefully all of the above fi and understands that the City will not be responsible for or omissions of the part of the Undersigned in making up bid. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures words shall prevail.
The Undersigned agrees to return four (4) signed copies o contract documents with the required bonds, notary stamps,
of attorney from the bonding company (one for each bond)
certificate of insurance to the Project Manager no later tha
(10) working days from award of contract by the City Counci receipt of blank bid documents to be supplied by the City. Project Manager may be contacted at:
CITY OF CARLSBAD, Municipal Projects Department
2075 Las Palmas Drive
Carlsbad, California 92009-4859 Attention: Gary Kellison (438-1161, extension 4383)
Late delivery of contract documents beyond the ten (10) wo
days allowed will reduce the time of completion specific Section 6-7 of the Supplementary General Provisions by a number of days.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executinc required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance pol within twenty (20) calendar days from the date of Awai Contract by City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the procee
check or bond accompanying this bids shall become the proper
the City of Carlsbad.
Licensed in accordance with the Statutes of the Stat California providing for the registration of Contractors, Li I No. 512370
Identification Classification A
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows:
1. That no Councilmember, officer agent, or employee c City of Carlsbad is personally interested, direct
indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensatic
be paid hereunder; that nor representation, or;
in writing, of the City Council, its officers, ag
Contract, excepting only those contained in this fc
Contract and the papers made a part hereof bq
or employees has inducted him/her to enter into
1 terms; and
1
1
1
I
1
I
i
l
I
I
1
1
1
1
I
I
2. That this bid is made without connection with
person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the
work, and is in all respects fair and without coll I or fraud .
Accompanying this proposal is Bid Bond
(Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's C
for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 o Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured ag liability for workers' compensation or to undertake
insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code
agrees to comply with such provisions before commencinc performance of the work of this Contract.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Stat California Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relati the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or ty worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply
its provisions.
(619) 931-1661 Western Summit Constructors, I
Phone Number
March 2, 1988
Date
6353 El Camino Real, Suite K
Richard J. Clark, Secretary
Carlsbad, California 92009 Corporation
Bidder's Address Type of Organization-'
(Individual, Corporation 1 Partnership)
List below names of President, Secretary, Treasurer, and Man
if a corporation; and names of all partners, if a partnershi
Edwin F. Wambsganss, President & Treasurer
Wendell Reed, Executive Vice President
Alan L. Fisher, Vice President
Richard J. Clark, Vice President & Secretary
(NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL PRINCIPALS ME
ATTACHED) I (CORPORATE SEAL)
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I v+r. Col nradaB9709
I
&
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: WESTERN SUMYIT CONSTRUCmff
That we, 1400 West 122nd Avenue, Suite 210, Westminster. Colorado E
Principal, and REL IANCE INSURANCE Cmw , as Sure held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, Californ an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) bid amount) Ten Percent (10%) of the Total Rnount of the Bid
for which payment will and truly made, we bind ourselve
heirs, executors and administrators, successors or as jointly and severally, firmly by these payments.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that proposal of the above-bounden principal for:
CALAVERA HILLS COWNITY PARK, PHASE I1 I CONTRACT NO. 3245
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council c
City, and if the above bounden Principal shall duly ente and execute a Contract including required bonds and ins policies within twenty (20) calendar days from the date of
of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall
null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full
and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfej the said City.
In the event any Principal above named executed this bond
individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Prj shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations unde bond.
IN WITNESS WEEREGF, we hereunto see our hands and seals ~k
day of March , 1988.
Corporate Seal (if Corporation) w- co- c -4- I Principal
- ----- r d;-"---
Alan L. Fish r, Vice Pres
(Notarial acknowledg,- nwr
(At.%ach acknowledgement of execution by all PRINCI
EL-Rox 9364
Attorney in fact)
the Talbert corpo re
SIJSZTV BONOS AND IM
P 0 BOX 9364 DENVER CO 80209
- - I AREA CODE 303/839-1773
r, I-
I
I
I
I
I
I t
I L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
*
state of ccIT,cIRATx, 1
county of DEN\TER 1 ) sS. Denver, Colorado I*
, 19 88 , before m March
by ~1s3 duly sworn, did depose and say: that she is Attorney-in-F
RELIANCE INSURANCE CWANY _--..-- the Corporation descrhd in and which executed the foregoing instrurrent; th
she know(s) the seal of said Corporation; that the seal affixed said instrm?nt is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority to her in accordance with the By-Laws of the said Corporation, and th
on this 2nd day of
personally cam J. R. Richards to E knm, who
-- ~
nam thereto by like authority. she signed her
-- -_ February 1, 1992 My Comnission expires
CE COMP? RELIANCE 1" .' w
HEAD OFFICL, MILADELCHIA. PENNSYLVANIA
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
B
8
B
I
I
POWER OF AITORNEY
KIUOIIY ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTb, Tht tha RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY, a ewpa.th duly apnizd undr tkr J.m of
Rnnsylwin. doa hmby rmb, mnatbtr end mint I J. R. RICHARDS Of DENVER, COLORADO --------
b tW ud buvld AttaW-h-Fwt. to mkr. emto. WJ and Wim for md on its bohrlf. rnd as its wt and &d
ANY AND ALL BONDS AND UNDERTAKINGS OF SURETY:
rd to bind tho RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY th.r.by m fully and to tha ~rm rnrnt 81 if such bonrb and und.rmkingr and c
dHigatory in tho Nturr thoreof wro rignod by an Eloartiw OIfia of tha RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY and sal& ond ntenmd d' auch officers, and horoby ntifios ud coofirm all that its nid Attorny(slin-Foct my do in prn~r- hmof.
This Pow of Attorny b Wntd undor and by authority sf Articlr VI1 of tho By-trrvl of RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY *I dfutin 3.ptemb.r 7,1978, which provisions arm now in full form and rffoct. mading 81 follom:
ARTICLE VI1 - EXECUTION OF BONDS AN0 UNDERTAKINGS
1. lM Boord of Directors, ttw Residant, thm Chrirmn of tho B-rd, any Snior Via Rosidnt. my Via Pmidont or Auinont ! ar othr offiar derigutod by thr Borrd of Dirmon shll how pomr and authority to b) appoint Attormys-in-Fact and to authorize thc an bhalf of the Compny. bonds ond undwtrkings. rocqniunar. mntrocts of indemnity and othr Witingc &fignow in the Nture th
!o rrmoyI any such Attorwin-FKt ot any ti- md rwokr tha porrrr and ruthority @inn to him.
2. Attorrwys-in-fm hll ham power and authority. wbjn to th trrm rnd limitations of thr OOWW of Ottorney irwsd to tho1
and d.liwr on behdf of tho Gmpny, bonds and undeftokingr. rwogniunor. contracts of indomnity and 0th witin@ obliptory in the m Tkm c~rpome sal b not nmry for tha nlidity of any bonds and undmrtakiopr. rroogniuocss. mntrlCts of indemnity ad other mitir
if) thr NtUrr thoraof.
3. Attorneys-in-Fact hfl how powa and ruthority to axacute rffiQvits r-irod to b8 rtta&d to bo&, r.cogniunc8s. mntr,
nky rn 0th conditioMl 01 o4ligltory wdertakingl and thoy shall alsa hvu mmr and authority to atify tho fimncial statement of tho
(ID copies of the By-Lam of ttw Cornmny or any utide or uction thoreof.
This powr of attorney is sigfud and rwbd by f.airnik undar rnd by authority of the followiog Resolution .doptd by the Board c
I?ELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY at a rnriing hold on tho 5th dry of JUM. 1979, at which a quorum was p-arnt, and uid RIIolutior rimndod or -Id:
"Rnolurd. that tha ugcutura of swh diroctws and offiars .nd the rrl of the bmpny my b rffird to 8ny wd, p0-r oi
attorney or my OMifiOte rrl.ting thoroto by fkmik. md any such pow of attormy Or mrtifiute bring wch fKIimilc
wturrr or f.oimile url rhrll be did and binding upon tho Commny and any such powrr Y) e-td and onifid by
hoimilr rigutura ond fdmile -1 hll b vllid and binding upon tho Company in the tuturr with r-ct to any bond or
undertaking to hich it b JnKhd."
IIN WITNESS WHEREOF, tho RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY hrr mend them pasnts to k rignod bv its Via Residmt..nd ittn
I= hum0 affid, thi 4 t h dy of September ID 8.7
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY A 4. /&&5
"vi R.id.nt
@ \de>
0 L.7
Lawrence W. Carls } a.
I .STATEOF Washington
cow^* King I onulis 4t h d.v of S e p tern be r, 18 8 7 p.rsonatk WPW~
to ma knmn to b tha VWmibnt of thr RELtANCE INSURANCE COMPANY. and rknowldpd that ho rxmtad and attest,
hsrwnont ud &fixed tho mol of said corporation th.rmto. ud that Artick VII, Sutbn 1.2. nd 3 of tho By-- of oid Company,
tion, ut fonh thrrrin, um still in full foro. ,:+y&..;s :;b*OrrR;$:
~.,~pllc ,& .;.&"*A
.; -.* j
NOUW pblic in and for s&f Was h 6 c ... r, E '
Raiding at Tacoma
E-: I*- ..
I
1 r(frc(*
I
May 15 .to90
Ariatrnt Smtuw of thr RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY, do horw ortifv rd focrgoirrp iC a trw and awrrct a~~y of Povvr of Attorw UuaJtd by nid RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY. hi& b nil1 ii
John E. Vance 4.
tN WITNESS WHEREOF, f hw -to rrt my hrnd ad affixd thr ul of mid Conp.ny thb 2nd by of March
AmistJm S#-v @ \-&. John E. Vanc wn.tm E& am
I
18 ONSTRUCTORS, INC.
qb I 9) - 6353 El Camino Real Suite K Carlsbad, California 92008 (619) 931-1661
DBA in California Western Summit Constructors, Inc I
I
I
I
1
I
March 2, 1988
Officers of Summit Constructors, Inc., DBA in California as Western Summit
Constructors, Inc.
i
/ I ,‘ /ALL// &&“by- /f oa i Edwin F. Wambsqanss
President and Treasurer
@A,&
I &sqA
Wendell Reed
Executive Vice President
Alan L. Fisher I Vice President
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
STATE OF COLORADO )
COUNTY OF ADAMS )
) ss.
Subscribed and sworn to before me, in my presence, this Second Day of
March, 1988.
--
Sandra L. Valdez, Notary
1400 West 122nd Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80234
My Commission Expires November 12, 1989.
L
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
The Undersigned certifies he/she has used the subbids of
following listed Contractors in making up his/her bid ant .
the subcontractors listed will be used for the work for wl they bid, subject to the approval of the City Engineer, anc accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications. changes may be made in these subcontractors except upon the p approval of the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad. following information is required for each subcontrac Additional pages can be attached if rewired.
Items of Full Company Complete Address Phone No. Work Name with ZiD Code with Area C
Lt=L 5Aml.t & cu SAW $#c43 6c.i. 2-65-04 + &,&L7c7/ 4.w k
qAd*,z /7Z&//F&/G< -* d)q- “+Zpg-(
%77~1l l T$ c. -tLr ~Au Y’~~QL a 5 (@(q -vu-%
PAX \7h E-‘ LC6 Lh (5 GAP dV 727 qz IIY*Rl*y Aflfl- 5@J f2cei9 && 92!+-5+25
!--IbK /&EFdA/A 5~/e/GzFH7 A/$?- 7Lgy-A
4p7 b. (0 v 0 5&nHAwg /fi.”J- 22L-e- a ,-d-.?CP 6&&- &“-pyq&/+f -
/*- 2*45% J/fiZ/%/ <5e% 351 :dK&Z /c-9” - 235-f-
/&&pJ&gf LH-- +YE?-
2a?%29- /4zL%??A2 2-7. ,335s 5A.d 0&2;6 &fl-Lr&/- -7
00 n. 5-22? /9Ede C,r 7 78q -30:
I
I
s
I
I
I
I
#
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS (continued)
The bidder is to provide the following information on the su' of all the listed subcontractors as part of the sealed
submission. Additional pages can be attached, if required.
Type of State Carlsbad Amount
Full ComPanv Name License & No. License No.* Bid ($ 0
m
Contracting Business of
* Licenses are renewable annually. If no valid license, ind. I'NONE." Valid license must be obtained prior to submissic signed Contracts.
Western Summit Constructors, Inc.
Bidder's Company Name
6353 El Camino Real, Suite K
(Notarize or Bidder's Complete Address
Corporate Seal) Carlsbad, California 92009
I / 1
// /I 9 1, L gyJ/ r' Authorized Signature I Edwin F. Wambsganss, President
1
1
I
0
I
1
I
1 Dated this :7/z
I
I
t
I
1
I
1
1
1
1
TENNIS SUBCONTRACTOR'S OUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT
To: City Clerk City of Carlsbad 1200 Elm Avenue
Carlsbad, California 92008
The undersigned certifies that he has completed four (4) or
Portland cement concrete tennis courts during the calendar :
1981 to 1987.
Signed /e* /dsyz "7 -
By -z? &- -222iAdf 54
of t
REFERENCES: (Name, address, telephone number)
/?zzkr/&,k 4- 5K2e/-/>&7
&-' 1.
& /PJ-/ -/ /A/,- .4 /%z@ ?.549 -
A& d2%779-- L.54 527-/0-3
2. '&N Ab3
/ZY4 <R,/flA<Ad >AL?T
la Fna .& /;2$ 297-d77/
3. La%% 55/;7#&&-
4 7 b Am/-$ 2/3-/ ; .a -,z/ 7
Hz t'%/7/.#44& - CY 'H
a
1
1
I
I
I
8
I
I
I
I
1
FL
1 m
1
1
T
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
The Undersigned submits herewith a notarized or sealed stat I of his/her financial responsibility.
PLEASE REFER TO ATTACHED FINANCIAL, STATEMENT
I certify that the attached Financial Statement dated June 30, 19 I is true and correct, to the best of my knowledge.
-.--
(Notarize or Edwin F. Wambsganss, Presid t Corporate Seal)
1
-1
'I
'I
-1
I
-1
rB
1
*I
I
rI
I
I
I
I1 a
-1 SUMMIT CONSTRUCTORS, INC.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 1987 AND 1986
131 ro- L4tz4m& and %Lyiay4,9v
%.-s"..d 9& &Ad 1 %-, VU 86'222
I
I
I
1
1
I
i
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTENTS
Certified Public Accountants' Report
Financial Statements
Balance Sheet
Statement of Operations
Statement of Retained Earnings (Deficit)
Statement of Changes in Financial Position I Notes to Financial Statements
59 adarutw-, 9v I
I
I
1
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
5GL+Ld9&-
1720 SOUTH BELLAIRE STREET, SUITE 11 10
DENVER, COLORADO 80222
(303) 759-0089
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT
Board of Directors
Summit Constructors, Inc.
We have examined the balance sheet of Summit Constructors, Inc., a
June 30, 1987 and 1986, and the related statements of operations, reta
earnings (deficit), and changes in financial position for the years I
ended. Our examination was made in accordance with generally accei
auditing standards and, accordingly, included such tests of the accour
records and such other auditing procedures as we considered necessary ir
circumstances.
In our opinion, the aforementioned financial statements present fE
the financial position of Summit Constructors, Inc., at June 30, 1987
1986, and the results of its operations and the changes in its finan
position for the years then ended, in conformity with generally acce
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.
tv 22 L &J CTT*
T.F. Bauerle and Company, P.C.
1 August 7, 1987
I
I mNSTRUm
I BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 1987 AND 1986
ASSETS
1987 1986
Cash and Cash Equivalents $1,233,225 $ 23,
1
I
1
I
I
I
a
D
1
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
CURRENT ASSETS
Certificates of Deposit - Note 2 845,000 910,
2,078 , 225 933,
Ret ainage 529,085 119,
Accrued Interest Receivable 15,981 3,
Prepaid Expenses 18 , 216 35 , Deposits 49,764 7 j
Accounts Receivable: - Note 5
Trade 2,259,425 2,006,
Total Accounts Receivable 2,788,510 2,126,
Costs and Estimated Earnings in Excess of
Billings on Uncompleted Contracts - Note 1 29,625 280,
Total Current Assets 4,980,321 3,387,
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - AT COST - Notes 1 and 3
Equipment 318,499 253,
Transportation Equipment 288,460 242
Furniture and Fixtures 152,480 88 I
12 Leasehold Improvements
759,439 597
Less: Accumulated Depreciation 373,995 245
Property and Equipment (Net) 385,444 35 1
-
OTHER ASSETS
5 Due from Affiliate -
Deposits 11,980 33
Total Other Assets 11,980 39
TOTAL ASSETS $5.377.745 $3,77€
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
1
I
1
31
I
I
1
I
B
1
1
I
I
1
I
1
i
I
t
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
1987 1986
CURRRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts Payable:
Current $1,637,849 $1,761,
Retainage - Subcontractors 682,624 448,
Affiliate - 6, Total Accounts Payable 2,320,473 2,216,
Note Payable - Due Within One Year - Notes 7 and 8 13,154 3,
Payroll Taxes Payable 70,121 52 , 23,302 -
Other Accrued Liabilities - Note 11 102,755 29,
Accrued Bonuses and Profit Sharing - Note 9 229,350 94 , 105,733 -
Accrued Wages Payable
Income Taxes Payable - Notes 1, 6 and 12
Billings in Excess of Costs and Estimated
Earnings on Uncompleted Contracts - Note 1 722,178 240,
Total Current Liabilities 3,587,066 2,636,
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
Note Payable - Due After One Year
Deferred Income Taxes - Notes 1, 6 and 12 - 24 2
Total Long-Term Liabilities 53,309 24 L
- - Notes 7 and 8 53,309
Total Liabilities 3,640,375 2,661,
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - Notes 4, 8 and 10
Common Stock, $1 Par Value; 50,000 Shares
Authorized; 28,450 and 27,500 Shares
Issued and Outstanding 29,300 28!
Additional Paid-In Capital 1,298,659 1,265,
Retained Earnings (Deficit) 507,536 ( 176J
1,835,495 1,116
Less: Treasury Stock - At Cost - Notes 8 and 10 1 98,125
Total Stockholders' Equity 1,737,370 1 3 116
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 55.377.745 $3.778
I
I 1
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
D
8
1
I
1
P NET INCOME $ 684.359* 3. 5%t m-
I
I
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1987 AND 1986
1987 1986
REVENUE FROM CONSTRUCTION 1 - Note 1 $19,545,940 100.0% $15,323,636 100
COST OF CONSTRUCTION 17,754,025 90.8 14,092,270 - 92
1,791,915 9.2 1,231,366 8
INDIRECT COSTS OF CONSTRUCTION 45,403) (- (OVER ALLOCATED) - Schedule ( 112,561)( - .5 ) (
GROSS PROFIT 1,904,476 9.7 1,276,769 a
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE I EXPENSES - Schedule 1,056,793 5.4 927,401 - 6
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS 847,683 4.3 349,368 1
OTHER INCOME (LOSS) Discounts Earned 4,153 3,487
Interest Income 102,278 84,198
Management Services - Note 13
Gain (Loss) on Sale of Fixed
Assets ( 10,222) 12,604
Miscellaneous Income 230 932
80,250 -
Total Other
Income - 176,689 .9 101,221
INCOME BEFORE PROFIT SHARING,
BONUSES, INCOME TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM 1,024,372 5.2 450,589
PROFIT SHARING AND BONUSES - 257,376 1.3 112,647 - Note 9
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM 766,996 3.9 337,942
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES - Notes 1 and 6 284,845 1.4 24,939 -
NET INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM 482,151 2.5 313,003
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM - Reversal of
Liability for Deferred Income - Taxes - Notes 1, 6 and 12 ( 202,208)( 1.0 ) -
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
i
1
i
I
I s
STATEMENT OF RETAINED EARNINGS (DEFICIT)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1987 AND 1986
1987 198 1 RETAINED EARNINGS (DEFICIT) - BEGINNING OF YEAR ($176,823) ($489,
NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR 684,359 313,
RETAINED EARNINGS (DEFICIT) - END OF YEAR $507,,536 ($176.-
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements
1
II
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
B
1
1
1
1
I
I
SUMMIT CONSTRUCTORS&
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN FINANCIAL POSITION
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1987 AND 1986
1987 198
FINANCIAL RESOURCES WERE PROVIDED BY:
Operations:
Net Income $ 684,359 $313,
Charges Against Income Not Involving
Working Capital:
Depreciation 138,188 128,
Funds Provided by Operations 822,547 441,
24, Increase in Deferred Income Taxes -
Decrease in Due from Affiliate 5,994 -
Increase 53,309 - Decrease in Deposits 21,194 -
Sale of Common Stock 34,383 25 t
937,427 492,
in Note Payable - Due After One Year
FINANCIAL RESOURCES WERE USED FOR:
Purchase of Property and Equipment (Net) 171,949 71 ,
30 , Increase in Deposits e
Decrease in Deferred Income Taxes 24,939 -
Purchase of Treasury Stock 98,125 -
Increase in Due from Affiliate - 5,
107 d 1 295,013
INCREASE IN WORKING CAPITAL 642,414 384,
WORKING CAPITAL - BEGINNING OF YEAR 750,841 366
WORKING CAPITAL - END OF YEAR $1,393.255 $750
CHANGES IN COMPONENTS OF WORKING CAPITAL
Increase (Decrease) in Current Assets:
Cash and Cash Equivalents $1,209,254 ($ 66
Certificates of Deposit ( 65,000) ( 60
662,158 343 Accounts Receivable Ac c r ue d In t e re s t Re c e ivab 1 e 12,381 ( 13
Costs and Estimated Earnings in Excess
of Billings on Uncompleted Contracts ( 251,336) 75
Prepaid Expenses ( 17,071) 28
3
1,592,754 - 310
Accounts Payable 104,401 69
Payroll Taxes Payable 17,786 ( 8
Accrued Wages Payable 23,302 ( 39
Other Accrued Liabilities 72,763 ( 14
Income Taxes Payable 105,733
Billings in Excess of Costs and Estimated
Deposits 42,368 -
Increase (Decrease) in Current Liabilities:
Note Payable - Due Within One Year 9,635 3
Accrued Bonuses and Profit Sharing 135,303 94
Earnings on Uncompleted Contracts 481,417 ( 177
950,340 (73 -
INCREASE IN WORKING CAPITAL $ 642.414 m
CURRENT RATIO 1.39- -
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements I
1
1
I
1
1
I
@
i
I
1
I
1
I
B
1
1
I
1
SUMMIT C0NSTRU.J
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 8 JUNE 30, 1987
- 1 Significant Accounting Policies.
Revenue and Cost Recognition. Revenues from long-term contracts
recognized on the percentage-of-completion method for individual
tracts, commencing when progress reaches a point where experienc
sufficient to estimate final results with reasonable accuracy. Reve
are recognized in the ratio that costs incurred bear to total estim
costs. Changes in job performance, estimated profitability and f
contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income, and
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.
Contract costs include all direct materials, subcontracts, labor I
and those indirect costs related to contract performance. Genera
administrative costs are charged to expenses as incurred.
Profits on short-term contracts are recorded on the substantial
pletion of each contract. Revenues from time and material contract$
recognized currently as the work is performed.
At the time a loss on a contract becomes known, the entire amoui
the estimated ultimate loss on both short and long-term contraci
accrued.
Income Taxes. The Company's income tax returns are prepared 01
completed-contract method rather than the percentage-of-completion mc
used for financial statement purposes. The completed-contract me
permits the Corporation to report earnings only from those contr
completed within the year. This has resulted in more income reportel
income tax purposes than reported in the financial statements.
Company also uses the accelerated method of depreciation for incomc
purposes and straight-line method for financial statement purposes.
The Company has elected to be taxed under the Subchapter S provi
of the Internal Revenue Code effective July 1, 1987. Under
provisions, the Company does not pay Federal and State income t
Instead, the shareholders are liable for individual income taxes on
respective shares of the Company's taxable income. As a resul
deferred income tax liability is recorded at June 30, 1987 on t
differences, since the tax will become a liability of the shareholde
Investment tax credits are applied as a reduction to the cu
provision for income taxes using the flow-through method.
Depreciation. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line n
over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
1
I
1
1
I
1
!.
I
1
I
1
I
1
I
1
I
1
I
SUMMIT CONST-
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, 1987
- 2 Certificates of Deposit.
The Company has deposited into escrow certificates of deposit
total amount of $795,000 in lieu of the withholding of retainage on
contracts with municipalities. Under the terms of the escrow agreem
the Company receives the interest from the deposits and the funds wi'
released from escrow when the requirements for the withholding of rei
age on the four contracts have been removed as a result of completic
the contracts and acceptance by the municipalities.
- 3 Property and Equipment.
A summary of the investment in property and equipment as of Jun
1987, is as follows:
Accumulated
cost Depreciation Ne
Equipment $318,499 $125,533 $192
100 Furniture and Fixtures 152,480 51,492 i $759.439 $373.995 $385
Transportation Equipment 288 , 460 196,970 91 -
- 4 Stockholders' Equity.
During the year, the Company issued 850 shares of voting common
to key employees for a total consideration of $34,383, of which $85l
credited to Capital Stock and $33,533 to Additional Paid-In Capital.
- 5 Related Party Transactions.
The Company has entered into several contracts to build va.
projects for a partnership affiliated through common ownership.
As of June 30, 1987, the projects are as follows:
Estimated Gross Profit Accou
Contract Gross Recognized to Receiv
Project Name Amount Profit June 30, 1987 June 30,
Drycreek Liquor Store $ 18,730 $ 2,644 $ 2,644 $ 18,5
Drycreek Convenience
Center - Tenant
Drycreek Convenience
Westlake Convenience
Finish 13,296 1,696 1,696 -
Center 435,000 30,000 30 , 000 -
Center 555,652 35,000 5,816 78,:
June 30, 1987 $1.022.678 S 69,340 3 40,156 $ 97.1
The Company leases yard space and equipment on a month-to-month
from two partnerships affiliated with the Company through CI
ownership. The monthly lease cost on the yard is $500 and o
equipment is $10,800.
Totals as of
1
1
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
1
1
I
i SUMMIT CONSTRUCTORS. 1%
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, 1987
6 Provision for Income Taxes. -
The provision for income taxes at June 30, 1987, consists of
following:
Increase in Current Income Taxes $107,576
Increase in Deferred Income Taxes 177,269
$284,845
- 7 Line of Credit.
The Company has negotiated a line of credit for working capital r
with United Bank of Denver in the amount of $1,000,000. The lin
credit is unsecured and accrues interest at United Bank of De
National Associations' prime rate. The line of credit expire
September 30, 1987. There was no outstanding balance at June 30, 191
8 Note Payable. -
On October 1, 1986, the Company purchased 2500 shares of its COI
stock and, as partial payment, issued a note payable in the amoun
$78,500, with interest at 12%. The note is to be paid in quart
installments of $6,249, including interest. The outstanding balanc
June 30, 1987, is $66,463, of which $13,154 is to be paid in the
year. This note is collateralized by the 2500 shares of Treasury St
- 9 Profit Sharing.
The Company has a profit sharing plan. Employees who are ovei
age of 21 and have been with the Company for one year are eligibl
participate. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may autho
contributions to the profit sharing plan. All discretio
contributions are accrued in the year to which they relate.
10 Treasury Stock. -
On October 1, 1986, the Company purchased 2500 shares of its co
stock for $39.25 per share. I - 11 Commitment.
The Company leases office space under an operations lease requ
future minimum rentals as follows:
Year Ended June 30, 1988 $ 93,000
Year Ended June 30, 1989 93,000
Year Ended June 30, 1990 31,000
$217,000
Under this lease, the Company received $75,000 as a move-in b
This is being amortized over the 3 year term of the lease. At Jun
1987, the unamortized amount $58,333 is included in Other Ac~ I Liabilities.
I'
I r
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
1
I
i
1
I
I
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
JUNE 30, 1987
12 Extraordinary Item. -
The Company elected to be taxed as a Subchapter S corporat:
effective July 1, 1987. Since the shareholders are liable for indivic
income taxes on their respective shares of the Company's income
deferred income tax liability was recorded at June 30, 1987 on tin
differences in the reporting of income for tax purposes (Note 1).
amount of deferred income tax liability, which would have been reco
if the Subchapter S election had not been made, $202,208, has 1
included in the Statement of Operations in Provision for Income Taxes
added back to income as an Extraordinary Item.
13 Joint Venture. -
The Company has entered into a joint venture agreement
construction of Catalina Apartments, a $5,886,210 project. The Com
provides management services and bonding to the joint venture for a
of $150,000. The Company recognizes income for its services based
percentage of completion of the project. As of June 30, 1987,
project was 53.5% complete and $80,250 had been recorded as Other In
for this period. The Company and its joint venture partner are joi
and severally liable for completion of the construction contract.
E
1
P
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
Date Name and Phone Contract Name and Address No. of Person Type of Amount
Completed of the Employer to Contact Work Contra
Please refer to att.ached listing of completed work.
I
! I I Refer to page 13 of the
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
UCTORS, INC.
(
LIST OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
MAXWELL EMERGENCY WATER PUMP STATION & HYDROELECTRIC FACILITY - $320,000.00
Completion Date - November 1984
Pump Station Construction I OWNER: City of Boulder ENGINEER: James M. Montgomery (
Utilities Division Engineers, Inc.
1739 Broadway 1220 East Iliff Aveni
Post Office Box 791 Suite #lo8
Boulder, Colorado 80306 Aurora, Colorado 800
William Mitzelfeld Brian Grant
303/695-4030 303/441-3200
I BRANTNER GULCH PUMP STATION - $1,602,208.00
Completion Date - December 1984
St at ion Con st ruc t ion
OWNER: Denver Metro Sewage District #1 ENGINEER: CH2M Hill, Inc.
6450 York Street 5995 South Syracuse
Post Office Box 2250
Colin McKenna Denver, Colorado 802
303/289-5941 James E. Schwing
I- Denver, Colorado 80229
3031 771-0900
I ' Water Tank Construction
EVERGREEN WATER TANK - $435,158 .OO
Completion Date - July 1984
OWNER: Evergreen Metropolitan District ENGINEER: Rea Cassens and Assc
Post Office Box 2259 4388 South Windemert
Evergreen, Colorado 80439 Englewood, Colorado
Jerry, Manager Richard Cassens
I-
I
1
I 303/674-2121 or 674-4112 3031 789 -4428
- Continued -
I
i
1
1
I
E
I
LIST OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Page Two
EVERGREEN PUMP STATION - $250,911.00
Completion Date - May 1984
Pump Station Construction
OWNER: Evergreen Metropolitan District ENGINEER: Rea Cassens and Asso
Post Office Box 2250 4388 South Windemere
Evergreen, Colorado 80439
Jerry, Manager
3031674-4112 or 674-2121 3031 789-4428
Engl ewood, Colorado
Richard Cassens
ELEVEN-ONE-ELEVEN PROJECT - $3,455,000.00
Completion Date - November 1984
Condo Construction
I
I OWNER: Meyers-Chud Partnership ENGINEER: DeGette Armon Kreuz
1544 Chamber Drive 280 Detroit Street
Boulder, Colorado 80303
Ted Simpson
Denver, Colorado 802
Mark Potadle
3031399-0280
1
I WESTMINSTER WATER PUMP STATION 6 WATER MAIN - $333,333.00
Completion Date - January 1984
Constructed Station E Water Main
I
1 OWNER: City of Westminster ENGINEER: Henningson, Durham t
1100 Capitol Life Ct
Denver, Colorado 80
3031 861 - 1300 I 3031429-1546
I
I Plant Construction
I-- Glendale, Colorado 80222
I
I
3031 West 76th Avenue
Westminster, Colorado 80030
Robert Arno 1 d
GLENDALE WATER TREATMENT PLANT - $435,385.00
Completion Date - November 1983
OWNER: City of Glendale ENGINEER: Black E Veatch
950 South Birch 1400 South Potomac,
Aurora, Colorado 80
Bob Taylor 3O3/671-4200 3031759-1513
- Continued -
I
1
I
I
I
1
li
B
8
I
LIST OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Page Three
LARK MEADOWS PUMP STATION - $64,440.00
Completion Date - October 1983
Renovation of Station
OWNER: Lark Meadows Water Association ENGINEER: Scott, Cox E Associatc
800 Bluebird Lane 1530 - 55th Street
Lafayette, Colorado 80026 Boulder, Colorado 803(
William Diesch
303/798-3309 303/444-3051
75TH STREET WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT IMPROVEMENTS - $303,400.00
Completion Date - September 1983
Chemical Feed System Addition I OWNER: City of Boulder ENGINEER: Black E Veatch
1739 Broadway Consulting Engineers
Post Office Box 791 1400 South Potomac St
Boulder, Colorado 80306 Suite #200
Robert TVh e e 1 er Aurora, Colorado 8001
3031 44 1-324 0 303/671-4200
1
I Renovation of Plant
ENGLAND WATER TREATMENT PLANT - $264,988.00
Completion Date - February 1983
OWNER: City of Westminster ENGINEER: Henningson, Durham G
3031 West 76th Avenue 1100 Capitol Life Cer
Westminster, Colorado 80030 Denver, Colorado 802(
Wayne Unger
303/429-1546 303/861-1300
I
i
I
I
i
I
FLORENCE WATER TREATMENT PLANT - $755,799.00
Completion Date - December 1982
Renovation of Plant
OWNER: City of Florence ENGINEER: Gilbert, Meyer E Sam:
300 West Main Street 1011 North Weber, Su
Florence, Colorado 81226 Colorado Springs, Co
Len Miller 303/475-2935 303/784 -3914
- Continued -
1
8
1
1
I
I
I
1
II
LIST OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Page Four
CANON CITY WATER TREATMENT PLANT - $503,158.00
Completion Date - October 1982
Renovation of Plant
OlVNER: City of Canon City ENGTNEER: Taranto, Santon E Tag@
Box 711 Consulting Engineers
Canon City, Colorado 81212 6412 South College Avc
Fort Collins, Coloradc Rob Robler
--
3031 275 -2366 3031 226-0557
ENGLEWOOD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT - $881,645.00
Completion Date - April 1985
Improvements to Plant
OWNER: City of Englewood ENGINEER: Henningson, Durham E I
3400 South Elati Street 1100 Capitol Life Cenl
Englewood, Colorado 80110 Denver, Colorado 8020:
3031 761-1140 Ivan Cooper I 3031 861 -1300
I
I Plant Construct ion
DELTA WASTEWATER TREATMENT -- PLANT - $3,555,000.00
Completion Date - April 1985
OWNER: City of Delta ENGINEER: Del -Mont Consultants,
4th and Main 542 Main Street
Post Office Box 19 Post Office Box 486
Delta, Colorado 81416 Montrose, Colorado 81
303/ 874-7566 Robert J. Greaney
I
1
8
I
I
I.
I
303/ 249-2251
ARAPAHOE COUNTY JUSTICE CENTER - $1,535,000.00
Completion Date - October 1985
Concrete Foundations and Floor Toppings - 6,000 c.y.
OWNER: Board of County Commissioners ARCHITECT: Henningson, Durham E
12700 Hi1 lcsest Roac
Dallas, Texas 75230
Chuck Boxwell
For Arapahoe County 5334 South Prince Street Suite #125
Lit t 1 eton , Colorado 8 01 2 0
2141 980-0001
- Continued -
I
I
I LIST OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Page Five
JORDAN AQUEDUCT TERMINAL RESERVOIR - $5,000,000.00
Completion Date - December 1985
33 Million Gallon Concrete Water Storage Reservoir
OWNER: Central Utah Water Conservancy District
1
I
i 8011 226-7100
Post Office Box 427 ENGJNEER: James M. Montgomery Co
Orem, Utah 84057 Engineers, Inc .
624 North 300 West
Salt Lake City, Utah 8
Marc M. Brown i 801/ 363-2661
WEBER COUNTY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT - $3,500,000.00
Completion Date - October 1985
Plant Improvements - Anaerobic Digesters
OWNER:
8
I
I
1
I
I
I
li
Central Weber Sewer Improvement District
2618 West Pioneer Road ENGINEER: James M. Montgomery Cc
Ogden, Utah 84404 Engineers , Inc .
624 North 300 West
Salt Lake City, Utah I
J. Thomas Jacobs
Sol/ 363-2661
8011 731-3011
JOINT USE REGIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT ADMINISTRATION BUILDING MOD1FT.c
Cities of Littleton and Englewood - $415,800.00
Completion Date - October 1985
Administration Building Remodel and Modifications
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: Owen Engineering and Management Consultants, Inc.
Post Office Box 1577
En g 1 ewoo d , Co 1 or ado 8 0 1 5 0
Webster Owen
3031 761 -6431 ' ENGINEER: Henningson, Durham & Richardson
I 303/ 861-1300
1100 Capitol Life Center
Denver, Colorado 80203
I
1 - Continued -
1
I
1
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
Page Six
SAND CREEK PUMP STATION IMPROVEMENTS - $381,500.00
Pump Station Improvements
Completion Date - December 1985 l OWNER: City of Colorado Springs ENGINEER: CH2M Hill, Inc.
Post Office Box 1103 5595 South Syracuse
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80947
3031 636-5811
Post Office Box 22508
Denver, Colorado 8022;
Thomas Heinemann
3031 771-0900
GREEN MOUNTAIN BANK - TENANT FINISH - $22,086.00
Interior Office Space for Two Tenants in Bank Building
Completion Date - April 1985
OWNER: Green Mountain Bank ARCHITECT: Michael Gaviglio & 1
12340 West Alameda Parkway 100 Garfield Street
Lakewood, Colorado 80226 Suite #50
Denver, Colorado 80 Diana Kilgore
3031 989-1776 Michael Gaviglio I 3031 321-0622
HIDDEN RIVER BOOSTER PUMP STATION - $209,530.00
Completion Date - December 1985 i Pump Station Construction
OWNER: The Talley Corporation ENGINEER: Greiner Engineering S
5500 East Yale Avenue 570 West 44th Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80222 Denver, Colorado 8021
S. Mark Rogers Robert A. Jurenka
3031 690-4901 3031 455-7321
NCR WASTEWATER PRETREATMENT SYSTEM - PHASE 2 - $255,000.00
Completion Date - December 1985
Pretreatment System Modifications - NCR Microelectronics, Fort Collins
OWNER: NCR Corporation ENGINEER: CH2M Hill, Inc.
1700 South Patterson Blvd. 5995 South Syracuse
Dayton, Ohio 45479
Mary Rose Shouse 5131 445-1313 Gary Matzen
Post Office Box 225Of
Denver, Colorado 802; I 3031 771-0900
I
1
I-
I
1
I
!
8
R
1
1
I
I
I
1
I LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
Page Seven
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE REPAIRS AT ENERGY RECOVERY BUILDING - $42,580.00
HA"A RANCH - Colorado Springs
Completion Date - February 1986
OWNER: City of Colorado Springs ENGINEER: Brown and Caldwell
8
Department of Public Utilities 10200 East Girard Aven
Wastewater Division Building B, Suite #325
811 East Las Vegas Denver, Colorado 80231
(303) 750-3983 Colorado Springs, Colorado 80906
Patrick R. Schmidt
(303) 636-5985
PAVILION COURT OFFICE BUILDING - $1 , 250,000.00
Completion Date - March 1986
OWNER: Pavilion Constructors E E.F. ARCHITECT: SLP, A Professional C
Denver, Colorado 8020
Gayle Udal1
Wambsganss, General Partners 1100 Stout Street
5472 Valley Highway
Denver, Colorado 80216
(303) 297-2100 (303) 623-7031
MARCY GULCH WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT - $15,500,000.00
Completion Date - February 1986
OWNER: Mission Viejo Water District ENGINEER: Jack G. Raub Company
1
62 Plaza Drive 62 Plaza Drive
Highlands Ranch, Colorado 80126
(303) 791-0436 Jim Riley
Highlands Ranch, Colo~ 1 (303) 790-7784
LOCAL IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT #5 - SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM - $263,700.00
CASTLEWOOD LIFT STATION
Completion Date - February 1986
OWNER: Board of County Commissioners ENGINEER: Boyd Brown Stude E Cai
County of Arapahoe Consulting Engineers
5334 South Prince Street Littleton, Colorado 80166 Suite #650
(303) 795-4470
7887 East Belleview
Englewood , Colorado 81
Eugene L. German
(303) 740-8900
- Continued -
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
Page Eight
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
BRIGHTON WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT - $5,025,000.00
Plant Expansion
Completion Date - July 1986
OWNER: City of Brighton ENGINEER: Henningson, Durham E I
22 South 4th Avenue 1100 Capitol Life Cen.
Brighton, Colorado 80601 Denver, Colorado 8020:
(303) 659-4050 Richard Stokes
(303) 861-1300
FOXRIDGE PROFESSIONAL PLAZA - Core and Shell - $1,362,263.00
Tenant Finish - $ 635,094.00
Construction of Two Story Medical Office Building + Tenant Finish
Completion Date - July 1986
OWNER: South Holly Medical Group ARCHITECT: JH/P
8120 South Holly Street 1745 Stout Street
Suite #600 Littleton, Colorado 80122 Denver, Colorado 802 Bill Miller (303) 740-0994 Bart Smith
(303) 298-8111
RALSTON WATER TREATMENT PLANT - ANCILLARY FACILITIES - $358,868.00
Completion Date - September 1986
OWNER: City of Arvada ENGINEER: HDR Infrastructure, I:
8101 Ralston Road 1100 Capitol Life Cen
Arvada, Colorado 80002 Denver, Colorado 8020
Dave Reese James L. Ris, P.E. 1 (303) 431-3030 (303) 861-1300
DRY CREEK CONVENIENCE CENTER - $520,000.00
7-11 Store in Loveland, Colorado
Completion Date - November 1986
OWNER: Summit West Development, Inc. ARCHITECT: Michael Gaviglio E A
5472 Valley Highway
Denver, Colorado 80216 Suite #SO
Dennis C. Noble (303) 297-2100 Mike Gavigl io
100 Garfield Street
Denver, Colorado 802 8 (303) 321-0622
- Continued -
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
Page Nine
I
0
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
1
1
TENANT FINISH FOR:
AT: Pavilion Court Office Building ARCHITECT: SLP
A.T. E T. Company and Karyl McBride - $63,640.00
- 1400 West 122nd Avenue 1100 Stout Street
Westminster, Colorado 80234 Suite #300
Denver, Colorado 1 David Slater (303) 457-1963 Gayle Udal1 (303) 623-7031
WINTER PARK UPPER ZONE WATER TANK - $422,819.00
Construction of a One Million Gallon Concrete Tank
Completion Date - November 1986
OWNER: Grand County Water and Sanitation District #I
Post Office Box 3077
Winter Park, Colorado 80482 ENGINEER: Ladd Engineering,
Dennis Ducommun 4501 Wadsworth Bou
Wheatridge, Colora
Ed Duerr I (303) 425-1520
KIOWA WATER DISTRIBUTION AND STORAGE FACILITY - $277,410.00
Completion Date - February, 1987
OWNER: Town of Kiowa ENGINEER: WRC Engineering, I
Post Office Box 237 1660 South Albion
Kiowa, Colorado 80117 Suite #SO0
(303) 621-2366 Denver, Colorado 8
Bill Mitzelfeld
(303) 757-8513
BRYANT'S TIRE STORE ADDITION - $245,000.00
Tire Store Addition and Remodel
Completion Date - March, 1987
OWNER: Bryant's Tire Store ARCHITECT: Michael Gaviglio
1059 West Littleton Blvd. 100 Garfield Stre
Littleton, Colorado 80120 Suite #SO
Gary Bryant
(303) 794-9373 Mike Gavigl io
Denver, Colorado
(303) 321-0622
- Continued -
1 LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
Page Ten
DR. ROBERT WRIGHT'S MEDICAL OFFICE BUILDING - $496,700.00
Completion Date - February, 1987
OWNER: Robert Wright, M.D. ARCHITECT: Robert Marasco E P
18 North Sierra M:
l
I
I
I
I
I
1
i
I
1
I
1
1
1
I
1
1551 Milky Way
Thornton, Colorado 80221 Colorado Springs,
(303) 426-4525
Ralph Reinschmidt
(303) 635-0984
LA JUNTA SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT - $1,495,819.00
Completion Date - July, 1987
OWNER: City of La Junta ENGINEER: McCall-Ellingson b
Post Office Box 489 Consulting Enginec
La Junta, Colorado 81050 1721 High Street Denver, Colorado E Harrison R. McCune, P .E .-LS
(303) 384-5991 Kevin W. McBrien I (303) 321-2282
UTE PASS WATER TREATMENT AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES - $1,339,000.00
Completion Date - May, 1987
OWNER: City of Colorado Springs ENGINEER: Gilbert, Meyer, 6
Department of Public Utilities
Post Office Box 1103 Suite #300
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80947 Colorado Springs,
Ms. Leah Blagg Paul Gilbert
(303) 636-5681 (303) 475-2935
611 North Weber
CRIPPLE CREEK - 350 GPM WATER TREATMENT PLANT - $504,535.00
Completion Date - June 1987
OWNER: City of Cripple Creek ENGINEER: Gilbert, Meyer, 6
335 Bennett Avenue 611 North Weber
Post Office Box 278 Suite #300
Cripple Creek, Colorado 80813
Shorty Bielz (303) 689-2438 (303) 475-2935
Colorado Springs,
Kim K. Kock, P.E.
E - Continued -
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
Page Eleven
I
1
i
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
D
1
I
i
1
I
1
CASTLE ROCK - BLUE ZONE TANK #1 - $603,500.00
Completion Date - August, 1987
OWNER: Meadows Metropolitan District #1 ENGINEER: Taranto, Stanton
6060 South Willow Drive Consulting Engine
Suite #2101 309 Inverness Way
Englewood, Colorado 80111 Englewood, Colora
Glen R. Smith Timothy J. Farner
(303) 773-9977 (303) 792-0557
CASTLE ROCK - A-2 WELL FACILITY AND BLUE ZONE BOOSTER PUMP FACTLITY - $299
Completion Date - August, 1987
OWNER: The Meadows Metropolitan District #1 ENGINEER: Rocky Mountain
6060 South Willow Drive 8301 East Prent
Suite #2204 Suite #lo1
Englewood, Colorado 80111 Englewood, Colo
Glen R. Smith Mark Klee
(303) 773-9977 (303) 741 -6000
1 RIDGELINE INCUBATOR BUILDING (OFFICE/SHOWROOM) - $902,269.00
Completion Date - August, 1987
OWNER: Continental Equity Investments, Inc. ARCHITECT: Intergroup, Inc.
8822 South Ridgeline Boulevard 2696 South Color
Highlands Ranch, Colorado 80126 Suite #304 Denver, Colorado Mr. Bud Kimble
(303) 792-5000 Gary Landin
(303) 758-8877
A. T. E T. - DEMONSTRATION-DISPLAY REMODEL - $47,289.00
Greenwood Village, Colorado
Completion Date - September 1987
OWNER: A. T. G T. Communications, Inc. ARCHITECT: Bob A. White
5925 West Las Positas Blvd. 5025 West 29th A
Building G, Room 1040 Denver, Colorado
Pleasanton, California 94566-0207
W. R. Breit (303) 458-8586
(415) 460-6518
Mark Rudnicki
II - Continued -
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
I
i
I
i
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
Page Twelve
GUNNISON WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT - $5,994,000.00
Completion Date - October 1987
Plant Improvements
OWNER: City of Gunnison ENGINEER: Black E Veatch
Post Office Box 239 1400 South Potomac I
Gunnison, Colorado 81230 Suite #200
Aurora, Colorado 80( Bill Earley
(303) 641-2443 Carl J. Anderson
(303) 671-4200
WESTLAKE 7-11/CONVENIENCE CENTER - $550,000.00
Completion Date - October 1987
7-11 Store and Convenience Center, Broomfield
OWNER: Lowell 6 128th Partnership ARCHITECT : Michael Gavigl io E
1400 West 122nd Avenue 1601 Arapahoe Strec
Westminster, Colorado 80234 6th Floor
Denver, Colorado 8( Dennis Noble
(303) 252-8050 Mike Gavigl io I (303) 893-3226
OFFICE SPACE FOR MICRO-COMPUSTAT - $143,975.00
Englewood, Colorado
Completion Date - October 1987
OWNER: McGraw Hill, Inc . ARCHITECT: JH/P Architecture
7400 South Alton Court
Suite #lo1 1745 Stout Street
Englewood, Colorado 80112 Suite #600
John Hay
(303) 740-4616 Barton W. Smith
Interior Design P1
Denver, Colorado 8
(303) 298-8111
BETASSO HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT - $1,537,900.00
Boulder , Colorado
Completion Date - December 1987
OWNER: City of Boulder ENGINEER: James M. Montgomery
Department of Public Works Consulting Engineers
1739 Broadway 12200 East Iliff Ave
Boulder, Colorado 80306 Suite #lo8
Aurora, Colorado 80C Ms. June Heinrich
(303) 441-3240 Mr. Richard V. Stoke
(303) 695-4030
LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS
Page Thirteen I
I
I-
1
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
i
I
B
I
I
1
BROOMFIELD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT - $6,629,000.00
Completion Date - February 1987 I Plant Improvements
OWNER: City of Broomfield ENGINEER: Culp/Wesner/Culp
Department of Public Works
Number Six Garden Office Center 1777 South Harrison
Broomfield, Colorado 80020 Suite #310
Tom Huston
(303) 469-3301 Henry Benjes
Consulting Engineers
Denver, Colorado 80210
(303) 758-1721
CHLORINATION FACILITY - $150,950.00
Broomfield, Colorado
Completion Date - February 1987 I OWNER: City of Broomfield ENGINEER: Culp/Wesner/Culp
Department of Pub1 ic Works 1100 Capitol Life Centei
Number Six Garden Office Center Denver, Colorado 80203-1
Dorian Brown Barry D . Rowland
(303) 469-3301 (303) 861 -1300
----________________-----------------------------------------------------------
I certify that this "List of Completed Construction Projects" is true and co
to the best of my knowledge.
West rn Summit Constructors, Inc. f"/- /J 4 /LL&LAf/ --
i Edwin F. Wambsganss, Presidefit
March 2, 1988
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I CONTRACT - PUBLIC WORKS
between the City of Carlsbad, This agreement is made this a*' day of
corporation, (hereinafter called ''Citytg) , and
Western Summit Constructors. Inc . whose principal place of business is 6353 El Camino Real, Suite
Carlsbad, California 92009-1607 (hereinafter called "ContractoP . )
City and Contractor agree as follows:
1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all
Cali --. ornia, a Igg8, munic b
I specified in the Contract documents for:
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK, PHASE I1 PROJECT NO. 3245 (hereinafter called 'lproj ect'l)
2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall prc all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personne perform the work specified by the Contract documents.
3. Contract Documents. The Contract documents consist of Contract; the bid documents, including the Notict Bidders , Instructions to Bidders' and Contract Proposals; the Plans and Specifications, the General Supplementary Provisions, and all proper amendments changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract 0:
Plans and Specifications, and the bonds for the project of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
The Contractor, her/his subcontractors , and mate] suppliers shall provide and install the work as indici specified, and implied by the Contract documents. Any . of work not indicated or specified, but which are esse] to the completion of the work, shall be provided at Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of
documents. In all instances through the life of Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the inter the Contract documents, and the City's decision relati7 said intent will be final and binding. Failure of Contractor to apprise her/his subcontractors and mate] suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not re:
her/him of the responsibility of compliance.
4. Payment. All full compensation for Contractor's perfon of work under this Contract, City shall make payment tc Contractor per Section 9-3 of the Standard Specifical for Public Works Construction. The closure date for
monthly invoice will be the 30th of each month.
1
I
I
4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Invoices from the Contractor shall be submitted accordi1 the required City format to the City's assigned prc manager no later than the 5th day of each month. Pay will be delayed if invoices are received after the 5t
each month. The final retention amount shall no. released until the expiration of thirty-five (35) following the recording of the Notice of Completion pur5 to Civil Code Section 3184.
5. Independent Investisation. Contractor has made Independent Investigation of the jobsite, the conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of t conditions. The Contract price includes payment for work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipate not, in order to overcome underground conditions. information that may have been furnished to Contracto City about underground conditions or other job conditior for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not war that the conditions are as thud indicated. Contracto satisfied with all job conditions, including undergr conditions and has not relied on information furnishe City.
6. Contractor Responsible for Unforeseen Conditi Contractor shall be responsible for all loss or da arising out of the nature of the work or from the actio the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties which arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work 1
its acceptance by the City. Contractor shall alsc responsible for expenses incurred in the suspensior discontinuance of the work. However, Contract shall nc responsible for reasonable delays in the completion of work caused by acts of God, stormy weather, extra work matters which the specifications expressly stipulate wil borne by City.
7. Chanse Orders. City may, without affecting the validit the Contract, order changes, modifications and extra by issuance of written change orders. Contractor shall
no change in the work without the issuance of a wri change order, and Contractor shall not be entitled compensation for any extra work performed unless the has issued a written change order designating in advance amount of additional compensation to be paid for the w If a change order deletes any work, the Contract price s be reduced by a fair and reasonable amount. If the par
are unable to agree on the amount of reduction, the
shall nevertheless proceed and the amount shall determined by litigation or arbitration when so mutu I agreed
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
The only person authorized to order changes or extra wo: the Project Manager. The written change order mus executed by the City Manager if it is for $5,000.00 or or approved by the City Council and executed by the Mayc the amount of the change order exceeds $5,000.00.
8. Immisration Reform and Control Act. Contractor 1 comply with the requirements of the Immigration Refom Control Act of 1986.
9. Prevailins Waae. Pursuant to the Labor Code of the sTat California, the director of the Department of Indust Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of diem wages in accordance with Labor Section 1773 and a of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates i file in the office of the Carlsbad City Clerk, anc incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to Labor Section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing was Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevaj wages on the job site.
10. Indemnitv. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless City, and its officers and employees, from all cla loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature description, directly or indirectly arising from 01 connection with the performance of the Contractor or CI or from any failure or alleged failure of Contracto: comply with any applicable law, rules or regulat including those relating to safety and health; except loss or damage which was caused solely by the ac negligence of the City; and from any and all claims, 1 damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same ma: caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the natur the work covered by the Contract, unless the loss or da was caused solely by the active negligence of the City. expenses of defense include all costs and expenses inclu attorneys fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dis resolution method.
11. Insurance. Without limiting Contractor's indemnificat it is agreed that Contractor shall maintain in force at time during the performance of this agreement a polic] policies of insurance covering its operations and insur covering the liability stated in Paragraph 9. The polic
policies shall comply with the special insuri instructions in the Supplementary General Provisions shall contain the following clauses;
Contractor's liability insurance policies shall contain
I
I following clauses:
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
II
1
I
1
I u
II
I
I
I
1
1
i
A. "The City is added as an additional insured as res] operations of the named insured performed under coni
"It is agreed that any insurance maintained by the shall apply in excess of and not contribute i insurance provided by this policy.''
All insurance policies required by this paragraph :
contain the following clause:
A. ''This insurance shall not be cancelled, limited or renewed until after thirty (30) days written noticc been given to the City."
B. "The insurer waives any rights of subrogation it hz may have, against the City or any of its officer employees. I@
Certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage reg by the clauses set forth above shall be filed with the prior to the effective date of this agreement.
12. Workers' Compensation. Contractor shall comply with requirements of Section 3700 of the California Labor ( Contractor shall also assume the defense and indemnify save harmless the City and its officers and employees all claims, loss, damage, injury, and liability of c kind, nature, and description brought by any person empl or used by Contractor to perform any work under Contract regardless of responsibility for negligence.
13. Proof of Insurance. Contractor shall submit to the certification of the policies mentioned in Paragraphs 1C
11 or proof of worker's compensation self-insurance pric the start of any work pursuant to this contract.
14, Claims and Lawsuits. Contractor shall comply with Government Tort Claims Act (Government Code Section 90 seq.) prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of contract of any claim or cause of action for mone! damages.
available at no cost to the City, upon request, record accordance with Sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapte
Article 2, of the California Labor Code. If the Contra does not maintain the records at Contractor's princ place of business as specified above, Contractor shal inform the City by certified letter accompanying the re of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the Cit! certified mail of any change of address of such records.
I with the City."
B.
15. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and
I *4bR ONSTRUCTORS, INC. 9 - 6353 El Camino Real 0 Suite K 0 Carlsbad, California 92008 (619) 931-4661
DBA in California Western Summit Constructors, Inc.
1 46
I NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FOR CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Re: Calavera Hills Community Park
Phase I1
Contract No. 3245 I
I
1
B
1
1
1
I
I
I
1
I
Summit Constructors, Inc., a Corporation incorporated
the laws of Colorado, doing business in California as weste
Summit Constructors, Inc. California Licence Number 512370 Class A & B. Principals of Western Summit Constructors are I
/2/J/ Edwin IF. L Wambsganss &$
President and Treasurer mL
endell Reed/ Alan L. Fisher
Executive Vice President Vice President
State of Colorado )
County of Adams 1
) ss.
On this 24th day of March, 1988, before me, Sandra L. Valdez, the undersigned officers, personally appeared, Edwir
Wambsganss, Wendell Reed, Richard J. Clark, Alan L. Fisher, acknowledged themselves to be the President and Treasurer,
Executive Vice President, Vice President and Secretary, and
President (respectively) of Summit Constructors, Inc. , a
corporation, and that they being authorized so to do, execul
the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained,
seal. In witness whereof I h
1400 West 122nd Avenue 1 Denver, Colorado 80234
I My Commission Expires November 12, 1989.
I
1
I
li
i
II
1
II
1
I
I
I
I
u
B
I
16. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapte commencing with Section 1720 of the California Labor are incorporated herein by reference.
17. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's ch or certified check may be substituted for any mo withheld by the City to secure performance of this cont for any obligation established by this contract. Any o
security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor
the City may be substituted for monies withheld to en performance under this contract.
18. Provisions Reauired by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and e provision of law and clause required by law to be inse in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise,
such provision is not inserted, or is not corre inserted, then upon application of either party, Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make
19. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of agreement are set forth in the "General Provisionstf I'Supplementary General Provisionsi1 attached hereto and a part hereof.
I
I insertion or correction.
Western Summit Constructors, In
Contractor
(Notarial acknowledgement of execution of ALL PRINCIPALS must be attached.)
1 APPROVED AS TO FORM:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Io
I
I
Contractor's Certification of Awareness of Workers' Compensz
Responsibility
"1 am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor which requires every employer to be insured against liabiliti workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will cc with such provisions before commencing the performance of work of this Contract.tt
B
ContractorBs Certification of Awareness of Immigration Reforn Control Act of 1986
"I am aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform Control Act of 1986 and have complied with these requiremc including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors consultants that are included in this Contract."
Western Summit Constructors, ys&;4LA$// BY :/ 4ontrdctor I Edwin F. Wambsganss, Preside]
I
I u
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Bond No. B 61
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad Sta. California, by Resolution No. 88-86 , adopted 3/z5I88 (hereir awarded to WESTERN SUMMIT CONSTRUCTORS, INC. designated as the 4tPrincipaltt), a Contract for:
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY PARK, PHASE I1 CONTRACT NO. 3245
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the dra and specifications, and other Contract documents now on fi the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and a which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, said Principal has executed or is about to execute
Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a with said Contract, providing that is said Principal or ai his/her or its subcontractors shall fail to pay for materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams in, upon for or about the performance of the work agreed . done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent herein set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, 6353 El Camin0 Real, Suite X, Carlsbad, CA 92OC as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractort1) ,
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety, are held firmly 1 unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of ONE MIXLION ELFVEN THO[ mm AND N0/100 -- Dollars ($ ~,o~~,~oo.oo ), said sum 1 fifty percent (50%) of the estimated amount payable by the of Carlsbad under the terms of the Contract, for which pa, well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our he executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, joint11 severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the persc his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provis: provender or the supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or i the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due L the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such wor
labor, that the Surety or Sureties will pay for the same, i amount not exceeding the sum specified in the bond, and, alsc case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's to be fixed by the court, as required by the provision Section 4202 of the Government Code of the State of Californj
WESTERN SUMMIT CONSTRUCTORS, INC.
I
8
8
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
This bond shall insure to the benefit of any and all pe companies and corporations entitled to file claims under Ti of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code (commencin: Section 3082).
In the event any Contractor above named executed this bond individual, it is agreed the death of any such Contractor not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bo
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed
med, on the day of
(Notarize or Corporate Seal for each Signer) Contractor
J. R. Richards, Attorn€ I Surety
the Tal bert corporation
SURETY BONDS AND INSURANCE
p 0 BOX 9364. DENVER co 80209
AREA CODE 303/839-1773
Bond No. B 61 47 c
1
) ss.
1
COLORADO State of
county of DENVER
1st April a8 , before
to E knm, vi
I 19
personally care by E duly swomm
the Corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrutrent;
she know(s) the seal of said Corporation; that the seal affixe
said instrumnt is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authorit to her in accordance with the By-Laws of the said Corporation, and
on this day of
J. R. Richards
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
she signed her nam2 thereto by like authority..
5 Corrpnission expires
the Talbert eorpc
SURETY BONDS AND IN
P 0 BOX 9364, DENVER, II AREA CODE 30318
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
I:
1
#
I
I
1
1
I
I CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE
I hereby certify that Western Summit Constructors, Inc,
in performing under the Purchase Order awarded by the Cit Carlsbad, will comply with the County of San Diego Affirma Action Program adopted by the Board of Supervisors, including
current amendments.
Legal Name of Contractor
March 24, 1988
Date
Edwin F. Wambsganss, Pres - (NOTARIZE OR CORPORATE SEAL) Title
(Notarial acknowledgement of execution by all principals mus attached)
OPTIONAL I
I
1
B
I
1
I
i
i
1
I
B
i
I
I
I
1
I
ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS
IN LIEU OF RETENTION
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and betwee City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Elm Avenue, Carl California, 92008, hereinafter called fgCitylf and
whose address is 6353 El Camino Real, Suite K
hereinafter called lfContractorff and
whose address is 1700 Broadway
hereinafter called IfEscrow Agent. If
For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the C Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
1. Pursuant to Section 4590 of Chapter 13 of Division Title 1 of the Government Code of the State of Califc Contractor has the option to deposit securities with E
Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required withheld by City pursuant to the Construction Con entered into between the City and Contractor for The c
Hills Community Park, Phase 11, Contract No. 3245
in the amount of $2,023,000.00 dated (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractgf). A copy of
contract is attached as Exhibit ggA1l. When Contr deposits the securities as a substitute for Con
earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City withi
(10) days of the deposit. The market value of securities at the time of the substitution shall be at equal to the cash amount then required to be withhe. retention under the terms of the Contract between the and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name
See * Below and designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. Pri any disbursements, Escrow Agent shall verify that present cumulative market value of all secur: substituted is at least equal to the cash amount 01 cumulative retention under the terms of the Contract.
The City shall make progress payments to the Contract0 such funds which otherwise would be withheld from pro payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided
the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and a
specified above. *However the City prefers it:
Western Summit Constructors, Inc.
Carlsbad, California 92009-1607
United Bank of Denver
Denver, Colorado 80274-0119
2.
1) Western Summit Constructors, Inc. c/o The City of (
2) Western Summit Constructors, Inc. and The City of (
3) Western Summit Constructors, Inc. Collateral Accoui I The City of Ci
I
li
I
I
R
I
I
1
8
I
I
i
I
i
1
I
1
8
I
3. Alternatively, the City may make payments directly to I Agent in the amount of retention for the benefit of the until such time as the escrow created hereunde terminated.
4. Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees fc
expenses incurred by Escrow Agent in administerinc escrow account. These expenses any payment terms sha determined by the Contractor and Escrow Agent.
5. The interest earned on the securities or the money m accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on interest shall be for the sole account of Contracto: shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any tim from time to time without notice to the City.
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any of the principal in the Escrow Account only by wr notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authoriz from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents tc withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdraw] Contractor.
7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securitic the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven (7) written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City oj default of the Contractor, the Escrow Agent immediately convert the securities to cash and distribute the case as instructed by the City.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the certifying that the Contractor has complied with requirements and procedures applicable to the Conti Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securitier interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of
Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately disbursement of all monies and securities on deposit payments of fees and charges.
the City and the Contractor pursuant to Sections 4 ar inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contri shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's re: and disbursement of the securities and interest as set : above.
9. Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to sign five
written notices or to receive written notice on behal the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection witk foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures as follows:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
1
1
I
1
I
1
I
For City: Title Name Signature Address
For Contractor: Title Controller Name Jerry E. ArqueUo-- Signature &--., 5 ,@‘(-:C--/--, +---
Address ~UJlCl-JW~st ‘n2f4d Avei Denver, Col-wxfdo 80.
For Escrow Agent: Title Senior Investment Rf Name Joel P. Johnson Signature 1700 Broadway Address Denver, Colorado 8 0.
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the Citj Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a executed counterpart of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreeme their proper officers on the date first set forth above.
For City: Title Name Signature 1 Address
For Contractor: Title Name Signature Address Suite K I Carlsbad, California
RELEASE FOW
THIS FORM SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITH ALL PROGRESS PAYMENTS
* NAME OF CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
PERIOD WORK PERFORMED:
The above-named Contractor hereby acknowledges payment for all compensation of whatever nature due the Contrac all labor and materials furnished and for all work perfc the above-referenced project for the period specified abc
the exception of contract retention amounts and disputed specifically shown below.
RETENTION AMOUNT FOR THIS PERIOD: $
DISPUTED CLAIMS '*
i DESCRIPTION OF CLAIM AMOUNT CLAIMED
\
The Contractor further expressly waives and released an
the Contractor may have, of whatever type or nature,
period specified which is not shown as a retention amou disputed claim on this form. This release and waiver l- made voluntarily by Contractor without any fraud, duress t
influence by any person or entity.
Contractor further certifies, warrants, and represents t bills for labor, materials,' and work due Subcontractors
specified period have been paid in full and that the
signing below on behalf of Contractor have expressed authc
execute this release.
DATED:
b
- PRINT NAME OF CONTRACTOR
-9
DESCRIBE ENTITY (Partnership,
Corporation, etc.)
BY
- BY
. .__C. . .
ow*** * * * -. * +w* *o+
*LW * *OL *
a I
I
I
I
I
I
I OWrO
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I:
I
I-w cnz *L* Cnm 20 bYocu* 0- WM uw a+ &X oc cmwco+ OECnCUY %3Z I * zww* w UM* k-03 v) CnWWP* mcn ww azJ-+ 3w zc3 wo qr* zz HZ JXCn-* - cnQ: * ~~nv)ro* wcn ~rz w-* *'32 * ow- * *zm * *3* *a* * * OLLQ 8 * zwo **+**
eabD
cnIWI
arl>IO 0 z
WrlUQI uow- -0- OUIO
U
-0 c- ma Z# 0 ow1
l-aa crc
>r
rcaa
u)cuc
WL co: Cn02 WQU 3-c LLZZ ~aa 0 JJJm zcur w cn nulo C303-i scuz 2-E
W-J 3cuuo 26 anto waa
, ...- II .
1
I
;I
P
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
t m
1
I
I
1
I
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS (Buildins)
The Construction Plans consist of thirty-two (32) SI designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 285-8.
standard drawings utilized for this project are the Dieso Area Resional Standard Drawinss, herein: designated Standard Drawings, as issued by the San County Department of Transportation, together with the
of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings.
The specifications for the building shall consist of
following Standard Codes and the three (3) books h
provided as bid documents:
1. 1985 Uniform Building Code (U.B.C.)
2. Uniform Plumbing Code (U.P.C.)
3. National Electrical Code (N.E.C.)
4. Uniform Mechanical Code (U.M.C.)
Buildins Construction Conflicts: In the event of conf between the requirements of the Standard Codes,
Report, San Diego Area Regional Drawings, or Cit Carlsbad Standard, the document highest in precedence
apply 1 The order of precedence shall be:
1. Soils Engineering Report
2. City of Carlsbad Standards
3. San Diego Area Regional Drawings
4. Above reference Standard Codes
Standard SDecif ications for Public Works Construc
(SSPWC) are included herein by reference as a part o
building specifications. Where referenced SSPWC lan conflicts with the project specifications provide( bidders, the project specifications shall govern.
2. WORK TO BE DONE (Buildins and Site Work)
The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all 1 equipment and materials, and performing all opera necessary to complete the project work as shown or
project plans and in accordance with the specifications
3. CODES AND STANDARDS
Standard Specifications (SSPWC) incorporated in
requirements of the specifications by reference sha:
those of the 1985 edition. It shall be understood tha
manufacturers or producers of materials so required e have such specifications available for reference 01
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
R
I
1
I
I
I
I
fully familiar with their requirements as pertaininc lr their product or material.
4. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall begin work after being duly notific an issuance of a IINotice to Proceedll and shall diligc prosecute the work to completion within two hundred nj
(290) consecutive calendar days from the date of receir said IINotice to Pr0ceed.I' Area 'A' noted on Sheets SE-3
SE-2 shall be completed within the first one hundred ei
(180) calendar days and a Notice of Completion wil issued for this area. Area IBl shall be completed w: the total contract time of two hundred ninety I consecutive days noted above. All ballfield lights, pal lot lights, and walk lights will be erected and electr:
by the Area IBr completion date (290 calendar days). Contractor erects Area 'A1 lights after landscaping i place, he shall protect the installed landscaping fron damage from lightpole or fixture installation. Lands establishment and maintenance in Section 2.80 is not a of project comDletion. However, planting, hydroseeding, connection of irrigation systems are included in requirements of Area 'A1 and Area IBr completion
e
I 5. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Failure of the Contractor to complete the work within time allowed will result in damages being sustained bl
City. Such damages are, and will continue to impracticable and extremely difficult to determine. each consecutive calendar day in excess of the
specified, as adjusted in accordance with Subsection 6. the Standard Specifications for completion of the work,
Contractor shall pay to the City, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of $750, unless otherwise pro7 in the Specifications.
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement bj City and Contractor that $750 per day is the minimum T of the costs and actual damage caused by failure of Contractor to complete the work within the allotted 1
that such sum is liquidated damages and shall no. construed as a penalty, and that such sum may be dedi from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs.
6. NONCONFORMING WORK
The Contractor shall remove and replace any work
conforming to the plans or specifications upon written (
by the City Engineer. Any cost caused by reason of nonconforming work shall be borne by the Contractor.
I
1
1
4
1
i
I
I
1
I m
1
1
1
B
I
1
I
7. GUARANTEE
All work shall be guaranteed for one (1) year after filing of a "Notice of Completion" and any faulty WOI
materials discovered during the guarantee period shal repaired or replaced by the Contractor.
8. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
Where installation of work is required in accordance the product manufacturer's directions, the Contractor obtain and distribute the necessary copies of instructions, including two (2) copies to the City Engi
9. CITY INSPECTORS
All work shall be under the observation of a Construction Inspector. Inspectors shall have free a1 to any or all parts of work at any time. Contractor
furnish Inspectors with such information as may be nece
to keep her/him fully informed regarding progress and m4
of work and character of materials. Inspection of shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fu this Contract. I 10. PROVISIONS REOUIRED BY LAW DEEMED INSERTED
Each and every provision of law and clause required b]
to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed t inserted herein and the contract shall be read and enft as though it were included herein, and if, through mi,
or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or i: correctly inserted, then upon application of either 1
the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to such insertion or correction.
11. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and mat1 suppliers shall provide and install the work as iridic specified, and implied by the Contract documents. Any or work not indicated or specified, but which are esse: to the completion of the work, shall be provided at Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of documents. In all instances throughout the life of Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intei the Contract documents, and the City's decision relati7
said intent will be final and binding. Failure of
Contractor to apprise her/his subcontractors and mate suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not re her/him of the responsibility of compliance.
1
I
1
1
I
E
I
I
R
i
I
1
I
1
I
1
I
I
12. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS
The proposal of the Bidder shall be in strict confo:
with the drawings, specifications, and based upon the
indicated or specified. The Contractor may offt substitution for any material, apparatus, equipment process indicated or specified by paten or proprietary 1 or by names of manufacturer which she/he considers equt every respect to those indicated or specified. The ( made in writing, shall include proof of the State
Marshal's approval (if required), all necessary informa. specifications, and data. If required, the Contract01 her/his own expense, shall have the proposed substi. material, apparatus, equipment, or process tested as tc quality and strength, its physical, chemical, or t
characteristics, and its durability, finish, or effic by a testing laboratory as selected by the City. Ii substitute offered is not deemed to be equal to tha indicated or specified, then the Contractor shall fur; erect, or install the material, apparatus, equipment
process indicated of specified. Such substitutioi proposals shall be made prior to beginning of construe. if possible, but in no case less than ten (10) days pril actual installation. I 13. SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF WORKERS AND PUBLIC
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions fo:
safety of employees on the work and shall comply wit1 applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal sl laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injui
persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where work is being performed. He/she shall erect and pro] maintain at all times, as required by the conditions progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for protection of workers and public, and shall post d< signs warning against hazards created by such feature construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, falling materials.
14. UTILITIES
Utilities for the purpose of these specifications sha: considered as including, but not limited to pipe 1 conduits, transmission lines, and appurtenances of "P Utilities'' (as defined in the Public Utilities Act oj State of California) or individually solely for theii use or for use of their tenants, and storm drains, san sewers, and street lighting. The City of Carlsbad affected utility companies have, by a search of records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plan, utilities which exist within the limits of the
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
B
I
1
I
I
I
1
However, the accuracy or completeness of the uti1 S e: indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. connections to adjacent property may or may not be shoi the plans. It shall be the responsibility of the Contr( to determine the exact location and elevation of utilities and their service connections. The Contr( shall make her/his own investigation as to the loca. type, kind of material, age and condition of exir utilities and their appurtenances and service connec' which may be affected by the contract work, and in addi. he/she shall notify the City as to any uti1 appurtenances, and service connections located which been incorrectly shown on or omitted from the plans.
The Contractor shall notify the owners of all utilitit least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of excavating a: any of the structures. At the completion of the con' work, the Contractor shall leave all utilities appurtenances in a condition satisfactory to the owner; the City. In the event of damage to any utility, Contractor shall notify the owners of the ut. immediately. It is the responsibility of the Contract(
The temporary or permanent relocation or alteratio utilities, including service connections, desired by
Contractor for his/her own convenience shall be Contractor's own responsibility, and he/she shall make arrangements regarding such work at no cost to the City delays occur due to utilities relocations which were shown on the Plans, it will be solely the City's optic extend the completion date.
In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused bj
failure of other parties to relocate utilities T interfere with the construction, the Contractor, request to the City, may be permitted to temporarily the portion of work affected by the utility. The poi thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contrz immediately following the relocation of the utility invc unless otherwise directed by the City.
All costs involved in locating, protecting and supportix all utility lines shall be included in the price bid various items of work and no additional payments wil
made e
I compensate for utility damages.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
B
I
1
I
I
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL PROVISIONS
1-1 TERMS
To Section 1-1, add:
A. Reference to Drawings:
Where words "shown, If Ilindicated, It "detailed, It "not lgscheduled,l8 or words of similar import are used, it shal
understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying t
provisions, unless stated otherwise.
B. Directions :
Where words "directed, It "designated, It Ilselected, I1 or word: similar import are used, it shall be understood that direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is inter
unless stated otherwise. The word llrequiredtr and word5 similar import shall be understood to mean "as requirec properly complete the work as required and as approved by City Engineer," unless stated otherwise.
C. Equals and Approvals:
Where the words lrequal, It "approved equal, (I If equivalent, I) and
words of similar import are used, it shall be understood
words are followed by the expression Itin the opinion of Engineer, tI unless otherwise stated. Where the words Ilapprov
Itapproval, vu "acceptance, )I or words of similar import are used
shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or sim
import of the Engineer is intended.
D. Perform and Provide:
The word rlperformtt shall be understood to mean that
Contractor, at her/his expense, shall perform all operati
labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnis
and installing of materials that are indicated, specifiec
required to mean that the Contractor, at her/his expense, s furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to
including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, to
equipment, and transportation.
1-2 DEFINITIONS B Modify Section 1-2 as follows:
Agency - the City of Carlsbad, California
Engineer - the Project Manager for the City of Carlsbad or h
approved representative
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS (Site Work)
To Section 2-5.1, General, add:
The specifications for the site work are the Sta
Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1985 Edition,
1986 supplement, and the January, 1986 Standard Sp Provisions, hereinafter designated SSPWC, as issued by
Southern California Chapter of the American Public '
Association, and the project specifications herein supplied.
The Construction Plans consist of 32 sheets designated as
of Carlsbad Drawing No. 285-8. The standard drawings uti
for this project are the latest edition of the San Dieso
Resional Standard Drawinss, hereinafter designated SDRS
issued by the San Diego County Department of Public W
together with the City of Carlsbad Standards. Copie pertinent standard drawings are available from the C
Department of Public Works and the City, respectively.
To Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawings, add:
Where installation of work is required in accordance wit1
product manufacturer's direction, the Contract shall obtaii distribute the necessary copies of such instruction, incl
two (2) copies to the City.
To Section 2-5, add:
2-5.4 Record Drawinas:
The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete builtgt record set of transparent sepias, which shall be corr daily and show every change from the original drawings
specifications and the exact tlas-builttl locations, sizes
kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all
work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purposl be obtained from the City at cost. This set of drawings sha kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work.
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
I
I
To Section 4-1.3.1, Inspection Requirements, General, add:
All work shall be under the observation of the Engineer o
appointed representative. The Engineer shall have free acce any or all parts of work at any time. Contractor shall fu Engineer with such information as may be necessary to
her/him fully informed regarding progress and manner of wor
character of materials. Inspection of work shall not re Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
Modify Section 4-1.4, Test of Materials, as follows:
Except as specified in these Special Provisions, the Agency bear the cost of testing materials and/or workmanship whert results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indic in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions. cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractors.
At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each I materials shall be approved by him before the deliver started. All materials proposed for use may be inspect€ tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, ' trial, it is found that sources of supply which have approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor furnish approved material from other approved sources. improper storage, handling or any other reason shal: rej ected.
All backfill and subgrade shall be compacted in accordance the notes on the plans and the SSPWC. Compaction tests mi made by the City and all costs for tests that meet or exceel requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Cit
Said tests may be made at any place along the work as d necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests
necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shal
borne by the Contractor.
Add the following section:
4-1.7 Nonconforming Work
The contractor shall remove and replace any work not confo to the plans or specifications upon written order by Engineer. Any cost caused by reason of this nonconforming shall be borne by the Contractor.
5-1 LOCATION
Add the following:
The City of Carlsbad and affected utility companies have, search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate o Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the However, the accuracy of completeness of the utilities indi on the Plans is not guaranteed.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5-4 RELOCATION
Add :
The temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilit including service connection, desired by the Contractor his/her own convenience shall be the Contractor's responsibility, and he/she shall make all arrangements regal such work at no cost to the City. If delays occur du( utilities relocations which were not shown on the Plans, it be solely the City's option to extend the completion date.
In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by failure of other parties to relocate utilities which intei with the construction, the Contractor, upon request to the C may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affe by the utility. The portion thus omitted shall be construct€ the Contractor immediately following the relocation of utility involved unless otherwise directed by the City. I
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Modify this section as follows:
A preliminary construction schedule is to be submitted by
Contractor per Section 6-1 of the SSPWC at the time of preconstruction conference. Within twenty (20) calendar da) the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor will submit a detz project schedule according to the requirements of Section 1.3
the Technical Specifications. Any progress payments made z the scheduled completion date shall not constitute a waive this paragraph or any damages.
Coordination with the respective utility company for remova relocation of conflicting utilities shall be requirements E to commencement of work by the Contractor. I
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION
The Contractor shall begin work within 10 calendar days e receipt of the "Notice to Proceed" and shall diligently prose the work to completion within 290 consecutive days after date of the Notice to Proceed. Area 'A' noted on Sheets SE-I
SE-2 shall be completed within the first 180 calendar days a separate Notice of Completion will be issued for this area.
IBc shall be completed within the total contract time of consecutive days noted above.
To Section 6-7.2, Working Day, add:
Hours of word - All work shall normally be performed betweer hours of 7:OO a.m. and sunset, from Mondays through Fric
I
I
I
1
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
4
II
I
I
I
The contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineei he/she desires to work outside the hours state herein.
Contractor may work during Saturdays and holidays with permission of the Engineer. This permission must be obtaine
least 48 hours prior to such work. The Contractor shall pay
inspection costs of such work according to Subsection 1.42 of Technical Specifications.
I
6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
Add the following:
All work shall be guaranteed for one (1) year after the filin
a "Notice of CompletionlV and any faulty work or mater discovered during the guarantee period shall be repaired replaced by the Contractor, at his expense. I 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Modify this section as follows:
If the completion date is not met, the contractor will assessed the sum of $750.00 per day for each day beyond completion date as liquidated damages for the delay.
progress payments made after the specified completion date s not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE and 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION
Modify Sections 7-3 and 7-4 as follows: I SPECIAL INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTRACTORS
Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons damages to property which may arise from or in connection ' the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor,
agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors. If insurance is on a Itclaims made" basis, coverage shall maintained for a period of three years from the date completion of the work. The cost of such insurance shall included in Contractor's bid. The insurance company or compa shall meet the requirements of City Council Resolution No. 81
A. Minimum ScoDe of Insurance
Coverage shall be at least as broad as:
1. Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (Ed. 1, covering Comprehensive General Liability; and Insur( Services Office form number GL 0404 covering Broad : Comprehensive General Liability; and
I
I
t
1
I
I
1
1
8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (Ed. 3 covering Automobile Liability, Code 1 ''any auto": anc
3. Workers' Compensation as required by the Labor Cod the State of California and Employers' Liabj Insurance.
I
B. Minimum Limits of Insurance
Contractor shall maintain limits no less than:
1. Comprehensive General Liability: $1,000,000 coml single limit per occurrence for bodily injury property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limj separate aggregate in the amounts specified shal. established for the risks for which the City or agents, officers or employees are additional insured.
2. Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 combined single 1 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.
3. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability: Worl
compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of State of California and Employers' Liability limit
$1,000,000 per accident.
C. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions
Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be decl to and approved by the City. At the option of the C
either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects the C its officials and employees: or the Contractor shall prc a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and re1 investigation, claim administration and defense expenses.
D. Other Insurance Provisions
The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, I following provisions:
1. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages:
a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers
to be covered as insured as respects: liabi arising out of activities performed by or on bc of the Contractor: products and complete operat of the Contractor: premises owned, leased, hire
borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage I contain no special limitations on the scope protection afforded to the City, its offici employees or volunteers.
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be pr: insurance as respects the City, its offic:
employees and volunteers. Any insurance or I insurance maintained by the City, its offic: employees or volunteers shall be in excess Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute it.
c, Any failure to comply with reporting provision the policies shall not affect coverage provide the City, its officials, employees or volunteers
d, Coverage shall state that Contractor's insui shall apply separately to each insured against claim is made or suit is brought, except with re: to the limits of the insurer's liability.
2. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Coveri
The insurer shall agree to waive all rights subrogation against the City, its officials, emplc and volunteers for losses arising from work performc Contractor for the City.
3. All Coverages
Each insurance policy required by this clause shal endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspei voided, cancelled, reduced in coverage or in 1.
except after thirty (30) days' prior written notic certified mail, return receipt requested, has been I to the City.
E. Acceptability of Insurers
Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Bests' rl of no less than A:XI unless otherwise authorized by Council Resolution No. 8108. 1 F. Verification of Coverase
Contractor shall furnish the City with certificate: insurance and with original endorsements affecting covt required by this clause. The certificates and endorst for each insurance policy are to be signed by a pt authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its bel The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms pro by the City and are to be received and approved by the before work commences.
I
1
I
1
8
I
II
I
I
B
I
8
I
I
I
8
G. Subcontractors
Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured 1
its policies or shall furnish separate certificates
endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirer stated herein. I 7-5 PERMITS
Modify the first sentence to read:
The agency will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor, encroachment, right-of-way, grading, and building pel
necessary to perform work for this contract on City propert] streets, highways (except State highway right-of-way), rai: or other rights-of-way. 1 Add the following:
Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidentz the work are obtained.
7-8 PROJECT AND SITE MANAGEMF,NT I To Section 7-8.1, Cleanup and Dust Control, add:
Cleanup and dust control shall be executed even on weekends other non-working days at the City's request when cause deficient cleanup and dust control during normal working houi
Add the following to Section 7-8:
7-8.8 Noise Control
All internal combustion engines used in the construction sha:
equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the prc with special attention to City Noise Control Ordinance No. : Carlsbad Municipal Code, Chapter 8.48.
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY
Add the following to Section 7-10.4, Public Safety:
7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for safety of employees on the work and shall comply with applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is 1 performed, He/she shall erect and properly maintain at
I
I
I
I
1
i
I
B
B
I
8
I
1
I
time, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public I
9-3 PAYMENT
Modify Section 9-3.2, Partial and Final Payment, as follows:
Delete the second sentence of the third paragraph having t with reductions in amount of retention.
10 SURVEYING
Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or regisl civil engineer to perform necessary surveying for this pro: Requirements of the Contractor pertaining to this item are
forth in Section 2-9.5 of the SSPWC. Contractor shall incluc
cost of surveying service within appropriate items of propc No separate payment will be made.
Survey stakes shall be set and stationed by the Contracl
surveyor for curbs at 50' intervals (25' intervals for cun curb returns at BCR, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and ECR, headers, sei storm drains, and structures (4 corners min.) . Rough grad required to satisfy cut of fill to finished grade (or flow: as indicated on a grade sheet.
Contractor shall transfer grade hubs for construction
inspection purposes to crown line base grade of street required by Engineer.
Contractor shall provide Engineer with 2 copies of survey sheets prior to commencing construction of surveyed item.
I
I
1
11 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for I utilized during the construction under this contract. Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency requirements. The contractor shall include the cost of watei meter rental within appropriate items of the proposal. separate payment will be made.
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
Concrete for drainage ditch shall be Class 520-C-2500.
Modify Section 201-1.2.1, Portland Cement, as follows:
First paragraph, first sentence amend to read: "All cement. used or furnished shall be low alkali and shall be either T: or Type I1 Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C 150, or Tyl I
6
8
I
I
i
il
8
R
I
I
I
I
8
I
I;
8
(MS) Portland Pozzolan Cement conforming to ASTM C 595, UI
Modify Section 201-1.2.3, Water, as follows:
Second paragraph replace Ill, 000 ppm (mg/L) of sulfates"
gt1,300 (mg/L) ppm of su1fates.I'
Third paragraph replace 11800 ppm (mg/L) of sulfates1! with I!: (mg/L) ppm of sulfates."
(b) Air-entrainins Admixtures Last paragraph amend to read: "A tolerance of plus or mini
1/2 percent is allowed. The air content of freshly 1 concrete will be determined California Test Method No. 504.Il
Modify Section 201-1.3.3, Concrete Consistency, as follows:
Second paragraph delete: "and shall not exceed amounts shol
following table:" Also delete table.
Modify Section 201-1.4.3, Transit Mixers, as follows:
Add after listing of information for weighmaster's certific "Transit mixed concrete may be certified by mix design nul provided a copy of the mix proportions are kept on file at
plant location for a period of 4 years after the use of
mix. )I
203-6 and 400-4 ASPHALT CONCRETE
Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-AR 4000, C3-AR 4000, or
Modify Section 203-6.6.1, Batch Plant Method, as follows:
Third paragraph, delete "and from the Engineer's
laboratory. 1l
Last paragraph, add after D 2172: "method A or B."
Modify Section 203-6.8, Miscellaneous Requirements, as folloi
Add the following: "Open graded asphalt concrete store excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete store
excess of 18 hours, shall not be used in the work."
Modify Section 400-4.1, General, as follows:
Second paragraph, amend to read: IIUnless otherwise speci
AR-4000 paving grade asphalt shall be used for Type I11 asph<
concrete, and AR-8000 paving grade asphalt shall be used
I otherwise specified."
I I11 C3-AR 4000.
I asphalt concrete dikes."
CLASS B2 I B3
1" (2 5mm)
3/4" (19mm)
1/2" (13mm)
3/8" (lOmm) No. 4 No. 8 No. 30 No. 200
R
I
I
Asphalt %
100 100 100 100
87-100 90-100 90-100 95-10(
75-95 80-90 85-100 85-95
50-80 60-75 60-84 65-80
30-60 40-55 40-60 45-60
22-44 27-40 24-50 30-45
8-26 12-22 11-29 15-25
1-8 3-6 1-9 3 -7
4.6-6.0 4.6-6.0
8
1
I
3
8
I
I
i
1
I
8
8
I
I
B u
Table of Sand Equivalent and Cleanness Values
Mix Sand Cleanness Size Equivalent (Min. 1 Value (Min.1
D 45 Individual 55 Individual
1 C 50 Individual 60 Individual
B 50 Individual 60 Individual
50 Moving Average 60 Moving Avt
After the last paragraph, add the following:
The aggregated from each separate bin for asphalt concrete,
111, except for the bin containing the fine material shall hz Cleanness Value as noted in the added "Table of Sand Equivz and Cleanness Values" and as determined by Test Method
Calif. 227, modified as follows:
Tests will be performed on the material retained on the Pj sieve from each bind and will not be a combined or avei I result.
Each test specimen will be prepared by hand shaking fo seconds, a single loading of the entire sample on a 12- diameter, No. 4 sieve nested on top of a 12-inch diameter, 1
sieve.
Where a coarse aggregate bind contains material which will
the maximum size specified and be retained on a 3/8 inch s:
the test specimen weight and volume of wash water specifiec
one inch x No. 4 aggregate size will be used.
Samples will be obtained from the weight box area durin immediately after discharge from each bin of the batching I
or immediately prior to mixing with asphalt in the cas
continuous mixers.
The Cleanness Value of the test sample from each of the bins be separately computed and reported.
Modify Section 400-4.4, Storing, Drying and Screening Aggregz
as follows:
After fifth paragraph, add: "When the Contractor supplemental fine aggregate, each such supplemental
aggregate used shall be stored separately and kept thoro1
dry.
1
I
I
1
I
8
R
I
I
I
i
1
fi
1
1
1
I
b
R
204-1 LUMl3ER AND PLYWOOD
Header for bituminous pavement shall be construction < Redwood, or treated construction grade Douglas Fir.
204-2 TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES
No change.
207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
The pipeline layout and connector pipe list required 1 Paragraph 3, 207-2.1, is waived.
210-1 PAINT
Paint for striping shall be white.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION METHODS
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVl3I4XNT
A prime coat is not required for this contract. A seal coa
required and shall conform the Section 302-5.9 of t supplemental provisions.
Modify Section 302-5.1, General, as follows:
Paragraph 1, replace IlSection 203-6" with IISection 400-4. It
Last paragraph, add: "All testing of underground installat at any given point shall be completed before the surfacin placed at that pointall
Modify Section 302-5.2, Prime Coat, as follows:
After "grade SC-~~O~~ add '*or MC 70."
Modify Section 302.5.5.2, Density and Smoothness, as follows:
First paragraph, change 1/8 inch (3mm) to 1/4 inch (6mm).
Modify Section 302-5.5.1, Rolling General, as follows:
Second paragraph, Part (2), add:
"Vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, ur
otherwise directed by the Engineer.: 4
1
I
1
1
8
#
I
4
I
i
1
It n
E
II
R
1
After last paragraph, add: "Unless directed by otherwise
Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed
pneumatic-tired roller as described in this Section.1t
To Section 302-5.8, Measurement and Payment, add:
Cost of labor and materials for the seal coat shall be inc in the unit price bid for asphalt concrete.
Add the following:
302-5.9, Seal Coat
All asphalt concrete surfaces shall be seal-coated u
otherwise specified. The seal coat shall consist of a coz asphaltic emulsion and a cover coat of sand. The asph: emulsion shall be mixing type conforming to Section 2(
"Emulsion Asphalt." Sand shall be clean and dry.
Immediately before applying asphaltic emulsion, the surface 1
seal-coated shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt and :
material. Asphaltic emulsion shall not be applied when
street is overly wet or when the atmospheric temperature is 1
50 degrees Fahrenheit.
The asphaltic emulsion shall be applied by use of a 1
spraying device that uniformly applies the emulsion to surfacing at a rate of 0.1 to 0.15 gallon per square yard. distributor spray bar shall be equipped with asphaltic emul:
type spray jets. Curbs, gutters, and other adjo.
improvements shall be carefully protected from the emulsion, any such improvements spattered or touched with emulsion sha: I carefully cleaned.
Immediately after the application of asphaltic emulsion, a t
coat of sand shall be spread at the rate of 6 to 12 pound: square yard. After the sand has been spread, any piles, ric or uneven distribution shall be broomed to maintain an even 1 over the surface. Five days after the seal coat has
applied, the surface shall again be broomed and any excess
shall be picked up and removed from the job. The Engineer authorize the sand to be broomed, picked up and removed fron job after 2 or more days. I
8
I
I
I
Y
a
1
I
8
I
1
II
1
1
I
E
l
SECTION 0.55 - SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. THE SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL PROVISIONS
The Supplementary General Provisions herein contain chi and additions to the General Provisions. Where any pal the General Provisions is modified by these Supplemei General Provisions, the unaltered provisions shall remaj 4 effect .
2. TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following Table of Contents refers to Changes Additions to the General Provisions.
TITLE
Execution, Correlation and Intent. Information and Services Required of the Owner. Supervision and Construction Procedures.
Warranty. Taxes e Progress Schedule. Documents and Samples at the Site. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portion of Work. Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond. Tests. Progress and Completion. Safety of Persons and Property. Contractor's Liability Insurance. I Change Orders.
3.0 CHANGES AND ADDITIONS
3.1 - Execution, Correlation and Intent
"The requirements of the Contract Documents are mandator1 addressed to the Contractor, unless specifically qual] otherwise.
1. In general drawings, show dimensions, posit] materials, and kinds of construction; specificat described quality of materials and workmanship. Worl particularly detailed, marked or specified shall be same as similar parts that are detailed, markec specified.
2. In case of conflict between specifications and drat
regarding material quality, size, shape or dimension, Architect shall decide upon the correct intent.
a.
1
I
B
I
I
I
0
9
i
P
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
3. Should an error occur in the specifications or draw.
or in work by others affecting this work, the Contri shall at once notify the Architect who will .
instructions as to procedure.
4. If Contractor proceeds with the work so affected wii instructions from the Architect, the Contractor I make good any resulting damage or defects. This inc: specification typographical errors and drawing notat. errors where the intent is doubtful.
5. The general character of detail work is shown on Contract drawings, but detailed clarifications ma made in large scale and full size details.
6. When the Architect furnishes miscellaneous, large I and full size details to further clarify the work, details shall be considered a part of the Contract. executed before receipt of such details, if no accordance with them, shall be 'removed, replace( adjusted as directed at the expense of the Contra(
If in the Contractor's opinion such details are elaborate than the scale drawings and specifications to indicate, written notice shall be given to Architect within five (5) days of receipt thereof.
claim will be considered and, if justified, details
be modified or extra work authorized. Nonreceipt of notice shall relieve the Owner from claim for resu: additional cost or extension of the Contract complt
time .
7. Drawings and diagrams for mechanical and electrical
shall be followed only for work for which they
specifically prepared and shall be considerec diagrammatic only, not to be used for any strucl guidance or architectural layout.
b. Proprietary Products and Substitutions: Articles materials specified by proprietary name, or by the nan the vendor or manufacturer, are expected to be furnishc the Contractor. Substitutions of materials or methods invited; provided that they are submitted and separz
1. AB1 proposed substitutions for materials and me1
1 qualified as follows:
shall be submitted and separately qualified at the bids are submitted by the Contractor.
2. Requests for approval of substitutions shall
accompanied by the manufacturer's specifications technical data, setting forth in detail the physical chemical properties and other characteristics adequal enable the Architect to determine the acceptabilit
1
I
II
li
I
I
I
1
1 n
1
I
1
4 e
E
I
the proposed substitution shall be the responsibility of the Bidder. Insufficient suppoi data will be cause for disapproval of the pro1 substitution.
a. After the Contract is signed, the Contractor suggest substitute makes and kinds of materials equipment, indicating the amount of credit in instance. Acceptance of substitute items shal only by written approval of the Owner. In the z that the Architect's evaluation of the suggc substitute items is required, the Contractor 5 pay the Architect's fee for investigating evaluating the substitution.
b. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility having all of the substitute items comply in respects with the applicable portions of the Coni Specifications, except where such requirements waived specifically by the Owner and Architect.
c. The Contractor may request a "No-Creditl' substiti only in the event it is found that the specified is not available or is obsolete at the timc construction.
d, The Contractor shall be responsible for any c incurred by other trades which are a result substitution of material or equipment.
3. Acceptance of each 'lequal" produce is at the discretion of Owner and Architect, and is subject tc
a. Equal in quality of material, in structural ass<
I following qualifications:
and in details of construction.
b. Equal in performance, mechanically and technicall
c, Equal in finish, or in characteristics permil
d. Equal in plan arrangement: If substitutions re(
specified finish application.
rearrangement of partitions, openings for pipe
or ducts, intakes, exhausts and other items, such arrangements shall, in the opinion of Architect , be equal in convenience and compatibl the original arrangement. If such rearrangemer approved by the Architect and involves addit: cost, such additional costs including the time 01 Architect shall be born by the Contractor.
n
1
8
l
i
4
I
I
1.
k
I
I
I
I
i
U
II
1:
8
4
e. Equal in price: Materials and equipment which competitive products, and are approximately equa price on the open market, will be considered equz price. If approval is requested for material equipment materially cheaper than the specj products, the Architect may, at his discret require that the specified products be furnished.
f. Repair and maintenance: An important conditio determining equality of substitute materials equipment is the availability of replacement E and of maintenance service. An inequality in
respect between proposed substitutions and specj products may be a determining factor in der approval -
3.2 - Information and Service Required of the Owner
a. The Owner will furnish, in addition to the Buil Department stamped set, ten (10) sets of working drawings ten (10) sets of specifications. The Contractor shall the cost of reproduction for all additional copies drawings and specification furnished to him and any costs handling, mailing, or shipping any contract documents.
3.3 - Supervision and Construction Procedures
a. Before commencing any work, the Contractor shall verify grades, lines, level and dimensions indicated on drawings. He shall report all errors or inconsistencie
the Architect, and shall not proceed until they corrected.
b. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the services o
independent, licensed surveyor to lay out the work. Surveyor shall not be a regular employee of the Contra and shall have no interest in the Contract. The survej work shall be acceptable to the Architect.
c. As soon as practicable, the Surveyor shall verify the la and the Contractor shall furnish certified original drab of the survey showing exact elevations and location of portions of the structure.
3.4 - Warranty
a. The entire work shall be warranted against defects material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year the date of final acceptance by the Owner. The war1 shall specifically provide that all defects in material workmanship appearing during the warranty period, determined by the Architect, will be remedied to satisfaction of the Architect at no additional cost to Owner.
I
E
I
B
t
t
I
t a
1
D
D
I
t
1
Ilt
i
b. Where a two-year or greater warranty is called for in
Specifications, the Contractor and his Subcontractor tog€ on a single form, and the material manufacturer on the or on a separate form, shall jointly furnish the Owner their written warranty for the specified period in accorc with this article. Such warranties shall be in Contractor's or manufacturer's form, or in a t
association form, all subject to the Owner's and Architc
c. The Contractor shall secure and furnish to the Owner thr the Architect, as a condition precedent to final accept and prior to application for final payment, all wri guarantees and warranties called for in the Specification
0 approval.
8 3.5 - Taxes
a. The Contractor shall further relieve the Owner from payment of all contributions or payroll taxes impose( Federal, State or municipal authority under any employn compensation or insurance laws and under any old age ben laws which apply to the performance of the Contract.
3.6 - Progress Schedule
a. The Contractor's progress schedule shall be based accepted construction procedures. This schedule shall times for the preparation and submission of shop drawi brochures and equipment lists, Architect's checking t ordering, fabricating, manufacturing, delivery time, installation time at the job for each item of work furni and installed for the Owner. Contractor shall ascertain Owner delivery dates for items that are Owner furnished Contractor installed and include that work in the appr schedule. Such a schedule shall be furnished in draft to the City (3 copies) within twenty (20) calendar day: receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Comments, if any, by 0 or Architect shall influence a reevaluation prior to form issuing the schedule.
City as required by Section 1.10.
b. The entire schedule shall be updated and reissued to
3.7 - Documents and Samples at the Site
a. The record copies shall be furnished to the Owner. 1 completion of the work, the Contractor shall provide builts" of all additions, deletions, corrections, revis and other changes made during construction. He shall . deliver the transparencies and the Contractor's marked ret set to the Owner. The drawing work on the ozalid "as-bui shall be neatly, clearly, and accurately done by a compe draftsman, and shall be signed by the Contractor Subcontractors involved.
1
il
1
I
E
H
I
E
I
I
ff u
1
a
8
1
1
3.8 - Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond
a. The acceptance of a bid will be contingent upon Contractor's ability to qualify, prior to the execution Contract, for a bond in the full amount of the Conti written by a surety company approved by the Owner. bond shall guarantee the full, complete, and fait performance of the Contract, payment in full of all cl and liens for labor, material and services performec connection therewith, and shall be in a form whicl satisfactory to the Owner. The Owner reserves the righ designate the agent or broker, and to select the SL company. The bond shall be issued at the Owner's exy and, therefore, the cost of such bond shall not be incl in the Contractor's bid. The Owner may elect to purchasc It bonds directly.
3.9 - Tests
a. If the Architect determines that any work requires sp~ inspection, testing or approval which Paragraph 7.7.1 does include, he will, upon written authorization from the Ob instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, tes
or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as provide Paragraph 7.7.1, If such special inspection or testing revei! failure of the work to comply with the requirements of Contract Documents or with respect to the performance of
work, with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authority having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall costs thereof, including compensation for the Archite additional services made necessary by such failure; other the Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change C
b. Tests of materials will be made by the Testing Enginee Laboratory selected by the Architect and approved by
Owner.
c. Local legally constituted public authorities ha jurisdiction over the work and the Architect or designated representatives shall be the only per
empowered to direct tests to be made to determine compli
or noncompliance with the requirements of the work.
3.10 - Progress and Completion
a. The Contractor shall meet the scheduled time of comple modified only by authorized extensions thereto. If over is required to hold to the schedule, the Contractor s work his forces and his Subcontractor's forces overtime a additional cost to the Owner.
8 shall be issued.
6
t
t
I
(I
1
I
I
I
8
1
1
I
I
f
Y
I
I
I
3.11 - Safety of Persons and Property
a. Parts of the work in place which may be subject to da because of operations being carried out adjacent the shall be covered, boarded-up or substantially enclosed adequate protection.
b. Permanent openings used as thoroughfares for the introduc of work and materials to the structure shall have he jambs and sills well blocked and boarded to prevent damag
c. The intention of the Contract is that, upon completion, entire work will be delivered to the Owner in proper, FU
and unblemished condition.
I
ci
li
1
4
I
E
1
1
1
I
I
I
E
Y
I
I
I
SECTION 0.60 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. GENERAL CONDITIONS
General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions hereby made a part of this Section as if set forth in herein e
2. SCOPE OF WORK
This work includes furnishing labor, materials, appliai transportation, and services required for satisfac construction and completion of the project identifie these contract documents in accordance with Drawings il Specifications.
3. REFERENCE TO BUILDING CODE
Wherever the term "Building Codel' or l*Codelg is used 01
Drawings or in the Specifications, the term means following:
a. Uniform Building Code, 1985 Edition.
b. All applicable codes, laws, regulations, zc ordinances, and protective covenants governing the of the work.
c. In case of conflict, the most strict of all the forec
d. If requirements of drawings or specifications are
shall govern.
stringent than Code conditions, the most stringent 1 govern.
4. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
a. Drawings which form a part of contract documents
which accompany these specifications are listed ir
Index of Drawings.
b. Specifications which form a part of contract docui
consist of Sections as listed in Table of Content
specifications.
c. Addenda to specifications: Instructions issue( Architect covering changes in or special interpreta. of the drawings of specifications, are incorporate
contract documents by means of Addenda to specificat
before executing Contract. Verify that changes interpretations covered by such instruction have correctly included in the contract documents.
I
i
I
I
1
I
1
t
4
1
I
t
I
E
I
11
I
5. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS
Materials specified by title, symbol or number c Commercial Standard, Federal Specification, ASTM designal ANSI designation, Manufacturer's literature or c Reference Standard, refer to the current issues of t
except as indicated otherwise, if not in contradiction tc Building Code or Codes of other governmental agencies a:
have jurisdiction. Such referenced documents shal: considered as an integral part of the specifications a repeated work for word therein. Upon request, the Arch: will furnish source for securing copies of same. Architect may require that certain copies of refert specifications be kept at the job site.
t
6. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS
With exceptions as specified or indicated on the draw. apply, install, connect, erect, use, clean, and cond. manufactured articles, materials, and equipment in accorc
with manufacturer's current printed recommendations. Architect may require that certain copies of such pr. recommendations be kept at the job site.
7. DEFINITIONS
a. Where the words ''shown, 'I "indicated, "detailed, It "no1 ltscheduled,tt or words of similar import are 1 reference is made to the drawings, specifications other contract documents, unless stated otherwise.
b. Directions: Where the words "directed, It I'designal
ttselected,lt or words of similar import are used, direction, designation or selection of the Architec intended, unless stated otherwise.
c. Equals and approvals: Where the words Itequal, I1 "app: equal, )I "equivalent, I' and the words of similar impor1 used, it shall be understood that such words are fol. by the expression Itin the opinion of the Architc unless stated otherwise. Where the words ''appro7 Ilapproval, 'I l'acceptable, It tlacceptance, It or word2 similar import are used, the approval, acceptance other indications of the Architect and Owner is intei
d. Work not included: Where the caption I'Related Specified Elsewhereft is used in these specification: means work included under another Section of
specifications, or under another contract, but relatr
work of the Section in which it appears. 1
1
I
1
I
I
f
I
1
I
1
E
I
I
I
1 a
1
I
I
e. Perform and provide: The word "perform11 shall understood to mean that the Contractor, at his expf shall perform all operations necessary to complete work, including furnishing of necessary labor, tools,
equipment, and further including the furnishing installing of materials that are indicated, specifiec
required to complete such performance. The vlprovidelt shall be understood to mean that Contractor, at his expense, shall furnish and instal: work, complete in place and ready for use, incli furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tc
equipment and transportation. These definitions i
the same to future, present, and past tenses, except
word ltprovidedvg may mean ltcontingent upontt where SUC the context.
f. Language and intent: The specification Sections written in a modified imperative style consistent clarity. Where such words as tlperform,lv "ap] I9install, Ir "erect, I! Iftest, It or words of similar ii are used, it shall be understood that such words inc the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall." requirements indicated and specified apply to all WOI
the same kind, class, and type, even though the
8tallft is not stated.
8. SOILS ENGINEER
The Soils Engineer is the authorized professi representative of the Owner and the Architect. Earthworl trenching of every kind is subject to supewi!
inspection, and testing by the Soils Engineer. City I pay for soils engineering services and tests.
9. TESTS
a. Contractor shall furnish, at no extra cost, sample materials required for testing to Testing Enginee Laboratory in timely manner. Materials represent€ samples under test shall not be incorporated in without prior approval of Architect. Copies of reports, with action of Architect noted thereon, wi: furnished to Contractor.
10. COORDINATION
The Contractor shall coordinate the work of the va crafts to avoid possible interferences, duplication of 1 or unfinished gaps between operations. The various c' shall agree that, due to field conditions, minor depar. from the drawings are bound to occur, and that
departures are compensating so far as cost of additior
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
deductions are concerned. No claims for extras wil allowed in connection with such minor changes due sole1 field conditions.
11. CONSTRUCTION FORCE
a. The Contractor shall provide and maintain, in
operation at all times during the performance of contract, a sufficient crew of laborers, mechanics, foremen to prosecute the work with dispatch, whethc not any of the trades are under subcontract.
b. By @*sufficient@@ is specifically meant a crew equal tc work of the various trades required by all parts oj proj ect-whether simultaneously or in the succe: sequence of construction-as soon as each is ready 1
performed so that no delays on any portion of the prc shall occur.
12. PROTECTION OF ADJACENT BUILDINGS AND PROPERTY
Exercise all required precautions necessary to protect buildings and other constructions on property adj acer that of the work under this Contract. Contractor shal responsible for, and shall pay for, any damage to adjacent buildings and construction on account of opera-
under this Contract.
13. MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or in specifications, or unless otherwise called for by the (
thereof, all water, gas, or irrigation lines, lighting, 1
or telephone conduit or wires, or sewer lines, structui house connections in place, and other surface or subsu: structure or lines, shall be maintained by the Contracto: shall not be disturbed, disconnected or damaged by him di progress of the work: provided that, should the Contract( the performance of the work disturb, disconnect, or dq any of the above, all expenses of whatever nature ar
from such disturbance or in replacing or repair thereof I
be borne by the contractor.
14. SERVICE LINES
Locate drainage, sewer lines, water, gas and other ut service lines or piping in way of new work. Property ci
plug, and make tight at the property line, such ser which are to be removed.
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15, PUBLIC UTILITIES
a. Send proper notices, make all necessary arrangement, perform all other services required in care
maintenance of all public utilities. Assume responsibility concerning same for which the Owner m liable. Provide enclosing or boxing in, for protel of any public utilities equipment. Upon completic
work, removal all enclosures, fill in all openinq concrete, grout same watertight, and leave in fin condition.
In case it should be necessary to move the proper1
any owner of a public utility or franchise, the COI which, because of the terms of any franchise or fo
other reason, must be borne by the owner thereof, owner will, upon proper application by the Contract0
notified by the Architect to move such property wit specified reasonable time, and the Contractor shal interfere with said property until after the expir of the time specified.
c. In case it should be necessary to move or tempor maintain the property of any public utility or any property, the cost of which is not required to be by the Owner thereof, the Contractor shall bear expenses incidental to the removal or temp maintenance of such property in a manner satisfacto the owner thereof, whether such removal or temp maintenance be done by the owner thereof, it understood that in such cases said owner has the 0, of doing such work with his own forces or permittinc work to be done by the Contractor.
d. The right is reserved to the controlling governml agencies and to owners of public utilities and franc1 to enter at any time upon any street, alley, righ way, or easement for the purpose of making changt their property made necessary by the work and foi
purpose of maintaining and making repairs to
property.
b.
1
16. REMOVING OBSTRUCTIONS
When the proper completion of the work requires temporary or permanent removal, the Contractor shall ai own expense, remove and without unreasonable d temporarily or permanently replace or relocate workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Archi all water pipe, pipelines, conduits, culverts, r driveways, fences, wires, poles, retaining walls, c
gutters, concrete walks and all other improvement whatever character, not required by law to be removed b.
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
owner thereof, and all such improvements temporarily re shall be maintained until permanently replaced, all ai Contractor's expense.
17. INVESTIGATION AND PREPARATION OF BUILDING SURFACES TO RE WORK OF SUBTRADES
Prior to commencement of work, make a thorough and com investigation of recipient surfaces to determine
suitability to receive required additional constructioi finishes. Make whatever repairs and conditioning mz required to property prepare such surfaces to re
additional work at Contractor's expense. It is responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the WOI the various trades to provide suitable surfaces to re
following work. Commencing work indicates acceptanc conditions and such surfaces as being satisfactory to re following work.
18. SLEEVES AND HANGERS
a. Contractor shall require Subcontractors for each Se of work to furnish and install conduits, outlets, p sleeves, boxes, inserts or other materials, and equi necessary to be built into work by General Contra Promptly furnish same and set such sleeves or material in accordance with requirements of constru program.
b. Cutting of new work will not be permitted wi specific written permission from the Architect.
c. In the event delays occur in the delivery of sleevc
other materials, affected Subcontractor may arranc
have boxes or other forms set at locations where p or other materials is to pass through or into s walls, or other work. Upon subsequent installatic sleeves or other material , Contractor shall fill a
them with materials as required by Contract.
shall be borne by Contractor. d. Necessary expenditures incurred for boxing out or fi
19. CLEAN-UP
During progress of the work, keep the premises reaso free of all debris and waste materials resulting fron work. All debris, tools, equipment and rubbish shal
removed from the site upon completion and before acceptance of work. Besides general broom cleaning, dc
following special cleaning at completion of work:
I
I
I
I
I
B
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
II
1
1
I
a. Remove putty stains and labels from glass; wash polish inside and outside. Exercise care not to sc glass.
from painted, decorated or stained work. b. Remove marks, stains, fingerprints, other soil and
c. Clean and polish finished work.
d. Clean and polish hardware for all trades. This include removal of stains, dust, dirt, paint and like.
e. Remove spots, soils and paint from tile and marbl granite work; then wash and polish. Use acid cle
f. Clean fixtures and equipment; remove stains, paint,
g. Remove temporary floor protection; clean and p
h. Clean exterior and interior metal surfaces, incl
doors and windows required to have polished finis1 oil, stains, dust, dirt, paint and the like; PO leave without fingermarks or other blemishes.
I agent.
and dust.
floors .
20. SUBCONTRACTORS' GUARANTEE
a. Contractor shall cause every Subcontractor perfo work or furnishing material incorporated in this pr to submit a written guarantee of that work or mate in the following form:
(SUBCONTRACTOR'S LETTERHEAD)
GUARANTEE FOR
We hereby guarantee that the which we have installed at the
has been done in strict accordance with the drawing:
specifications and that the work installed will fu the requirements of those specifications. We agrc repair or replace or cause to be repaired or replace] of all of our work which may prove to be defecti7 workmanship or materials, together with any adjacent which requires repair or replacement because of defective work, within a period of from date of Final Acceptance of the above-named pr by the Owner, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abu neglect excepted.
I
1
I
1
I
I
If we fail to start compliance with the above para within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice Owner or Architect to do so, or fail to pursue compliance with diligence, we, jointly and severall, hereby authorize the Owner to proceed to have the de
repaired and make good at our sole expense, and we honor and pay the costs and charges for it together interest at the maximum rate then permitted by gove
State law, upon demand. If we fail to fulfill preceding obligations, and if Owner brings an actic enforce this guarantee, we agree to pay Ow reasonable attorney's fees incurred in conne therewith.
I (Subcontractor
I (Contractor)
Signed
Countersigned
b. The General Contractor shall also execute the guar
c. The guarantee period shall be for that period of stated in the various trade sections of
specifications. When no period is so stated, guarantee period shall be one (1) year.
form as shown above. I
1
I
1
I
1
1
I
1
21. PREREQUISITES TO FINAL PAYMENT
Before final payment under the Contract is authorized,
following requirements of Contract documents shal: fulfilled as well as others specified:
a. Satisfactory completion of construction work acceptance by Architect and Owner.
b. Submission to Architect of required written guarantei
c. Submission to Architect of 19as-built11 drawj completely posted.
d. Return to Architect of plans and specifications loan1 Contractor during construction period.
Contractor shall provide Owner with satisfactory evit of conformance to governing law re: IIMechanics Lien:
f. Provide Owner with complete list of Subcontractors principal vendors including addresses and tele] numbers.
1
e. 1
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
g. Deliver to Owner a complete file of Operation Maintenance Manuals of equipment and materials use(
work.
h. The submission, by the Contractor to the Owner, 0: affidavit, sworn to before a Notary Public, stating all workmen and persons employed, all firms supplying materials, and all Subcontractors upon the project been paid in full, and that there are no b outstanding against the project for either labor material, except certain items, if any, to be set f in such affidavit covering disputed claims or item
connection with which Notices to Withhold have been f under provisions of the Statutes of the State where work was constructed.
22. HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE
a. Hold Harmless Clause - Work done on the premises, o connection with the prosecution of this Contract, by Contractor shall be at the Contractorls risk and
Contractor shall assume any and all liability and hold harmless the Owner and the Architect, and any c person, firm, corporation, or organization for whom Contract Work is being performed, their agents, sen or employees, from claims or demands, costs, exper loss or damage due to bodily injury, sickness or disc
including death to employees of the Contractor or other person, or damage of property including loss ol thereof suffered by employees of the Contractor or other person: arising out of the performance of Contract, whether such as based upon negligence of Owner or any other person, firm, corporation, organization for whom such Contract is being perf01 their agents, employees, or otherwise. The Contr: shall either: 1) require each of his Subcontractor provide and maintain during the life of his subcontl
Subcontractorls Public Liability and Property D:
Insurance of the type and in the same amount require
the Contractor, or 2) he shall insure the activitic
his Subcontractors in his own policies.
23. The Contractor will abide by all erosion control ordin; of the City of Carlsbad and maintain all supplies, equip] and manpower necessary to handle emergencies. The Contri
will be responsible for improvements to the erosion COI system as directed by the Engineer to handle conditior they may change during the contract.
24. Definitions. The words and phrases underlined below 7
appear in the Standard Specifications and in these Spl Provisions shall, for the purposes of this Contract, havi meaning herein assigned to them.
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
24. Definitions. The words and phrases underlined below
appear in the Standard Specifications and in these Sp Provisions shall, for the purposes of this Contract, hav meaning herein assigned to them. Asencv: The City of Carlsbad
Aqencv Rexesentative: City Engineer or his desig representative.
Architect: See Consultant.
Board: The City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
Citv: The City of Carlsbad, San Diego County, Californi
Consultant: Recreation Systems, Incorporated, 1230 Jefferson Avenue, Suite K, Anaheim, California, 9
(714) 632-3650, or designated representative.
Council:
Days: Consecutive calendar days unless otherwise noted.
Inspector: The Engineering or technical personnel autho to act as agents for the Engineer in the supervision of covered by these specifications, limited to the parti duties entrusted to him or them.
Landscape Architect: See Consultant.
Owner: City of Carlsbad, San Diego County, California.
Workins Day: Any day except Saturday, Sunday, Legal Hol
or day on which the Contractor is specifically requirc the Special Provisions, by his labor contract, or by la1 suspend construction operations. Also excepted is any d which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weathei conditions resulting therefrom from proceeding with at seventy-five percent (75%) of the normal labor and equi
force for at least five (5) hours toward completion 01
I
City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
1
I current controlling operation.
DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
I
1
i
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
SECTION 1-01 - SUNMARY OF WORK
Work covered by Contract Documents:
The work covers park improvements to Calavera Hills Communit Park, Carlsbad, California. Work includes minor grading;
site utilities; gymnasium/community building; group picnic
shelter; paving, concrete curbs, gutters, headers, walks anc
slabs: masonry; tennis courts, field lighting, site furnishi automatic irrigation; planting and 90 day project maintenanc and plant establishment period: all water and electricity fc
construction and maintenance, and such other items or detail
not mentioned above that are required by the contract drawir in accordance with these specifications.
This work includes furnishing labor, materials, appliances, transportation and services required for satisfactory consti
tion and completion of the project identified in these conti documents in accordance with Drawings and Specifications.
Contracts:
Construct entire work under single lump sum contract.
Acceptance of Site:
The Contractor shall accept the site and the character of ti
work as they exist on the first day of work under this conti
Maintenance of Existing Plantings:
The Contractor shall protect and maintain all existing trei and plantings to remain from the first day of work under th.
contract to acceptance within the project limits.
Not in Contract:
Items shown on the contract drawings, but marked N.I.C., arl not included in this contract.
-1-
1.01 - Summary of Work
SECTION 1.07 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Summary of Work: Section 1.01 Earthwork and Grading: Section 2.20 Site Drainage: Section 2-50 Site Utilities: Section 2.55 Asphalt Concrete Paving: Section 2.60 Concrete: Division 3 Electrical: Division 16
Description:
Execute cutting (including excavating), fitting or patch. of work required to:
Make several parts fit properly; Uncover work to provide for ill-timed work; Remove and replace defective work; Remove and replace work not conforming to the
Remove samples of installed work as required for
Install specified work in existing canstruction;
Properly join work by others.
Contrac
Documents ;
testing;
In addition to contract requirements, upon writ1 instructions of the Engineer:
Uncover work to provide for Engineer's cbservation of
covered work; Remove samples of installed materials for testing; Zemove work to provide for alteration of existing work.
Do not endanger any work by cutting or altering work or a part of it.
Submittals:
Prior to cutting which affects structural safety of work work of another Contractor, submit written notice to t Engineer requesting consent to proceed with cuttir including:
identification of the work; Description of affected work; Necessity for cutting; Effect on other work, on structural integrity of the
Description of proposed work. project:
-1-
1.07 - Cutting and Patching
1
II
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
i
I
I
c
I
1
I
1
1
Designate:
Scope of cutting and patching; Contractor and trades to execute work; Products proposed to be used; Extent of refinishing; Alternatives to cutting and patching;
Designation of party responsible for cost of cutting and patching.
Prior to cutting and patching done on instruct. Engineer, submit cost estimate.
Should conditions of work or schedule indicate ch< materials or methods, submit written recommendatic Engineer, including:
Conditions indicating change; Recommendations for alternative materials or methoc Submittals as required for substitutions.
Submit written notice to Engineer, designating time wo. be uncovered, to provide for observation.
Payment for Costs:
Costs caused by ill-timed or defective work, or w( conforming to Contract Documents, including cos' additional services of the Landscape Architect shall bc by Contractor.
Work done on instructions of the Engineer, othe: defective or non-conforming work shall be borne by City
PART 2 - PROD'JCTS
Materials for replacement of work removed shall comp specifications for type of work to be done.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
e
Inspection:
Inspect existing conditions of work, including e subject to movement or damage during cutting and patcl excavating and back-filling.
After uncovering work, inspect conditions af installation of new products.
Preparation:
Before cutting provide shoring, and support as requ maintain structural integrity of project: provide pro for other portions of project; and provide protectit the elements.
-2- 1.07 - Cutting and Tatching
Fc r f u LIllaIlCt :
Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation complying with specified toierances and
finishes.
Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and new work.
Execute excavating and backfilling as specified in Section
2.20 - Earthwork and Grading.
Restore work which has been cut or removed; install npw products to provide completed work conforming tc; Ccntract Documents.
Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish:
Continuous surfaces - to nearest intersections.
Assembly - entire refinishing.
-3-
1.07 - Cutting and Patching
1
I
1
li
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
II
B
8
1
I
I
1
8 SCHEDULING SPECIFICATIONS
The construction of this project will be planned and re with the Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule. The schedul be used by the Contractor for coordinating and monitorii
construction progress. The City will use the Contra current approved CPM schedule to evaluate progress payme
time extension requests. Such requests not supported current CPM schedule will be considered undocumented and th
may respond at its discretion.
A. Preparation of Initial Schedule
At the preconstruction meeting, the Contractor will SUI
preliminary scheduled through project completion. Any c necessary to meet the two (2) contract completion dates wil be made by the Contractor with the City's comments. corrected schedule, in CPM format, will then become the i
project schedule. The initial schedule shall be completed thirty (30) calendar days of the Notice to Proceed, or the
progress payment submission, whichever is later. Thre signed copies will be provided to the City.
b. Schedule Requirements
All activity on arrow diagrams provided by the Contractor
include :
1. Activity nodes
2. Activity description
3. Activity duration
The activity on arrow diagram shall show the sequenc interdependence of all activities required for co performance of all items of work under this contract, inc shop drawing submittals and approvals, and fabricatio delivery activities. A1 network g*dummiesll are to be shown diagram.
No activity duration shall be longer than 15 work days w the City's approval.
The City reserves the right to limit the number of activit the schedule.
The activities are to be described so that the work is r
identifiable and the progress on each activity can be r measured. For each activity, the Contractor shall identi trade or subcontractor performing the work, the duration
activity in work days, and a dollar value of the activity
dollar value assigned to each activity is to be reasonab
based upon the amount of labor, materials, and equ
involved. When added together, the dollar value o activities is to equal the contract price. Indicate holida
Scheduling 1-10
.. C. Schedule Updates and Progress Payments
Job site progress meetings will be held monthly by the City a
Contractor for the purpose of updating the project work schedu
and determining the appropriate amount of partial payment due t: Contractor. Progress will be reviewed to verify finish dates 1
completed activities, remaining duration of uncompletc
activities, and any proposed logic and/or time estima. revisions. It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide tl
City with the status of activities at this progress meeting. T1
City will process schedule updates based on this information on(
it has been verified.
The Contractor will submit revised activity on arrow diagrams fc the following: delay in completion of any critical activit
actual prosecution of the work which is, as determined by tl
City, significantly different than that represented on tl schedule; or the addition, deletion, or revision of activitic
required by contract modification. The contract completion til - will be adjusted only for causes specified in this contract I SSPWC by reference.
As determined by CPM analysis, only delays in activities whic
affect milestone dates or contract completion dates will 1 considered for a time extension.
If the Contractor does seek a time extension of any milestone t
contract completion date, it shall furnish documentation i
required by the City to enable the City to determine whether time extension is appropriate under the terms of the contract.
It is understood by the City and Contractor that float is shared commodity.
Schedulinq 1.10
SECTION 1-20 - PROJECT XEZTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:
E
4
8
t
1
I
I
1
-
Summary of Work: Section 1.C1 Construction Schedules: Secticn 1.31
Shop Drawings, Project Data, and Smples: SectLon 1.34 Project Record Documents: Sectlon 1.72
?re-Constructlon Meeting:
schedule within 15 days after date of award by City Ccunci
Minimum Attendance:
Prime Contractor Major Subcontractors Landscape Archltect Utrlity Representatives City auilding and Safety Departrnent City Engineer City Parks and Recreation Department
?rzaress Meetings:
Schedule regular meetings at work site. Hold cailed meet as prcgress of work dictates.
The Contractor and any or all of rts subcontract3rs s
attend these meetings as directed by the Engineer.
1
I
I
I
1
0
1
R
1
I
I
-1-
1.20 - ?ro:ecz :?eezinc;s
CALXVERA HILLS COMXUKITY CENTE 1
1
I 1.0 -Ad 1; 1.1 ScOpE
I
1
I
I
E
N
I
1
I
1
I
1
IEJ suhu t
I
4
SECrTW 1.30
a-lE??arrPLs h
A-. *-av*r ~~~fbl*, thmghart the Contt.rct bdwm~~~~, thr ra accepca*c. quality of uJr-nship and -terrats has be- d, *ither by ~n~fac~rUc'S nd- and catalog nuder or by refc
to rwC%nfzad JnbSCV standards, To --re that *e sptc
products *fb furnished and Installed In .ccord;lnca with de!
intMt* procedures have be- astabl ished for a&anca -brni,
darign &to and for ftS reVttU and approval ar rejh-fon br Arch i t cc t ,
1.2 ?Rcixm HANDLING
A. Mk8 a11 lubmittals (shop drawings, fftofature, g;mrpler, cc &ips, rqest for suhstitueicurs) Irr accacdrnca with provi:
sptclfrad harain, and In a timely manner tO a1 t# for chd and/or cmrd I na t ion.
1.3 sH3p CRA"G
A. w -t&r dd.1 sutmit initially all m cfiawings as
mrplete set of mid trwies ard tf.ee -le- S of prints. The Mtect *will mark ami-, if any, a
cnto the transparar=ies, affix his starp and return than t emtractor. If rewired to be resuhm 'tted, the Cotltractor correct the origznal tracirp and resutnn 't cclf: carplete sc
aid trarsparencies an3 five sets of prrnts made frun SI ~0- origurals for final dew.
n-re axtractor stdl mke sucfi qies of 'TeviW' S- t-ies for his am use as required. Subit five c
of material and broc)au4es, baxd in mm, imiaed ad 01
a~ to w. pny -tend rejected shdll be msutm~w a: to the mtect for review. 'The above are minimun rmix * -tractor requires mt-e than cne cqw of material an w to be =turned (&id transparencies of m draw
& m) then he nust arh.Nt the extra ccpies desrred
m dr- MI be sutmitted at S&I tm as mll per
petect rot less than two .weeks for ci.leoEang. Ln the e m &amngs aP2 mt .5uhTl3m m tm to dllcrw tk spec tm for chedang a fathart c!edyu?g ti.e job, tfae -tract€ remhrse w owner for all extra costs of - .
atsd schd.de.
3
B.
c.
mar
t CALAVEFX HILL COHXXITY CESTER BtIL
Cantractor agrees that if &viatias, disc-res or axiflicts
betk~en shcg &awings an3 antract d0amenc.s are &smverei, elmet
prior to or after the sbcp - a~ revid by tfse -kt, mtruceim will mt begin mtil they are resolved; if ccrrstruc-
ticn has begn, it will rot proceed mtil thqr are resolved.
paragraph 5.2 - Award of SAccmtr-acts ad otfier ccm- for portians
)
* of tb work:
Pa..ragraph 5.2.1 is kmby deLeted and, in lieu thereof, the folluchg shall apply:
Wess otherwise required by the -tract Docunents or the Bidding
-ts, the -tractor, as seen as practicable ht rat later L! thi- days after th!? award of the c€ntract, shdll furrzlsh the
amer in writing the rimes of the perrxrs or entitles (irclucimq those &IO are to fum~4-1 mterials or equipnent fabricated to a
special desig) proposed for each of the prirripal prtlons of the work.
stat- ather or mt the a~rer, after &e irnrestigatim, has reasu-&fe objecticn to any suh prqxsed persar or entity.
able Objectim.
The m will prarptly qly to the Contractor in writ-
Failure
of the owser to reply prarptly sh3.l anstitUte mtice of M reasal-
1.4 SMTEs
A. Accuracy of Saaplrt Unless otharwfu speetftully dlrscted by --
the Architect, art Sa&@Ies shalt be of dm precise erttcle 1 proposed to bm furnishd.
B. -mar af 3aswles Raqu:ted:. a~eiratl -1.s rn the quantity
khf& lr ruwlr8d to bm returned plus an8 dl& wftt &a rstafned by the Art)ritst.
1.5 corn
A- Cenera1: UriIess the preclsr calor and pattern Is sprciflcally
described In the Coatmet OocMts. hhsnevar a choice of color
or pattorn is rvatlablr in a rpecfffed product subait aarate
cotor charts and pattern charts ta the Architect for his ravitw
and ~.lt~tf~*
B. ~anprraefvr Analyses: Mless all rv8flable colors and patterns
have Idenclcal costs and Identical wearing capabilities and ara fdtntico1ly urItad for the installacion, comgletdy dascribe &e
I ra1atlva costs and upabilitlas of a&.
sutrmttals-I. 30-2 1
1. CALAVEIU 'SILLS COXXSITY CEXT
1.6 SUBSTITVTICNS
_-- j A. Atchltcct'r Approval Required:
I
I-
3
I
1
1
Io
II
I yorls.
I
I
I. me Contract is basad on the rmiterlals, equlpawnt, and awthods described In the Cuttract DouLmsnts. I
I 2- The Architectwi1t consfder propoulr for rubstltutrw t
mterfals. Wipnurt. and methods only den urd prows; are accompanied by full and conrplete tcchnfcal &ta and
. all other tnfomtlocr required by the Architect to eva1' I the proposed substitutian,
3. DO not substitute mterials, quipmure, or mtho,js unles
md substitution has been specifically approved for chi krk by tha AtQlt#t,
B. "Or EqurI":
Mere the phrase. 'be .9m;l1*a or %r equal as approved by
Architact" occurs ln th~ Cmcract Odcumdnts, do not assui
that miterial. equfpmmt. or methods will h approved fo this Work by th8 Ardrltect,
'a
2- Th8 docisfor, of the he(~TI)#I/--be'fhL---
1
C. Avallablllty of Spstlfled Items:
Verify. that all spccffiad Items will bo avaflabls In tsar
for Installath &ring ordrrly and timly progress of t 1.
2. In the weat specifled Ita or It- witl. not be so avail . &fa, sa notlfy the AMItc#t prlor to tudgt of blds-
3- Costs of &fry8 becauw of m-rv8I1abIltty of ~pbclf1.d
ttens, dm such delays could hrvo b- avoided by the
Contractor, will be kkrhrqed as necessaq and shall nc
b borne by the mer. 1
1 SLdRlittdlS- I )
I
I
..
I CALAVERA HILLS COtlXtiXITY CEXCEil SUI1
D. fcpIratJ kbs+,g&cr _I!~Z:. s!AA+rs EZY, !? L+'y*.t7 3!%4. =hi:
CMPlataly sawrat. bids using nuterlals Ofid mathods other than
chosa desertbad in thela ccntract 46~:1n~n+,(. P~U~W ch*+_ *l1
Bubsticutias are clearly Identified -4 described and *t the
bid gs In a11 other resp-ts In iccordince with tit* ~mvlsfms
)
1 of 'the tmtmct Oocmts- - .
'1.7 Mplfxws
A. General: mare manuals are required tu be sutdtted covartng I! incldded fn Chis Uark, prepare all such mnuals In durable plasc
binders apptoxinutely 8-1/2 by 11 fnchas In sfte and ul~ ac 'le;
th8 foilwing:
1- tdtntlficarion on, or readable tfirrrrgh, the front cover sca
gasrat nature of the manual.
Neatly typewritten index near tho front of the mnua1, furn
lng idiatr SnfonrutIor, 81 to locatim in zhfil, amnuat of a1 necesuy &ti regardlng the instaltrtfon-
2.
'a Complete insturctiorrs regardfng operacfon and rrufntdnonce 01 a11 equipment fnvotvad,
40 Colp1.t. noo+nc1atura of all rapllcusbl. parts, *elr prrt
Mars. CUCfmf CQSfS, ad nanm and addrass of nurest vend, of parts,
>
5. COW of .I1 guarantees and mrnntias Issued.
6. CUPY of &e approved hop Drawings with a11 d.'u amearning
changes made bring c-st%trm,
8- mtnncars mtl:
1. mere emtents of mnuals rnctude mnufacmrer's =tal- page cl-rly fndlcate the pr#Ise items 1ncIudad fn chis instaI1a-
tim and drIeta, oc.o&srwfs. clurly lndiuta, all mou- f#Nrer's d8ta wlr)r khich this Instil1ation Is nof ccmcarncd
2. nuIlbrr of Copfes Required:
a. Unless ocherwfsr specfflully dfrtcted by thr Architect;'
de1 fvar on8 copy of t)ta arrnur1 to tho Archi t#t and one
eopy to cite her- 1
s&nltt.aLs-l .Y
CALXVERX HILLS COEllJXIn CEXT I1
I
I
I --
I
1
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.8 IDMFTCATI@I OF Sr,rpMI?TpLs
-- -- - - \ i A* Comg1ately Identify each subdttat urd rasusubsfetal by showir .least t)t8 following Onfomtrcm
1. Name and address of dwslttar, plus nam and talcphone
of the indivihuaf dto my be cantactad for furt)rac fntc
2. mm of pmj=t as rt appwrs on the t1tt. -gas of tha Spec i f f ca t r 011s.
3.
OrWfng number and SpacifTcrtTms Sutim number io -ic
submittal appl ies. I 4. Wether thls is an original suhittal or raurbchittai.
r.9 CO~F~INATI~CFSUFMITT~
A- prior eo submfttat for Arditect's review, use a11 mns nsa
to fully coardfnate all matertal, lncludfng the folloring pro
O8famfn8 and verify a11 f!dd dtmensTorrs and eondftfons 1.
mterIats, catalog ntmbers. and srdlar data. 1
2. Coordtnate as requlrd with at1 trades and with all pub1 1 agemcfes involved.
3. Seura a1 1 necessary ap9tovaI.s fran prbl fc agencfes and others and sfgnify by st-, - or othar -CIS, that they h
been .secured.
4. Cltrrly Indiute a11 drvlatlorrs from the Cartract Documc
Unless otharwfse speciflcatty permitted by th8 Ardltst. mal
wbmittals in groups cmtaining ail associates It-,; the Arc
my rajtct partial submittals as not caDplylng wid! ha prov
'a
I of the Cmtract -ts-
1-10 .xmfnG OF SUFMITrALs
A. Cme-1:
1
SUhittdLs-1.:
CAMVEM HILLS COEl7JNITY CEXTER ~~‘11
1. ptaka a11 submittals fat uxargh fn advance of scheduled dates
of installatfon to provia. aii required ti- for taviw, ftr .- rmrlng necassacy approvals, for possible revlsicm and re-
subllrlttal, and for piacIng ocdrrs and r.urrfng d81 fvery.
)
2. in dah? ~ng,.rtIcl at just 3’futl WtieIng QYS for t)re
Ar<ect*s review fotlowing hfs ruript of thr WbaItta~.
. . .
B. Oefays: Cost of &fays ocustared by tardiness of subafttals my *
be brdr-charpad as neeessay and hall not be borne by tt\m mar. .
END0FsE;cTIOpI
1
SutrrdttdlS-1.30-6
1
CALXVERA HILLS COECII'SIN CESTE I
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
8
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 1.3a
3SP DRAYINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND S&YPLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The submittal of shcp drawings, product data azd
samples for review by the various parties.
1.02 RELATED XORK
A. The items for which submittals are required are
identified in the secticns of the techzical livisrcr.3
of r;!7ese zpecificaticcs.
a. Submittals fcr substituticcs, Prcduct Gpticss.
C, Close-out submittals.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Gezeral Cocditicns, Shop Drauirrgs, Product Data and Samples.
1 .c3& SYSTEM DESC3IPTION
A. The purpose cf submittal of shop drawicgs, product data
and samples is to demonstrate Contractors ucderstacdinq
of the design and techcical requirements expressed ir:
the drawirds acd ~pecificaticcs.
1. OS SUSSTITUTIONS
A. Applicaticc for the review cf proposed substitutiocs cf
zaterials, rnethcds or/de.sigr, shall be made a3 set forth
in Secticn 1.30 Substitutions.
8. Submittals made under this Secticn fcr materials,
products dcd methods cther than those either ,specified or approved by Charige Order will be rejected cut cf
hand ar,d retuned unreviewed.
1.56 CiikNGZS
A. Shcp drauizqs, data acd samples submittals reviewed by
the Architect./Ecqineer do cct ccrrstitute chazqe crders
and do cot authorize payment of additlccal suca3.
Shcu1.l Ccztrd-ttcr believe requested ccrrertrcns eX'-Od
Shcp Drauizy~-l.?U-l
CALAVERA HILLS C04ML'XITP CENTER 3U
1
the scope of the existing Ccztract, he shall submit a
written request for chazge in the mazner provided in
the General and Supplementary Zo~diticzs azcf ii;
Division Cke.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or
conflicts betueen shop drawirgs and ccntract Iccuuents
are discovered, either prior to or after the shcp
drawings are reviewed by the Architect, cocstr~cticn
shall not begin until they are resolved; if construction ha3 begun, it shall not proceed ur;Lil they
are resolved.
1.08 ROUTING OF SUBMITTALS
A. Submit directly to Contractcr unless cther rcutizg is
specifically approved by Ccztractcr and Architect.
B. Contractor shall process submittals a3 specified and
forward to Architect.
C. Architect will process subl~littals and forward to
Engineer/Ccnsultant and/or Owzer, as required, fur
their processir,g acd return to Architect,
0. Architect will return submittals to Contractor fcr hi3
further bction.
1.09 SCZEDULINC SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made as zccn as possible fcllouing
executicn of the Agreement.
B. The contractor shall bear sole responsibility for
timing submittals so the review process does not
interrere with progress cf the work. Farticular
attention shall be paid tc the lead tine required for
cbtaizizg the various items.
C. Make all submittals far ezouyh in advazce of scheduled
late of installation to provide tim,e for reviews, for
securing necessary approvals, fcr poszlble revision and
resubmittal, an4 for placizq orders and securing
del iverv.
D. Allow the folloulzg minimum time periods for
Architect's review fcllcwizq the date cf his receipt cf
submittal. Transit times to 5r.d frcm Coctractor are Fact
iccluded.
1. Review by Architect only: Five (5) working days.
2. Revieu by Architect ar.4 Ezgineer/cccsultazt cr
Shcp DrauingJ-1.3u-2
CALXVERA FILLS COfWXfTY CENTE
Oucer: Ten (70) ucrkinq days.
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
3. Review bv k-chitect, Engineer ac.1 Gwcer: Fifteen (.??) Y<c-k:;g <=yz.
1.10 GROUPING OF SUBHITTALS
A. Unless speciflcally permitted ctheruise,, make
submittals in groupz, by general category, aach grcup
containing all associated items (e.g., all types of
doors, frames and docr harduare),
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Hake shop drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently
large to show all perticent features of the item acd
its method cf coc?iection to the ucrk.
B, Submit shcp drauisgs in the form of oze (1) right
printed sepia transparency of each sheet plus three (3)
blueline prints of each sheet. Sepia tracsparencies
shall not be folded, but shall be rolled ar;d
trarismitted in a tube suitable for mailing.
Shop drawings and data for all equipmezt in a given
system shall be submitted at cr,e time, each complete
set in a separate brcchure CP bindicg.
C.
B. Each sheet of shop drawirys shall ideztify the project,
Contractor, subcoctractor/supplier, manufacturer1
fabricator, date of drawing, date of latest revi-sion.
Number drauings zequectially for idectification,
E. Shop drauirgs shall cross reference all details, givicg
the corresponding details and sheet cumbers cr
specification section refereme shown in the Ccctract
Documents.
F. Variatiom from Contract requiremects requested because
of shop practice, or for cther reasocs, r hall be
specifically flagged cr wclo~de4u an4 ccted requestizg
Arch i t ec t / Ecg 1 neer rev ie u,
G, The shop drawings shall icdicate types, gauges and
finishes cf all materials. idhere a shcp coat of paint
is required, its brand came and manufacturer's
identification cumber cr type shall be icdftcated.
Sufficient data in each set of shop drauicgs _shall be
included to permit a detailed study of the system
submitted,
H, Correction3 ati.1 .-ommer.tj will be marked cc the zepia
Sncp Drawing3-1.3"-3
LALAVEXA HILLS COXXSITY CESTER Bti
i
transparency, which will be returned for further actlzr:
by Contractor.
2.02 PRODUCT DATA
A. Where contents of submitted mantifacturer's literature
includes data not perticent to the submittal, clearly
indicate which portion of zhe contents is being
submitted for revieu.
Submit the zumber of copies uhicb are required to be
returned plus three (3) copies uhich will be retaiced.
B,
2.03 SAMPLES
A. The Contractor shall assemble and deliver to the
Architect a complete collection of samples covering all
materials where colors, texture or finish is subject to
selection bv the Architect. Upon receipt cf such a
complete collection cf samples, the AFchitect uill,
make selections azd prepare and transmit to the
Contractcr a schedule covering all items subject to
selection by him.
B. The Architect reserves the right cot to make Fndividual
determinations cr selections until all samples of all
materials are furcished to him.
C, Submit final Tamplea cf accepted items to demcnstrate
understacding. Submit number required for return plus two which will be retained,
2,Ob COLORS
A. Unless a precise color and pattern is specifically
described in the contract documents, whenever a choice
of colcr or pattern is available in a specified
prcduct, submit accurate color and pattern charts for
review and selection.
B. Submit three (3) samples of accepteal colorlpattern
selectlcns to verify Contractor's ucderstaridicg.
2.05 IDEHTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Sequentially number each submittal made under this
3ec t ion.
B. Sequentially number or otherwise identify each
sheetlpege cf -submittal.
C. Acccmpanv submittals with a letter of transmittal
Shop Drawings-1.3u-u
LUVL.,~ niub LU~YU,L L I 1 LLXZ
yhcwing the submittal number, date of transmittal,
specification .sectior. or drauinq cumber to which the
zuba it t a1 cert iizs t brief descripticc cf the zukittdy
contents, including identifyinq page numbers, the
project subccntractor/supplier dnd Contractor.
I'
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D, When material Is resubmitted, transmit under a new
letter, stating this is a resubmittal and giving the
original submittal number.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 REVIEW BY ARCHITECTIENGINEER
Review of submittals by the Architect or his Consultants
will be on the basis of conformity uith design only.
Quantities, dimensions and full compliance uith the Contract
Dccumerits are the respccsibility of the Ccctractcr. Revieu
of suomittals by the Architect or his Cccsultants shall r.ct
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of
such shop drawizgs, nor for proper fitting, con3truction of
work, fnrsishing of material or work required by the
Contract documents and not indicated on the shop drauings.
Shop drauirds or submittals review shall not be construed to
be approval of departure from requirements cf the Contract
Dccunents.
3.02 FURTHER ACTION
A. Reviewed submittals will be rubber Jtamp imprinted with
orre of the following instructicns marked for further
act ion :
1. No exceptions taken.
2. Make correcticns notedSresubmitta1 cot required)
3. Rejected.(sutmit 3pecified item)
u. Revise acd resubmit.
EL On receipt of reviewed submittal, take action on those
aarked REJECTED or REVISE. On submittals marked HAKE
CORRECTIONS, do so and distribute sufficient corrected
copies to concerced parties. On submittals marked NO
EXCEPTION, make any copies needed and distribute to
coccerned part i es.
Shop Drautngs- 1 o 311-5
,rru~~~nn nL5L.a ~U-ILIUL~ALL LL.Y~-L\ YI,
1
3.03 REVIEUED SUBHITTALS
Only reviewed 3.jbmtttZlr =st >-a,-~~i --“A. *i-,- ....e ----*&-:-- . SJUYtULbbOL -7
shall be kept for reference and guidar.ce at the job
site. The Contractor shall fflaintain a complete set of
such reviewed submittals on file at the job site.
END OF SECTION
Shop Drauinqs-l.3U-6
SECTION 1.37 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART I - GENERAL
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:
Project meetings: Section 1.20
Construction scheduled: Section 1.31
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I Tennis courts: Section 3.40
Submit to City:
Schedule of Values, at least twenty (20) days prior to progress payment estimate. Upon Engineer's request, su
values given with substantiating data. Quanti t ie I designated materials.
Schedule of Values:
Used only as a basis for Progress Payment. Tennis
cost documentation shall be used by the City
reimbursement of its total costs to construct.
PART 2 - FORM OF SUBMITTAL
Typewritten on 8 1/2" x 11" white bond paper.
Use Table of Contents of this Specification for format
listing costs of work for Sections under Divisions 1 throug plus Mobilization. Division 1 job costs shall be listed
single item. Break large items of cost into easily identif
sub-items.
Identify each line item with number and title.
PART 3 - PREPARING SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Itemize separate line item cost for work required by each se
of this specification.
Tennis courts: Break out separately the tennis courts an
associated costs. Such costs shall be further identifit
trade and shall include concrete, hardware, lighting, elect service, drainage, and grading. A prorata computation o
Contractor's Division 1 job costs and Mobilization shall a1
included. Supply written documentation of all ge
contractor, subcontractor, and supplier costs associated wit
tennis courts.
Break to indicate total installed cost, with overhead and pr
Round-off figures to nearest dollar.
Make sum of total costs of all items listed in schedule equ total Contract sum.
PART 4 - REVIEW AND RESUBMITTAL
After review by Engineer, revise and resubmit schedul required. Resubmit revised schedules in same manner.
CAUVEM HILLS COEENI ry CENTE!
SECTION 1,kO
QUALITY CONTROL
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
II
I
I
1
I
I
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREHENTS INCLUDED
A. General Quality Control.
\ I 0. Yorkmamhip.
C. Manufacturer's Inscructlons.
D. Manufacturer's Certlf icates.
E. Hockups.
F. Manufacturer's Field Services.
G. Independent Testird Laboratory Services.
H, Field Engineering for horizontal and vertical control.
1.02 RELATED REQUIRMEHTS
A. Conditions of the Contract: Inspection acd testing
required by governing authorities.
8. Ad minis trat ive Provisions;
Applicability of specified reference standards.
C. Section 1-30, Submittals,
D, Section 1.01 - Tests & Inspections; continuous
inspections, testing laboratory work, surveyor control
of harizoctal and vertical laycut.
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL
A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers,
products, services, site conditions, and workmanship,
to produce work of specified quality. I
I. 011 UORKHANSHIP
A. Comply with industry standards except uhen mcre
restrictive tolerances or speci fled requirements
indicate more riqid standards or more precise 1 workmanship.
8, Perform work by persons capable of produting
uorlcmanship of specifled quality.
C. Secure products In place with positive anchorage
devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, I vibration, dnd rackirig.
Quality Control-l.~O-l
* LALAVLAtl IZIL1bd LV-lAiLLYLL 1 LLr\k.S.;rY DU
1.05 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS
A, When required by ir,dividual Specifications section,
3~t)ait manufacturer's printed Instructions, in the
quantity required for product data, foir delivery,
storage, assembly, installaticn, startup, adjusting,
and finishing, as appropriate. Submit with Product
Data as specified in Section 1.30.
EL Comply with instructicns in full detail, inaiuding each
step in sequence, Should instructions canfl,ict with
Contract Documents, request clarificazion from
Architect/ Erii new be for e proceed ing.
1.06 HANUFACTURER 'S CERTIFICATES
A. When required by individual Specifications section,
submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that
products meet or exceed specified requirernects. Submit
with Product Data as specified in Section 1.30.
1.07 HOCKUPS -
A. When required by Individual Specifications section,
erect complete, full-scale mockup of assembly at
Project site. Tests will be performed in accordance
with Section l-al. Remove mockup vhen
ArchitectIEngineer agrees it is co longer needed.
Mockups may remain as part of the uorb only ii: designed
and accepted for such use.
1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in respective Speciflcatioa sections,
require supplter/manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of
surfaces acd installation, quality of sorkmacship,
start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balacce of
equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate
recommer,dations ,
B. Require Representative to submit uritten report to
Architect/Engineer listing observations and
recommendat ions ,
1.09 TESTING LkBORATORY SERVICES .
A. Provide testing laboratory services as specified in
Section 1.Ul.
1.10 HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL CONTROL
A. Provide the services of a Surveyor for control of
horizontal and vertical layout as specified.
Qual Lty Control- 1 - 110-2
CALAVERA HILLS COXXr?rTITY CENTEI
PART 2 PRODUCTS
I:
I
I
4
1
i
I.
I
E
!
I
P
I
I
I
I
1
I
Hat U.sed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Uaed.
END OF SECTION
Quality Control-l.uO-3
,
SECTION 1,Ul
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
1.00 GENERAL
1.01 UMK INCLUDED
A: Testing and lmspection required by public
authorities ha*dlng jurisdiction at the place of
construction and/or required by the Contract
Docunents.
0, Inspections performed by Building Authorities,
C. Field Engineering.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. 'Grading, excavation, fill or backfill by any
trade.
B. CaPssom or piles.
C. Asphalt Concrete (base).
D. Concrete and -?;Crete Reinforcements.
E. Masonry and Masonry Reinforcements .
F. Rough Carpentry.
G. Lath and Plaster.
H. Gypsum Wall hard.
I. Structural Steel and Metal Decking.
J. Plwnbizg,
K. Electrical,
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
k Soils inspection and testing shall be pe;-formed by
that person or firm who performed 'the soil3
investigatian and issued the foundation
recommendaticns referred to in the jpeoificati/.j
as the "Soils Report".
TeJts ar,d Inspection~-l.~l-l
CALXVERA HILLS COXXNIiY CENT: !I 8
8. .The Testing Laboratory shall be a qualihied
independent ccnstr~cticz aaterial3 testing laboratory nomlnaterf by the Contractor and
acceptable to Gwcer and Architect,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
C. Inspections, other than those performed by Building Authorlties, shall be performed by a
licensed Deputy Building Inspector acceptable to
Building authorlties having jurisdiction at the place of construction and acceptable to Owner and
" Architect.
D. Field Engineering shall be performed by a Licensed
independent Surveyor who is not a member or employee of the Contractor's organization and who is acceptable to Owner and Architect. The work of
the Surveyor shall also be acceptable to Owner and
Architect.
1,on REFERENCES:
A. -General Conditions
B. Soils Report (recummendations of Soils Engineer). 1 1.05 REQUIRED TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. tests and inspections required by Contract
Documents are identified in the various technical
sections of the Specifications and/or In cotes on
the Drawirss.
B. Tests and Inspections required by Building
Authorities.
C. Inspections performed by Building Autharities.
1.36 ADDITIONAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS I A. Refer to General Candittcns
1.07 PAYMENT FOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A, Unless indicated otherwise, the cost of all
required prccedures shall be borne by the
City. Contractor shall pay for all agronomic soils
tests under section 2-80, and all retesting done for reason of prior test failure.
1 .OS SURVEY
A. Obtain accurately scaled mylar or vellum
reproddlble copy of the Oucer supplted survey for
use in field enqineerizq.
Te3ts and Inspecticcs-l.u1-
L-v LM niLLJ bu~-ri~:x I I : LE.\ L LA DL 1
t
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 P RE PAR ATION
1. Arrange for and schedule all tests, Inspections
and surveys, including inspect ions conducted by . Buildiag Authorities, as each part of the work
reaches the Jtaqe where the required procedure may
be performed.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. soils Test1.g and Inspection: At each stage of
any uork invc1vir.g the remcval of, placement of,
or replacement cf earth make inspections ar,d tests
to determine compliance with Contract requirements. Fill, back-fill, base, . reinforcements or concrete shall not; be placed until the condition of the earth on uhich it rests
complies with Contract requirements and, additionally, with the recommendations in the
Soils Report.
B, Laboratory Tests: Take samples and mak.e tests of
materials of construction to determine their
compliance with Contract requireaenta.
C, Inspections: Perform required inspection
services, other than those performed by Building
Authorities, to determine if the subject parts of
the uork comply with Contract requirements.
D. Field Engineericg
1- Control datum for the Uork that is show on
the Owner furnished survey and/or on the
Drawings. Locate and protect established
control and referecce points, maltntain them
during constructian and leave them securely
in place upon completion.
2. Prior to start cf cocstruction, verify that
existing Jite condition agrees with the grades, elevations, lines and levels ahoun on
the drauirgs.
3. Layout the uork, Provide monuments and bench
marks as needed for horizontal and
vertical control to assure installation of
the wcrk ir, ccmpliacce uith Contract
Tests acd Inspections-1. ul-3
CAWVEM .HILLS CCXXL'XITY CENTE
requirements. Record this information c~i a
survey drawing.
I'
B
I
I
P
3
I
1
R
1
I
1
b
1
II
I
1
I
1
4. Maintain monuments and bench marks until no
longer needed for the work,
5. As each stage of war& requiring layout is
constructed, perform a survey to determine if
the grades, elevations, lines and levels, as
constructed, comply with Contract
requirements.
3.03 REPORTS
A. Soil test, laboratory test, and inspectlon
reports.
1. Submit immediately following each procedure.
2. State on each report whether or not the
results of the procedure indicate compliance
of 3ubject part of the work with Contract requirements. Describe any deficiencies.
3, Distribute reports one each to Architect,
Engineer and Building Authority and others as
directed.
B, Field EngineerIra Reports.
1. Submit report of verification of existing
site condition. State whether or not that
condition will permit the work to be ' constructed in compliance with Contract
requirements. Report any discrepancies. No
work affected by a discrepaccy shall proceed
until such discrepancy is resolved.
2, Submit signed layout survey drawlfig in
reproducible form.
3, As each stage cf the constructed work Is
surveyed, submit signed drawing of the
updated survey in reproducible form. (1. State on drawing whether or not the actual layout compl ies with Contract requirements.
Descrlbe or flag any discrepancies.
5. Distribute one ccpy of each report and each c
issue of survey to Architect and to
Structural Engiceer.
END OF SECTION
Teats and Inspections-l.&l-
SECTION 1.42 - INSPECTION OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
Inspection:
The . City will inspect and approve all installations ar operations. All submittals to, and communication betweer the City and the Contractor related to the work of tnj Contract shall be directed to the Landscape Architect.
Notice:
The Contractor shall give the Landscape Architect or Engine6 a twenty-four (24) hour notice prior to work inspectior requested or required by other Divisions.
The work shall be ready for inspection at the scheduled timt
arranged by the Contractor. If, in the Landscape Architect' or Engineer's sole judgment, the work is not ready and ti
inspection must be rescheduled, the Contractor shall i notified and shall reschedule the inspection, and sha:
provide twenty-four (24) hours notice of the reschedule inspection.
In order to allow for inspection, and in addition to ar inspection required by the City Building and/or Safet Department or any inspection required elsewhere in the: specifications, the Contractor shall notify the responsibl agency sufficiently in advance of the permanent concealmer of any materials or work. The following list is typicai c such required inspection:
..
1. Foundation material, footing and slab beds; 2. Reinforcing for concrete:
3. Contact surface of concrete forms;
4. Concrete surfaces; such as bearing seat5 construction joints;
5. Piping and conduit;
6. Manual and automatic valves;
7. Finish grade prior to seeding or planting;
8. All soil mixes prior to installation;
9. All chemicals and amendments prior to installatic
10. All plant holes prior to planting. or application;
If any work is concealed or performed without the pric notice specified above, then the wiork shall be subject t such tests or exposure as may be necessary to prove to t!- Engineer or responsible agency that the materials used ar the work done are in conformity with the plans ar specifications. All labor and equipment necessary for
-1-
1.42 - Inspection of Work
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
exposing and testing shall be furnished by the Contraci
his expense. The Contractor shall replace, at h. expense, any materials or work damaged by exposu~
t es t ing .
Any inspection or approval by any representative or age the City will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility of incorporating in the work only materials which conform to the specifications, anc non-conformlng materials shall be removed from the pr site whenever rdentlfied.
Final Inspection:
Upon the completion of the work, the Contractor shall r the Engineer seven (7) days in advance of when he desj
final inspection of the work. Engineer will make inspection as soon thereafter as possible.
Defective Work:
No work which is defective in its construction or defi in any of the requirements of the specifications sha
considered as accepted. The Contractor shall correc imperfect work whenever discovered, before the acceptance of the work. I Inspection .Overtime:
The Contractor shall compensate the City, either upon re of bill therefor or by deduction from the final amoun the Contractor, for all hours worked by the Inspect other authorized City employees 02 Saturdays, Sunday legal holidays at one an& one-half (1 1/21 times employees basic rate of pay,
a
I
-2-
1.42 - Inspectior, of Work
1 CALAVtKA HLLLb LULXYUNITY CENTER B
SECTION 1.50
CONSTRUCTIOH FACILITIES AND TMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1-01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A, Provide all temporary construction facilities and
controls for the prosecution of Uork.
8. Maintain strict supervision of use of temporary
construct ion f ac I1 i t i es , Enforce com p:L iance w it h
applicable standards. Prevent abuse of servfces.
C. Priccipal items icclude:
I. Temporary utilities:
Temporary electric lighting and power.
Teaporary water,
Temporary heat and ventilation.
Temporary telephone service,
Temporary facilities.
Temporary sanitary facilitiej.
Temporary first aid, fire protection and
other temporary facilities as required by and
in accord with legal requirements.
2. Con3truction aids.
3. Barriers.
u. Special Controls, 5. Traffic Regulations.
6. Field Offices and Telephones.
7. Temporary Stcraqe Facilities. 8. Construction Project Sigc, Q. Clean-Up,
D, Casts cf installation and operations:
1. Pay costs of temporary power installation,
maintenance, and removal.
a. Pay costs of temporary electrical power used.
2. Pay costs of temporary heat acd ventilation used
during construction, iccludinq costs cf
iajtalfatfan, power/fuel, operat ion, maintenance
and removal of temporary apparatus.
a, Pay costs of fuel used by permanent heating
system until date of Substantial Cfimpleticn.
Ccnst ruc t icn Fac i 1 it i es and Temporary Co zt TC 13- 1.5(
IPI
L&AVtKA HiLLb LUi?l.’lUNLlY L.LP4Lk.K bG1
a Tr: a-eai cf the 5i;ildt-s where Xork is beizg cozducted,
maintain temperature as specified in various Sections
of the Specifications but not less than 50 F.
C Temporary heaticg shall be of type approved by UL, Fire
Marshal and other govercing authorities.
1.05 TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Refer to Field Offices and Telephone,
1.06 SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain temporary portable toilets and
other sanitary facilities for all workers on the Project.
1.07 FIRST AID, FIRE PROTECTION AND OTHER TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Provide as required by and in accord with legal
requirements.
1.08 PERMANENT SYSTEMS USED AS TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A, Uhen any portions of the permanent systems are in
operating condition, that part of the system may be
used as a temporary facility provided that the
Contractor:
1. Obtain’s the &mer’s approval.
2. Assunes full responsibility for the system used. 3, Pays all costs for operation, maintenance,
0. Operates the system under the supervision of the
cleaning and restoration of the system.
subcontractor responsible for the system
instal latlon and ultimate performance.
a, Provide temporary approved filters to
adequately filter all air (including return, transfer and outside air) being distributed
through the ductwork to the supplyf outlets.
1.09 MISCELLANEOUS TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Provide and maintain all miscellaneous temporary
construction aids required for the proper eitecution cf
the work, such as:
Ladders, raps and railings.
Scaffolds, hoista, bunkers.
Chutes, barricades, enclosures.
Platforms, swing staging, wallo, etc,
Construction Facilities and Temporary Coatrols-1.5C
I C-ALAVERA HILLS COMrNITY CENTE
B, Locate in and about the Work In such a poalttn as is practicable tzd where it vi:?. :et ;;;terfa;e iiith tha
progress of the Uork. Remove at ccmpletton of the
Work.
Provide openings uhere required for moving Fn large
pieces of equipent of all types.
1.
Io
I
E
I
1
I
I
Y ..~ 1
1
I
I
8
I
1
1
C.
Close and restore all openings and finish after
equipment is in place.
1 . 10 BARRIERS
A, Security:
1. The Owner may provide such watchman services as he
deems necessary to protect Its interest during the
progress of the Work.
a, Any protection so provided by the Owner shall
cot in any way relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for the safety of the York and
the acceptance thereof.
2. E aafeguard the YorL
The Cbntractor shall employ such watchman service
as he may deem necessary to properly protect: and
a. The Ouzcr shall not in any way be liable or
responsible for the damage or loss to the
Uork dm to trespass or theft.
3, Provide protection for materials, tools and
equipment employed on the York, including the
tools of workers.
a. The Omer shall not be held to have incurred
any liability for loss of, or damage to,
materials, tools and equipment of the
Contractor, or of those employed by him by 1 contract or other wise.
B. Protection:
1. Continuously maintain protection of Work in such
sultable form as will protect the Uork as a whole
and in part, and adjacent property, grounds, and
Improvements from accidents, injuries or damages.
2. Properly protect the Work:
a. Uith lights, guard ralls, temporary coverz,
and barricades,
1 Construction Facilities and Temporary Coctrols-1.
f CAIAVEM SILLS COmXITY CENTER BUILDIxu'r
b. Brace and secure all parts of the Work 0 against storm and accident.
-r. p-2~ :de exrxzat iez3 u! th prcper ezcloaures.
d. Provide such additional forms of protection which may be necessary in prevailing
circunstances .
3. Provide and maintain in good condition all
protective measures as may be required to
adequately protect the public from hazards resulting from the York and to exclude
r * unauthorized persons from the Work
a. Uhen regulated by local building code or other authority, such legal requirements for protection shall be ccnsidered as minimum requirements; be responsible for the
protection in excess of such minimum
requirements as required.
C. Protection Fence:
1. Provide and maintain construction fence 6ft. in height with
warning signs and a locked gate around the current work area
at all times. The fence shall be moved from work areas that
are completed and accepted by the City. fencing may be utilized in place for protection of work areas. Existing park preimeter
2. Remove protection fence and other related
construction upon completion of Work, or prior
thereto vhen so authorized or required to maintain Pro ject progress.
a. Restore occupied space to its original
condition as approved.
1.11 SPECIAL CONTROLS
A. Dust Control: Throughout the entire construction
period, effectively dust-palliate the working area,
unpaved roads, and involved portions of the site.
B. Water Control:
1. Do not allow rain, surface or subsurface uater, or
other fluid to accumulate in excavations nor ucder
or about the structures.
2. Should such cocditions develop or be encountered,
constantly control and legally dispose the water
or other fluid by temperary pumps, piping,
ditches, dams or other methods.
Construction Facilities acd Temporary Coctrols-1.50-5
LALAVLU HLuL> LU.X=IL!ALL: I,txT
C. Pollution Control: Camply wfth all pollution control I:
1
I
B
P
1
B
regulations in effect at Project Slte for all
matertala, =;;g:lpn=ct ;=C -;c;k -,;cce2u;-zs ii3ed cii the I Project.
A Melding: Provide and maintain all forms of prctection
necessary to prevent damage resultlri from welding.
1.12 TRAFFIC REGULATIONS
A. Traffic Haintenanct: Prior to start of York, determlne
the routing of construction vehicles, and the
safeguards and procedures cccessary to carry out the
Uork, Obtain Owner's approval of such routing.
B. Parking: Be responsible for regulating and maintaining
carder in connection therewith,
1.13 FIELD OFFICE AND TELEiWOHES
A. Provide office space on site as required, Office may
be of temporary construction but waterproof,
weathertight, insulated, well lighted, floored, heated,
and accessible to the Owner, Architect, and their representatives; approved mobile units having
equivalent facilities may be furnished. Provide a desk
for the exclusive use of the City and its representative.
1.lU TMPORARY STORAG FACILITIES
A. Provide such temporary storage facilities as are
necessary to protect materials and equipment delivered
to the site from damage, Maintain sheds in a clean and
sightly condition, Distribute materlals stored in
permanexit structures to prevent overloading of floors
or structure. If on-site storage area is inadequate,
arracge and pay for necessary off-site facilities. I
I
I
1
1
1
I
E
1.15 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT SIGN
A. Provide a temporary sign of 3/&" x &'-On x 8'-0"
(maximum size) exterior grade Douglas fir plywood face
vith a rigid frame, having painted backgroucd and
lettered name of the project and names of Owner,
Architect, and Contractor in accordance uith sketches
prepared by the Architect. Do not place other signs on
or adjacent to premises. Locate sign where directed. I
1.16 CLEAN-UP
A. Proceed with due caution to protect the work of others.
B. Pertodically remove and legally dispose of all excess materials, debris, etc., resulting fran his work.
Co ns t ruc t ion Fac I1 it tes and Temporary Co nt ro 1 s-
CALAVERA HILLS COI.ML?:ITY CESTER fj[
C. During performacce of the Work clean all fiEger marho,
smudges, smears, spatters, drippings, etc!. from his
wsrk-az3 t?.e y.:r'r .=:L~:TJ, caused by iic;'rcmen in his
employ.
Supplementary cleaning shall be performed as may be
required due to work performed pursuact to items as
listed on FLnal Inspection (Punch Lizt).
0.
E. Cleanicg of various items shall be doce in accordance
with recommended procedures for respective material and
damage by improper cleaning shall be rectified by the
Contractor at his expense.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED.
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED,
END OF SECTION
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls-1.50
SECTION 1.60 - PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
Work Included:
I
I
I
1
1
1
8
I
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
Transportation and storage. Products list.
"Or equal" and reference to trade names. Contractor's opt: 1 ons. Substitutions.
Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:
Schedule of Values: Section 1.70.
Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples: Section 1.34. Testing: Section 1.41.
Inspection: Section 1.42.
m
PART 2 - HANDLING
Transportation and Storage:
Products or materials to be incorporated in the work sk transported, handled, and stored in such a mannei assure the preservation of their quality and fitness f
work and to facilitate inspection.
PART 3 - PRODUCTS LIST
Within 35 days after date of Contract, submit to Enginee (5) copies of complete list of all products which are pr for installation.
Tabulate list by each specification section. specified under reference standards, include with listing c product:
For pr
Name and address of manufacturer;
Trade name: Model or catalog designation; Manufacturer's data:
Performance and test data Reference standards 1 PART 4 - "OR EQUAL" AND REFERENCE TO TRADE NAMES
Whenever in the specifications any material or procc indicated or specified by patent or proprietary name or k
of manufacturer, such specifications shall be deemed to k for the purpose of facilitating description of the mater process desired and shall be deemed to be followed by the
"or equivalent". However, if the material, process, or E offered by the Contractor is not, in the opinion of the Ens equal to that specified, then the Contractor must furnish tl
-1-
1.60 - Products axd Materials
material, process or article specified, or one which in t opinion of the Engineer is the equal thereof in all essenti
characteristics.
If the Engineer shall decide to accept for use in the project material which is not the equal of that specified, authority f the substitution shall be made in the manner described for "Ext
Work and Changes", with appropriate monetary allowance for t differnce in value.
PART 5 - CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS
For products specified only by reference standards, select a product meeting standards, by any manufacturer.
For products specified by naming several products manufacturers, select any product and manufacturer named.
For products specified by naming one or more products, b indicating the option of selecting equivalent products by stati
"or equal" after specified product, Contractor must subm request, as required for substitution, for any product n specifically named.
PART 6 - SUBSTITUTIONS
General :
The Contractor nay offer any materfial or process which believes to be equal in all essential characteristics to th so indicated or specified; and it sha1:L be incumbent upon t Contractor to furnish sufficient evidence to the Engineer support his claim of equality. Said offer and supporti evidence must be submitted to the Engineer within 35 da after the Award of Contract or Contractor will be deemed have waived his right to offer substitute materials a processes.
Submittal:
Submit five (5) copies of request for substitution. Incluc in request:
Complete data substantiating compliance of propos substitution with Contract Documents.
For products:
Product identification, including manufacturer's nai and address.
Manufacturer's literature: Product description Performance and test data Reference standards
-2-
1.60 - Products and Materials
Sallipics.
1
B
I
1
i
10
R
i
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
R
B
Name and address of similar projects on wnicn prc was used, and date of installation.
for construction methods:
Detailed description of proposed method. Drawings illustrating metnods.
itemized comparison of proposed substituticn with produc
method specified. Data relating to changes in construc schedule.
Relation to separate contracts.
Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in ccmpar
with product or method specified.
Contractor Warrants:
*
it has personally investigated proposed product or met and determined that it-is equal or superior in all resp
to that specified.
It will provide the same guarantee for substitution as product or method specified.
It will coordinate installation of accepted substitution work, making such changes as may be required for work t
complete in all respects.
It waives all claims for additional costs related substitution which consequently becomes apparent.
Cost data is complete and includes all related c~sts u its contract, but excludes:
Costs under separate contracts. Landscape Architect's re-design.
Limitations:
Substitutions will not be considered if:
They are indicated or implied on shop drawings project data submittals without formal request submi within 35 days of award:
Acceptance will require substantial revisior, of Cont Cocuments.
Delays in deliyrery of specified materials will zot I considered justification for substitutions.
-3-
i.60 - Produccs and Naterials
SECTION 1.70 - 2EOJECT CLCSZGUT
I
I
I
I
IC
1
I
I
I
1
I
i
I
I
1
II
I
I PART 1 - NOTICE
At least seven (7) working days notice shall be requirec final inspection; such notices shall be given to the Zcgineer.
PART 2 - REMOVAL CF PLANT AND CLEAN-UP
Upon- completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all planc, tools, materials, and other articles from the propert
the City. Should it fail to take prompt action.to this eta,
City, at its option and without waiver of such other rights i may have, may on seven (7) days' notice treat them as abanc
property. The Contractor shall also sweep all floors 1 clean, clean all exterior work and windows ana remove all rui
from the prcperty of the City.
PART 3 - DAMAGE
Damage to existing utilities, trees, pavements or other pro1 caused by the Contractor shall be restored to original condj at the Contractor's expense, prior to final inspection. 1 PART 4 - GUARANTEES
All Guarantees required by the following Divisions of t Specifications shall be presented in writing to the City pric
final acceptance of the work and shall be in addition to the requirements set forth in the General Conditions cf : Specifications.
PART 5 - RECORD DOCTJMZNTS
Submit to the City prior to final accnptance all record docu
required by the cther Divisions of these Contract Dcc?ments.
-1-
1.70 - Project Closeout
I
I
1
c
I
i
1
I
SECTION 1.72 - PROJZCT REC0.W DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
Related Recwirements Specified Elsewhere:
Project Meetings: Section 1.20. Construction Schedules: Section 1.31. Shop Drawings, Project Data, and Samples: Section 1.34 Products and Materials: Section 1.60. Project Closeout: Section 1.70. 1 PART 2 - MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS
Maintain at job site, one copy of:
Contract Drawings; Specifications; Addenda ; Reviewed Shop Drawings; Change Orders; Other Modifications to Contract; Field Test Records; Construction Schedules; "As-Built" Drawings. I Storage:
Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.
Use and Availability:
Not for construction purposes. Available at all times for inspection by Engineer. I
1 General :
PART 3 - RECORDING
Provide red ballpoint pen for all marking. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in large,
Keep record documents current. Do not permanently conceal any work until r information has been recorded. These drawings shall be up-to-date and so certified Project Inspector at each progress payment requ submittal.
letters. I
I
I
1
1
I
I
Markinq:
Contract Drawings. Legibly mark to record construction:
Depths of various elements of foundation in relati finish floor elevation;
-1-
1.72 - Project Record Documents
Horizontal and vertical location of undergro utilities and appurtenances referenced to perman surface improvements;
Location of internal utilities and appurtenan concealed in construction referenced to visible accessible features of structure;
Field changes of dimension and detail;
Changes made by Change Order or Ffield Order;
Details not on original contract drawings.
Specifications and Addenda. Legibly mark up each section record:
Manufacturer, trade name, cata:Log number, and suppl of each product and item of equipment actua installed;
Changes made by Change Order or F:Leld Order;
Other matters not originally specified.
Shop Drawings. Maintain as record documents; legi annotate drawings to record changes made after review.
" As-Built" Drawings. City will furnish the Ccntractoz w
one set of ozalid transparencies and one set of blue 1 prints showing all work requied for the use of the Contrac as "as-btiilt" drawings. The Contractor shall clearly mark each set as specified above.
PART 4 - SUBMITTAL
At completion of project, deliver record documents to Engine( Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplica containing:
Date; Project title and number; Contractor's name ana address; Title and number of each record document; Certification that each document as submitted is
Signature of Contractor or its authori
NOTE : Prior to final payment, Cont:ractor shall submit l Record Documenrs for review, correct all deficiencies, obt( required approvals, and deliver all approved Record Documei to the Engineer.
complete and accurate;
representative.
-2- 1.72 - Project Record Docrlments
SECTIOrj 2-10 - CLXARING AND DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GELUERAL
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
B
1
1
The provisions of the Standard Specifications, Section 300, except as modified herein.
Scope :
Protection of all light poles, fire hydrants, and utilities to remain. Protection of all Phase I construction, excluaing AC ren Clearing and grubbing of the site of work. Removal and disposal of all deleterious materials. Furnishing, developing, applying and providing wz equipment as required for the project. Removal and disposal of any additional items not specif mentioned herein which may be found within the work limi
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Earthwork and grading: Section 2.20. Landscape work: Section 2.80. Electrical work: Section 16. Irrigation systems: Section 2.75.
Responsibility and Coordination:
Contractor shall secure and maintain all required permi licenses, and pay all fees necessary to legally comple
Contractor shall notify utility companies for all uti to be cut off, modified or relocated, and shall maintz protect all active utilities.
I work of this section.
Protection and aarety:
CoEtractor shall provide signs in necessary places to f persons, except those connected with the work, from er the working area. Contractor is responsible for pret unauthorized persons from entering work area.
Protect the project site and adjacent properties fron water, mud and water accumulated due to Contr; operations, rainfall runoff or water that enters the I site from any other source.
Salvage Materials:
All salvage material remaining on the site after ol notification of vacation by the City shall be property Contractor, except as noted on the plans and herein.
-1- 2.10 - Clearing and Demolition
PART 2 - EXECUTION
General Removal Work:
Removal work shall be carefully done to avoid damage existing facilities to remain.
Site Clearance and Disposal:
Clear the site to be improved of grass, weed growth, rubbisl debris, concrete, that are to be removed for construction < the improvements shown on the construction plans.
All deleterious materials shall be disposed of off the si! by the Contractor, who shall make all necessary arrangemeni and pay all related costs.
Debris Burninq:
Burning of debris will not be permitted except by writte permission of the Air Pollution Control Authorities ar: governing fire authorities,
Construction Sign:
The City will provide and install a project identificatio construction sign, Contractor shall protect the sign in placl until completion of the project unless notified otherwise bj the City in writing.
-2- 2.10 - Clearing and Demolition
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 2.20 - EARTHWORK AND GRADING
PART 1 - GENERqL
The provisions of Standard Specifications, Sections 300 and apply except as modified herein.
Scope of Work:
I
Finish grading of the site. Excavation and backfill for all footings, structures, f etc., and compaction. Soil compaction as required for all paving and slabs. Soil testing as required. Protective measures. Dust and noise abatement. Engineered fill under structures. Obtaining construction water. I Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Removal and Demolition Work: Section 2.10. Excavation and backfill for any mechanical, plun drainage, or electrical work - Appropriate Sections.
Testing: -
The Soils Engineer selected by the City shall be prese the site during the earthwork activities rslatir stripping, excavation, backfill and compaction.
The Soils Engineer shall submit a compaction report t City certifying the Contractor's compliance with the I: specifications, soils reports, and grading ordinanc placing 311 fills and backfills. The Soils Encjineer conduc-t .. all - - .__ specified tests t.0 insure compliance.
Number and location of soils tests to be at the discreti the Soils Engineer to assure uniformity and compliance the grading ordinance, but at least one test per two vex feet of fill, but not less than one test per 500 cubic (per 100 cubic yards for building pads), all as approt the CLty Enaineer,.
The cost of services of the Soils Engineer, specified density and maximum density tests, compaction report certificates of compliance, shall be borne by the City. costs of additional testing required to assure compl shall be borne by the Contractor.
Water :
Contractor shall make arrangements with the C.R.M.W.D. District, (619) 438-2722, to obtain construction water.
-1-
2-20 - Earthwork and Grading
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Aqgreqate Base:
Crushed aggregate base shall consist entirely of crushed roc and rock dust conforming to the requirements of Sectio 200-2.2 for 3/4 inch crushed aggregate, of the Standar Specifications. Percentage of wear and grading shall confor to Sections 200-2.2.1 and 200-2.2.2 of the Standar
Specifications. Maximum size aggregate shall be 3/4 inch.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Subqrade Improvement for Buifdinq Pad:
The building pad has been prepared for buildin construction. Contractor shall perform all minor pa leveling required and shall recompact a.ny areas disturbed b his work. Conform to requirements of Chapter 70, U.B.C.
Subgrade Improvement for Paved Areas and Exterior Slabs:
The top 12" of sub-grade directly below aggregate base shal be scarified and compacted to 90% of maximum density excep where there is cut into native soils.
Tests:
All compaction tests shall conform to ASTM D-1557 Method A o
C unless otherwise specified in the Soil Report.
Excavation for Structures:
Excavation to exact dimensions, levels and alignment
required, removing all material encountered. Where footing
are formed, provide ample space for construction, inspectio
and the stripping of forms. Footings may be cast agains
neat excavations provided banks will stand without caving o ravelling, and excavations are triinmed accurately an
smoothly, one inch wider each side than the dimensians on th drawings. If banks cave or slough, footings shall be forme and excavations made at least one foot wider each side t permit forming, bracing and inspection. All subgrades fo footings shall be approved by the Soils Engineer as t compliance with the drawings and specifications before for work, or other work, is done. The subgrade shall be fre from all loose material at time concrete is deposited Footings contacting native soils shall be continuous o native soils. Remove any fill previously placed to attai this condition.
Excavation limits: Exercise care to not excavate beyond th fcoting depths or limits shown on the drawings or authorize by the Soils Engineer. Where unauthorized excavation is mad below indicated or authorized depth, backfill the
-2- 2.20 - Earthwork and Grading
overexcavated space with concrete having compressive st] of not less than 1500 psi at 28 days, at the contra( expense, or fill as otherwise directed by the Soils Engir
Disposition of excavated materials: Remove from the sit material which is not required or approved for backfill.
I
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
8
I
I
I
I Backfilling and Compaction:
Structure - general: Backfill excavations as constrt operations permit, but not before work to be covered has inspected and approved and trash and debris removed. E where walls and foundations have been adequately constr to withstand eccentric loading, and except where backfil equally and simultaneously placed on opposing sides c structure, adequately brace such construction to wit1
eccentric loading induced by backfill operations. Pe
all backfilling under the supervision of the Soils Engi
Do not deposit backfill until permission has been gic the Architect. Place backfill in horizontal layers 6" uniformly moistening, tamping and compacting each 1 Where backfill is placed against waterproofing, take SI care to prevent damage to waterproofing membrane. Comp? shall be as specified above for filling.
Subqrade Preparation:
Prepare earth grades to receive concrete flatwoi
scarifying the subgrade, where necessary. Slowly re-mc
the exposed subgrade as directed by the Soils Engineei if required, moisture-condition new material, compac bring to the elevations required. During such operat cut down or fill all high or low spots, remoistenir recompacting as required. Upon completion, the subgrade:
shall conform to required elevations and cross sectic receive the concrete flatwork or paving or granular
where specified or indicated.
Finish Grading:
Finish grades shall slope to drain without water pock< irregularities and shall conform to the intent of all and sections - after thorough settlement and compact:
the soil. Finish grades shall meet all existir established controls of sidewalks, curbs and walls and be of uniform slope and grade between points of elevations or elevation controls and from such poir
established grades. Tolerance for finish grading j inch, plus or minus.
Unsuitable Soils:
Unsuitable soils excavated from areas to be landscaped n
buried in areas under paving upon approval of the
engineer. Any excess shall be removed from the site E contractor's expense.
-3-
2.20 - Earthwork and Grading
Fill:
Fill shall be placed in level layers not to exceed ei inches in depth and mechanically compacted using opt& amount of moisture to achieve a 90% minimum degree
compaction.
Topsoil
Contractor shall remove all rock one (1") inch and lari
from the top one (1') foot of soil in all turf plant areas. All surface rock shall be removed from hand plan ground cover areas. Any rock six (6":) inches in diameter larger on the 2:l perimeter banks shall be removed prior planting.
Provide Class A top soil where top soi:L placement is noted plan. Top soil shall not contain rock cine (1") or larger.
Top soil for planters shall be Class A sandy loam.
Topsoil Compaction:
Planting soil shall be compacted to provide a stable, unifc surface in accordance with the specified grades and surf, drainage flow lines. Soil shall not be overly compacted
as to cause surface water to run of€ rather than be absorl
in the soil.
Miscellaneous Grading:
Contractor shall perform miscellaneous grading associa. with the work and in finishing adjac:ent properties to jc the improvements.
Protective Measures:
All excavations shall be protected and guarded against danc of life, limb and property.
Existing improvements and trees within contract limits
areas of activity shall be properly protected.
Dust and Noise Abatement:
During the entire period of construction, site areas shall kept sprinkled.
PART 3 - QUALITY CONTROL
Survey:
Horizontal and vertical control points: City, from referei
Layout, lines and levels, staking of work: City.
. points shown on the drawings.
-4- 2.20 - Earthwork and Grading
I Testinq:
I All soils and aggregate testing shall conform tc requirements of the Soil and Foundation Investigation.
Gradinq Operations:
Any corrections to the grading work required to bring i' conformance with the intent of the plans and specific, shall be Serformed by Contractor at no additional cost 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I City.
Notify the Engineer of any apparent excess or deficiei
material required to achieve the intent of the plai
specifications. The Engineer will provide direction fc
borrow or disposal of site material as soon as practicab. 1 Conflicts:
In the event of conflict between the requirements 0: Specification Section, the Standard Specifications, ai Soil and Foundation Investigation, the document hight precedence shall control. The precedence shall be:
1. Soil and Foundation Investigation.
2. Specification Section 2.20.
3. Standard Specifications.
-5-
2.20 - Earthwork and Grading
SECTION 2-23 - SOIL TREATMENT!
PART 1 - GENERAL I
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
4
I
I
I
Scope :
All areas to be surfaced with asphaltic concrete
decomposed granite shall be treated.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Earthwork - Section 2.20.
A.C. Paving - Section 2.60.
Sand and Infield Surfacing - Section 2.73. I PART 2 - MATERIALS
Prcduct and Application Rate:
"Casaron W-SO" (50% Active Dichlobenil) or equally effe
physiologic-phytopathic equivalent chemical.
llCasaron W-5011 applied as wettable powder at rate of 24 in no less than 100 gallons of water per acre, nor more
150 gallons of water per acre. Chemical shall be appli I damp soil surface.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
General :
Notify Director two days prior to application of chemical
Equipment:
All solution mixed applications shall be applied t. paddle agitator spray ris.
Treatment:
Apply after the subgrade has been completed and just pri placing the aggregate base course. The time lapse be soil treatment and placing of cover shall be the practi
minimum. After the chemical treatment has been made area shall be thoroughly sprinkled so as to distribut chemical through the first two or three inches of subgrade.
Protection:
The Contractor shall provide all necessary protecti prevent injury to animal or adjacent plant life and prc
occasioned by the application of the soil sterilant.
Contractor will be held responsible for all personal i
or property damage caused by the application of
sterilants or the storage of the same. I
-1-
2.23 - Soil Treatment
CALA.VERA HILLS COXXLiSITY CEX
SECTXON 2.28
TERHITE CONTROL
I
8
1
1
I
1
I
I
8
1
I
I
I
I I
i
I
Requirements of Division I shdl apply to all uork of this Section, I 1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A, Treatment of soil.
B . Certification.
C, Barricades, uarning signs, etc. as required.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A, Sub grade preparation.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS (Not to be construed as a complete list) I
A. Chlordane, Heptachlor or approved equal customarily
used for purpose intended within the locale and
approved by the governing agency.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.? GENERAL
A. Hi% and apply approved material in strict accordance with m:
recommendations. Provide copy of recommendations to owner3 ri
before starting work.
8. Provide warning signs, barricades, etc. as required to pro
property and uorkmen. 1 3.2 COORDIHATION
A, Coordinate with general contractor to insure
application just prior to concrete placement to prevent
displacement of treated soil.
3.3 AREAS
A. Apply under all building slabs and at exterior perimeter
foundations .
3.u CERTIFICATION
A. Upon completion of the uork, certify to the owner in writing t'
has been performed in accordance with the manufacturers recor
listing the material used and dosage applied.
Termite Control-2.28
3.5 CLEAN-UP
-- A - .-- be sUvi,fied iz sctzeE Q-kA2*
END OF SECTION
,
Termite Control-2.28-2
SECTION 2.40 - SEIORING i?uYD TRENCH SAFETY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
The provisions of Standard Specifications, Section 306 s except as modified herein.
The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisic Section 6424 of the Labor Code concerning trench exa\ safety plans, I PART 2 - SAFETY PLANS
Requirements:
Excavation for any trench five feet or more in depth not begin until the Contractor has received approval frc Division of Industrial Safety and Director of Contractor's detailed plan for worker protection frc hazards of caving ground during the excavation of trench.
Submittal:
Such plans shall be submitted at least five (5) days I:
the Contractor intends to begin excavation for the trenc
shall show the details of the design of shoring, brz
sloping or other provisions to be made for worker prote I during such excavation.
Standards:
No such plan shall allow the use of shoring, sloping, protective system less effective than that required I: Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Indu:
Safety. If such plan varies from the shoring I standards established by the Construction Safety Order: plan shall be prepared and signed by an engineer b registered as a Civil or Structural Engineer in the Ste California.
-1-
2.40 - Shoring and Trench Safety I @
SECTION 2.50 - SITE DRAINAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
E
B
e
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
4
I
I
m Related Documents:
The provisions of the Standard Specifications, Section apply except as modified herein.
“Standard Specifications for Fublic Works Constructj APWA, 1986 edition, and all supplements.
Scope:
Furnish and install drain line system as shown on drawings, including material, labor, equipment and serT required for construction of a complete system including,
not limited to, the following:
Protective measures.
Drain lines. I Sub-Drain lines.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Drain lines shall be Schedule 40 PVC per standard 2
Sub-drain lines shall be Lun-Drain by Drainage products (
207-17.1.
582-3676. I PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Install according to Standard Specification Section Connect to existing pipe or structures by carefully cc into the structure, secure and stabilize new pipe existing structures and pour concrete collar joint.
All trench backfill and bedding fill material due
over-excavation shall be compacted to a relative densit
90% as determined by the test described in Section 211- I the Standard Specifications.
-1-
2.50 - Site Drainage
SECTION 2.55 - DOMESTIC WATZR SERVICE AND SMITARY SEWER
PART 1 - GENERAL
Related Docunents:
0 Section 2.75 - Irrigation
i,
I
I
I
8
1
1
li
I
u
I
1
I
I
1
1
The provisions of Standard Specifications, Sections 207,
Section 15.20 - Plumbing
Scope :
Domestic water from water meter to P.O.C. five feet from building. Sanitary sewer connection to service main. Sanitary sewer to P.O.C. five feet (+/-I from building. Backflow preventer: See Irrigation Section. I PART 2 - MATERIALS
Sanitary Sewer Pipe:
Sanitary sewer pipe shall be Schedule 40 PVC conform:
Section 207-17 of the Standard Specifications.
Domestic Water Pipe:
Plastic pipe for use with solvent weld socket or thi fittings shall be rigid unplasticized polyvinyl chloric 1220 (Type I, Grade 2), conforming to ASTM D-1785. PI
pipe marked with product standard PS-21-70 conforms wit1 requirement.
Plastic pipe for use with rubber ring gaskets shall be unplasticized polyvinyl chloride PVC 1120 (Type I, Grac manufactured in accordance with ASTM D-2241. Plastic marked with product standard PS-22-70 conforms wit1 requirement.
Plastic pipe and fittings smaller than 2" shall be Scl
40.
Plastic pipe and fittings 2" and larger shall be Cla: solvent weld or Class 160 for use with rubber ring gasket
Fire line: Contractor shall make all arrangements ar for installation of fire line from District main to prc
line.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Water Supply Lines:
Install in accordance with the drawings, and Section 3 the Standard Specifications.
-1- 1 2.55 - Domestic Water Service & Sanitary Sewer
36111 LctL y 3St=Wt=L I
All Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be laid in accordance w.
applicable portions of Section 306 of the Stand'
Specifications.
Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be installed of the dimensions i
to the lines and grades shown upon the plans. The pipe sh, have full bearing upon the bottom of the pipe throughout . length with the bottom of the trench recessed to relieve ( load from the bell of the pipe.
-2- 2.55 - Domestic Water Service s( Sanitary Sewer
SECTION 2.60 - A.C. PAVING
PART 1 - GENEI?AL
1
1
I
I
I
1
I
i
8
I
I
II
1
I
i
I
I
4
Related Documents:
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 12
City of Carlsbad standards.
Work Included:
Protective measures, Asphaltic concrete surfacing, All parking stall painting, located as per drawings. 1 Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Aggregate base: Section 2.20. Concrete: Section 3.31. Removal and demolition work: Section 2.10. Earthwork and grading: Section 2.20. Soil sterilization: Section 2.23. Drainage: Section 2.50.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Asphalt Concrete Pavement:
Asphalt concrete materials shall be AR 400 conformance with Section 203-6 of the Sta Specifications. The finish course of A.C. pavement sha Class !IC2 or C3"; however, underlying courses may be
"B2" or Class "B3. IT
Asphalt concrete pavement shall be constructed in accor with Section 302-5 of the Standard Specifications t limits and grades shown on the construction plans a specified by the Engineer. The maximum thickness of any paving course shall not exceed 2 1/2".
Liquid Aphalt:
A tack coat shall be applied to all asphalt concret
P.C.C. concrete surfaces to be joined by new A.C. pavemen
Liquid asphalt used for tack coat shall be Grade Emulsified Asphalt in conformance with Subsection 203 the Standard Specifications.
The rate of application of the tack coat shall b
designated in Subsection 302-5.3 of the Sta Specifications.
-1-
2.60 - A.C. Paving
Traffic Paint:
Paint shall be specifically manufactured for traffic li markings and shall conform to Section 210-1.6.3 of t Standard Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
General:
Thickness of aggregate base course and for asphaltic concrf surfacing after compaction shall be as noted on the drawings
Painting:
All traffic painting on paved surfaces, including sta markings, striping, etc., shall be painted where noted on t plans. Machine apply in strict accordance wi manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two coats shall
applied to achieve the desired opacity. Engineer shall sole judge of opacity, and his judgment shall be final.
Tests:
All required tests shall conform to the requirements of t Standard Specifications,
Project Meetinq:
Prior to commencement of any pavement operations, t Contractor and paving subcontractors shall attend pre-pavement meeting as directed by the City Engineer.
-2-
2-60 - A.C. Paving
I SECTION 2-62 - COURT SURFACING
PART 1 - GENERAL
Scope of Work: I
1
1
I
I
4
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
II
Observation of placing, finishing, and curing cc courts. Preparation of surfaces. Court surfacing system. Striping.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Concrete: Section 3.31. Play Equipment: Section 11.50. I PART 2 - MATERIALS
Court Surfacinq and Stripinq:
Court surfacing shall be an acrylic surfacing system de for "medium1q play, as manufactured by one of the followi
"Decor a 1 t If Koch Materials Company
(714) 829-0505
Western Specialty Coatings "Play-On" Western Specialty Coatings
(213) 261-3171
Kemiko 'I Col -R-Pave" Kemiko, Inc. I (213) 946-8781
California Products "Plexipave" California Products
(415) 826-9595
Color:
Surface colors shall be selected from manufacti
samples. Submit to Landscape Architect within 20 d;
Courts shall be colored as shown on plans.
Materials are to be of surfacing manufacturer's system. of traffic paints (oil or alkyd) is prohibited.
NOTE : All color materials are to be of one manufactL system.
I Notice to Proceed.
-1-
2.62 - Court Surfacing
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Construction Observation and Certification:
The Court Surfacing Subcontractor shall observe the placir finishing, and curing operations of court constructic Advise the General Contractor concerning methods and quali of work.
Prior to commencing any of the work of this sectior,, t Surfacing Subcontractor shall certify in writing to t
General Contractor and to the Engineer that the courts are a condition acceptable for the work of this section.
Preparation of Surfaces:
Concrete shall be thoroughly cured. before any surf; treatment is applied. Existing surfaces shall be prepai
for surfacing as per manufacturer's written recommendatior All surfaces shall be cleaned of foreign matter i thoroughly acid washed.
Surfacing:
The surfacing manufacturer's written instructions shall strictly adhered to. The manufacturer's representative shz be present during application.
Finish Coat:
On a thoroughly dried surface, apply at least two coats finish by roller or brush. Allow finish to dry thorougl between coats. Aggregate or proper size to achieve "sfc play shall be incorporated in each coat for unifc application. Apply in strict accord with manufacture1 written instructions.
Striping:
Court striping and playing lines shall be applied after t
surface finish is thoroughly dry.
PART 4 - QUALITY CONTROL
On-Site Meeting:
Prior to the start of any work of this section, t Contractor shall arrange a meeting at the job site with t following representation:
Contractor Surfacing Subcontractor Color System Manufacturer's Representative Consultant Engineer
-2-
2.62 - Court Surfacing
SECTION 2.71 - CEAIN LINK FENCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
The
304-3 apply except as modified herein. 1 Work Included:
I
8
I
I
1
I
I
I
IC
II
1
8
I
I
I
I
1
provisions of the Standard Specifications, Sections 206
Furnish and install chain link fencing as shown drawings.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Chain link fabric shall be 2-inch mesh, 9-gauge, kn selvage top and bottom, widths in full height of fence 10 feet in height.
Posts, railes and other piping shall be Class 1 only.
Posts, rails, bracings and footings shall be sized as
All fittings shall be heavy duty.
I on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
All fabric shall be installed on the "playing field" s fence posts and rails or as directed by the Lanl Architect.
-1-
2.71 - Chain Link Fencing
SECTION 2.73 SAND & INFIELD SURFACE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1
a
1
I
t
# Work Included in this Section:
Site layout for ballfield Site preparation for ballfield.
Fine finish grading. Furnishing and installing sand. Furnishing and installing infield surface.
Refer to plans.
Work not Included:
Site demolition. Rough and finish grading. Irrigation. Fencing. Concrete. Play Equipment. 1 Approvals:
All rough and finish grading shall be inspected and apF before start of any work of this section.
All sprinkler work affecting the work of this section be inspected and approved before installation of topping.
m
PART 2 - MATERIALS
I
I
1
I
I
CI
I
I
I
I
I Brick Dust Toppinq Course:
100% imported and premixed blend derived from crushed and brick clay equal to "Angel Mix" furnished by Corona
714/737-5667.
Submittals:
Contractor to furnish conformance tests and o5tain apF
of material prior to delivery.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Infield Preparation:
Grade infield area to three inches below finish gra
uniform slope to drain. Prior to placement of three (3") deep brick dust, graded area shall be treated w non-translocating, pre-emergent herbicide (See Soil Trea - Section 2.23).
-1- 2.73 - Decomposed Granite, Sand & Ballfield
Brick Dust Installation:
Evenly distribute sufficient topping material to bring gra to required level after incorporation and compaction. Gr
to uniform slope. Thoroughly moisten without flooding roll with minimum 3 ton road roller. Match finish elevati
existing infield.
Maintenance:
Remove all vegetation in infield area surfaces as appears. Contractor may use a contact weed killer that dl not stain or leave a residue to control vegetation.
-2-
2.73 - Decomposed Granite, Sand & Ballfield
1
I
i
I
I;
I
I
t
I
i
II
I
I
I
1
I
I
Materials List and Manufacturer's Catalogs. Within after award of contract, submit four (4) copies of a c materials list, including manufacturer's name and covering all material required under this Division, t with four (4) copies of descriptive literature.
Maintenance Charts. On the inside surface of the CI each automatic controller, the Contractor shall prep, mount a chart showing the valves and sprinkler heads sc by that particular controller. All valves shall be ni to match the operation schedule and the drawings. Onl: areas controlled by that controller shall be shown chart shall be a plot plan, entire or partial, : building, walks, roads and walls. A photostatic p: this plan, reduced as necessary, and legible in all dc shall be made to a size that will fit into the coni
cover. This print shall be approved by the Representative and shall be hermetically sealed in p' This then be secured to the inside of the cover controller designation on each chart.
1
shall
Miscellaneous Items to be Furnished by Contractor:
Provide the following tools as a part of this contract:
Six (6) wrenches for disassembling each type spi head used; Two (2) operating keys suitable to operate each t valve used; Six (6) quick coupler valve keys to fit type of cc used (complete with hose swivel); Six (6) quick coupler lock type cover keys; One (1) set of automatic controller cabinet kc each controller used; Three (3) sets of maintenance and parts manua controller, remote control valves, shut-off t quick coupler valves, rotary heads, and all mechanical devices with moving parts used ir: contract.
Present in hardback three-ring binders.
Guarantee:
A letter of guarantee from each manufacturer shi submitted to the Owner guaranteeing his materials period of one year against material defects and workma In cases where longer guarantees are required by specifications, such guarantees shall be submitted. C PART 2 - MATERIALS
Specifying by Name :
Whenever any material is specified by name and number
-2-
2.75 - Irrigation System
SECTION 2.75 - IRRiGATION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GBIERAL
The provisions of the Standard Specifications, Section 212 app except 2s modified herein.
Work Included in this Section:
Landscape Irrigation System.
Irrigation work shall be coordinated with all other trades.
Work Not Included in this Section:
Grading Landscaping Electrical
Water Meters:
Water meter shall be installed by City Water District w general Contractor to order and pay all fees. See Plans size and location.
Point of Connection:
Make connection of irrigation system main line at wa meters in approximate locations shown. See Plans
details.
Electrical Meters:
New electrical meters required by this contract shall provided under the Electrical Section.
Drawings :
The drawings are diagrammatic only. It is the intent of plans and specifications that the irrigation system sh efficiently and uniformly irrigate all areas according horticultural and soil requirements, and that it shall complete in every respect and shall be ready for operztion the satisfaction of the City.
Contractor shall notify the Agency Representative bef starting any work if dimensions differ from the contr drawings.
Record Drawings. Furnish record drawings to the Age
Representative, showing dimensioned location of all bur pige and valves, control pilot wires to valves controllers. Take dimerisions pr.ior to backfilling trenches. All record drawings sha1.L be done in red ink ozalid prints.
-1-
2.75 - Irrigation System
thereof, such specifications shall be deemed to be usec the purpose of facilitating a description of the mate: and established quality, and shall be deemed and construc be followed by the words Ilor approved equal". substitution will be permitted which has not been subm. for approval to the Agency within thirty-five (35) days i
the contract has been awarded. Three (3) copie! descriptive literature, including pressure loss cu: nozzle performance characteristics, etc., shall be furn. for any materials submitted as "equal" substitutes. No
will be considered as "equal" if it is constructec different materials or alloy or is of a different princ
of operation. Piping, tubing, conduit, valve, or any dt through which the flow of water must pass shall not cai greater resistance, turbulence, or pressure loss dut friction than that material as engineered and designed this system.
Pressure loss curves shall be certified by an impa; commercial testing laboratory with all costs for test: reports being paid for by the Contractor wishing to makt substitution.
Contractor shall submit letter (with material list) st; his reasons for any substitution and showing amount of CI offered if substitution should be acceptable.
1
I
1
i
I
1
1
I
1
I
4
1
l
1
R
8
1
1
I General :
All materials shall be new and of size and type as callec on the drawings. All materials of like kind shall be Oj manufacture.
Shut-off Valves:
Shut-off valves shall be 150 lb. WOG bronze ball valves
plans. Resilient valves shall be used at backflow prevent
Valve Boxes for Main Shut-Off Valves:
Size and type as called out on the drawings.
Backflow Preventer:
Backflow preventer shall be of size and type as called 01 the drawings, complete with gate valves and test ( provided by the manufacturer of the device.
Red Brass Pipe:
Shall be Federal Specification No. WW-P-351 medium we: IPS, with threads to conform to ASA Specification Fittings shall be medium pattern, banded, threaded standard taper pipe threads.
-3- 2.75 - Irrigation System
Fittings - Steel:
150 lb. galvanized malleable iron, banded.
Unions - Steel:
Galvanized steel with brass to irsn seat, minimum 300 : WOG, ground joint.
Risers - Ferrous Metal:
Shall be galvanized steel pipe (to backflow assembl: Material for sprinkler head risers shall be as called out the drawings.
Pipe Wrap:
Galvanized steel pipe to backflow assembly shall be fic wrapped as detailed or to 6 inches above finished grade. 1 ten mil PVC tape, two layers (half-lapped) to equal forty r thick total wrapping. Clean surfaces and prime with solut: required by manufacturer of tape.
Pipe Compound:
Pure lead base paste type. Use with screwed metal pipj only.
PVC Pipe (General):
All pipe to be permanently and conticuously marked wi manufacturer's name, pipe size (IPS) and schedule (D-1785- for schedule pipe), manufacturer's lot number and b approval. Pipe with dents, ripples, wrinkles, die or he marks is not acceptable. Pipe shall be delivered to the si in 20 foot lengths.
Threaded PVC Nipples:
Schedule 80, Type 1, 3 inch minimum length, except whe detailed otherwise on drawings. PVC domestic main drinking fountains shall be PVC Schedule 80 solvent weld plastic pipe; gray in color, meeting ASTM D-1785.
PVC Mainline:
Shall be 1120/1220 normal impact, sizes 1 1/2" and smalle use Schedule 40 PVC, solvent weld type meeting ASTM D-178 Sizes 2" and 2 1/2", use class 315 PVC, solvent weld meeti ASTM D-1785. 3" and over, use Class 200, ring-tyl: integrally thickened bell ends, rubber ring seals or gasket coupling joints meeting ASTM D-2241.
-4-
2.75 - Irrigation System
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
1
1p
I
I
t
1
I
PVC Laterals (Non-Pressure Piping):
Ncrmal impact, Class 200 PVC, solvent weld type, meeti
D-1785.
Fittings - PVC:
For make-up shall be of same chemical compound as 1 which it is installed. Use Schedule 40 medium-wall f. for any "all socket" connections. Use Schedule 40 hea. fittings for all fittings with one or more threaded 01 Fittings for ring-type connections shall be compatib the pipe on which they are used. Sealing rings s: procured from the manufacturer of the pipe an( configuration of grooves and diameters provided.
Pipe Compound for PVC:
Threaded connections, including PVC to steel make-up be best grade teflon tape. sl
Primer:
For PVC solvent weld connections shall be as recommei the manufacturer of the PVC pipe. Primer shall be chex compatible with the pipe, fittings and solvent. No need be used if "Christy's Red Hot Blue Glue" is 1 solvent material.
Solvent:
For PVC solvent weld connections shall be as recorrmei
the manufacturer of the PVC pipe. Solvent shi chemically compatible with the pipe, fittings and prime] i
Sprinkler Risers:
The riser snall be PVC Schedule 80 to fit sprinkler ( in swing joint assembly as detailed on the drawings.
Quick Coupler Valves:
150 lb. cast bronze body, self-closing metal COW yellow rubber protective caps, locking type. Threaded one inch size, except as noted on plans. 1
Couplers :
Same manufacturer as quick coupling valve; cast f machined shank, coupler to include operating handle. coupler equipped with 3/4" hose swivel.
-5- t 2.75 - Irrigation System
Sprinkler Heads:
Make, size, type and performances as called out on drawings.
Automatic Controller:
120 volt, single phase, 60 cycle electric clock control u in weatherproof, vandal-resistant metal cabinet, hin locking door. Shall incorporate the following featur single-station operation, 8 day variable cycle, 0 to
minutes timing integrally variable ; automat semi-automatic, and manual operation; man immediate-station-advance; station-in-operation indicat 24-hour start clock; on-off and repeat device. No de
between stations. To operate 24 volt valves. All cont devices to be captive type. Contains pump-starting-stopp circuit. Master switch cuts all power circuits exc starting clock. Controller shall be as called out on drawings.
Remote Control Valves:
All bronze globe type, contamination proof, slow closing, lb.; electrically operated, 24 volt, epoxy encapsula waterproof solenoid to be an integral part of the un throttling device with cross arm on top; manual operat device to cause valve to open and close without use
electricity. Manual operator shall be providea by factory and not fabricated by the Contractor. Valves sh, be of same manufacture as automatic controller. Valves sh, have one year manufacturer's warranty.
Valve Boxes for Remote Control Valves:
Size and type as called out on the drawings.
Electrical Requirements to Automatic Controllers and Boos1
Pump :
To be complete in every respect to City Electrical COC ready for use and in accordance with manufacture1 requirements. Provide separate power shut-off switch panel for each controller. All wiring in galvanized condr, and fittings from source providea under the electric section. No running threads accepted,; use nipples. Condl system shall be 660 volt insulation, NEC standard anneal copper wire and shall be minimum AWG #12 TW or RW. Protc each controller by a code approved ground connectic Controller supply to be 120 volts, 60 cycle, single phas three amp min. Pump supply to be 440 volts, 60 cycle, thr phase, amp minimum. Use only galvanized steel fastene in securing controllers in position. Install new controll as detailed on drawings.
-6-
2.75 - Irrigztion System
I
I
1
1
I
1
B
I
1
1
I
1
t
1
Electrical Requirements for Automatic Controllers (24 volts)
To remote control valves shall be U.F. type, U.L. apg AWG number 14 solid strand copper wire with minimum 4/E coating, 600 volt, 75 C. "Common" wire to be white c Each "pilot" wire to be a different color.
Wire Connectors for Direct Burial Conductors (24 volt):
600 volt 60 C, AWG-UF type, waterproof, epoxy or PVC cc filled containers.
Di-Electric Isolation:
Provide between all connections joining ferroc non-ferrous metals, or old (existing) ferrous and new f metals. Submit for approval type intended for use. I
Concrete:
2,000 lb. strength at 28 days. Fine aggregate granular sand. All rock and gravel for use in concrete be mechanically washed and free from injurious mot 1 deleterious substances.
Booster Pump:
Booster pump system shall be a Constantf lo #100BP150P4-15.0-C factory prepiped and prewired mounted on a steel skid base, with a capacity of 200 150 ft. TDH, exclusive of pressure drop throuc prefabricated system.
Pumps shall be end suction close coupled or in-lint bronze fitted construction, with bronze impeller a1 rings, mechanical seal, stainless steel shaft sleei integral flanged suction and discharge connections.
Motor shall be 1760 RFM, 15.0 HP, 220/440 volts, on tl range of the impeller curve without use of the ! factor. Motors installed vertically for outdoor use SI
Piping, fittings and valves shall be flanged uni' threaded. All nuts and bolts to be cad plated. SI valves to be butterfly type, wafer style, lug type, ( and tapped, and capable of remaining installed piping. System to include a bypass valve and check Skid base to have bolt holes at each corner for attach the concrete. Contractor to bolt base to concrete w plated anchors.
I TEFC.
a
-7- I 2.75 - Irrigation System
1
Control panel shall be a UL listed combination starter, P 3R enclosure, door-in-door type, with circuit brez disconnect, through-the-door ON/OFF handle, magnetic stax with overloads and heaters on all legs, HOA selector swit 115 volt control circuit transformer with circuit brea disconnect, control terminal strip, and time delay re
'qOFFql to prevent pump cycling as valve stations open close.
The electrical contractor shall provide all labor material for main power to pump panel, and for 115 volt PC between pump panel and sprinkler panel dry contac Sprinkler panel (by others) shall include a pump relay st package. When the time clock in the sprinkler panel energized, the dry contacts will close and allow power f the pump panel to feed through the dry contacts and back the pump panel, thereby energizing the pump.
Entire unit to be factory finished with two coats of gr Rustoleum factory enamel finish, with two coats of Sincl Chrome Oxide #15 to be applied 011 the base after fi degreasing and wire brushing.
The services of a factory trained representative shall made available on the job site to check installation perform the start-up, and instruct operating personnel. report of start-up data, including voltage and amper readings, pressure gauge readings, and general operat characteristics shall be submitted to tne architect
record purposes. Three sets of operating and maintenai manuals and control panel wiring diagram shall be provided the contractor.
Optional features.
A. Where the Constantflo system i.s connected to a pun] city main instead of a reservoir tank, and may experiencc wide range of suction pressures, a. combination pressi reducing and non-slam check valve slhall be included in t Constantflo system.
8. A sheet metal enclosure as indicated on the detail shc shall be provided, complete with ventilation louvers withc need for fans, and two coats of Rustoleum factory enan finish paint.
C. A pre-stressed concrete pad, 4" thick minimum and siz to suit assembly shall be provided.
D. A paddle-type flow switch shall be provided on dischar side of assembly, downstream from bypass piping, to preve pump from ruming under low-flow or no-flow conditior Switch shall be set to shut p~ip off at flows of less than GPM .
-a- 2.75 - Irrigation System
1
I
1
1
c
I
I a
5
I
I
I
I
st
T
.I
1
u
PAEiT 3 - INSTALLATION
General:
All work shall be performed by competent, experienced tr and in a manner to coincide with methods as set forth manufacturers of the equipment to be used and as acce to the Agency Representative. No consideration will be to any design changes unless called for by the Representative.
Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused duri operations to any existing underground utility including existing irrigation control wires, storm I sanitary sewer systems, gas lines, potable water irrigation lines, telephone cables, gasoline or oil electrical cables, or any other systems (buri overhead). If such damage should occur, Contractoi immediately notify Landscape Architect, Agency, department affected by such damages and shall pay all E costs.
Comply with all governing construction and pl ordinances for all work under this contract.
All work shall be assembled to conform to details and on the drawings, whether or not mentioned i specifications.
Verification of Dimensions:
Verify all horizontal and vertical site dimensions pr staking of heads. Do not exceed spacings shown on dr for any given area. If such modified spacings additional or less materials than shown on the dra notify Architect before commencing work.
Manufacturer's Requirements:
Manufacturer's requirements for installation of pr shall apply:
1. When no other direction is given;
2. When it is a more stringent requirement tha Standard Specifications and these Special Provisior
Work Space:
The Contractor shall erect such fences or guards required for the protection of the public and his mate and maintain same in good repair until the completion work under the contract.
-9- I 2.75 - Irrigation System
Drawings of Record:
Obtain blueline ozalid prints from the Agency Representat and maintain daily records showing every change from contract drawings of all locations of main lines, bur valves, conductors, quick coupler valves, and plugged capped outlets. Locate each iten? from two points architectural permanence, i. e. , curbs, walls, lic standards, etc. Do not dimension from sprinkler heads other parts of the irrigation system. Keep record drawii on site for daily observation by the Agency Representati? All dimensions to be taken prior t:o backfill. On date final observation, deliver corrected drawings to the Age! Representative. Final drawings shall be prepared by Contractor on sepia prints obtained from the Age! Representative, showing all field notes in India finalized by a competent draftsperson. Delivery of prii does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility : providing any information that may be omitted from 1 prints o
Trenching:
Do all excavation for installation of all work included contract. Mechanical trenching machines shall be type to ( trenches with straight, parallel sides. Trenches to be os wide enough as may be required to lay the pipe and conti wires. "Pulling" of main line pipe and/or control wires w: not be permitted. Contractor shall use all possible care protect existing trees and plants during trenching. Roots or larger shall be tunneled under and wrapped with wet burl to prevent scarring with two coats of approved seal manufactured for this purpose. Cover all trenches in rc areas (only while open) with wet burlap, acd backfill wit1
24 hours after opening the trench. Obtain Ager Representative'-s approval before cutting any root over c inch diameter. All trenching in such areas shall be done hand.
Backfill:
After the work has been installed to depths as detailed the drawings, flushed, tested, and proven tight in t presence of the Agency Representative, backfill with fi materials. Allow no rocks or other objects larger than c inch diameter to fall in the first 6" of cover. Backfi carefully and tamp properly to avoid any voids. Flooding trenches shall be done only with the approval of the Ager Representative; however, all sandy soils shall be flood during the backfill-compaction operaticn.
After compacting backfill over all pipe Lines to equ density of adjoining undisturbed soils, Contractor sha remove all remaining debris caused by his operation from t site and dispose of same in legal manner. All trenches sha
- 10 -
2.75 - Irrigation System
I
I
19
E
I
I
I
P
S
I
R
4
I
I
Y
I
I
be left flush to the adjoining undisturbed grades. An' covered prior to field observations by the 4 Representative shall be uncovered at the expense < Contractor to allow for such observations if demanded 1 Agency Representative.
Layinq of Lines:
Lines shall be staked and installed in the locations shc the drawings. Discrepancies between drawings and site be brought to the attention of the Agency Represen prior to trenching. Do not exceed maximum spacings shc drawings, nor exceed the GPM on the pipe sizes Assemble all pipes free from dirt and scale; rea! deburr . Piping and electrical sleeves under concrete be set in place prior to paving work. If pipe must bi after paving is in place, it shall be done by ja boring, or hydraulic driving.
If cutting or breaking of any paving is necessary, it be done and replaced with like material at the expense Contractor. Obtain approval of Agency Representative to any cutting or breaking. Hydraulic driving will permitted under asphalt paving. All lines set in plzce paving shall extend 18" minimum beyond such paving capped handtight. No fittings, including couplings, w permitted under surfaces to be paved except where the of the line under the paving exceeds 20 feet or where are encased in sleeves.
Assembly of Metal Pipe:
Do not bend or spring pipe; make all offsets or chan direction with fittings. Cut threads with sharp, clea to conform to ASA specifications B2. Make up joi applying oil base compound to male threads only. excessive compound after makeup.
Assembly of PVC Pipe:
Handle with care when loading, unloading, transport1 storing to avoid damage. Store pipe and fittings under before using. Transport in vehicle with bed of suff length to carry pipe flat and fully supported. Store p same manner. Notify Agency Representative when each pi fittings shipment reaches the site, for observ Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from th and replaced with new shipment of different batch number 1
Joining by Ring Seals:
Provide for expansion and contraction at each end rubber ring and lubricate with non-toxic lubr Centerload, leaving all connections exposed. Do not la in trench containing water or at less than 32 F. E.
- 11 - 2.75 - Irrigation System
Thrust Blocks:
Concrete thrust blocks shall be provided on all pressure 1 (solvent-weld or ring-type PVC pipe) at all points wnere 1 changes direction, or thrust, as at ells, tees, reduce dead-ends, or where the line changes direction greater t
10 . Pour blocks to leave valves and fittings accessible repair. Thrust blocks to be of size and shape as prescri
in pipe manufacturer's installation manual which shall b part of this specification, by reference.
Joining by Solvent Weld:
Use non-synthetic brush to spread primer and solvent using
larger than pint-sized cans. Clean and refill cans e< day. Cut pipe square, ream, chamfer outside end at 11 Clean and dry pipe and fitting socket:. Scrub full length inside socket and pipe end with primer, prime inside socl again. Immediately apply solvent to pipe end and to sockc then again to pipe end. Bottom the pipe in socket and ti 90 . Hold joint together 30 seconds. Wipe off excc solvent. Allow to set 30 minutes before moving. Snake p: side to side in trench bottom, keeping 4" horizoni clearance between two pipes in same trench. Do not lay p: in trench containing water or at less than 32 F. Center 1( immediately leaving joints exposed.
Flushing of Lines:
Mains shall be flushed before attaching remote conti valves, quick coupler valves and with pipe centerloaded. I water being discharged shall be tempsrarily piped up and c of the trenches. Trenches ta be kept. dry for pressure te:
to follow. Install all valves after approval of flush. procedure by the Agency Representative.
Laterals shall be flushed before sprinkler heads are place. Cap all risers, apply pressure, remove caps sequence starting at the control valve. Replace caps befc removing caps to follow. Continue to end of each later: Flush until all foreign matter and mud is cleared of t system. Contractor to provide all materials required j flushing operations.
Pressure Tests:
Perform all hydrostatic tests in presence of the Ager
Representative after flushing lines. Maintain 150 psi main Sines for one (1) hour with all air expelled from li and with all valves in place. All leaks shall be correct in mechanical manner without use of epoxy fillers or ot? filler compounds. Provide all equipment for tests includi force pump and pressure gauges.
- 12 -
2.75 - Irrigation System
1
t
1
1
I
I
B
1
E
I
E
1
8
1
Y
l
1
Laying of Control Wires (24 volt): 1
Lay wires in common trench with main lines. Splicing 2 only every 500 feet. Provide 2 feet expansion 1
splice. Use concrete electrical junction box with bo: lid at each splice point. White coated common i
junction boxes to be tagged with 1/4" wide embossed I labeling tape showing controller designation. Use 1 electrical tape and bind all control wires in bundle! foot intervals. Splices, including splices at remote I valves, shall be waterproof. Install PVC sleeve whe is not installed with main lines.
Protection during Hydromulching:
If seeding of any portion of the site is to be (
hydromulching methods, Contractor shall protect all sp: heaOs in the areas to be hydromulched by slipping !
bags of appropriate size over each head pr hydromulching operation. All bags shall be removec
cessation of hydromulching and properly disposed of.
Adjusting System
Adjust entire system prior to coverage test and a conclusion of maintenance period.
1. Set all shut-off valves in the system to fu
2. Adjust all stationary heads to equal and
position.
coverage using adjusting screws in each sprinkli and by control of the throttle device in each control valve.
3. Adjust all rotary head systems using pitot tu pressure gauge attached. Set most criticai head system to meet nozzle pressure as called out legend by regulating the rornote control valv pitot tube-gauge assembly is inserted in nozzle. all radii to fit requirements on drawing if he equipped with such a device.
4, Adjust arcs of all adjustable arc type heads s prevent overspray on areas to be kept dry. T also mean the replacement of nozzles in stationar to nozzles of difference cut, i.e., 180 noz change to 126 nozzles, etc.
5. At proper time of plant growth, or when directed Agency Representative, Contractor shall set au controller to operate as noted on the drawings an at that time readjust all remote control valves system to operate heads at optimum performance bas
t
- 13 - R 2.75 - Irrigation System
night time pressures and simu%taneous demands thro, the supply lines. This may call for repeat of the pi tube-pressure gauge tests described above if the Age] Representative calls for such procedure, at additional cost to the Agency.
Site Cleaning:
Clean a11 debris from site, remove al.1 storage rooms and i other construccions and make site ready for planting work follow. Work or debris not cleared far landscape work may backcharged to this subcontractor by the landsci subcontractor.
Observations:
Observations will be performed by th.e Agency Representat: at the following times and at random visits when the obseri may be on the site.
1. Prework conference. To be conducted prior to i irrigation work under this contract.
2. Observation of rotor pop-up head staking.
3. Observation of flushing.
4. Observation of pressure test.
5. Observation of coverage performance.
6. Final observations of the completed installation.
7. Contractor shall not cover any work prior to observati
8. All observances called for by the Contractor shall
_. .
by the Agency Represents" Live.
requested in writing, at least 48 hours prior to t anticipated observation.
All work shall meet the approval of the Agency Representati or be rectified by the Contractor to a condition that do meet this acceptance at no additional costs to the Agenc If the Contractor calls for observations and is not ready f the observations, it shall be backcharged, hourly, includi travel time for all memebers of tAe team of observe involved.
Lowering of Heads, Valve Boxes, Quick Coupler Valves, etc.:
All equipment that may be damaged by mowing shall be s flush to finished grade as called out on the drawings, pri to final acceptance of the work.
- 14 - 2.75 - Irrigation System
1
I
a
I
I
I
I
1.
I
I:
I
I
I
B
I
1
I
Guarantee:
The Contractor shall guarantee the entire irrigation c
system against defects in materials and workmanship period of one (I) year from the date of acceptance work. The Contractor shall furnish a Faithful Perfo Bond in the amount of 10% of the amount bid fo installation of the irrigation system to be in force fl
one (1) year guarantee period. I
- 15 - I 2.75 - Irrigation System
SECTION 2.76 - SITE FURNISE-IIXGS
PART 1 - GXNZRAL
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
IC
1
I
I
I
1
R Scope of Work:
Furnishing and installing team benches,
Furnishing and installing benches. Furnishing and installing drinking fountains. Furnishing and installing bike racks. Furnishing and installing trash containers. Furnishing and installing bleachers.
Furnishing and installing tennis courts.
Furnishing and installing picnic tables. I Furnishing and installing barbeques.
Work not Included:
Play equipment. Masonry. m PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Bench with Back:
Timberform #2016, 6' long, or equal, with 3lV Superic Douglas Firand back with 3/8" eased edges.
DrinkiRg Fountain:
Three Murdock M-43 pedestal mount brown color. I according to manufacturer's specifications. Availabli Wakefield Associates, 1100 Quail St, #loo, Newport Beal 92660, 714/752-6204.
Bike Racks:
As manufactured by All Fab, Santa Ana, 714/595-5271 1 required.
Litter Receptacles:
Shall accomodate minimum 32 gallon trash container.
container not included. Fitted 32 gallon plastic li
liner shall be provided. Unit shall be pre-cast con
sandstone color, with low profile cast aluminum top
color, equal to Form Products Model A. Phone 714/980
Mount receptacles with two ,/aft foundation bolts, tac 1 after bolting into place.
Picnic Tables:
Picnic tables with seats Timberform #2032 or simil equivalent by Landscape Structures seats and table t Superior V.G. Douglas Fir with eased edges.
-1-
2.76 - Site Furnishings
Barbeques:
Outdoor Products model MB-16 or similar and equivalent Patterson-Williams or Belson.
Tennis Court Benches:
Heavy duty park bench #HDPB-7.5 with 24" extended vertic supports in lieu of standard surface brackets by StadiL Unlimited of Grinnel, Iowa, or approved equal. Distributc
John Devereaux, 2315 Ranchera Dr. , Oakdale, (209/847-7262).
Team Benches:
Deluxe team bench #TBD-024 with 24'' extended vertic supports in lieu of standard surface brackets by Stadiu Unlimited of Grinnel, Iowa, or approved equal. Distributc John Devereaux, 2315 Ranchera Dr, Oakdale, CA, 209/847-726 Four required.
Bleachers:
Two required. As located in the fields by the Landsca Architect. 4 General Seating Model #PN-205-21 wi guardrails, or approved equal. Supplier: General Seatin San Bernardino, CA, 714/884-9447. Moujnt on 4" x 4" pressu treated Douglas Fir.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Installation shall be in the locations shown on the drawin
after approval of precise locatio:: by Consultant. Insta according to manufacturer's written instructions or according approved shop drawings.
Any item surface mounted to a concrete slab shall be mount using minimum 3/8" x 3" long lag screws in expansion shields.
-2-
2.76 - Site Furnishings
I
1
1
1
1
I
I
1
E
1
I
1
1
1
I
B
SECTION 2.80 - LANDSCAPE PLANTING
PART I - GEXERAL
The provisions of the Standard Specifications, Sections i
308 apply except as modified herein.
Work Included in this Section:
Finish grading (fine). Soil preparation. Tree supports. Furnishing plants and planting. Fertilizer, iron sulfate and soil amendment. Watering. Project maintenance period: minimum 90 calendar days. Soils analysis.
Work not Included in this Section:
Rough grading. Finish graaing. Irrigation system.
Approvals:
All sprinkler work shall be inspected and approved starting any work of this section, except that specimer shall be installed prior to beginning sprinkler work.
All turf areas shall be planted and all landscape pl shall be installed ar,d approved prior to the commenceii the plant period.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Landscape Finish Grading:
Site topsoil material shall be used as is available and add
topsoil imported according to the plans. Tree Supports:
Stakes for trees shall be round, of Lodge Pole pine from the entire bole of the tree with bark remot completely treated in a solution of pentachlorophenol. shall be at least 2" or 2 1/2" in diameter, conically I at one end. 10" long tapered point and chamfered other end.
Ties shall be "Wonder Tree-Tie" or equal, black in install according to manufacturer's specifications.
a
-1- I 2.80 - Landscape Planting
a
Tree Trunk Protector:
Contractor shall supply and install an approved tree trL protector device equal to "Tree Boot" for trees in lawn arE only.
Plant Materials:
All plant material shall meet requirements in the Standa
Specifications, Section 212-1,4. Plant list on landsca plan. All quantities shall be verified in place on the site
Plants not approved are to be removed from site immediate
and replaced with suitable plants.
Inspection and approval of specimens reiquired before delive to site; all others on delivery. Agency may reject enti lot of plants represented by defective samples. Rand samples will be inspected for root condition.
Turf Seed Mixes:
All seed shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed, premixed
mechanical mixer to proportions specified. Minimum puri and germination as follows:
Proportion :Purity Germinatio Turf Mix by Wt.
Ryegrass (50% 30% 95% 90% Pennfine, 50% Derby by count)
Redf escue 30% 98% 80%
Bermuda grass* 40% 98% 85% (certified Arizona Common)
"Hulled seed shall be used if planted April throu
September. Unhulled seed shall be used if plant October through March.
Seeding rate: 350 pounds per acre. (5.7 pounds per 100 square feet).
-2-
2.80 - Landscape Planting
Erosion Control Seed Mix: SEED MIX A Percentage
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Botanical Name Pounds/Acre
Limonium perezii 1.2
Trifolium fragiferium 10 plus innoculan
Achillea filipendulina .25
Acacia redolens 5
California Coastal Range Wildflowers* 1.2
Encelia californica 1.0
Mimulus puniceus 1.0
Rhus integrifolia 1.0 I "Supplied by Environmental Seed Producers, Inc, 818/442-3330
All of the above seeds will be cleaned to a 98% purity.
Commercial Fertilizers:
Fertilizer 16-7-12: Fertilizer shall be a long-la slow-release fertilizer compound having an N-P-K ra
16-7-12 (+ Iron), and shall be derived from the s listed in the following analysis and be a blend of resin
coated prills (which supply controlled release nit phosphorus, and potassium) and uncoated, rapidly s prills containing nitrogen and phosphorus.
Guaranteed Analysis
Total Nitrogen (N) ...................................... 8.5% Ammoniacal Nitrogen. Derived from Ammonium Nitrate, Ammonium Phosphates, and Fmonium Sulfate.
7.59, Nitrate Nitrogen. Derived from Ammonium Sulfate. (These forms of Nitrogen
are coated to provide 13% controlled-release nitrogen.)
Derived from Ammonium and Calcium Phosphates. Available Phosphoric Acid..........................o.+ ..
Soluble Potash (K 0) ....................................
Derived from Potassium Sulfate and Potassium Nitrate.
Combined Sulfur (S) ..................................... Derived from Potassium Sulfate and Iron Sulfates.
Iron (Fe) expressed as Elemental ........................
Derived from Iron Sulfates,
-3-
2.80 - Landscape Planting
Potential Acidity: 800 ibs. Calcium Ca.rbonate Equivalent 1 ton.
Fertilizer 12-12-12: Fertilizer shall be rapidly soluk prills containing equal amounts of nitrogen, phosphorus, i
potash plus sulfur and calcium and derived from the followj
sources :
Guaranteed Analysis
Total Nitrogen (N) .......e...............,,.,.,.,,,,,,12.0C
As Ammoniacal derived from Ammonium Sulfate and Ammonium Phosphate.
Derived from Ammonium Phosphate.
Derived from Sulfate of Potash.
Available Phosphoric Acid (P 0 ).......................12.0C
Soluble Potash (K 0) ,,...,......,......................12.0C
Sulfur (S) expressed as elemental..... ................. 15.0C
Calcium (Ca) ........................................... 2.10
Derived from Sulfate.
Derived from Gypsum.
Ammonium Sulfate : Conforming to the requirements of t Agricultural Code of the State of California.
Iron Sulfate: Ferric sulfate or ferrous sulfate in pellet or granular form containing not less than 18.5% ir
expressed as metallic iron, and shall be registered as
agricultural mineral with the State Department of Agricultu
in compliance with Article 2, “Fertilizing Materials
Section 1030 of the Agricultural Code,
Soil Amendment: Soil amendment shall ble an organic wood ba product, Type I, as specified in the Standard Specification Section 212-1.2.4.
Hydromulch Materials:
Water. General precautions should be observed when drawi water from sources other than main pressure. The use filters may be required when directed. Such water must free of impurities.
Seed. Lawn and native plant seed as previously specified.
Wood Fiber Mulch. Fiber shall be produced from cellulo such as wood pulp or similar organic material and shall be such character that it will disperse into a uniform slur when mixed with water. The fiber sha1:L be of such charact
that when used in the applied mixture an absorptive or poro
-4-
2.80 - Landscape Planting
mate, but not a membrane, will result on the surface c ground. Materials which inhibit germination or growth not be present in the mixture.
Binding Agent. Dry powder organic concentrate. Ec Controls M-Binder or equal. Available from Rok Fertilizer Company, (714) 538-3575.
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I PART 3 - EXECUTION
Agronomic Soils Tests Prior to Amending Soil:
After completion of fine grading and prior to preparation, the Contractor shall obtain agronomic tests for all planting areas. A minimum of one sampl two acres of lawn shall be required. Tests shal performed by an approved agronomic soils testing labor and shall include a fertility and suitability analysis written recommendations for soil amendment, fertilizer chemical conditioner application rates for soil prepara auger hole requirements, and maintenance and post-mainte fertilization program for all areas.
The soils report recommendations shall take precedence the minimum amendment and fertilizer application specified on the plans only when they exceed the spec minimum. Additional materials required by the soils I shall be paid for by Change Order.
Aqronomic Soil Test After Amending Soil:
After the soil amendment procedure has been complete prior to commencement of planting the Agency Represent will take one sample per two acres of lawn of amended soi
The Agency Representative shall deliver the samples approved agronomic soils testing laboratory for analysi report. Costs of analysis and report shall be borne 1: Contractor.
If any deficiencies are found, the elements required added to the planting areas to comply with specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. additional soil testing costs to insure conformance wj borne by the Contractor.
After certification by the laboratory that amer procedures have been complied with, the Contract01 I proceed with planting.
-5-
2.80 - Landscape Planting
reLrnlsslDie i1rnic.s or anaiycicai aevlatlon are as ~ollows:
Items Permissible Limit
Percentage organic matter +/- 20%
available nitrate plus ammonic nitrogen +/- 20% available phosphate phosphorus +/- 20%
available potassium +/- 209,
Mineral nutrients:
Finish Gradinq:
Before any planting operations start in any area, all tra and deleterious materials on the surface of the ground sha be removed and disposed of. After completion of fine gradi
and prior to soil preparation, the Contractor shall adhere the Agronomic Soils Test and Report recommendations required, except for the minimums specified herein.
All weed growth within the areas to recieive planting shall removed. Areas containing common Bermuida grass, except tho designated to be planted lawn, shall be fumigated wi materials approved by the Agency.
Lawn areas shall be graded so that after cultivatio amendment and settlement, the soil shall be 1" below the t
of curb or paving. All flow lines shall be maintained allow for free flow of surface water. Displaced materi which interferes with drainage shall be removed and placed
directed. Low spots and areas of improper drainage shall re-graded to drain properly to the satisfaction of t Engineer.
All turf planting areas shall be cultivated until the soil brought to a loose friable condition to a depth of 6
Remove all rocks and debris, Evenly distribute so amendments at six (6) cubic yards per 1,000 sq. ft., a thoroughly incorporate into upper 6" o:E soil with mechanic tiller.
All areas to receive planting shall be finish graded pl
Standard Specifications, Section 308-2.4, Finish grad1 shall be so graded that required tolerances are met aft1 settlement at the end of the project maintenance period.
Tree Supports:
All trees shall be supported at time of planting as callc for on planting plan.
Plant ins :
All trees shall be planted, staked and tied as noted ( drawings and in accord with U.C. Agricultural Extensic
Service Bulletin AXT-311. Plants shall be planted whei shown on plans or as directed by Agency Flepresentative-
6- 2.80 - Landscape Planting
Trees, shrubs and ground covers shall be planted before seedi
Plant pits for container plants shall have vertical side shall be the size noted on drawings.
Backfill material for plant pits shall be a mixture as on drawings. The materials shall be thoroughly mixed t bottom of the pit so that they are evenly distribute without clods or lumps. Backfill shall be so placed i pits that the plant will be at its natural growing heigh the backfill material will be level one inch surrounding soil after settlement.
Install planting fertilizer as follows:
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
I n
1
I
Size 16-7-12 (+ iron)
1 lb. commercial fertilizer per cu. yd. (12-12-12)
2 lbs. iron sulfate per cu. yd. 1 gallon plants ................. 1 oz. 5 gallon plants ................. 4 oz. 15 gallon plants 1/2 lbs. ................ 24 inch box specimen ............ 1-1/2 lbs.
Position the plant in the hole and backfill no higher halfway up the rootball. Place the recommended numf:
tablets evenly around the perimeter of, and imedi adjacent to, the root ball at a depth which is betwec middle and the bottom of the rootball. Complete
backfilling, tamp and water.
Specimen Plants. Use one tablet for each 1/2 inch of trunk diameter or for each one foot of height. Sink tE
6 to 8 inches deep evenly spaced around the drip line.
Before plants are transported to the planting area, the1
be properly pruned by thinning out to reduce damage k and to protect lateral growth.
No plants shall be transported to the planting area tl not thoroughly wet throughout the ball of earth surrc the roots. Plants should not be allowed to dry out, no1 any roots be exposed to the air except during the placement. Any plants that in the opinion of the Representative are dry or in a wilted condition when del or thereafter, whether in place or not, will not be ac and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
I
Turf Installation:
Grade smooth all surfaces to be seeded. Soil surface SI 1" below adjacent walks after settling. Roll lightly ai in all soil depressions. Under mechanical seeding I
incorporate 20 lbs./1,000 sq. ft. of 16-7-12 (+ Iron) upper 2" of soil.
Soil shall be level, smooth and moist before seeding.
-7-
2.80 - Landscape Planting
The seed bed shall be inspected by the Agency Represental to determine its suitability prior to seeding. The Contra( shall obtain such approval before seeding grass. No see(
shall be performed until all other construction operat: have been completed, except by authorizEtion of the Agc Representative.
Seed bed mulch will be required according to the seec method selected by the Contractor, which shall be approvec the Agency Representative.
Hydromulch: (If selected, 16-7-12 (+ Iron) shall be incorporz in the slurry in lieu of soil incorporation in lawn areas.)
Mixing of Hydromulch Slurry. Mixing shall be performed i tank with a built-in continuous agitation and recirculat system of sufficient operating capacity to produce homogeneous slurry of fiber, M-binder, seed, fertilizer water in the designated unit proportions:
Fiber Minimum 1,500 lbs. per acre, 2,000 lbs. per acre on slopes. Seed As specified M-Binder 100 lbs. per acre, 150 lbs. per acre on slopes * Fertilizer 870 lbs. per acre (lawn areas only)
300 lbs. per acre (other seeded areas) Water 3,000 gals. per acre
On slopes composed of sandy soils and slope areas subject erosion, apply the material in two applications as folla
First application: 500 1b.s fiber, 50 lbs. M-binder, se and water as required. Second application: 1,500 lbs. fib
100 ibs. M-binder, and water as required. With agitation system operating at part speed, water shall added to the tank, good recirculation shall be establishe Materials shall be added in such a manner that they a uniformly blended into the mixture in the following sequence
Add binding agent - 1/2 acre requirement. Add 3 - 50 pound bales of fiber. Add seed - 1/2 acre requirement. Add NPK fertilizer - 1/2 acre requirement.
-
When tank is 1/3 filled with water:
Agitate mixture at full speed when the tank half-filled with water.
Add remainder fiber requirement before tank is 3/4 full. Slurry distribution should begin
immediately.
Area be hydromulched shall be moistened to a depth of s inches just prior to application. to
-8-
2.80 - Landscape Plantirig
Application: Hydromulch slurry shall be appliea under pressure evenly and result in a uniform coat on all are be treated. Care shall be exercised to assure that plan place are not subjected to the direct force o
application. Slurry shall be immediately removed from w structures, etc., that are inadvertently sprayed.
Mulch. Under any method other than hydromulching, 1/4 of mulch shall be spread over all seeded areas.
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
Waterinq:
Apply water to all planted areas during operations thereafter, until acceptance of work.
Plants which cannot be watered efficiently with the exi water system shall be watered by means of a hose.
Immediately after planting, apply water to each tre shrub. Apply water in a moderate stream in the plantins until the material about the roots is completely satc from the bottom of the hole to the top of the ground.
Apply water in sufficient quantities and as often as seE conditions require to keep the planted areas wet E times, well below the root system of grass and plants.
All ground cover planting shall be immediately sprinkl avoid drying out until the entire planted area is thorc watered and the soil soaked to the full depth of each hole.
All hydromulch and seeds should be kept damp at all time irrigation should be adjusted accordingly. This normally involve four to six watering periods daily; each watering 1
(ON) regulated to just dampen the mulch and seed, wj creating runoff. Intervals between irrigations (OFF) shol
judged by the length of the time mulch and seeds remain Once mulch and seeds begin to dry out, the watering (ON) I I be repeated.
Turf Mowinq:
The grass shall be edged whenever necessary. The grass be mowed with a sharp mower before it exceeds 2" in he:
The grass will be cut to not less than 1 1/2" and, durii
period of maintenance, the grass will not be allot exceed 2" in heighth. I- Project Maintenance:
Project maintenance consists of a minimum '30 day establishment period and a subsequent 60 day maintc period, constituting a total minimum 90 day maintr period.
-9- I 2.80 - Landscape Planting
The plant establishment period commences when all plants all turf (grass) has been planted- The establishment per will continue until all turf areas have been mowed to specified height at least once, but not less than 30 days.
The contractor shall water ALL hydroseeded banks to maintl
a moist condition to promote germination and growth dur the establishment and maintenance pericrd. Method of water the non-irrigated banks is the contractor's option. A erosion created by poor water management shall be repairt replanted and maintained.
Water grass until acceptance of work. The areas shall kept moist, but not glistening wet, until time for the fii
cutting of grass. After first cut.ting, water turf
maintain a thriving condition. Any areas where the set fail to germinate satisfactorily shall be immediatc reseeded. The Contractor shall maintain the turf areas unl an even, close stand of grass is obtained.
The establishment period shall be extended beyond the 30 c minimum at no cost to the City until all turf areas have be
mowed to the specified height and a close stand of grass attained to the satisfaction of the Agency Representative.
Project maintenance work shall commence after the Agen Representative has approved plant establishment and sha
continue for 60 additional days.
Project maintenance work shall consist of applying wate
fertilizing all areas, weeding, caring for plants, sweepi
walks, litter pickup, and performing all general proje maintenance.
The Contractor shall be responsible for detecting nutrie deficiencies in all landscaped areas, turf diseases and pes as soon as their presence is maniflested. He shall ta immediate action to identify the problem and sha
immediately apply remedies. If the above and followi conditions are not complied with, the Contractor sha re-plant the grass and maintain the turf until a health mature turf is re-established, and shall maintain that ar for an additional 60 days at no additional cost to the Owner
During the project maintenance period, a11 plants and plantc areas shall be kept well watered and kept weed free at a:
times. Weeds, Dallas and Johnson grass, and Bermuda grar shall be removed and disposed of (except Bermuda grass wi:
be allowed to remain in lawn areas). Frovide speci; attention for watering slopes planted to lawn on the windwai and/or side so that lawn will adequately be watered z all times. sunny
- 10 -
2.80 - Landscape Planting
Immediately after the second cutting of grass, where occur in grass areas, the grass shall be turned undc
neatly edged 18" away from the plants. The lawn edges be maintained in a neat condition until acceptance c work.
Workmen shall not be allowed to walk on turf unnecessarily before, during or after seeding operat Turf areas that have been damaged or compacted shz recultivated and reseeded at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor shall, by the agronomic soils test, pr supplemental feedings of fertilizer as required to maint healthy turf and all other plantings including slope i Minimum requirement: 35 days after initial planting anc prior to final inspection.
In order to carry out the project maintenance work Contractor shall maintain a sufficient number of me adequate equipment to perform the work herein specified
the time any planting is done until the end of the pr maintenance period or until the final approval.
The Contractor may be relieved from maintenance work req in these special provisions when the project maintenance has been satisfactorily completed.
Damage to planting areas shall be repaired immediately.
Contractor shall continue to pick up rocks that surfac are 1" or greater in diameter.
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
8
I
I
1
I
I
1
Replacement of Plants:
All plants that show signs of failure to grow at ani during the life of the contract, or those plants so ir or damaged as to render them unsuitable for the pi intended, shall be immediately replaced in kir?d at expense of the Contractor.
Inspections:
A written notice requesting an inspection should be subn to the Agency Representative at least ten (10) days pri
the anticipated date. Prior to this inspection, the must be thoroughly cleaned up and all excess materic debris removed.
- 11 -
2.80 - Landscape Planting
Illt: LULLUWU~ Lrlspecuons are requirea:
Prior to the start of the 90 calendar day plant establish€ and project maintenance period, the Contractor will required to have a complete inspection and approval of 2 landscape construction items.
At 30th calendar day.
At 60th calendar day.
At completion of the maintenance period.
Certification:
Written certifications required which are to be submitted the Agency Representative upon delivery to the job si include:
Quantity of commercial fertilizer used. Quantity of soil amendments. Quantity of seed. Quantity of iron sulfate. Quantity of soil sulfur. Quantity of agricultural gypsum. Quantity of hydromulch materials.
- 12 -
2.80 - Landscape Planting
CAT.XVEU HILLS COEIWNITY CENT I'
SECTION 3.30
CONCRETE WORK I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
All requirements of Division I shall apply to uork of this Section.
'1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED:
A. All concrete work not otherwise specified and forms for concr
B. Reinforcement steel and embedded items, including dowels concrete for masonry.
C. Forms for Concrete.
D. Grouting steel base plates.
E. Tests and inspections.
F. Finishing.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual fi
conditions, Isspect related work and adjacent surfaces, Reg all conditions which prevent proper execution of this work. 1
B. Conditions: Conform in general to requirements of the Amerl
Concrete Institute Hanual of Concrete Practice, where
otherwise superseded by the Contract Documentz.
C, Codes: Haterials and work shall conform to the govern
Building Code. In case of conflict between these speciflcati
and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern,
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 HATERXALS: I A. Portland cement: ASTH CEO Type I or 11, low alkali cement.
B. Aggregates:
1. For concrete mixes: ASTH C33 and as follows, from appro
pits. Do not use aggregates known to cause excess'
shrinkage.
a. Coarse aggregate: Uniformly graded between maria
slze (not over 1-1/2" and not less than 3/"") i
minimum size (No. a> crushed rock or washed gravel.
b. Fine aggregate: Clean, natural washed sand of hard
I
durable particles varying fros fine to partic:
passing 3/8" screen, of uhich at least 125 pass 50 m
screen.
2. Gravel base or fill: Also conforming to ASTH C-33: 1
gravel shall have only one fractured face.
Concrete Uork-3.30-
Zfeaii; Cron a dvurce ~uiiiauie Cor domeslic P I: - L - b. aaLzz2-E consumption.
D. Reinforcement:
. 1. Ears: ASTH A615, Grade 60 and UO as indicated, #3 bars and
larger deformed,
2. Welded wire fabric: ASTH A 185.
3, Bending: Conform to requirements of hCf 318-77.
E. Forms: For exposed work, use PS 1-7a "B-B Concrete Forms",
plywood forms or metal forms. Elsewhere, forms may be plywood,
metal or 1" x 6" boards,
F. Membrane liquid curing compound and sealer: Conform to ASTH
CjOO. Apply materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed
inatruetions.
1, "Hunts HD 7Ca, manufactured by Hunt Process Co., Inc.
2, aCuretoxR, manufactured b9 Toch Brothers, Ine.
3. "Iure-N-Seal", manufactured by Sonnebrn Building Products.
G. Grout or dry pack: Five Star Grout or Master Builders' Co.
"Embecow.
H, Expansion Joints and 3lab-m-grade Joints:
1. Filler: Pre-formed, nowextruding, resilient, conforming to
ASTI4 D1751, or D1752.
2, Interior slab control joints: Plastic "Quick Joint" with
Depth shall be I/& the slab thickenss removable top band.
min imm .
3, Exterior slab control joints: 1" deep "Goldblatt" deep
tooled joints.
I. Air Entraining Admixture for Concrete: Conform to ASTH C260.
J. Underslab vapor barrier: ASTM D2lO3 or NBS Voluntary Product
Standard PS 17-69, 10 mil thick polyethylene sheeting with
minimum 2" wide waterproof plastic tape, self-adhering type.
K. Polyethelene cuing sheeting, 6 mil. min. thick.
L. Supports for reinforcement steel: Galvanized steel chairs, etc.,
plastic coated for uork exposed to view or w'eather.
M. Concrete hardener: Sonneborn "Lapidolith".
Concrete kfork-3.30-2
N, Coloring for exposed concrete: Admixtures, Inc., Monrovia, Caf I nia or Scofield Products, Inc.
8. Rock Salt: Comercia1 Grade - Coarse.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 WORKHAMSHIP AND CONSTRUCTION:
8
4
t
8
1
I
1
1
8
8
8
I
8
I
I
I
A. Design mix: Contractor shall submit to the Architect, for reco
only, design mixes for each strength of concrete, Design nixe2
donform to ACI 211.1. For concrete composed of Portland cemenl
coarse aggregates, fine aggregate and water. Concrete shall at
the minimum 28 day strength of 2500 psi. lighting pole footings
28 day strength of 2000 Psi, tennis courts 3000 psi. 1, For all concrete designated to be colored, coloring shall
included in the mix at the mixing plant, as recommended b]
coloring manufacturer, X11 colored concrete shall have cc I tent color.
2, Prior to producing colored concrete for job use, make and
samples containing all ingredients to be us&, until the <
approved by the Architect.
B. Mixing: batches of less than one cubic yard, if Architect approves.
Batch machine mixer of approved type may be used only 1
C. Ready-mixed concrete shall be used. The rate of delivery, hau:
mixing time, and hopper capacity shall be such that concrete dc
will be placed in forms within 90 minutes from time of introduc
cement and water to mixer, Ready mixed concrete shall conform
C04 .
1, With each load of concrete, a wtrip ticket" shall be deli
the job site. Trip tickets shall clearly show the weight
other proper designation of each Ingredient in each load
signed by a licensed ueighmaster. Trip tickets shall ala
the times of loaings and departure from the ready-mixed
Copies of every ticket shall be given to the Architect.
D. Gravel fill: Uhere indicated on the drawings, place specifil
Unless shown otherwise, fill under concrete slabs shall be a
thickness. Compaction shall be accomplished as specif id undi
Excavation and Backfill,
E. Vapor Barrier: Install under interior floor slabs on compac
joints 6" in the direction of concrete spreading and tape :
joints at walls and around penetrations with tape. Cover t
layer of clean sand.
F. Forms: Construct forms to exact shapes, sizes, lines, and dim
required to obtain accurate alignnent, location, grades, and 1
plumb work, Provide openings required for work of other trade
joints tight to prevent loss of mortar from concrete. Use met
spreaders providing accurate spreading and positive tying of f
together; wood spreaders and on-thejob hand-twisted wire tie2
permitted, Form coaticg shall not adversely affect bonding o
Concrete Work-3.30-
plaster, adhe.sive or bonding agents applied to corxrete surface.
0 1, rn..a- ,\cuyI sf c$r=s gif!. be g:gyzittgA_ if ,hhy &-e _.uitl-ab?c far
intended use after cleanicg.
2. Rersrove forms only when safe to do so. For structural concrete
obtain Architect's permission prior to form removal, Cut off
nails and tie wire 3/8" behind face of concrete, and patch
exposed 3urfaces smooth.
3. Form cold joints in slabs as indicated or as required.
C, Placing: Before placing concrete, remove wood, rubbish, vegetable
matter and loose material from inside forms. forms to close joints. Dampen subgrade.
1. Soils Engineer shall inspect the soil immediately prior tl
Thoroughly uet down w(
concrete .
2. See paragraph 3.2,Testing and 3.6, Test:s and Inspections.
3. Keep concrete as level as possible, with a minimum flow from or
of the work to another. Place concrete with a workable, non-se
mixture, Tamp and vibrate so as to produce a dense smooth ,
from rock pockets and voids. Use approved trunks and chute
drop exceeds 6 feet.
4. Cold weather coocreting: Conform to ACI-306.
5. Conform to ACf-304 and ACI-305, recommended practices €or concrete.
H, Joints in concrete:
1. Construction joints: Only at locations and of type approved.
2. Control joir.ts: Locate where shown, When not shown for slabs
grade; locate not more than 25' o.c., using zip strips per
details filled with approved sealant, or as otherwise indicatec
Coordinate control and expansion joints with joints in ceramic
tile flooring, paving, etc. Exterior slabs, use deep tooled
joints at 16 ft. on center maximum. Coincide with architectura joints .
3. Joint covers: Install as indicated on the drawings and as
required .
I. Curing:
1 . Forms containing concrete: Wet thoroughly, including tops, and
maintain in a thoroughly moist condition until forms are remove
2. Membrane curing: Except as specified below, nonstructural con-
crete may be cured by membrane curing compound in lieu of wet
curing. Apply compound by spray method in two coats, the seconc
at right angles to first. Apply without delay on neufy'finishec
surface, at coverage rate for each coat as recommended by manu-
Concrete Work-3.30-&
facturer. Protect integrity of membrane and touch up dama spots immediately. Cure all slabs and other flat work I
a
1
8
I
1
I
I
I
1
8
8
I
I only.
1
I
I
1
3, Where slabs are to receive ceramic tile or cement hdhered
of any kind only continuous curing uith water or complete
age with polyethelene sheeting (uith joint3 lapped and fol
for at least 7 days shall be used,
4. In lieu of other nethods, all concrete, excepting that cor
added color, may be cured by covering totally with polyeth
sheeting kept in place for at least 7 days,
3.2 TESTIHG:
A, As specified in Section l.aO.
B, Concrete tests will be made by an approved independent testi
Approximately one test will be made for each IS0 cubic yards
of concrete when placed in large continuous pours. At least or
made of pours less than 150 cu. yds.
C. Tests shall be made for 7 day and 28 day strengths, Three cy1 shall be molded for each test; one for 7 day test, one for 28
test, and one for hold.
I). Obtain samples in accordance uith ASTH C-172, Hold and cure s]
in accordance with ASTM C-31. Test specimens in accordance wii C-39. Report all unsatisfactory test results to the Architt
day as the tests are made. l
3.3 COUCREl'E FIWISHES, HORIZONTAL SURFACES
A. Steel trowel: After concrete is sufficiently hardened to prev
drawing moisture and fines to the surface, finish trowel in 2
tiorw. Perform first operation with a power rotary trowel unt
matrix no longer accumulates on the trowel. Do not uae cement
or a mixture thereof to absorb excess moisture and do not add
facilitate troweling. Perform second troweling until there i:
distinct ringing sound under the trowel and a smooth, hard bur
surface is obtained,
1. Location: Under resilient flooring or carpet, and at all
interior exposed floors not otIierwi3e indicated.
2. Slabs to receive ceramic type tile without setting beds
tmueled once and be treated with a light broom finish.
3. Slabs to receive mortar setting beds shall receive a flo
8, Broomed: After floating, draw broom across the surface at ri
to flow of traffic producing a uniform non-skid surface. For
broom finish, use a fiber broom, leaving depressions approxim
1/16" deep. For heavy broom finish, use a coarse broom leavi
depressions approximately 118" deep, Use liquid curing membr
1. Location: Mhere indicated.
t
Concrete 'rlork-3.30
P b. Sweat finish; ?er?U~a iXnai iroweiing in manner to raise ceat cem
and fine sand to the surface to produce a non-slip, uniformly swir
surface texture.
1, Location: mere indicated.
D. All concrete flat uork shall be finished so that no deviation of m
than 118" shall occur when surfaces are cheeked with a straightedg in any 10' length.
E. Hon-slip: At concrete stair treads, ramps, etc. where no othe
protection is shown, apply aluminum oxide to wet concrete at the r
mended by manufacturer and trowel into surface, leaving granuals e
F, Salt finish: Use salt recommended for this application, Make saml
24" square until texture is approved by the Architect. Approximat
per 100 sq. ft.
G. Colored Concrete: Color shall be integral as selected by the Archj
tect, Hake samples 24" x 2on, using all ingredients to be include
until cured sample is approved by the Archi.tect.
1, Where color is used in walls or concrete other than slabs, it
shall be lightly sand-blasted.
8. Embossed concrete: Embossing, selected by the Architect, shall be
applied by Bominite Corp. or, Leonite Concrete, Inc., Santa Ana,
California, (7lU) 836-8717, Hake samples until approved by the
Architect .
3.4 CONCRETE FINISHES, FORMED SURFACES
A. All surfaces which are exposed in the finish shall have all r
projections removed and all holes and depressions filled, to providc
surf ace.
3.5 REINFORCEMEXI' STEEL
A. FABRICATION AWD DELIVERY:
1, Bending and forming: Fabricate bars of' indicated size and
accurately form to shapes and lengths indicated and required, t
methods not injurious to materials. Dct not heat reinforcement
for bending. Bars uith bends or offsets not conforming to
drawings uill be rejected.
2. Marking and shipping: Bundle reinforcement and tag uith suitat
identification to facilitate sorting and placing; transport anc
store at site so as not to damage material.
€3. PLACING::
1. Coordinate uith other trades, and expedite materials and labor
avoid omissions and delay.
a, Cleaning: At time of placiEg concrete, a11 reinforcement
Concrete work-3.30-6
shall be free from rust, scale, grease, or other coa
b. Securing in place: Place ;lI rcinfsrze=ezt in zceor:
with "CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, latest editi
Place all reinforcement according to contract drawin
sufficient bar supports, ties, anchors, and other acc ries to hold bars securely in place. Securely wire z
stirrups and ties to maintain force.
1
I
I
I
8
I
8
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
d
2. Welding: Perform welding of reinforcing bars in accordsnc
the Structural Weldiri Code - Reinf0rci.x Steel AYS D1.4,
published by the American Welding Society. Uelders shall
qualified by tests as prescribed in the Code, and qualific
the governing Building Department.
3. Fabric reinforcement: Roll out, straighten, cut to requii
size, and lay reasonably flat in place. Lap fabric one ft
at sides and ends, and securely wire together and to othel I forcement at frequent intervals.
3.6 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: (Applies when required by Civil authority 01
drawings)
A, As specified in Section 1.W.
0. The approved Testing Laboratory shall provide the followfng ser
1. Testing reinforcing steel: If mill test reports are furn no further testing will be required. If test reports are
furnished, make one tensile and one bending test for each
or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement, Pay fc
testing costs.
2. Provide a registered deputy building inspector at the job
Inspect reinforcing steel installation prior to placement
concrete for all concrete having a design strength at 28
2,500 p.s.i. and above. Inspector shall have had at leas1
years experience inspecting similar projects and shall be
approved by the Architect and the governirgl Building Depa
a. Inspector shall furnish written certified reports th
reinforcing steel was placed in accordance with cont
drawings.
m
3. Provide a registered deputy building inspector, as requir I the job for continuous inspection of all welding.
a. Contractor shall provide a registered deputy building ins
at the job site to inspect placing of concrete having a d
strength of 2,500 psi or above.
5. Embedded piping and electrical work muzt be inspected pri
covering.
C. Notify Owner's representative and the Architect U8 hours befor 1 placing concrete. f
Concrete Work-3.30-
D. Placement Driningz: (Applies when required by Civil Authority or
drauing s e 1
1. Suhittdls
a. Placement drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 1.30,
showing placelnent of reinforcement steel. Such drawi-s shal
consist of placing drawings as well as bar lists.
3.6 CLEAN-UP
A. W specified in Section 0.60,
END OF SECTION
Concrete Work-3.30-8
SECTION 3.40 - CCNCZETE (TENNIS COURTS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1
I
1
I
I
I
II
1
1
1
I
I
I
Ilt
I
D
I
General:
All materials and work shall conform to Sti Specifications, Sections 201 and 303, and as noted.
Scope :
Tennis court slabs.
Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
Concrete (other than tennis courts). Aggregate base. Chain link fencing. Tennis court surfacing. Electrical.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Concrete Agqreqates:
Concrete aggregate shall be San Gabriel aggregate, fii coarse, free from deleterious materials, or equal. EXpi
Concrete Class:
B aggregates are not acceptable..
Tennis court slabs.* Class Max. S lumg
Concrete shall have a 3000 pounds per square inch uli compressive strength at 28 days.
All concrete not mentioned shall conform to Concrete Use Table, Section 201-1.1.2.
*No admixtures of any kind will be allowed.
56-250 4
Reinforcing Steel:
Deformed reinforcing steel bars shall be Grade 40 confc to Section 201-2 of.Standard Specifications.
Expansion Joints:
Shall be as shown on plans. i Plant and Transport:
Mixing bins, plant and transport shall be thoroughly wI and free from deleterious materials. Facilities whic’ been used only for the same specified materials neet cleaned.
-1- 3.40 - Concrete (Tennis Courts)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
General:
All work shall conform to the requirements of Section 303 1 the Standard Specifications.
Install concrete and cement finish 'work true to line: dimensions and levels.
Remove and replace defective concrete or cement work with nc materials.
No advertising impression, stamp, or mrk of any descriptic will be permitted on surface of concrete or cement finish.
Aqgregate Base:
According to Section 26 of the California Standai Specifications, and shall conform to the thickness shown c the plans after compaction. Base sha1:l be moistened for th days prior to placing concrete.
Placing Concrete:
Transport, place and spread in ii manner to preven segregation of aggregate. Each full half of each court shal be placed in one continuous operation without constructic joints. Reinforcing shall be supported by metal or plasti chairs; concrete supports shall not be used. Referenc Section 303-1.7.1.
Concrete shall be floated to the grades indicated on th drawings, after floating shall be uniform in grade so a
to contact a ten foot straight edge within a plus or minu tolerance of 1/8 inch.
All workmen shall be required to wash off their tools an boots before commencing work on the concrete and each tim
they leave the concrete. Tools and boots left on th concrete need not be washed.
and
Finish:
Tennis courts shall receive a medium brush finish or othe:
finish as recommended by court surf acing materia. manufacturer.
Curing:
Initial curing shall be moist curing or moisture cover curinc and shall continue for at least 168 cumulative hours ( no1 necessarily consecutive), during which the concrete has bee1 exposed to air temperatures above 50 F. Avoid rapid dryin? at the end of the curing period. Application of liquic curing compound is strictly prohibited on tennis court slabs.
-2- 3.40 - Concrete (Tennis Courts)
Use water that is free of impurities which could et discolor concrete surfaces.
Cure formed concrete surfaces by moist curing with the in place for the full curing period or until forr removed. If fcrms are removed, continue curing by curing or moisture-retaining cover.
Tennis court concrete shall cure at least six weeks f surface coloring and striping. During the months Oc
through May, this period shall be at least eight t Concrete shall be thoroughly cured prior to applicat: surfacing.
Coordinate all work with the work of Section 2.71 - Link Fencing, and Section 3.60 - Tennis Court Surfacing.
Net post sleeves shall be set in cured footings pr. placing concrete slab.
Light pole and fence post foundations shall cure at lel days prior to placing tennis court slabs.
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
B
b
8
8
B
1
I
i
1
1
I
Coordination:
PART 4 - QUALITY CONTROL Each half court shall be of even finish throughout. No pa will be permitted to correct defective work; entire half- shall be removed and replaced. No extension of time w
allowed for correcting defective work.
Pop outs shall be filled with approved materials which wi leave cracks at concrete contact.
The Tennis Court Surfacing Subcontractor shall observ placing and finishing of tennis court slabs and shall certi acceptance prior to commencing surfacing operations under S 2.62.
Inspections: Inspections will be provided as necessary. Cal
inspection twenty-four (24) hours prior to need.
The Contractor shall call for inspection during sp
phases of construction. They shall include: All form work prior to pouring. All footings prior to pouring. Subgrade prior to pouring. Water test of tennis court slab for tolerances.
Contractor shall notify the City twenty-four hours pr pouring any concrete.
Any work covered prior to inspection shall be opened t by the Contractor at his expense.
All testing shall be as required by the St Specifications.
Testing:
-3-
3.40 - Concrete (Tennis courts)
CXLAVEU HILLS CO?MMT:S ITY CENT'
SECTION b.20
rJNIT Y-=.sc!EY
1'
8
I
I
i
1
I
II
li
I
I
I
8
I
91
8
1
Requirements of Division I shall apply to work of thia Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Concrete block.
B, Masonry veneer.
C. Vertical and horizontal reinforcing and dowels projecting intc
D. Mortar uash finish.
E, Supervise placement of dowels for masonry.
F. Set flashing and other work to be embedded in masonry.
G. Grouting of metal frames in masonry/concrete.
H. Masonry achor ties and joint reinforcement.
I. Testing and Inspection.
quently placed concrete,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report a:
tions which prevent proper execution of this work.
8. Codes: Haterials acd work shall conform to the governing Bui
Code. In case of conflict between these specifications or th drawings and the Building Code, the more stringent shall gove
Samples: In accordance with Section 1-30 submit samples of a
used in the work. C.
D. Advise and assist installer of concrete reinforcement in lafi
douels for masorxy. I 2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A, Concrete masonry units: Conform to ASTH CW, Grade N-I, holl
tural, loadbearings units, ultimate compressive strength as r
by structural drawings, color and size indicated on the Draw.
Provide all indicated or required special sizes and special :
including open end type.
1. Units for lintels, jambs and other exposed details shal:
loadbearing quality and of shapes approved by the Archi
g. Cement: Conform to ASTH C150, Type I or Type 11, low alkali 0 only one brand.
1. Masonry cement shall not be used.
Unit Hasonry-u.20-
C. Hydrated liae: Conform to ASTH C2Q7, Type S and containing 851 by calzi5 cxide,
D. Aggregates:
1, Sand: Consist of fine granular material, comptsed of hard,
strong, durable mineral particles, free from l.ajurious amounts
saline, alkaline, organic or other deleterious substances, e0
form to ASTH ciw
2. Peagravel: Graded with no more than 5:s passing.the No. 8 siev
and with 100% passing the 34" sieve, Conform to ASTH C4Ok.
E. Uater: Clean; from source intended for domestic consumption,
F. Admixtures: Sika Chemical Red Label Suconemi for mortar and Grout A
for grout.
G. Reinforcement steel: New, tested material of domestic manufacture
conforming to ASTH A615, grades as required by the Structural
Drawings ,
H. Expansion or control joint filler strips: Synthetic, rubber, resis-
tant to oils and solvents and compatible wit.h specified sealants,
Conform to ASTH CS09.
I. Anchor ties and joint reinforcement: Galvanized iron or stainlc
Sheet metal ties not less than 22 gauge and at least one-inch wide,
anchoring into concrete wall and deformed :in the masonry to recei
joint reinforcement. Wire ties and mortar joint reinforcement 9 g
ties looped for fastening to concrete and for receiving joint rein
Conform %e U.B.C. Standard no, 30-1.
2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT: (Conform to ASTn C476)
A, Mortar: Type S conforming to UBC Table 2a-A-
1. Colored mortar: Uhere factory colored masonry units are use!
shall be factory colored to match color of masonry units.
B. Grout: Composed (by volume), of one part Portland cement, three par
aortar sand, two parts pea gravel to which add 1 pint of admixture f
each sack of cement. Mix as required for mortar, except adjust the
amount. of water to make a creamy flow that will not allow the gravel
to segregate. Properly puddle grout to fill voids. Omit gravel for
grout spaces less than 2" clear in horizontal dimension,
C. Mortar and grout not used within 30 minutes after leaving mixer shal:
not be permitted on the work.
D. Use mixes shown on structural drawings if they differ from these,
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 SCAFFOLD AND PROTECTION:
Unit Masonry-a.29-2
CALAVERA HILLS COf.I1lUNITY CENTE
A. Provide, install and maiztain scaffoldicg, stzgir& aid %rzs
aecessary for execution of the work required, substantiall:
moved and dismantled a3 necessary to properiy r^oiiow th<
operations.
i
I
I
I
1
i
P
B
D
b
I
3.2 SHORES AND CENTERING:
A. Provide and install shores and centerLng for the work, construc
true to required shape, size and form, well braced and made rQ
capable of supporting and sustaining the loads to which subjecl
Leave shores and centering in place until the masonry is zuffic
set to safely carry its own ueight and aided loads of construcl
3.3 PLACING REINFORCMENT:
A. Accurately set and place strictly as shown or noted. In space:
taining reinforcement, except small rods or mesh one-quarter ii
less in diameter, the clear distances between masonry and the :
forcement shall be at least one- fourth inch.
1. Vertical bars: Continuous from bottom of cell to top of <
centered in cells, except where otherwise indicated. Uhe:
necessary, hold vertical steel firaly in place by frames 1
suitable devices as approved.
2. Horizontal bars: Wire temporarily above exact position a
to indicate correct locations. Use callbrated vertical m
to indicate correct location. Provide horizontal bars whc
indicated, held in contact to vertical bars or douels.
3.4 PREPARATION:
A. Previously placed concrete or masonry: Clean of encrustations
laitance, oil, and coatings which would reduce bond. Wash uor
thoroughly with water under pressure.
1. Protect all sills, Ledges, offsets and other materials frl
mortar droppings. Protect all masonry from discoloratioo I stains, etc,
D which would reduce bond.
B. Masonry units: Thoroughly clean of dwt, grease, oil or other
C. Wetting: Protect concrete masonry units against wetting befor
ins tal 1 at i on .
D. Reinforcement: Clean of mill scale, loose rust, oil and coati
d
I
I
1
I
I
which would reduce bond. Securely anchor in place,
E. Store materials under cover in a dry place and in a manner to
damage or intrusion of foreign matter. During freezirg weathf
tect all masonry units uith tarpaulins or other suitable natei
Store concrete masonry units under covers that will permit cir
of air and prevent excessive moisture absrption. Store cemer:
lime in uatertight sheds with elevated floors.
3.5 UORKHANSHIP:
Unit Masonry-u.20-3
- - - -. - . - - -
A. Preserve unobstructed vertical continuity of cells to be filled.
lz..ll.. L-A .--La ---I --_-- ----.1- L.---< - .-*&y Us- WcUa O~N ci~~asw~ii~ iormirig YLIC?I cells in mortar to p~
leakage of grout.
B, Fractional parts of masor?i-y units are prohibited where whole mi
be used, The chinking of interstices with fragments will not be
. allowed. Provide specisl units as necessary to form openings ant
1 intels ,
C. Fill all cells of masonry :m indicated solidly with grout in lift
exceeding 4' in height, Fxcept at the firiaf course, stop grout c
half the course height &:low the top of the last cour3e grouted,
No part of any masonry wall may be carried more than 6 feet highe
than &joining port ions, D.
E, Where it is absolutely necessary, for con:struction purpozes, to s
off lorditudinal runs of masonry, stop off only by racking back o
half unit length in each course. Toothing will not be permitted.
F. At openings for ducts, pipes, and conduit8 built into the masonry
walls, cut to form fYactiona1 units with an abrasive saw,
G, Unless otherwise indicated, lay block in regular running bond wit1
3/8" joints.
0. Lay horizontal joint reinforcement in mortar joints at not more t and fasten to anchor ties,
I. nixing: All cementitious materials and sand shall be mixed in a
mechanical batch mixer for a minim- of 5 minutes.
1. '!%e consistency of the mortar may be adjwted to the satisfac
sf the mason, but in keeping uith strength requirements, If
mortar begins to stiffen, retemper imnediately by adding wate
and remix the mortar. All mortar shall be used within 1/2 ho
of the initial mixing, It shall not be used after it has beg
to set.
2. The consistency of grout shall be such that, at time of place
ment, it has a slump of 9" to 10" as determined by ASTH Cluj.
I. Vertical bars shall be held in position at top and bottom and at
intervals not exceeding 192 diameters of the reinforcement.
J. When a foundation dowel does not line up with the vertical core to
reinforced, it shall not be bent over, but shall be grouted into a
core in direct vertical alignment, even though it is in an adjacent
cell to the vertical wall reinforcing.
K. Vertical cells shall have vertical alignment sufficient to maintair
clear unobstructed continuous vertical cell measuring not less thar
by 3n-
L, Cleanout openings shall be provided at the bottoms of all cells to
filled at each lift or pour of grout where such lift or pur of gro
Unit Masonry-a.20-Q
i3 in excess of 4' in height, Remove overharging mortar or othc obstruction or debris from the inside of cell walls. Seal the cle2muts be rere gro2tic,J, efter icawtioc,
1
!
B
II
I
I
I
#
B
1
1
I
B
II
1 w
I
0
H. Reinforcing steel shall be in place and inspected before groutii starts .
X. When the grouting is stopped for one hour or longer, form horizc
construction joints by stopping the pur of grout 1/2 course be3 next mortar joint above,
0, Whea the possibility of rain occurs, cover the tops of all wall:
exposed to the ueathw, and all concrete masonry units with she4
polyethylene film, or other approved effective forms of protec
to prevent absorption of water. Store masonry units above the I
if the possibility of surface flooding exists,
3.6 JOINTS:
A. Mortar joints in masonry surfaces shall be finished as approved pointing tool making solid, smooth, watertight joints. Archite<
select any Joint treatment without adding to the ccmt of the wc
Interior joints at concealed surfaces shall be struck flush,
1. Exterior joints belou grade shall be pointed tight with a
3.7 BOLTS, AHCHORS AND REGLETS:
A, Set bolts, anchors, reglets, and inserts necessary for the attal
of subsequent work and items furnished under other sections,
3.8 CURING:
A. After the wall Is constructed, it shall not be saturated with w
for curing or any other purposes.
B. In windy areas and where the atmosphere is dry, the wall 2
surface dampene3 with a light fog spray during a curir
the mortar of three days, Frequency to be determized by drying I
3-9 HORTAR WASH FINISH:
When so indicated on drawings, a mortar wash finish shall be a
slumped block masonry. Texture and pattern of the mortar wash shall
by preparation of one or more samples by the mason.
Samples shall be approximately square and cover approximately 72 a
one plane) of on-site masonry to remain in place, The Contractor
desired texture and location of samples uith the Architect before F
the first sample. Costs I
shall be included in the base bid, Contractor shall notify Archite
hours before any sample is to be ready for inspection,
Three or four samples may be required,
3. io MORTAR WASH Hrx AND APPLICATION:
A. Mix one part Portland Cement with one part sand and water as r
the wash by hand, uith or without gloves or texture prducin
Unit Hasonr y-a. 20-5
tools, in a one-coat operation, The texture and pattern shall
previously approved sample. Prior to the application 0% uash, d
;all siirfacs~ sith iiiitti ai.4 await unit1 surface water disappears,
R The sand used for mortar may or may not be acceptable to produce
texture. Contractor shall be prepared to use silica sand or
aggregate coarser than that in mortar sand and at not additional (
Sample of the mortar and grout shall be taken on three successi
days and at one week intervals thereafter and continuously store
air until tested for each of 7 days and 2&day compressive tests.
3-11 TESTS
A. As specified in Section 1.40.
B. Specified tests may be avoided for materials such as concrete masoi
units, cement, lime and aggregates, if the producers submit proper
written certification of conformance to these specifications
acceptable to the Architect,
Laboratory test of masonry materials shall be made by an independen
testing laboratory. Tests shall be made on materials taken from th
stockpile intended for use on this specific! project.
1. Blccks shall be tested for conformance to standards, includim
compression, linear drying shrinkage, wit weight, moisture co
tent, and tensile strength,
C.
2, Lime and sand shall be tested for conformance to standards,
3. Portland cement shall be tested for conformance to standards a
for percentage of vater soluble alkaIi:g.
4, Mortar shall be tested for compressive strength.
5. Grout shall be tested for compressive :itrength.
I>. Testing of mortar and grout: Conform to U,i3.C. Standard 20-22 and
ASH C780, At the beginning of all masonry work, at least one test sample of the mortar and grout shall be taken on three successive
working days and at one week intervals thereafter and continuously
stored in moist air until tested for each of 7 days and 2&day
corn ~r es siv e tests ,
E. Compressive strengths shall be as follows:
1. Mortar: 1,800 psi at 28 days,
2. Grout: 2,000 psi at 28 days,
F. Load teats:
1, If the results of acy tests are not acceptable to the Architect
load tests on completed walls shall be conducted according to
U.B.C. Sec. 2UOU.
Unit Masonry-u.20-6
2. If load tests show failure of completed work, the uork 3h
removed and replaced, at Contractor's expense, with prow 1
I
1
I
I
I
P
II
0
T
II
I
T
I
B
I r
I
3.12 IMSPECTIONS
A, 4s specified in Section 1.40,
B. If required by Civil authorities masonry work shall be contlnuc during laying and grouting. Hake test samples and perform st
required. The masonry inspector jhall check the material
coastructian and construction procedure. He shall furnish a
hi3 own personal knowledge, the uork covered by the report has
arid materials used and installed in every particular, in accor
Drawings and Specifications,
3.11 CLEAN-UP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION
m
8 Unit Masonry-a. 20-'
~r~rv ~tui r-LLL3 LVCU-~ULY I i L LLLY L
SECTION 5.12
STRUCTURAL STEEL
i
I
I
I
f c
1
I
I
.I
1
1
I
II
I
I
1
I
1
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all uork of this Section,
1.4 GENERAL
1.1 VORK INCLUDED
A. Structural steel framing, including plates and channels.
3. Faateniris, clips, and welding.
C. Base plates and furnishing anchor bolts.
D. Transportation, hoisting and rigging for structural steel. E. Necessary staging, planking,
F. Testing and inspection.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREHENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual fielc
tions. Inspect related uork and adjacent surface% Report aJ
t'lons uhich prevent proper execution of this work,
B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Buil
Code. In case of conflict between these specifications, and t
Building Code, the more stringent shall govern,
C. Structural Notes: The requirements of notes on the Structura3
Drawings take precedence over requirements of the specificatic
D. Arrange for and pay for any required permits.
E. Shop drawings:
1. Prepare and submit for review complete checked shop draw
required for this work. Refer to Section 1.30,
2. Improper correction: Should the Architect, in revieuing
drauires, make corrections that uould cause incorrect fi
reduced strength, give written notice of such fact at on
that the correction may be modified before the work affe4
started.
1.3 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
A, As specified in Section 1.4.
B. Duties of testing laboratory: Inspect stock, mark unidentifi
select and mark test specimens, perform required tests, inspe specified, furnish required reports and certificates .
C. Identified material: Steel identified in mill test reports a
fied by an approved laboratory need not be tested. Unidentif
material 3hall be tested as specified below at Contractor's (
St ructur a1 St eel-5 \
- - - . - - - .
D. Preparation of specimens: Taken by and at; expense of fabricator
di~r*tit\a of LezLi~g lakxst~ry- 2nd iiiwhiiied or preydreb to cor:r^o
appropriate ASTH Specification, Cost of machining and other prep
tion of specimens is considered part of the testing.
E, Tests: Perform on all materials as specified in conformance with
. A6 and ASTH Designations specified for the respective materials or
item e
1. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTI4 A36, A53 and A572 as
Test all steel except minor items such as clip angles, :
gussets and no-structural Items. One tensile and one bend
tons or fraction thereof of each shape or size of unidentifir
F. Inspections: (When required by drawings or civil authority)
1. Notify Testing Laboratory at least 24 hours in advance of corn
mencement of work to be inspected. Welding inspection, when
required, is intended to be visual. Ultrasonic or other spec
methods will not be considered necessary unless required becai
of deficient welding, Four-sided inspection shall be made if warranted because of deficient welding.
2. Shop inspections: By a qualified Laboratory Inspector. Requ:
for all multiple pass welds, Laboratory Inspector to check
fabrication shop to verify that certified welders are u3
inspections are not required if welding is done in the 3 approved fabricator,
3. Field welding: All field welding of structiial steel shall be
performed under continuous inspection by the Laboratory Inspec
tor.
9, Welded studs: Frequency by Laboratory Inspector, as required 1
ICBO Research Ho. 261U for Composite construction between neta:
decking and concrete.
High Strength Bolts: Installation sha1.1 be inspected by a qual
fied laboratory inspector.
Where local authority requires licensed deputy welding inspecto
provide the services of such licensed inspectors,
5,
6.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 NATERIALS:
A. In general: New, clean material, tested and/or certified.
R Structural Steel: ASTH A36, A53 or A572 Grade 50 as indicated on dr,
C. Structural rods for anchor bolts: ASTH A36 or A307, Grade 70.
D. Steel tubing: ASTM A500 grade B. Use full single lewths, no splicc
E, Steel pipe for columns: Steel, ASTH A43, Type *En or "9, Grade "B",
1
Structural Steel-5.12-2
- - __. . - -
except as otheruise indicated on Drawirg3, full single lergths
splices. I'
I
B
1
II
I
0
I
B
f
P
I
I
B
I
I m
8
1
F. Unfinished steel machine bolts: ASRI A307.
G. High strength bolts: PSTH A325 (includes uashers and zuts) *
H. Welding electrodes: AWS A5.1 for coated carbon steel electrodc
70XX classification, low-hydrogen for all root passe3 and for *
rod, bar stock and intermediate grade steels. AWS A5.17 for u
flux for sub-mergecLarc welding, SAW-2 Classification, and AW:
fir gas-metal-arc processes.
I, Shop paint: For structural steel where noted to be painted, u
inhibitive primer Tnemec 10-99 or primer specified under faint
Section 09900.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 FIELD HEASUREHENTS:
A, Before starting work obtain field measurements pertaining to,
affecting this work, and verify the locations and exact positj
concrete and anchor bolts occurring therein,
3.2 WORKHANSHIP:
A. Workmanship: Equal to the best standard practices in modern : tural shops, and conforming to applicable provisions containec
AISC Code of Standard Practice, except where these requiremeni
govern.
B. Injury and excessive stress: Transport, handle and erect atri
steel, in shop and field, to preclude injury. In no case shal subject to excessive stress in any part or connection.
3.3 FABRICATION AND ASSEUBLY:
A. Before being fabricated or worked, material shall be thorough
brushed, cleaned of looje mill scale and rust, and straighter,
methods that will not injure it. After punching or workicg t
nent parts of a member, remove twists or bends before the par
assembled. Finished members shall be free from twists, benda
open joints uhen erected.
€3. Field joining: Members and sections shall be of sizes, ueigt
shapes, and arrangements indicated, closely fitted, and finis
to line and in precise position necessary to allow accurate E
and proper joining of parts in the field. Drifting to enlarg
holes will not be allowed. Rolled sections, except for minor
shall not be heated without prior approval.
Contact: Component parts of builtup members shall be well $
rigidly maintained in close contact using clamps or temporary
during Melding. Compression joints depending upon contact be
shall have bearing surfaces accurately milled perpendicular!
axes, or as detailed,
C.
Structural Steel-5
vc -__.I *I- ..-I-- LULUlU'*LIL ULL"LLL\ I
D. Bolting: Use beveled washers where required to secure full bear!
percent. At least one full bolt thread shall project through the
at completion of bolting,
b1t ha,-A-~ 554 nu52 cc SLG~LE~ sr;~fa~es ~i~h Z S~OP ~f %ifre thai
E. Direct load indicator washers shall be used in the installation c
high ~trereth bolts,
3.4 GAS CUTTING:
A. When pernitted by the Architect, use of a cutting torch is allowe
where the metal being cut is not carrying stress during the opera
and provided stresses will not be transmitted through a flame-cut
surface, Make gas cuts smooth and regula- in contour, To determ
the effective width of members x, cut, deduct 1/8 inch from the u
of the gas cut edges. Hake the radius or reentrant gas cut fill
as large as practicable, but in no case less than one inch,
3.5 PUNCHING? DRILLING AND REAMING:
A, Haterfial may be punched 1/16-inch larger than the nominal diametei
the bolt wherever the thickness of the aetal is equal to or less 1
the diameter of the bolt plus 1/8-inch. Yhere the metal is thick
than the diameter of the bolt plw 1/8-lnch, holes shall be drillt
subpunched or reamed. 'The diameter for subpunched holes, and tt
drill for sub-drilled holes, shall be l/l&inch smaller than the
nominal diameter of the bolt to be accommcdated. Precisely locate
finished holes to insure passage of bolts through assembled materi
without drifting. Enlarge holes, where necessary, to receive bolt
reaming. Poor matching of holes is sufficient cause for rejectfa
3.6 WELDING:
A, Welding and welded joints: Detall and execute in accordance with
requirements of the American Welding Society standards and as modi
by AISC Specifications or as detailed and noted on the drawings. 1
the event of conflict, the notes and details on the drawirgs take
precedence, All welders of structural stelel shall be certified,
Clamping:
full and accurate contact throughout the welding operation. All
faying surfaces shall be clean and free from shop paint and foreigr
materials,
Size of welds: The minimum effective leng?A of any segment of inte
mittent fillet welding shall be not less than 1-1/2 in, Minimum si
structural fillet weld shall be 3/16 in.
B. Material to be welded shall be ziecurely clanped or held
C.
D. All butt welds where indicated shall be full-penetration welds of t
types or details indicated.
E, Completed members shall be straight and free from twists, bends,
buckling and open joints,
Defective welds, or rejected parts of welds, shall be cut out and
replaced, Cutting shall be done by Air-Arc or chisel, but not by
F.
Structural Steel-5.12-u
CXLXVtM HILLS COF~TNITY CENT1 t flame.
G= Cleaning: t'pon zom$etion of ueldir?g, all wel4s shall be slagg
cleaned of all slag, flux and spatter, leaving the weld clean a
bright for inspection and painting. c
I
I
I
1
I
I
!
1
E
I
I
#
I
It
I
1
IE
3.7 END-WELDED FLUX-FILLED STUDS:
A. Flux-filled, end-weld studs required by the Drawings shall be w
to the structural steel. Provide studs and portable arc stud h'
guns as an integrated system covered by a current valid ICBO Re
Recommendation. Nelson Stud Melding systems are acceptable to Architect .
8. Studs shall be headed shear connector studs of the sizes indic:
the drawings, installed as shorn. Other types such as external
internally threaded studs, bent anchor studs and eye pins for c
tion of other materials to the work shall be provided as indicz
required .
C. Installation: Studs shall be automatically end welded in the
using approved equipment served by adequate power supply to in<
adequate current at the gun for all required conditions of cab.
lengths and welding resistances, Equipment shall be subject tx
at job. Random completed stud3 shall be checked by striking tl
laterally with a 3-lb. maul.
3.8 PREPARATION OF SURFACES, FINISHING AND PAINTING:
A. Preparation of surfaces: After fabrication ard prior to asseml
erection, all surfaces of all structural steel shall be thorou
cleaned, of all loose mill scale, grease, dirt, slag, spatter,
rust, pitting, by approved method of cleaning.
B, Items to be prime painted:
1. All steel exposed in the finish, including mechanical equ
supports .
C. Items not to be painted:
1 . All structural steel shapes receiving sprayed-on fireproc
noted on Drawings,
2, Steel surfaces forming or embedded in concrete, and surf;
receive galvanized coating .
D. Painting: Provide one shop coat of the specified primer, dry
thickness not less than 2 mils.
1. Primer shall be applied by spray or brush. Thoroughly wc
joints and corcers and apply evenly over all surfaces. F
shall not be applied to wet or damp surfaces, and the fil
be dry when the material is loaded for delivery to the s
2. After erection, spots or abrasions where paint has been 1
St ruc tur a1 St ee 1-5.
- - . - - - - - - __ - - -
damaged or burned, including uelds, field bolts, nashers an
and other connections not embedded in concrete shall be
thnrntGghly '2leznP-d ZCd giyer! a secolli CGZt af the r- n-im-_ ----
3.9 ERECTION:
h. Erect structural steel using professional riggers, Erect the no1
plumb, square and true to line and level, ard in precise positioi
indicated. Provide temporary bracing and guys wherever necessar
provide for loads and stresses to which the structure may be sub.
ted, including those due to erection equipment and its operation
leave bracing in place as long as necessary to safeguard all pat1
the work.
B. Temporary connections: As erection progresses, the work shall be
securely bolted up as necessary to maintain the steel in proper F
tion while field bolting and welding is being done, and as necesa
to take care of dead loads, wind, and ereetion stresses. No fie3 welding or higkstrength bolting shall be done until the work ha2
properly aligned, plumbed and leveled,
C. Set column base plates in exact position, both as to alignment, 1
and elevation, and support on steel wedge:,, or equivalent until t
grout thereunder has thoroughly set, The center of each base sha
true to the column center within V16 inch and adjust its elevati
+.0025 ft. (1/32 inch), Exactly level pliates on both axes.
D. Sequence: Carry out the erection of structural steel in proper sequence with the work of other trades. E'rame, bed, and anchor b
concrete and related work in strict accordance with the detailed drawings and approved setting diagrams.
E, Erection tolerance: In accordame with the current AISC Code of
Standard Practice of Steel Buildings and $?ridges.
F. Use load indicators when installing high strewth bolts,
3.10 ANCHOR BOLTS:
A. Furnish to the site when and as required to maintain job progress,
installation under Concrete Section, all anchor bolts to be ernbedd
in the concrete for the securing of structural steel in proper pa
tion, Provide the necessary drawirqs and templates for the settir
such anchor bolts in the concrete forms, 13e jointly responsible Y
others for the proper location, and Installation, and make good de
ciencies and errors, Setting of anchor bolts in hardened concrete
necessitated through error or oversight, shall be made under direc
of the Architect in suitably drilled holes solidly grouted in plac
embedded in an approved structural epoxy,
3.11 GROUTING OF BASES AND PLATES:
A. Be responsible for maintaining bases and bearing plates in proper
location and in proper level while they are being grouted, Refer 1
Concrete Section, for materials, mix and procedures for grouting o!
base plates, I
Structural Steel-5.12-6
UIIUZXII-LUL iii~~d LWIA~U-*~LL LLL~LL
3.12 CUTTING STRUCTURAL STEEL:
A, ProvidP ccts in structural steel for mechanical, pluabing and el
It c
II
E
c
I
1
Y
1
I
I
II
E
1
1
1 ,
1
I
cal pipes only a3 approved by Architect.
3.13 CLEANUP il A. As specified in Section 0.60.
EHD OF SECTION
Structural Steel-S.
LALAVCKA HLLLb LU>Plu&LiY tthic
S.ECTIS2 5-52
HETAL FAERICATIONS
I
c1
I
1
II
i
i
I
E
I
II
I
I
R
1
1
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section,
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDE3
A. Shapes, sleeves, anchors, connectors, plates, backing plates, s
ports, and fastenings required but uhich are not specified in o Sections.
B. Ladders,
C. Steel tube fences h gates.
D, Picnic tables. I E, Other metal fabrications indicated,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report a13 ditions which prevent proper execution of this work,
B, Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 1-30 strouing
complete detail all information required for fabrication, fini:
and installation of this work.
C. Codes: Haterials and uork shall conforia to the governing wlilc
We. In case of conflict between these specifications and thc
ing, Code, the more stringent shall govern,
D. General: Examine all draui=s and specifications and include *
miscellaneous metal uhich is not required to be furnished by ai
trade. Provide all connections, anchors, bolts, and other fas'
as required, Do all cutting, punching, drilling and tapping r(
for proper assembly of the work, I
E, Delfvery: Insure that items to be set in concrete are deliverc
the proper time.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Steel shapes: Conform to ASTH 1536,
B. Structural pipe colunns: Conform to ASTH A53, Grade A.
C. Pipe for railings: Conform to ASRI AS3 or Al20.
9. Cast iron: Conform to ASTH AU, soft gray iron.
E. Malleable iron castings: Conform to ASTH Aa7. II
Me tal Fa br Icatlons-
F. Welding rods: Conform to requirements of AUS for intended use,
.C-, Galvanizing: Conform to ASTH hl23,
H, Bolta, nuts, zcrews: Conform to AS" A307, Grade A,
I. Steel plate: Conform to ASTn A283, Grade A,
J. Steel tubicg: Conform to ASTH A581 or A500,
K. Bars, flats, rounds: Conform b ASTH A36, 3,tandard grade mild stee
L. Paint: Shop prime coat for ferrous metal: Rust inhibitive primer 7
70-99 or primer,
H, Touch-up for galvanized surfaces: All State f321 Galvanizing Powder
(30% tin, 30% zinc, UO% lead and flux), "Galvalloy", "Galvover", or
approved equal ,
N. Hiscellaneous material: As indicated or specified,
2.2 SHOP PRIME COAT:
A, Ferrotw metal: Properly clean and prepare for painting in complianc
with the paint manufacturer's instructions and apply one shop coat c
material of the type specified. Thoroughly imd completely cover all
exposed surfaces as well as surfacea concealed after assembly. Appl paint by brush or spraygun, as best adapted l;o the paint material at:
surface conditions. Allow paint to become &-y and hard before
hand1 ing .
1, Apply primer to 2 mil mini5usl dry coat thickness and touch up
after installation and leave In proper (condition to receive
finish coats.
2.3 GALVANIZING:
A. Galvanize all items to be exposed on the exberior and those interior
items so specified, Use the hot lip process,, conforming to ASTH AX
B. Average weight of zinc coating per square foot of actual surface: N
less than 2.0 ounces, with no individual specimen showing le33 than 1.8 OMCQS, (One oz of zinc corresponds to a coating thickness of
O.OO17". 1
2.a FABRICATION:
A. Using skilled mechanics, form and fabricate items of work as indicat
and as required to meet installation conditions, Hake provisions to
connect with or receive the work of other trades.
B, Unless otherwise indicated, weld or bolt connections between members
Where possible, conceal connectiona in the finished work. Where
exposed ~cren fastenings are required, use Phdllips ovalhead screws
match parent material, Fit or miter exposed joints to hairline tole
ance or use welded joints. On finished surfaces, grind all CIelds
smooth and flush with base metal.
Metal Fabri~ations-5.50-~
C-LAVEIZA HILLS CO>QK..ITY CEN
C, knd pipe or tubing uitbut collapsird or def~~r~iii~i; thc ua::.
~5 ti, provide a smooth uniform curved section aru nalntain ur
sectional shape.
idhere items are to be embedded in concrete, provide uelded-a
or lugs as iMicated or required,
I’ a
1
1
I
P
1
li
I
1
1
I
1
I
t
I ,
I
I
D.
3.0 EXECUTION
3-1 ITEHS MBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY:
A, Provide bolts, eyebolts, dowels, anchors, plates, inserts, ai
miscellaneous items that are to be installed in forms before
pouring, or for building into masonry, as indicated, Examinc
check the drawings for the number, type and location of such
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A, Install all items plumb, level and square, securely and rigic
attached to supporting construction and as detailed,
3.3 DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS:
A. Those items uhich are of standard or stock design or which iu
clently detailed or described on the drawings to permit theii
tion and installation, are not covered herein even though the I included in the Scope,
B. Ladders: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate stringers of
flat steel bars, 1* diameter deformed bar rums spaced equal:
centers, plug welded to stringers, Hot dip galvanize uhethar
or interior. Caapleted fabrication shall meet OSHA requiremc
C. Other miscellaneom metal work as indicated,
3.4 CLEANUP
A. As apecified in Section 0.60,
END OF SECTION
Metal Fabricatfons
CALAVERA HILLS COKXLrP;ITY CENT I
I
I
I
1
9;
1
U
I
d
SECTION 5.70
ORNAMENTAL METAL
Requirements of Division I snall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1-1 UORK INCLUDED
A. Alupinuea railings.
1.2 GENERAL REGUIRMENTS:
A. Field conditions: 'Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
tions, Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report dl tions uhich prevent proper execution of this work
B. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 1.30 showing
complete detail all information required for fabrication, fini
and installation of this work. Submit samples with shop draw:
C, Codes: Haterlals and work shall conform to the governing ail
Code. In case of conflict betueen these specifications arid th
ing Code, the more stringent shall govern.
D. General: Provide all connections, anchors, bolts, and other
required. Do all cutting, punching, drilling and tapping for
of the work,
E, Samples: Submit jamples of the actual finish on the actual mi
to be used, showing the proposed finish for review by the Arc
Also submit fasteners to be used, I
1 F. Delivery: Insure that items to be set in other materials are
vered at the proper time.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 HATERIAIS: I
I
I
1
1
I
A. Aluninum: Extruded f2.m proper alloy for the work,
EL Bolts, nuts, screws: Cadmium, stainless steel or other mate: with aluminum and meeting calculation requirement.
2.2 PROTECTION OF CONTAn SURFACES:
A. Protect aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar
imcompatible materials such as concrete, masonry and plaster
contact surfaces uith a protective coating of alkali-rest
paint before installation, or isolating in an approved m absorptive tape or gaskets. Protection shall be concealed 11 I
Or n ament a1 Met a 1-5
._._____ _-____. ~
3.3 FABRICATION:
I'ur a st-& Tatricace iten of woric as inaj !1~irri* &:ll*" A, "-*..e ea*** E;~tiUiiiCS, *---
and as required to meet installation conditions, Make provision:
connect uiCh or receive the uork of other trades,
B. Unless otherwise indicated, ueld or bolt connections between meml
Where possible, conceal connections in the finished work, Where expozed screu fastenings are required, use Phillips ovalhead scre
match parent material. Fit OP miter exposed joints to hairline t
race or use welded joints. On ffnished :surfaces, grind all weld 'smooth and flush with base metal,
C. Bend pipe or tubing without collapsing or deforming the walls, an as to provide a smooth uniform curved sect.ion and maintain uniforl
sectional shape.
D. Uhere items are to be embedded in concrete! or masonry, provide ue:
on anchors or lugs as indicated or required,
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 ITEHS MBEDDEI) I8 CONCRETE OR MSOIIRY:
A. Provide bolts, sleeves, anchors, plates, inserts, and other rnis
items that are to be installed in forma before concrete pouri
building into masonry, as Indicated. Exiinine the drawings for
type and location of such items,
B. The Contractor shall consolidate the work of various trades and
out all details for proper installation of the ornamental work,
C, me Coatractor shall do all cutting, drilling, and fitting neces:
his items in place, He shall provide all connecting members needec
properly the ornamental and miscellaneous metal work to struct
masonry, or other parts of the structure as may be the case.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A, Install all items plumb, level and square, securely and rigidly
attached to supporting construction and as detailed.
3.3 DESCRIPTIOII OF ITMS:
A. Those items which are of standard or stock design or which are suff
ciently detailed or described on the drawings to permit their fabri
tlon and installation, are not covered herein even though they may
included in the Scope,
E. Backing plates In connection with studs and ntrring necessary foi
and fastening ornamental metal, shall be provided in locations ind.
as necessary, Securely fasten backing plates to 3tuds supporting c
required po3ition, Dap into uood studs. Finish with rust inhibit
coat.
Exposed scren heads or other fasteners shall match the finiih on thc
ornamental metal ,
C,
Ornamental Metal-5.70-2
CALXv'EU HILLS C03XX:ITY CEXT
D, Provide ornamer.tal metal work indicated.
I'
I
I
I
I
E
1
1
II
I
I
I
I
1
8
I
I r
I
1
3.4 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END CS SECTION
Ornamental Metal.-5
I. CXLBVEU XILLS co,mvsIn CEXTER
SECTICH 6.10 ii^"iic;ii zAiiFzNT'i-f
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all uork of this Section,
m
I 1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Wood framing.
8. Sheathing.
C. Opening framing and curbs.
D. Equipment platfonns.
E. Blocking, backing, bucks, furring, stripping and grounds,
F.
C. Ccmplete rough hardware for the job.
H, Telephone terminal backboards.
I. Framing to properly support all paneling. and other decorative u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Miscellaneous rough carpentry iteas aa required by the drawings
necessary for a complete installation,
I uhether detailed on the drawirgs or not.
1.2 GENERAL REQOIRMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report all conditi
which prevent proper execution of this work, I
8. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Build
Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the
ing Code, the more stringent shall govern,
C, Notes: Notes on the structural drawings are part of this Secti
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A, Lumber and plywood shall be manufactured, graded and grade-mark
compliance with the following reference specifications and grad
rules, Grade and species as hereinafter specified or noted on
drawi ws.
8. Grade in compliance with one of the following (unless otherwise I fied) :
1. "Standard Grading and Dressing Rules No, 16 for Dougla~ Fj
Western Hemlock, Sitka Spruce, White Fir, 1970, by the WCI
revised 1979.
2, "1970 Grading Rules", issued by the Western Wood Products
ciation, Portland, Oregon,
I Rough Carpentry-6. IC
CALAVEX4 HILLS COWILJINITY CENTER 3L:I
3. Franing lumber:
Joists, rafters, planks, posts Unexposed - Table 5, Scruccu
2 in. to 4 in, thick, Light Franing ,
2 in, to 4 in. wide Douglas Fir No.
Exposed - Table 8, Appeara
Frzaing. Dougla:
Fir - "Appearanc,
Joists, rafters, planks, posts Unexposed - Table 5, Structui
plates, blocking and bridging, Joists and Plank
2 in, to 4 in, thick, 6 in, and wid Douglas Fir No. 1
Miscellaneous framing, plates Table 7, Light Fr
blocking and bridging. and Studs, Doug3
2 in, to Y in, thick, Fir - *Constructi
2 in. to 11 in, wid,
Seams and stringers 5 in. and Unexposed - Table 12, Beams a
thicker, depth more than 2 in. Stringers, Fir greater than thickness, select Struc tur a1
C. Redwood: "Standard Specifications for Grades of Califorzia Redwood
Lumber", issued by the Redwood Inspection Service.
D. Uestern Larch-Western Hemlock: Lumber of these species, of equal or better stress grade and quality to the grades of Douglas Fir specific
or required by the drawings, if graded in compliance with either of
the grading rules specified above, may be used in lieu of Douglas Fi
E. Plywood: U.S. Product Standard PS 3-74 issued by the Unitec
Department of Commerce, graded and grade-marked by the American
Association. Use Structural I uith waterproof glue for roof and sh
sheathing and decking whether exposed or covered, unless speci
otherwise on drawings.
F. Bolts: In compliance with ASTH A307, Grade A, and ANS 818.2 - 1955,
square or hexagonal head, sizes and spacing as required by the draw-
ings. All heads and nuts bearing on wood shall be fitted with
washers.
1, Bolts, nuts and washers for use in locations subjected to mois-
ture, for outside use or in portions of the structure which are not completely enclosed, or elsewhere as specified or required b
the drawings: Galvanize in compliance uith ASTH A153.
G. Nails: Sizes, types and materials as indicated, specified or require
for the purpoze, in compliance with Fed, Spec. FF-H-lEa, "Nails,
idire; Brads and Staples". Requirements for galvanizing as specified
above. Unless specifid otherwise, aluminum nails may be used in lie
of galvanized r;ails for nailing redwd, Use common nails for all
structural work. Plywood common nails acceptable for all plywood
sheathing, unless specifled otherwise on drawings.
H. Powder-actuated fastecers may be used only where specifically permit-
Roug'h Carpentry-6.10-2
CALAVEXA HILLS COXWISLTY CENTE
ted hereinafter or when aubsequcntly 3pprov4, provided all ava
3afety features and guards are used, Use lou velocity equipmen
I'
1
I
i
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
*,,,,eSfe a,.< 4. - for the i;$.rliLt-uiL- fastezi=
I. Timber connectors: Refer to drawings, Use "Simpson" or approv
equal, Connectors shall have current IC90 approval of the type
required on drawings. Galvanize all connec%ors,
2.2 LUHBER SEASONING:
A. Stack with strips betueen each layer and allow it to air dry tc
moisture content of 19 percent maximum, incltding the timber fi
3. If the reference specifications for pressure treatkg require t
certain maximum percentages of moisture at the time of treatrner:
not be exceeded, comply uith those requirements,
2.3 PRESSURE TREATMENT - MATERIAL IN CONTACT UITH CONCRETVHASONRY:
A. Lumber in contact uith concrete or masonry shall be either unti
Redwood (Foundation Grade, Paragraph 3161, Western Red Cedar (I tion Lumber, YYPA Paragraph 381 or YCLIB) or Douglas Fir, Lard
Hemlock pressure treated in compliance with Fed. Spec. TT-W-57
When treated members are cut to shape or size, cut or ahape bel
treatment, Where members are cut to length after treatment or
tersunk for flush installation of bolt heads, paint the cut SUI
with two saturating coats of treating liquid before installati
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 CARPENTRY INSTALLATION:
A. Uorhanship: Perform entire uork in accordance uith the best
dards of practice relatlng to the trade and carefully plan and the uork as required, Properly accommodate the work of other
Accurately sawcut and fit lumber into the respective locations
to line, grade, and level, as indicated or required, and perma
secure in proper position with spikes, nails, lag screws, bolt
hangers, or other fastenings to render the same substantial an
in all parts and connections.
B. Connections: Hake connections between members tight, accurate secure. Place fastenirgs without splitting wood; predrill uhe required, Drill bolt holes same size as bolt diameter. Drill
for lag screws same size as thread root diameter; and counter- same depth and diameter as shank. Turn lag screws into place;
drive, Provide bolts and lag screws with washers under every nut bearing on wood, Tighten bolts and lag screws at install:
carefully retighten just prior to closing in, or at completio!
3.2 WOOD STUD PARTITIONS:
A. Floor sills: Attach sills to concrete floors uith p<
attachments (Ramset No, 3330, manufactured by Ramset Fa
Locate fasteners betueen 6" and 10" *om each end of each pie<
exceed 32" o.c., for non bearir;g walls. Attach each piece wi'
I Rough Carpentry-6,'
s CXLAVERA HILLS COWNITY CENTER S
two fasteners. Use anchor bolts for ,all bearing and shear
indicated on drawings.
8, Plates: Doubled, with splices staggered at least k' and with corn
and intersections lapped and nziled unless specified otherw
dr awhg s ,
C. Studs adjacent to concrete or masonry: Attach with powder driven
fasteners (three to each stud minimtrm). Use bolts at shear walls.
D, Openings: Frame openings uith fuil height king stud at each jamb 6
adjacent trimmer stud supporting header, shimmed and nailed to kin(
stud, Use single member headers, full width of studs, vertical din sion as indicated on Structural Drawilgs,
E. Blocking:
1, Provide fire stops at ceiling line, either composed of continL
plate or of 2" x width of stud blocking installed between stu
Provide intermediate blocMng between floor and ceiling *ere required by code.
Provide 2" thick blocking cut between studs and properly locat
where required for attachment of handrails, wall hung equipmet and similar accessories and equipment.
2,
F. Frame out openings as required for installation of recessed equipme
Verify sizes uith the trade furniching the equipment,
G. Corners and intersections: Fraree with at ].east 3 studs,
H. Provide horizontal blocking Installed at proper height above floor
installation of electrical switch boxes, receptacle bores and grab
similar items of equipment, This blocking may be omitted only wher
is properly located for attachment of the box. Provide blocking to
pail hook braces of service sinks,
I. Pipes and conduit in uood stud partitions,
1, This paragraph defines limitations on cutting required for installation of piping and conduits. All cutting, boring and
metal reinforcing shall be performed by the trade affected.
2, Install all piping and conduit on the centerline of the parti-
tion, Installation in notches cut in the face of the stud or
plate is not permitted except where te'inforced with metal as
hereinafter specified, Bore holes for passage of pipes and
conduit no larger than 1/4" more than the outside diameter of t
pipe or conduit acd in no event larger than to leave a minimum
I" of wood between the hole and face of stud.
3. Where horizontal runs of piping are required, such horizontal
piping may be installed in notches provided the pipe Is located
no closer than 1" *om the face of the stud on either side and
the notch bridged over with a metal strap or angle on plastered
Rough Carpentry-6.70-4
CALAVEPA HILLS C@?PRJNITY CENTE:
partitiocs or an angle on dryc-all partitions,
a. Xetal strap: i ii2' x $12 ii.5. gacge x iZG lozg cold
rolled carbon steel drilled or punched to receive thr
"Holdfast" (manufactured by Baker Nail CO., Framingha
Massachusetts) or "Screw-Tite" (manufactured by the I
dent Nail Corp., Bridgewater, Massachusetts) spiral s
nails each end,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
b. Steel angle: 1" x 1" x 118" hot rolled steel angle n
to face of stud as above specified. Install angle fl
slightly back fYo% edge of stud to avoid any interfer
with gypsum board or lath,
4. Where necessary, plates may be cut completely in two, prov
the cut is bridged with a metal strap or angle as above SF on each face and the alignment of the plate is maintained.
J. Posts, Columns ard Mullions: Use no box heart material. Rejec
with excessive twist. Set plumb and accurate, No splices pern
3.3 ROOF FRAXING AND PLATFORH FRAMING:
L Joists and beams: Use longest practicable lengths, place uith
Splice only over bearirgs. Cut in solid blocking at ends and
Double up all headers and trimmers wherever normal joi:
interrupted by skylight, electrical work, mechanical work penetration,
B. Rafters or Joist: Place Crom side up. Cut in slid blocking
and over beariqxs. No holes in joists or rafters over 2". LOC holes near center-of width, and m cloaer to support than 3 tim
joist depth,
C. Ledgers, headers and nailers: Accurately cut to required sizes
securely fasten to structure. Fasten wood nailers on steel fra with recessed bolt heads, installed with washers on wood membei
B, Bridging: Provide bridging spaced at o.c, maximum, using 2 cro
by 3's or full depth 2" thick solid blocking, or approved metal
bridging.
than 16'. or as otherwise show.
Place at mid-span where span is greater than 8' and
E, Plyuood: All plywood nailing shall be inspected and approved b
covering, Refer to drawirqSs for nailing, Stagger joints. So1
block where indicated. All shear panels to be solid blocked at
edges ,
F. Edge Supports: Uhere roof framing members exceed 16" o/c spaci
edge blocking of plywood sheathing is not required, provide "H"
at midpoint between framing members at each plyuood joint or u3
tongue and groove edges on the plywood sheets.
G, Framing devices: Provide stock frambg devices including joist
hanger, 3-way framing anchors, clips, shear plates, metal strat
timber connectors, post caps, post anchors, and other stock 'irc
Securely fasten to structure using size an4 quantity of nails, 1
Rough Carpentry-6,lO
CAMVERA HILLS CO?.0.XWITY CENTER Bu
and bolts recommended by manufacturer of device, unless otherwise
indicated, Drill holes for bolts ic steel 'plates and angles 1/16"
Areater than bolt diameter.
3.1) TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARDS:
A. Provide in accordance uith the size, arrangement, details, and loca-
tions shown. Unless otherwise indicated, construct of 3/"" exterior
type, E34 faced DF plywood.
3.5 PLYWOOD SHEATHING: (Non-structural)
A, Where concealed in the finish work, use C-D grade. Yhere expost
finish work, use A-9 grade. Run face griiin vertically, Neatly
exposed joints with edges lightly sanded, Drive nail heads flush. hammer marks or other blemishes, Leave ready for painter's
Sheathing for equipment platforms to be *C'-Repaired-C, All plyurn
shall be veneered w/exterior glue,
3.6 HISCELLANEOUS FRAMING:
A. Furnish and install wood furring, strips, ledgers, blocking, grounds
ad any other wood framing occurring in metal stud partitions, Atta
uith screws, nails, or clips, as required for proper installation.
Cooperate and coordinate this work with other trades involved.
3.7 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END W SECTION
Rough Carpentry-6,10-6
CXLAVEiU HILLS CO:C-%SITY CEST I'
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
I
SECTION 6-18 I GLUE-LAHINATED CONSTRUCTION
Requireaents of Division I apply to all work of this Section,
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE: Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute
indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necesaary to (
Contract, including, but not limited to, these major items:
A. Glued-laminated 1WIbeF, ccaplete, in place.
B. Standard fYaming anchorage.
C. Sealing and wrappira.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Rough carpentry.
B. Miscellaneous metal for other than standard anchorage.
1.3 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual flelc
tiom. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report a3
tions which prevent proper execution of this work
8. Shop Drawings: In accordance with Section 1.30, submit of corn
shop and installation drawings for approval prior to fabricat'
C. Care: Protect members from moisture during shipping arid ator,
Store off ground. Use non-marring slings to handle and erect
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Lumber shall be Douglas Fir and shall comply with the rec
W.C.L.I.B. Rules No. 16, Section 15n; P.S, 56-77, AITC Supplement 12.
B. Glue shall comply with ASTH D 2559-70 for exterior use, except
noted on the drawirgs, no-exposed members shall be "Industrj
members having any part exposed to vieu in the finished cons2
be "Architectural Grade".
C. Structural requirements appear on the structural drawings for
project. If structural requirements exceecl those of these sp' tions, structural shall take precedence with the exception of
appearance specifications.
2.2 FABRICATION
Structural Glued Laminated Timber shall be fabricated and c(
accordance with the requirements of the "Specifications for t
Fabrication of Structural Glued Laminated Timber" published by t I
Glue-Lam ina t ed Con.
1 0
LALAVLKA HLLLb LUiX'lLNLLY LthLtK t
Lumbermen's Association except as given below.
Laminations shall be 1 112" thick, kiln dried to a moisture content of
than 16% nor less than 7% at time of fabrication.
2.3 PROTECTION:
A. All exposed members shall be thoroughly wapped only, no sealer,
Now-exposed members shall be coated uith Chapman "Pen-A-Seal" .
1. Any part of members which are :ut after being sealed at the f
* tor's, >hall be sealed immediately with sealer to match that
or ig inall y.
8. Wrapping: All members shall be completely wrapped at the fabricat
plant.
1. Architectural appearance members shal.1 be urapped individual1
2. Industrial appearance members may be bundle-wrapped.
C. All metal shapes shall be shop coated uith rust-inhibitive paint.
3.0 EXECUTIOM
3.1 INSPECTION AWD CERTIFICATION
Inspection shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the In
Manual (AITC 200-73) of the American Institute of Timber Construction.
Quality mark shall appear on each rnembrlr at each end, This Contract
submit to the Architect within 10 days after erection of the beans 6 c
the A1.T.C. Certificate of Conformance certifying therein that
fabrlcatlon and construction of the glued-laminated members is in COE
uith the requirements of this Section,
3.2 ERECTION
A. Furnish and erect members true an4 plumb. Brace temporarily to tak
care of all loads to which the structure may be subjected, includir
erection equipment and its operations, and to keep structure and
members in proper position and alignment, Leave in place until saf
requirements are met. As erection progresses, securely bolt and ta
care of dead loads, lateral forces and erection stresses.
3.3 CLEAN UP
A, As work progresses, keep the site clear of wrappings, cuttings and
debris, Remove all waste, urapplngs, cuttings, debris, excess mate rial and all equipment at completion of work.
END (X SECTION
G1 ue-L am Lnat ed Cons t f uc t
CALAVEU HILLS COHWQITY CEXTE I'
1
8
i
I
I
1
I
1
1
1
1
I
1
SEC?IO?f 5.20
FINISH CARPENTRY
Requirements of Division I shal:: apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED AND SPECIFIED FUEWHERE
A, Installation of wood 4c;ors.
B. All other carpentry, including installation of millwork.
C. Toilet and bath accessories.
I
1.2 GENERAL REWIREMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual fie3
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report a3 tions which prevent proper execution of this work,
1.3 GRADING:
A, Softwood lumber: Grade and grademark in accordance with Rule.
of the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau,
symbol of an approved grading agency.
Grade-mark shall
B, Redwood: "Grades of California Redwood Lumbern by the Califor
Redm bsociation.
C, Grading of other lumber and plywoods: Conform to the current
rules of the trade association concerned,
D. Grade-mark and mill-identification of the trade association st
appear on each piece of softuood lumber delivered to the site I
1.4 DRYING AND STORAGE:
A, Kiln drying or equivalent air drying is required for all lumbc
for finish. Tests of lumber upon delivery to the site shall :
moisture content of not tro exceed 121 by weight.
8. Store lumber and millwork on wood sills, within enclosed port
the building, locations approved by the Architect, acd only ut
subjected to moisture.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 XATERIALS:
A. All exposed finiah uood trim not otheruise identified: to be
free of defects. Where opaque finish is indicated, fingc I acceptable.
I Ffnfsh Carpentry-6
I
I CL4VERA HILLS COKMLJXITY CENTER B
8. Softwood plywood: PS l-j’u, flat or mixed grain, face grades “A-B’
ur.Less otnerwise indicated, where both faces exposed, or “A-C“ uhe
one face exposed.
C. Hardwood solid stock and plywood for opaque finish: Paint grade E
or other species suitable for intended use, or as shown on drauiq
D. Hardwood solid stock and plyuood for tranziparent finish: Uniform
1 ight Birch unless otherwise indicated,
E. Waterproof glue: Polyvinyl acetate ernulsl.on with 55s solids. Vi.
holdR manufactured by Acorn Adhesives; “Weldwoo@ manufactured by
Plywood, or other approved by Architect.
F.. Exposed nails: Finish or casing nails.
G. Anchors to masonry or concrete: Metal expansion type fasteners;
sleeve anchors by Recbhexi, Rawl, Hilti.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 FINISH CARPENTRY INSTALLATION:
A, Perform uork in accordance with the best standards of practice reli
ting to the trade, and under constant supervision of a competent
foreman, who shall carefully plan and lay out work as required to
carry out intent of the drawings, and to properly accommodate work
other trades. Accurately saw-cut and fit wood into the respective
locations, true to line, grade and level arld permanently secured in
proper position with proper fastenings and fittings, substantial an
rigid in all parts and connections.
Cabinetwork and Hillwork: Finish free of open joints, hammer ar
marks, structural defects and surface blemishes. Uherever pr;
conceal means of fastening various parts arid members together. Whe
nailing is unavoidable, neatly set nails for putty. Perform a1
skilled mechanics, true to detail with all arrises in finished nor
rounded by sanding,
1. Install with all trim mould and scrbbing. No hammer trails
allowed. All casework shall be anchored to walls with a min
anchors at top and 2 anchors at bottom of each individ
Anchorage on cases longer than ar-On shall have anchors a
maximum. Anchorage shall be 112 round head screws uit
penetration into wood, concrete or masonry and full penetra
metal.
B,
C. Insure that backpriming has been performed (under Painting Section)
before items are installed against plaster or coccrete and that
scribed or recut edges are reprimed.
Insure that plaster, masonry and concrete thoroughly dry before abut
ting wood finish items are Installed.
Fitting of moving units shall provide uniform minimum clearance suit
able for permanent operation and make proper allowance for paint.
D,
E,
F i n 1. s h C a r p e n t r y- 6.2 0 -2
CACAVEIL- HILLS CG.XXJ"ITY CENT
Tightly scribe, cut and fit wood trin and millwork againjt abt,
surfaces. Blind nail wood finish where possible.
where the use of single lengths would be impractical or i
general, pieces shall be be bevel-cut, and not butt-jointed.
set straight, plumb, or level, in true alignment, closely fit
I'
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
i
-. r .---"--- All UnnA trim zt.,all be izstalled iz f.;;; ;rci;th=, gith.f;.;t p
I fastened in place,
3.2 INSTlhUATIOll OF YCOD DOORS AND HARDUARE:
A. Each door shall be accurately cut, trimmed, and fitted to its
Gdth allowances for painter's finish .
B. Clearances at side and top shall be not more than one-sixteent
(1/163 after painter's finish has been applied and cot more t
quarter inch (1/&)3 at the bottom, allowing for thresholds, ci
etc., unless otherwise indicated.
C. Surface mounted hardware: Drill pilot holes for all screws.
rately and neatly make holes from templates or the finish hard
furnished by hardware supplier. Screws in labeled fire doors
sel Rapping, full thread, sheet metal screws,
D, Fit all hardware to fully conform to standard procedure and to 1 facturer's directions, Position of hardware:
Levers or Knobs: 38" above finish floor.
Top Butt: Bottan Butt: 10" above finish floor.
Center Wttt: Hiduay between top and bottom butt
E. Remove all finish items (except butts), including finish hardu
previously installed on metal doors and not otherwise protectr
Reinstall after painting is completed,
7- belou top of door.
F. After hardware has been fitted and removed, each door shall be
sanded, removing all tool marks or other defects.
G, All doors shall operate freely but not loosely without sticMn
€I. Set all exterior thresholds in waterproof mastic and securely
binding with all hardware properly adjusted.
with at least three (3) expansion shields per 3bU threshol
fiber plugs not acceptable.
I, Lay out a key file for the systematic filing of all keys uithi room where the hardware is stored. Promptly tag and file all
the lock sets are installed, On completion of the uork, inclu
final corrections and adjustments of finish hardware, deliver
properly identified, to the Mer.
3.3 SPECIFIC ITMS:
A, Telephone terminal backboards: Provide where required, Const
3/4", exterior type, €34 faced DF plywood approximately 8'4"
Mount on walls with bottom edge approximately 6" above floor,
and independently fastened to the building structure
I Finish Car pent r y-6.
I Lauvtm tius Luix-wNiir C~N~LK BU
B. Shelving: Construct of 3/Un BF glued-up solid stock or A-E face
plywood, Edge-band leading edge of plywood with 1/2" thick harduoc
sacded smooth.
3.a CLEANUP
A. A3 specified in Sation 0.60.
END (Y? SECTION
I i n I. s h Ca r pe n t r y-6.2 0- 11
CaAVEU HILLS CO8"ITY CEXTEI I*
I HILLWORK
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
i
1
I
I
1
SECTIQH 6.32
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section,
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. .All finish uoodwork, moulds, casings, facings, frames,
EL Counters, cabinets, laminated plastic counter tops, splashes,
C. All exposed members which require shaping or milling to specj
coordinate with carpentry.
related items including hardware.
size . 1 D. Delivery of Hillvork to the site,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Verify dimensions in the drawings with field conditions at the
work and check continuously during construction.
3. Inspect related work and surfaces; report in writing to t
those conditions which prevent proper provision of this work.
Shop Drawings:
work in accordance with Section 1.30.
C, Submit shop any layout drawings for all seg
D. Standards: Except as modified herein or on the drawing
construction and workmanship shall meet the standards for "Cus
established by the Uoorwork Institute of California, Hsnua:
(U.1.C.) 1978 Edition. I E. Certification:
1. Before delivery to the jobsite, the millwork supplier !
U.I.C. Certified Compliance Certificate indicating t
products he will furnish for this job and certifying th
fully meet all the requirements of the grade or grades SF
2. Each unit of casework shall bear the U.I.C. Certified Corn
Stamp indicating the grade specified.
3. Each plastic laminate countertop shall bear the W.I.
Compliance Grade Stamp indicating the grade specified.
11, In the event the Millwork Contractor is not a U.I.C.
shall employ without additional cost to the Owner, thc
W.X.C. to inspect the caseuork and countertops in the shl
Certificate of Inspection, signed by the W.I.C. Inspect(
each unit as set forth above. In the event reinspection
due to non-compliance, the cost shall be borne by t
Contractor. 1 1.3 SAMPLES
Hillwork-6.22-1
CALAVEXA HILLS COMMUNITY CENTER BU
A. Submit, in accordance with Section 1.30 the following samples. Cc
zolected by Architect,
7, Laninated Plastic,
2, Hardwoods, veneer and solid stock.
3. Locksets, catches, hinges, shelf standards and supports.
2-0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS: (Not to be construed as a complete list)
A, Except as otherwise specified herein 01- indicatd on the draui
casework shall be "Overla? construction in accordance with Secti
WIC for "CustomR grade, modified as follows:
1. Material shall be Ash or Yhite Birch to receive transpareni
EXCEPTION: Open shelving caseuork in the folfouing room
constructed of Douglas Fir, Exposed edges of plywood :
edgebanded, Paint finish by others, Rooms: 1122, Bldg, D.
2.2 HARDWARE:
A, Provide hardware of each type in sufficient quantities to comp:
installation.
8. Door harduare shall be properly sized as required by door thichess
C Locks shall be master keyed and Individually keyed in sets as dir
Owners,
<
D. Verify clearances and requirements for installation Porn physical :
samples or manufacturer's literature and make proper provisi
ins t a1 1 at ion of hard ware.
E. Finish: To match hardware specified under Finish Hardware, in art
it occurs, unless otheruise noted.
F. Hardware Schedule:
1, Hinges 314" doors - Stanley 1510 Series,
2. Pulls Stanley ak85 cabinet lock.
3. Locks Doors - Corbin 0796 x strike plate,
Flush 1 30" doors - Stanley F179 3 112" x 3 112".
Dravers - Corbin 0690 drawer lock x strike plate (ke
as directed.
Inactive door where lock occurs Ives 2
Stanley SPU6
0, Elbow Catch
5. Magnetic Catch
6. Drawer Slides (2 each drauer)
A, All drawers less than 6" in depth Grant 337.
5. All drawers 6" and over in depth Grant 335.
7. Adjustable shelf standards and supports
M i 1 :L uo r k -6.2 2 -2
CALAVEU HILLS COMXUNITY CENTEE
A, End mount Knape h Yogt 255/256.
B. Rear mount Knape h Vogt 83/183.
1'
4
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
i
I
I
I
I
8, Hiscellaceous
2.3 P'LASTIC UHINATE:
Where called for in the drawings shall be Standard Grade, satin fini:
plastlc lamlnate surfacing, i/16" thick, 30 mils baecking sheetz, coo
requirements of EXA Standard LD-1. Use postforming grade uhere req
drawing details; thickness 0.051" + 0,004". Color and pattern as
Architect. Approved manufacturers include Laminart, Hicart;
Textolite, WFI~onart and Hevanar,
3.0 EXECmIOH
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Millwork shall be fabricated in accordance uith the WIC Stan1
forth above and the following requirements,
3. Doors: Thickness as follows unless otheruise noted:
Height: 3'4" and under 3/aN thick
3'4" + to 5'4" 1 la" thick 5'4" + and over 1 318" hollow core (install flus1
C. Edgebanding: A11 exposed edges of plywood and particle board :
Type F or I edgebanding of Ash or Birch.
I). Drawer slides shall be installed on each aide of each drawer,
E. Tops
1. All counter tops, and splashes, unless otherwise indicat
overlaid with approved high pressure laminate,
2. Provide for scribing of all expaed surfaces abutting ual
3. Tops shall be square (unless otherwise indicated) self.
self matching edge banding minimun 1 1/2" wide.
Back splash heights and coved as noted on drawings, 8e 4. 1 scribed to wall.
3.2 FIHISH
A. All wood itmes shall be sanded smooth, air dusted and ma
painters finish before delivery to the project.
B, All exposed corners and edges shall be eased,
3.3 DELIVERY
A. All items shall be protected ;and delivered to the project undi I END OF SECTION
H i 1 1 wor k-6.2 2-3
CALAVERA HILLS COXXETITY CESTER
SECTION 7.10
UATERPROOFING
1'
I
I
I
I
i
1
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
Requiremects of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1,O GENERAL
1 .I WORK l'NCLUDED
A. Waterproofing of building walls where finish grade is above fi
elseuhere as indicated,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
tions, Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report all
tions which prevent proper execution of this work,
B. Applicator'j qualifications: All work under this section shall
done by an applicator approved by the manufacturer of the mater
used and be subject to the manufacturer's inspection service,
C, A copy of the manufacturers application instructions shall be d
project superintendent on the job prior to start of application
D. Warranty: As specified in Section 5.50, The Contractor, the
subcontractor and the syster manufacturer shall tndividually ar
severally warrant In approved form to maintain for a period of
years from the date of project acceptance the waterproof integi the surfaces protected by the work of this jection.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM MANUFACTURER 1 A. Bituthene Waterproofing as manufactured by W.R. Grace h Co.
2.2 MATERIALS:
A. Asphalt: Conform to ASTH D49, Type A.
B. Coal tar pitch, ASRI-D~SO.
C, All materials shall be delivered In sealed containers bearing
brand and nae.
D. Use only one kind of bitumen, coal tar pitch or asphalt vi
primer throughout the project , I E. Asphalt saturated felt, ASTH-I) 226.
Hembrane Xaterpraof
CALAVEfW WILLS COMXUXITY CEKTER BU
F. Coal tar saturated felt, ASM-D 227.
G. Smooth surface roll roofing, 55 pounds used for waterproofisg 3h2
with ASl7l-I) 224,
3.0 EXECUTIOH
3.1 HMBRANE WATERPROOFING
A. Prepare surfaces and apply waterproofing to the uafls where ind
drawiqp in strict accordance wlth mmufact,urers specification.
3.3 CLEANUP
A, As specified in Section 0.60,
END CF SECTION
Hembrane Uaterproofing-7.
It CALXVEXA HILLS Ei.l;.?YYTX CZS TEX
SFCTICN 7.175
GATE3 REPELLANT COATING 1
I
I
D
I
I
1
R
1
e
I
I
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all uork of this Sectior,.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK FNCLUaED
A. Water repeliant coating for all exterior building masonry.
1.2 GENEFXL REQUIRMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field c
tiom. Inspect related uork and adjacent surfaces. Fieport ail
tions unich prevent proper execution of this usrk.
a. Warranty: A3 -specified in Sectior; 0.55. Written warracty is
required Porn the nw,ufacturer and applicator, joiztly in appro!
forn, that the repellant coating installed uill re3ain for a pe!
five years from dace of acceptance. The applicator shall guarar
the installation against poor worknanship for a period of 2 year
the date of acceptance of the building by Oucer. He shall make
cecessary repair3 Lithout charge to Owner during that perid. b
facturer shall guaractee material against misture penetratior, :
years.
C. Certification: 'Jpon completion, issue to the Architect a Certil
of Inspection a& Compliance indicatira that the completed ~ork
all the requirements of these specification3 ad the rnzicufactur
pricted instructions. Certificate shall be signed by both the i
facturer acd applicator.
2.0 PRODUCTS I 2.1 HANUFACTURER AND TYPE:
"THEE10 LIQUID TFLE" By Thermo Materials, Inc . P.O. Box 9454
(619) 272-0061 San Diego, CA 92109 A
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. Hasocry surfaces to receive repellant shall have cured Got le32
10 days ucder normal dry ueather cocditions shall have clean SL
and znall have all voids in mortar joints filled arAd fi-sn.
e
I
I
8
1 A 11/18/87 City Revisions 'dater Repel!ar.t Coa'
I CALAVEM HILLS COMKLXITY CENTER BI
3.2 INSPECTION:
n. A .."" ua+ 1LII-4 lare tk?rr "..U. 72 h*O.&.-S p. ....in.- A". +& starti.?& UOPk, &-?zzgC i-Gr ~ZiC~~iS.
manufacturer's representative to inspect masonry ar,d certiry its 3
ability to receive repellant,
8, During application of repellant, arrange to have manufacturers
representative observe and advise regarding procedures and
application,
3.3 APPLICATIOH:
A. Apply material in strict accordance with manufacturer's instruc
copy of which shall be delivered to the project superintendent
commencing work.
3.4 PROTECTION:
A, Mask surfaces adjacent to the masonry, Protect all sidewalks and
other paving, repair any damage to adjacent; surfaces to the Archi-
tect's satisfaction,
3.5 YATER TEST (EXTERIOR MASONRY SURFAC!S):
A. Ten days after completion of this work, tho applicator, under the
nanu~f'acturer~s supervision, shall test a representative wall area,
designated by the Architect, €3. Use a water hose with a garden type spray nozzle, so located that ti water strikes the wall at a 115 degree downward angle, Run continuoi
ly for 3 hours.
C, Should the inside face of Ute block wall &OY traces of moisture,
apply another coat of repellaat to the entire job at no additional
expense to the Owner.
3.6 GUARAHTEE:
A. Provide manufacturer's 5-year warranty,
3-7 CLEANUP
A, As specified in Section 0.60.
END CF SECTXON
Water Repellant Coating-?
CALAVER4 ZILLS CO3MLi;vITY CEXTE
SECTION 7.20
INSULATlON
I'
8
I
I
8
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Thermal insulation. Rigid, batt, blanket as indicated on plms. B, Sound Insulation.
1 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report al:
tions uhich prevent proper executicn cf this wcrk.
B, All insulation materials, installed under this ucrk includina
shall have flame spread rating not to exceed 25 and a smoke del
not to exceed 1150 when tested in accordance with U.B.C. Standa, under installed conditions.
C. Submittals: As specified in Secticn 1.30, Submit manufacturei
literature and installation instructions appropriate to the usf
various components for this project.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Thermal insulation: Conform to FS HH-1-521, incoubwtible bat
with or without facing.
1, Batt or blanket uith vapcr barrier and flanges. "R" valu
inwlation R-19 at roofs, ceilirgs and walls unleJs other1
indicated.
2. Acoustical ceiling insulation: Lay-in batts, R-19 unless
otherwise indicated, sized specifically for such installa
3. Rigid insulation to be "Celotex" Thermax Hy-Tec roof
thick, Ra20.
P. Fasteners: Non corrosive type as recommended by manufactu
frming members.
i m I
i
i
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install insulation in rnamer to prevent displacement under nor
I
conditions of building use.
Insulation-/.20-1
I
Irur*vcu ~LLL~ wmwhiir LWL'LK fit
B. Install a3 full batts or blankets except under conditions which require cutting ad fitting due to CbstrUCtiCRt cr to size cf wid.
C, Install snug against adjacent surfaces and adjacent insulation.
D. Install to full thickness indicated, Do not compress rncre than ten
percent (10%) ,
3.2 INSTALLATXOM
A, With the exception of insulation installed on top of finished ce
dupposted both 3ides by wall finishe3 all insulation shall be sei in place with 16 gauge wire spaced 24" o,c. maximum and 6" eac
joints. Yirez shall be securely attached to alternate framing memb
3.3 REPAIR
A, Repair insulation uhich becomes displaced during pocstructicn, !X r
cover or conceal displaced insulation.
3.4 CLEANUP
A, As specified in Section 0.6Q
END OF SECTION
Insuldtion-7.20-2
C.4LAVEIW HILLS COXMUNITY CENT I'
1
1
I
1
I
I
II
1
I
I
1
I
I
1
SgCTIC!; ?* 31 I LIGHTJEICHT CEMENT ROOF SHAKES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
I E. Felt used with shakes.
1.2 RELATED XGRK.
A. Lightweight cemect roof shakes.
A. '&ad sheathing ucder shingles.
B. Built-up rccfing.
C. Sheet metal.
1.7 REFERENCES
A. I.C.9.0. Research Report No. 28d3.
0. State Fire Marshall apprcval No, U20&-u9LL:l.
1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawirig dimensions with actual field PC
tioris. Izspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report all c
tics3 which prevect proper executicn cf this wcrk.
e
a. Samples arid prcduct data: In accordame uith Section Ol3W, subu
product data and samples cf shakes with fireprocfing applied.
C. Reference specifications: Materials, fabrication and workniazzhii
shall conform to the applicable recommendatiocs cf the I.C.B.O.
research report v State Fire Marshall axd masufacturers.
3.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Shakes: Cal-Shake as manufacturered by Shake Company of Califori
B. Fireprcoficg: Class A.
('. Rooficg felt: 830, conforrnirx to ASTH D226.
D, Nails: Cslvariized shirigle riails, of the type reccmnended by 1.C
Bright or blued steel wire nails not acceptable.
1. 2- No. 13 gauge nails per shake or two (2) staples of cct 1
thhn No. 16 gauge, both with norrosion-resistant coating.
2.2 QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Delivery: Material3 packaged with the mariufacturer's cr fabric 1 Rae dcd bracd. Shakes shall have "Cal Shake" label.
iikhtweidht Cernext Roof Snakes-7.31 -1
2.3 Color: Natural
7 3 rt-rr!iTT.?u
3.1 INSTALLATION:
2. ---- - .. - - -..
X. In rna7ner recommended by l.C,B.O, Report No. 2882, €3. Perform work in accordance with the best standards of practice relat-
ing to the trade, and under constant supervision cf b ccmpetent fore-
inan, who shall carefully carry out intent of the drawicgs, and to
properly accommcdate work cf cther trades, Accurately cut and fit
true to line, grade and level and permanently secure in prcper posi-
tion, as herein specified, or as directed.
C. The entire work shall be waterprcof and consistent in appearance.
D. Over the sheathing, install one layer of 701 raofizg felt minimum cf
78" wide interlayed between shakes so that cc felt is exposed.
E. Lay rocfing shakes with 10" exposure on rcofs.,
1, Shakes shall ue doubled at all eaves acd projected out ever
eave boards 1-1/2", Space shakes apart riot less than l/Q" knd
cot more than 3/8". Upper 13" of the shake shall not be used as starter course.
2. Apply shakes at hips and ridges at same exposure as the field cf
the roof.
3. Shhkes Shall lap all valley flashing at least 6".
a. At vallevs saw shakes to proper miter. Do cct break joints
into valleys sor lay shakes with graic pmrallel with center
line of valleys.
5. Lay shakes with cot more than two full-driven zails.
F. Nails at all shakes shall be driven flush but ::ot sa that zail head
crushes the wood.
3.2 CLEANUP
A, As specified in Section 01500,
END OF SECTION
Lightueight Cement Rocf Shakes-7. :<7-3
UcXLIcl" "'1 ~- . ~ ~- _~_ --. I'
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
E
1
I
I
SECTION 7.51 I BUILT-UP BITUHINOUS ROOFING
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A, Built-up Roofing,
B. Base Flashings and Cants,
C. Observe and advise: Installation of related sheet metal,
D. Drain flashings.
E, Flashing3 at tubular penetrations. WalMng treads,
F. Install Pitch Pans and fill with bitmen.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A, Responsibiltiy: It is the intent of the Contract Documents
responsibility for the water-tightne3s of the entire roo contractor, In submitting a bid the Contractor and manufar material he proposes to use, agree to the conditions as set
the Contract Documents,
They further agree that all conditions as set forth in said d complete and meet their specific requirements for a guaranteec
period specified,
In the event the Contract Documents do not completely or CQI
their specific requirernenb, the Contractor shall provide for
bid. Under no circum3tances will an extra be allowed for fail
with these requirements,
0. Expansion: Roof areas requiring roofing vents or provisions
and contraction to insure a smooth, blister and wrinkle free
be called to the Architect's attentlon a minimum of ten d
biddding. Failure to do so will necessitate any such req
provided by this Contractor at no increase in bid price.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Glass fiber felt reinforced asphalt roofing membrane, consist
sheet, tuo shingled ply sheets and a white mineral aurfacc
constructed in place on a nailable deck, with bituminous flask
B, A waterproof roofing system constructed In accordance wit
manufacturers requirements for a Class A fire retarc
guaranteeable for at least ten years when installed under mq
observation, complying with statutory requireuents at
construction,
I
1.a QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide certification that applicator is approve'
Built-up Bituminous Roo
.-I-- -"-----.--- -I-,-I-. -. .
manufacturer.
8, The Ouner reserves the right to employ a Roofing C~nsultant fcv tt
of field observation and testing and to advise Owner and Ct
regarding compliance of this uork uith the Contract requirement
related to roofing,
C. Provide system manufacturers uritten approval of modifications
herein of their published requirements far the specified systern(s
D, On completion, provide applicator's written certification the t
waterproofing system, including metal flashings, has been ins'
accordance with these specifications and uith system manuf;
specifications and approved modifications.
1.5 REFERENCES
A. ASTn American Society for Testing and Materials.
I. D-312, Specifications for Asphalt used in Roofing.
2, D-2178, Specification for Asphalt Impregnated Glass (Felt) 1
3. D-3909, Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Glass Hat) used in Roofing and Waterproofing.
Surfaced with Mineral Granules.
B. F.S. Federal Specifications.
1. FS-SS-C-tS3 Cement, Bitminous, Pl.astic.
2, FS-SS-R-630 8oofing Felt (Roll, AsphalGprepared, Mineral
Surfaced) .
1.6 SUBHITTALS:
A As specified in Section 1.30.
B, Suhnit the following:
1, Manufacturer's certification of applicator.
2, Manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions artd
details.
3- Uanufacturer'a written acceptance OF modification of his
specifications and details by specifications and details in
Contract Doc um en ts,
b, Uanufacturer's data sheets on:
a. Base sheet; interply sheets; cap sheet,
5. At site: Suppliers certification of Equiviscous Temperature
and Flash Point for the asphalt supplied,
6, On cmpleteion:
a. Applicator's certification of roof waterproofing system.
b. ApplicatodContractor joint warranty as specified belou i
Section 0.55.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Products or materials to be incorporated in the work sh
transported, handled, and stored in such a manner as .to assu
preservation of their quality and fitnesa for the uork and to facj
But It-up Bituminous Roo fing-7
P
CALAVERA HILLS COX-fUXITY CEBTE
inspection. I'
I
1
I
1
1
i
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
E. Prevent the following:
1, The wetting of any material from any cause, including
2,
3, Soiling or otherwise contaminating material.
4, Physical damage to material.
Do not incorporate into the work any material dampened or di
as described above. Remove such materials from the site as
defects are noted.
condensatioc.
The absorption of moisture by any material, prior to an installation.
C:
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install material when:
1. Moisture from any cause, including condensation, is pre
2. Rain or fog conditions occur or are obviously imminent. 3. High wind or dust conditions occur.
0, EVT of asphalt cannot be maintained until plies are broc
rolled,
the deck or on previously installed material,
B.
C.
D.
Do not install cap sheet when air temperature is below 50 d
Remove previously installed material which has absorbed moi
At close of days work, protect installed material subject t
ther work from moisture absorption by applying an asphalt b
coating or by other suitable means which shall not have uor
installed over it nor be removed until all moisture is off surface of the protective material,
Installation system shall assure asphalt at the point of ap
tion is within suppliers stated range of Equiviscous Temper
(EVT).
E,
1-9 WARRANTY I A.
B. Provide Applicator/Contractor joint warranty to maintain the
flashing system, including metal flashings associated witk watertight condition for two (2) years from date of acceptance
C. The Owner re3erves the right to require the Contractor to
roofing manufacturers guaranty for the maximum period of tim
the system used.
and request for the guaranty shall be made prior to start
. Contractor shall give the Owner a minimum of 30 days notice
him of additional cost for manufacturers guaranty.
As specified in Section 0.55.
Cost of same to be paid for by the Owner.
Built-up Bituminous Roof
CALAVERA HILLS COMXL2TITY CEXTER EX I
2,O PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEmABLE MANUFACTURERS kW SYSTEHS
A. Roofing System: Products and systems of the following manufao
turers and products acceptable to them for incorporation into t
systems :
1, Conglas; Specification lllD-24-6 and IHD-2k-CAP or equal.
Other acceptable manufacturers: Flintkote;
Ham ille;
Owens-Corning Fiberglaa.
2.2 HATERIALS
A. Base Eheet: Asphalt coated, no-porus glasa fiber felt, 23#/101
s,f. minimum weight; OCF Pennaply No. 28, Conglas U1-IV, or othc
manufacturers equivalent.
B. fnterply Sheets: Asphalt coated glass fiberfelt, ASTH 2178 Type IV, 11#/100 s.f. minimum weight.
C, Cap Sheet: "White' colored, mineral surfaced, asphalt coated gl
fiber mat, ASTM D3909 or FS-S-R-630 Class 3, 72#/100 s.f. minim
weight .
D. Base Flashing: System manufacturer's standard consisting of, at
minimum, two plies of suitable glass fibered ply material and on
ply of protective base flashing cap material, applied with aspha
or roofir? ceneat as recomnended and/or a3 specified below.
E. Asphalt: ASTM Il312, Type I11 unless other type recommended by
system manufacturer based on project conditioru. Supplier shall
provide, in acceptable fora for project records file, informatioi
on the Equlviscoru Temperature (EVT) rarlge znd flash point of thc
as pha 1 t suppl ied,
F. Cant strips: Fiberboard, 4" legs unless other size indicated for
particular purpose.
G. Nails: Galvanized roofing nails, 11 gage, 112" min, head dia.,
3/11" min, length, with tin caps; Stronghold roofing nails, annuls
ring shank, square head; Simplex large head nails.
H. Roof drain flashing: 4 lb. lead or 16 02. copper; system manufac tuser's recommended seven course composi~tion drain flashing.
I, Vent pipe flashing: 4 lb, lead sheet up and peened over into top
of vent pipe. Provide 6" deck flange.
J. Flashing at other tubular penetrations: 4 lb. lead sheet with dr:
band and sealant to provide water tight seal.
f 1 ange . Provide 6" deck
K, Fabric Comterflashing: Where metal counterflashing not *indicate(
system manufacturers standard consisting of, at minimum, two pliez
Bui 1 t-up Bituminous Roof ing-7.
trPd,1+ v LA=- __- I-V --_ L _- _. - - - - -.. ~ -_.
of suitable glass fibeyed naterial injtalled using roofing ce
for adhesion, embedment and top coating.
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
L. Plastic Cement: FS SS-C-153, Type I.
X, Sealant: Type #I as specified in Section 7.90. I 3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 COORDINATIOH
A. . Advise and assist sheet metal installer regarding fabricatior
installation of metal flashirgs affecting roofing,
B. Notify Architect and/or Roofing Consultant, in advance, of ti
when roofing will be in progress.
C. Schedule test cuts uith Architect and/or Roofing Consultant.
3.2 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A, Prior to commencement of installation, make arrangement for t
ence to discuss the scheduling and conduct of roofing instal:
and to verify installer's understanding of the requirements t
system manufacturer and of the Contract Documents.
E. Notify and request attendance of following parties:
1, Applicator and his key project personnel.
2. Roofing Consultant, when such person has been retained b
3. Project Hanagel-.
4. Project Superintendent.
5. mer's representative,
Owner.
3.3 INSPECTION
A. Inspect the deck and all other surfaces and conditions affec
roofing installation.
Verify that details comply with system manufacturers recommf
tions and will pennit the required warranty (and guarantee h such is specified).
Report any conditions which would adversely affect the insta
tion, durability, warranty and/or guarantee of the roofing :
D. Verify that drain fittings are installed in depressions (SUI
8,
C,
least 2" below adjacent ~heathing level,
E. Do not proceed with inatallation in an area adversely affecl
until such conditions have been corrected. I 3.4 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surfaces to be joined to or incorporated into roofil
manner recommended by system manufacturer. Includes dust ~1
Built-up Bituminous Roof
LIIYY" "V-IIUIILLL "LI.ILL\ u
and priming.
8. Slockpil ing :
1, Limit quantities of material on deck to that useable during
2,
single shift.
Prevent overloading of any part of structure.
. 3. Locate stockpiles only over coluna heada and main beans.
C, Protect property and work in place as specified in Section 0.60.
3.5 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A, Install cant strips at a12 turn-ups and at abrupt changes in pla
Nail 24" max. O.C. Bevel to scuppers and shape, feather or bevel
at similar conditions.
B. Install materials in accordance with system manufacturers cu-Ten'
pub1 ish& recommendatioas and approved modi fications.
Asphalt:
pltiers stated EVT range.
above flash point.
Install interplies, cap sheet and base flashing in a manner to
achieve, as nearly as possible, an unbroken film of asphalt, frec
of voids, between each layer. Contractor is responsible for metb
of achieving this result,
C. Temperature at point of application shall be within SUI
Do not heat asphalt in kettle or tanker
D,
E, Lapping.
1. Base and cap courses.
a, Side lap 2".
b, End lap 6".
a. Side lap 19".
b. End lap 6a.
a, Sidelaps; 8" or mure from side lap in course below.
b, End laps.
2, Interplies.
3. Offsets.
1) 12' tkom end lap in course below.
2) 3 feet fran adjacent end lap in sane course.
F. Flash at drains using one of the specified methods installed in tl manner recommended by manufacturer.
G. Flashing Tubular Penetrations.
1. Sheet lead specified, shaped and assembled as required.
2. Vent pipes:
a. Extend lead 1' above top of vent..
b. Peen over into top of pipe.
a. Extend lead to 12# above deck or greatest lesser height
b, Provide draw bands and sealant tct water seal at top,
3, Other penetrations:
possible,
a. Flanges: Install as specified below.
Built-up Bituminous Roofing-7.
CALAVERA HILLS COf.fz.ILTXIIl' CENT
H. Flashing Non-Tubular Penetrations.
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1, Pitch pans fabricated urder another section.
2. Pans will be min, an high x 6" flange.
3. Seal base course and intergly to penetration to preven
u. Flanges.
asphalt leaking,
a. Install a specified below.
b, Nail to prevent loss of asphalt fill. 5. Install asphalt to within lZ of top of pan.
a, Slope surface of fill for drainage.
9 6, Over cooled asphalt install plastic cement to fill.
I, Flanged Items,
1,
2. Mechanically fasten to resist anticipated stress or cc 3. Seal to interplies with three-ply collar of asphalt an
a. Plies of collar to extend an, 8" and 12" beyorid flacge
Set in asphalt on top of interplies.
3.6 ROOFING INSTALLATION
A, Base Sheet.
1, Asphalt adherence of base sheet is not acceptable.
2, Nail per manufacturer's reconmendations ,
3, Minim- requirement one fastener each 1.33 square feet a. Recomnended,
a, Nail laps 9" O.C.
b. Nail 18" ma, O.C. on each of tuo rows located 12"
each edge of sheet, Stagger nails in adjacent MU I B, Interply Sheets,
1, Shingle fashion in asphalt, 19" overlap, 17" exposure.
2. Minimum asphalt; 251 per 700 s,f, each ply.
3, Provide additional ply, one sheet wide, centered on ani
le1 to valleys and waterways, I C, Cap Sheet,
1. Use method acceptable to manufacturer,
2. Recommended; the reroll/roll-in method, provided an u4
3, Minimum asphalt; 301 per 100 s.f.
film of asphalt can be achieved.
I D, Base Flashing,
1, At walls, curbs and similar turn-ups.
2. h recomnended by manufacturer.
3. Minimum: Two layers of interply felts and one layer o
a. Install in asphalt if conditions permit achieving unbrc
5, Install in plastic cement at other conditions, pressin4
6. Nail top edge per manufacturer's recommendations.
sheet or flashing cap.
film.
out by hand. f I
Built-up Eitumlnous Roo1
- ~- - ~ - - - -- - - - - -
E. When metal counterflashlng 1s not indicated, provide a counter- flashing over the top of the base flashing consisting or' two la
of 6" wide glass fiber fabric installed in and top coated with
plastic cernmt.
F. Steep Slope HodlficatLam.
1, Slopes exceeding 1" per foot to 6" per foot.
a. Nail base sheet only under laps at 18" max. O.C.
b, Nail interply sheets 18" ma. O.C. on centerline of eacl
c. Nail cap sheet 18" max. O.C. under laps.
sheet t under 1~~s).
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Observation and sampling performed by a Roofing Consultant is fc
the sole purpose of advising the Owner regarding compliance of 1
total roofing installation with Contract requirements and regarc measures to correct any deficiencies. Such observation in no UI
relieves the Contractor of responsibility for Contract require-
ments, Recammendations given the Contractor by the Consultant,
prior to and during installatton, are Intended to be for the sol
purpose of assisting him achieve such compliance without re-work
and no change in the scope of the work :shall be made except by m of a Change Order,
Hake precise test cuts 4" wide by 36" long at the minimum rate o
one for each 10,000 s.f. of roofing or portion thereof and in location and orientation designated by Architect and/or Roofing
Consultant, Permanently feather-patch cutouts in the manner rec mended by system aianufacturer, Owner wL11 provide testing of
cutout samples.
B.
C. The Owner, thru Architect andlor Xoofing, Consultant, may order
additional test cuts made and patched. If additional cuts shou conformity to Cantrect requirements the Owner will reimburse Con
tractor's additional costs by means of ii Change Order.
D. Drainage Test.
1. Run uater on various parts of roof in sufficient quantity to
demonstrate drainage flow and to fill any low spots.
2. Chalk outline of puddles remaining 2 hours after drainage te:
canpleted. 3. Consider low spots as deficiencies and correct as specified
below.
3.8 CORRECTION OF DEFICIENCIES
A. Recammendationa by Architect and/or Roofing Consultant regarding
correction of deficiencies shall be for the sole purpoje of
achieving the degree of waterproofing and durability intended and
shall not change the scope of the work except by means of Charge
Order.
Built-up Bituminouj Roofi~g-7
CXLAVERA HILLS COHHLiNITY CEETZ
8. Execute any Change Order agreed on.
C. Hake any corrections agreed on.
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
m
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
3.9 CLEAKUP
A. As specj-flea in Section 0.60.
3. Remove asphalt stains from any surfaces normally visible ar
directed.
C.. Hake good any damage resulting from the performance of thia
3.10 PROTECTION
work.
A. Protect roofing installation koa damage resulticg from sut
B. Make good any damage to roofing occurring prior to acceptar
project .
END OF SECTION
Built-up Bituminous Rood
NOT USED
CUAVEIW HILLS COhlMirNITY CEYTE
SECTION 7.60
I*
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CT ~CLXIU.? AU~ zurr-r ur7.t~ a -u..A.I.Y ILI.Y ~*IL.&-I *IL.AI\LI
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1-1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Flashings and counterflashings in connection with roofing.
B.
C, Exterior door drip flashings.
D, Parapet copings.
E. Scuppers.
F. Leaders, leader heads and guttera.
G. Pitch Pocket Pans, H. Waterproofing membrane flashing.
I. Miscellaneous sheetmetal work indicated on the drawiriz.
Qeathersealing and calking in connection with this work.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Conform to recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditic
Contractors National Association,
B. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual fielc
tions, Inspect related uork and adjacent surfaces. Report a1
tions which prevent proper execution of this uork.
C. Shcp drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 1.30, shoulr
complete detail all information required far fabrication, finl ant installation of this work, Show gauges of every pie
spacing of fasteners.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 HATERIALS:
A. Galvanized sheet metal: Confora to ASTM A525, thiclaess indi,
specified, but not less than 26 gage.
8. Solder: Standard brand of 50:50 Alloy Lead-Tin, complying wit
B32. Name of manufacturer and grade designation shall be casi
marked on each bar.
C. Solder flux: Raw muriatic acid.
B. Sheet metal fasteners: Rivets, nails, sheet metal >crews, ma screws, zelf-tapping screws, and stove bolts, of the types an
best adapted to the condition of use. Provide fasteners of t
specified or indicated.
I, Use only galvanized steel, or 300 Series alloy stainless
for fasteners exposed to the weather. Cadmium plated fa are acceptable only for interior work. I 2. Pop rivets may be used for metal-to-metal concectiocs uh
Flashings h Sheet
-____ ____ ______ --.~ ~ ~
disassembly is not required, Operr-end type may be used for 2
applications except uhere watertight connections are required
which case use closed end type,
E. Shop prime coat: Pretreatment and primer as specified in Paintin
Section of these specifications.
F. Flashings and reglets: Fry; complete assemblies with all splices,
preformed iwand-out corner assemblies, and accessories required f
proper installation in compliance with manufacturer's instruction:
Fabricate and install flashing to exert a constant pressure agains reglet and roofing. Install flashing with overlapped ends to insu tight waterproof seal. Tape or fill reglets with a removable fill
to prevent intrusion of mortar or dirt, Flashings shall be readil
removable and replaceable without clips or screw3 unless otherwise
approved. Select from following types when they are applicable to
cond it i ons .
1. For installation with cement plaster: Fry "Springlock" flash
system Type ST (Stucco), Install as detailed on the drauirxg.
2. Surface-mounted flashing: Fry Surface Mounted Type SM with
"Expan-O-Seal' flashing reglet system,, Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, 7" minimum above cant strip
Lap reglet 3" at joints,
3. For installation in masonry: Fry "Spiringlock" flashings syste
Type MA (Masonry). Install in horizontal masonry joints 7" at
high point of cant strip, Step down to maintain 7" minimum at
cant strip.
After base flashing has been installed, inspected and approved,
install counter flashing in compliance with manufacturer's instruo
tiona. Lap flashing a minimum of 3*.
C. Fabricate and install flashings and counterflashirgs indicated wher
the above specified prefab flashings are unsuitable,
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION AND ASSEHBLY-GENERAL:
A. Workmanship: Fabricate and finish metal work in a first class
accordance with best trade practices arid with all joints and
accurately machined, filed and fitted, and rigidly framed togei
connected. Carefully match components to produce perfect contir
line and design. Hake joints and connections in exterior fac
watertight, using approved sealing materials and methods of assemb faces of metal in contact with hairline joints, except as ot
indicated or required for expansion or fitting. Conceal fastenirgs
other wije indicated, Conceal required reinforcements within the
ass ab1 y .
B, Expansion ar.d contraction: Form and fabricate work to adequately
provide for thermal expansion and contraction and building movement
the completed work, without overstressing the materials, breaking
connections, or producing wrinkles and distortion in finished sur-
Flashing3 & Sheet Metal-
CALAVERA HILLS COXX%-ITY CENT1
faces. Finish sheet metal work water asd zesthertight thrc-a! I'
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
.. .I P b. ALt~th~e~t clips; shere siiojxt 26 thaiG;a3. ~~~iiai~ii aid ~~iit
attach menbers with clips to persit movement uithout damage to
installation, or provide slotted or over-sized holes uith uash
uhere appeararxe is not critical, and such are acceptable to t
Architect.
D, Lock 3eao1s: Hake lock Seam work flat and true to line; sueat
solder except uhere installed to permit expansion aad contract
Lap flat lock seams, and lap seams where soldered, according t
but in no case less than 3". Hake seams in direction of flow.
expansion joints uith sealant,
E. Solderira: Thoroughly clean and tin material prior to jolderj
Solder with heavy coppers of blunt design, properly tinned be Solder slowly with uell heated coppers, heating the seams thor
and completely filling them with solder. Finish surfaces neal
full-flowing and smooth, Wash acid flux thoroughly uith a 301
tion after soldering and completely remove soldering flux on f
surfaces.
Melding: Conform to the requirements of AUS "Standard Code fc
and Gas Ueldinc. Perform welding in a manner resultiw in si durable, tight, flush, saooth and clean joints, Weld sheet st
produce full and complete fusion welds without inducing lockec stresses in the metal, or surface distortions,
F,
G. Calking: Where indicated, calk joints in sheet metal work and
sheet metal work and adjacent construction with poly-sulfide 2
compound. Apply in accordance with Calking and Sealants Sect
3.2 DESCRIPTION OF ELEHEXTS:
A. Standard or stock items and those items uhich are sufficient1
detailed to permit fabrication and installation are not coveri
though they are listed in the Scope,
B. Door drip flashillgs: At exterior door heads, provide galvani:
metal drip flashings.
C, Scuppers: Fabricate of galvanized sheet steel to dimensions
cated with joining seam at top, uell soldered with flat lock
Provide flange at top and sides and flange onto roof as indic
Bed in mastic around entire perimeter and nail in place,
D. Headers and leaders: Form of galvanized sheet steel to connec
steel pipe drains,
E, Pitch Pans: Fabricate to slope of roof. Level tops- Os min.
f 1 ange .
3.2 CLEAXUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60, I END OF SECTION
Flashings h Sheet I
I"
11 CALAVEXA HILLS COWXITY CEXT
SECTICN 7.72
ROOF ACCESSORIES
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
II
I
1
I
1
I'
I
I
1.0 GENERAL I 1 .I WORK IKCLUDED
A, Roof scuttle.
1-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions uith actual fie
Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces, Report all con
prevent proper execution of this work.
E. Shop drawings: Sutmit in accordance with Section 1.30.
2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. The Bilco Company, New Haven, CT,, or equal.
2-2 ROOF SCUTTLE:
A. To be Type Ha. S-20. Cover of 14 gage galvanized steel w
flar,ge, 1" thick glass fiber insulation, fully covered and pr
gage galvanized steel liner. Provide curb minimum lu gau] steel uith full welded corners, equipped with an integral met(
of 14 ga galvanized steel, Provide 1" thick rigid fiber bo;
on the exterior of curb, Deliver roof hatch completely aa
heavy pintle hinges, neoprene draft seals, compression spr
enclosed in telescopic tubes, positive snap latch with turn hi
hasp, Provide all harduare, zinc plated in accordance with
standards, Equip cover with an automatic hold-open arm comp
vinyl grip handles to permit easy, one hand release.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION :
A Install scuttle in accordance uith manufacturer's instructio
work with Roofing Section. II B. Install safety post on top ladder rungs per manufacturer's ir
3.2 CLEANUP
A, As specified in Section 0.60,
I END cd: SECT108
Roo f Ac c e3 .Y o r ie s-7
CrrfT.5u 7 07 YL.V.LY1. ,.".
PLASTIC SKYLIGHTS
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all uork of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Aluninua fYaming for skylights.
8. Glazing for skylights.
C. Neoprene seal between curb and skylight flashing.
D. Sealants: As indicated.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field condi-
tions. Inspect related work arid adjacent surfaces. Report all condi-
tions which prevent proper execution of this work.
B. Shop drawirigs: Submit in accordance with Section 1.30, 3howir!! in
complete detail all information required for fabrication, finishing
and installation of this work.
C. Samples: In accordance with Section 1.30, submit samples of framing
sections, including a corner joint, provisions for glazing and finish.
Submit duplicate samples of sealant.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Continuous Module Skylight domes at gymnasium shall be Hodel No. 2296 A
as manufactured by Bristol Fiberlite Industries, Santa Ana, Californi
The acrylic dome shall be l/U-inch thick and shall be fused to its 01
counter flashing fiberglass skirt through the Therm-o-weld process to elii
nate any dependence on gaskets, sealants or flow-through designs at tl
edge of the acrylic dome. The unit shall be curb-mounted design. A
Joints shall be welded for watertight integrity. All units shall I
guaranteed against defective workmanship and material.
1. Acrylic dome shall be "White Translucent High Light Transmission."
Curb Mounted Skylights (thermally broken) shall be Hodel No. u8u8 AS, q
manufactured by Bristol Fiberlight Industies, Santa Ana, California. Tl
acrylic dome shall be l/U-inch thick and shall be fused to its own counte
flashing fiberglass skirt through the Therm-O-weld process to el im inate a
dependence on gaskets, sealants or flow-through designs at the edge of ti
acrylic dome. The unit shall be curb-mounted design. All joints shall I
welded for watertight integrity. All units shall be guaranteed again: defective workmanship and material.
B.
Plastic Skylights-7.81-1
b I
1 bALAVEKA HILLS CUPl!!!UNLL'Y CCNTEK B
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install skylights on curbs as indicated on the drawings or as reco
by the manufacturer.
8. All work shall finish plumb acd true to line and proper appearanci
The installations shall be waterproof.
3.2 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION
>
,
P1 astic Sky1 ights-7.81-2
SECTION 7.82
NETAL FKhiD SKYLIGHTS
I
I
I-
I
1
1
1;
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
1
I
1
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
'1
A. Aluminum framing for skylights.
B. Glazing for skylights.
C. Neoprene glazing stripe and sealants as required. D. Flashing betW8en skylights and supporting conatruction fo;
connections.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Roofing.
B. Sheet~etal.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Design and Calculations: Glazing bar sizes, thickfiese of
me~ber8, fastenings and details indicated on Drawings ara
and are intended to indicate architectural deeign requirei
Skylight fabricator ehall be responaible for designing all
reabers and glass to Conform to applicable code requirenen
* deaign and calculation with Shop Drawing submittals.
1.4 SUBHITTALS: Refer to Section 1.30 for procedures:
) A. Structural Calculation6 and Shop Drawings:
I. Submit conplete structural engineering calculations fl
of skylight. Design an required by buiiding code to
loads, uind, overturning, aeiemic loads, and dead loa1
fire aprinkler system. Submit complete structural da
load carrying nerbera indicating section aodulua, 10~1
tia, nodulus of elasticity, deflection. thickness, we
other inforsation 8s required.
2. Prior to proceeding with the fabrication of any part c
specified herein, submit shop drawings for all skyligt
dravinge shall show plans, elevations, sections, and c
indicate loading reaction8 which will be transmitted t
building atructures at each support point. Subait dre
data as follows:
a. Submit for preliminary reviev. After preiiminary
revise as required and obtain governing buridlng
approval of shop drawings and structural raicuiat
for building departaent plan check coats and rela
required. After governing agency approval ia obt
resubmit to Architect for final review.
b. Subait sarplea of proposed naterials with apecifi,
)
Netal Frimed SkvliaI
Lfi-VLlu. LI.LLL,> LU.~UlYLIL LCNLtX I
i.5 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. As specified in Section 1-40.
B. Temporary protection for all aluminur members ahall consist oj
tive vrappinga, sleevee. or other suitable means during fabric
shiprent, site storage, and erection, to prevent damage to the
finished surfaces due to stains, di~colotation, acratchea. dir
any other cause.
)
e
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE HANUFACTURER
A. Skylights shall be as manufactured by Hetcoe Ketal Products.
a subsidiary of Weiss Sheet Netal Co., Inc.. Gardena, Californ.
(213) 770-1700.
2.2 KATEZ’IALS
A. Aluminum Extrusions. Alloy 6063-TS of design and thicknese sui
to aupport design loads.
8. fasteners for attachaent of cape ahall be stainless steel. Fas
Q Pot connecting of aluminum framing shall be slurinua alloy 2024
Fasteners for attachrent of akylight member8 to the supporting
shell be cadrium plated steel.
1 C. Aluminur Flashings. Alloy 3003.
D. Glaea. 114” ainiaur thicknee8 clear wire glass.
E. Finish of exposed aembers of skylight. Anodized finiah conforr:
Aluminurr Association Spec. AA Hll C21 A41 Claao I. Submit vriti
certification of conforrence.
F. Color: Natural Aluainui color, satin texture.
G. neoprene Glazing Stripe: Strips shall coaply vith the followins
specificationa:
Hardneea (Shore A) SO or -5 durometer.
Tensile (minirun 2.000 psi.
Elongation (ainimua) 450%.
H. Sealants. Aa reco8aended by the ekylig.ht nanufacturer.
1
Metal. Framed Skvliehts-7.87-7
ChLAVEKA h1.LI-S CC)Y-YtiNLTY CESTE
3.0 EXECUTICN
I'
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
1 .' 3.1 FABRICATION
A. Skylights shall be constructed using puttylees glazing system.
lights shall have continuous extruded aluminum curb. Aa uuch I
possible, fitting and assembly of the work ahall be dona in thi
cator's shop. Any work which cannot be permanently shop assen
ahall be coupletely assembled, aarked. and disassembled before
nent to the Project. Caps shall be attached uith stainless 8t
fasteners into a system of alternate serrations, with fastener
located not nore than 12" on center. Skylights shall have wee
located at each rafter connection for drainage of condensate t I exterior .
B. Installation:
1. The skylights shall be coaplete arected and glazed by tha
facturer, or their appointed erectors. The installation
shall include not only the complete installation of the f
. work. but also the complete glazing of the skylight. Thi
shall be done to the standard8 aat forth by the akylight
facturer and governing lava.
2. Isolation: Contacts betueen aluninum and disairilar nate
shall receive a protective coating for the prevention of
lytic action and corrosion.
t 3.2 CLEAHUP 1 A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION
Metal Framed Skylight:
CALAVERA HILLS CCXXUNITY CENT 1%
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
II
I
I
PIP'PI.~~ 7 nA GE.U.IAVn 1.7- I JOINT SEALERS
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL I 1.1 SCOPE
A. This Section contains general specifications pertaining
to all weathersealing and calking throughout the
project, and becomes a part of all sections containing
reference her e to,
EL Apply sealants to all joints in exterior of buildings
and calking to all interior joints.
C. Specific requirements contained in the variow trade
sections making reference to this Section supersede
general or conflicting requirements herein. 1 D, Tm year guarantee.
1.2 GENERAL REWIRMENTS:
A. Guarantee: Provide written guarantee for all calking and sea:
all defects of material or application far a period of two yea,
of acceptance, All failures that may Occur within this PI
defective application or materials shall, upon written noti fic,
failure, be repaired or replaced with proper materials and
additional cost to the Owner.
B. In accordance with Section 1.30, submit to the
Architect samples of the various types (and colors where applicable) of materials specified, prior to delivery to
the job.
C. Deliver materials to the job in original unopened
containers bearing manufacturer's name, product
designation and date of manufacture. I
D. Install proprietary materials specified herein in
com pl iance with rn anuf ac turer' s instruct ions. Obtain
copies of manufacturer's instructions for Architect at
least 2 weeks before application, I E. Verify limitations of products with manufacturers.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Use sealants of the follouing types and manufacturers. I Unless specified or directed otherwise, use materials
Joint Se alers-7.90-
a LutlVLni nLLL3 LUl’Il-lULYLll LClYltK l5L
to match color OF adjacent materials. Where adjacent
materials on each side of the joint are different colors, the Architect will select sealant eolcrs. If the desired color is not available from one
manufacturer, select proper color from another manufacturer.
2.2 INCIDENTAL MATERIALS:
A. Staining characteristics: All joint filler, primers,
or other materials used in conjunction with sealants
shall be of such composition as to not cause staining
of the sealant or the materials to which they are appl Ped .
E. Compressible joint filler: Closed cell neoprene,
plastic foam, or urethane, as recommended by the
sealant manufacturer for use in conjunction uith the
sealant.
1. Use butyl rod backing for all compressible joints.
C. Primers: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer
for use In conjunction uith the sealant for application
onto the various types of materials to which the sealer
is applied.
D. Cleaners, where required in lieu of primers: As
recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
2.3 HATERIAIS TYPES:
A. Type tl - one part polysulfide, FS TT-S-O0230C, Use
for vertical and horizontal joints in connection with concrete, plaster, steel, aluminum and glass. Do not
use in traffic areas.
1. Rubber calk 5000~~ by PRC.
8. Type 12 - two part polysulfide, FS TT-S-Ql0227E. Use
for vertical and horizontal joints in connection with
masonry, concrete, plaster, steel, aluminum and glass.
Do not u~e in traffic areas.
1. Rubber calk 150 (flow type) or 250 (heavy type) by PRC.
C. Type f3 - Multi-part Polyurethane Base, FS lTS40227E
Use for vertical joints in connection with all building materials or for traffic areas. Use Rubber Calk 220 or
Dymeric for traffic areas.
1. Rubber Calk 210 (heavy) or 220 (flou) by PRC.
D. Type 64 - one part silicone (non-porous surfaces) FS
TT-S-001543A.
connection uith gla3s, ceramics, steel, wood and I aluninum.
Use for vertical joints ablovt grade in
Jo I nt St? a1 ers-7.90-2
CALAVEM HILLS CO???IL?.JITY CtN1;1 I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
D
I
I
1
I
I
D
1. SCS-1200 Construction ,%slant, by GE.
E. Type 55 - one part silicone (porous surfaces) FS TTS-
0015438. Use for vertical joints above grade in
connection uith concrete, rnasonry, steel, aluminum and
glass .
1.
Type id - two part silicone (porous and non-porous),
Use for vertical and horizontal joints above grade in
connection with concrete, ceramics, uood, steel,
aluminum and glass.
1. SCS-1500 Sealant, by GE.
780 Building Sealant, by Dow-Corning.
F.
G. Type #7 - one part acrylic sealant. Use for vertical
and horizontal joints in connection with all building
materials. Do not use in traffic areas.
1. Mono, by Tremco.
ti. Type 58 - compressible polyurethane foam. Use for
vertical and horizontal joints in connection with concrete, precast concrete, masonry, roofing, siding,
plaster, drywall, metal and glazing and may be used in
traffic areas. Use Poly-Tite only under hard
1. Poly-Tite, by Sandell.
I protection.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION:
A. Joint filler: Accurately position within the joint to
establish and control a uniform designated thickness of
sealant.
Apply material with sufficient pressure to completely
fill the void space and to assure complete wetting of
contact area to obtain uniform adhesion, During
application, keep tip of nozzle at bottom of joint,
forcing sealant to fill from bottom to top. Finish
joint smooth and flush with adjacent surface unless
detailed to be finished below surface.
€3.
C. Perform joint preparation, including cleaning and
priming, in accordance uith manufacturer's
instructions .
D. Provide manufacturer's Inspection of conditions prior
to start of the work and initial supervision at the
start of each application, in order to Insure that any physical conditions uhlch uould result In defective I
do in t Se a1 er s-7.90-
I b
"1.*YII"YLUA LILLlY" "".-&"L.LL L "IIILLI, uc
uork are properly corrected before materials are
applied, that properly instructed personnel are
available to do the work, and that proper. procedures
are being folloued. Provide such inspection and
supervision by qualified personnel. Repart all
unsatisfactory conditions existing at the time of inspection in writing to the A-chitect for correction
before proceedicg with the work
3-2 CLEANUP
A. Performance in accordance with the General and Supplementary
Conditions .
a.0 WARRANTY
A. Contractor shall furnish Architect with two copies of written
warranty referring to this project by nane and guaranteeing
workmanship and material3 for at least tuo years.
END OF SECTION
I
Jo Lnt Sealers-7.90-~
CALAVERA HILLS CO.WNITY CENT! I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
SEcrrI@ 8,lQ
METAL WORS h FRA!!ES
Reguirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE: Furnish materials and perform labor requlred to execute
indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete
including ,- but not limited to, these major items:
A, Hollow metal doors,
8, Pressed steel frames,
C, Louvers (where indicated) ,
D. Shop prime coat.
E. Installation of frames.
F. Shop drawings,
G, U,L. labeled construction (where required) .
H. Tuo year guarantee,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with
actual field conditions. Inspect related work and
adjacent surfaces, Report all conditions which prevent proper execution of this work,
B, Codes: Haterials and work shall conform to the
governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these speclf icatioas and the Building Code, the more
stringent shall govern.
C, Shop Drawings: In accordance with Section 1.30, submit th
Doors and frames, showing gages and typea of metal, fram
construction, sound deadening insulation, molding profiles hardware and reinforcements and preparation to receive hardwa
schedule relating the type of door and frame to be insta scheduled door opening or place of installation,
R Coordination of work: Coordinate with the supplier of finish
the supplier of other doors to be installed in hollow q
Templates will be furnished by the hardware supplier for use i
of shop drawings and for preparation and reinforcement of dooi 6 to receive the hardware.
E Labeled openings: Uhere labeled openings are scheduled
or are required by codes, construct doors and frames in
strict accordance with the requirements of
Underuriters' Laboratories and attach labels for the
i nd ic ated classification,
F, Approved manufacturers: Curries, Overly, Krleger, Steelcraft,
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not to be construed as a canplete list)
I Hetal Doors C Frame
1 LUXVLU tLLLL3 LU~llYUL'iLl'L LClY LEK 1
2.1 DOORS:
k Haterials and fabrication: Fabricate of two formed sheets of cq
quality 18 gage roller leveled carbon stebel sheets. Reinforce in
20 gage, minimum, vertical channel reinforcement runnicg full
door, approxiamtely 6" O.C. an4 spot welded 4" o.c.. Close top ax
and reinforce with channel member full width of door, not lighte
gage. Spot weld door edges at 2* o,c. for full height of door or
with channels, as standard with the manufacturer. Provide sound
materials to make doors free of metal1l.c ring. Use rock mine?
cellular asbestos fire retardant insulation, or equal a3 standard
manufacturer. Exposed seams at edge or on face of doors acceptable.
B. Reinforcement: Mortise and reinforce! doors for
hardware in accordance with templates furnished by
hardware supplier. Drill and tap to receive mortise
hardware. Provide suitable reinforcement for surface
applied hardware items; drilling and tapping for
surface applie4 items shall be done in field.
Reinforcement for hinges: 9 gage flat bar reinforcement, dri tapped for hinges. Reinforcement for locks and other mort
hardware: not less than 12 gage. Provide 74 gage reinforce]
surface applied items.
C. Clearances:
Bevel lock edges and meeting stiles of pairs of doors
1/8O in 2*. Allow 1/8" clearance at top rails and at lock and hinge stiles, At floors and thresholds allow
1/4w nominal clearance, except where otherwise indicated or scheduled.
2.2 PRESSED STEEL FRAMES:
A. Material and fabrication: Form of not less than 16
gage cold-rolled or hot-rolled prime carbon steel
sheet, free of defects impairing strength, durability
and appearance. Miter cornerz and weld continuous1 y,
with exposed joints ground smooth ta a true plane, flush
with surface of base metal. Form surf<aces fret? of
warp, wave, buckle and other defects, with edges, angles and corners square, clean and sharp,, See drawing3 for windous and doors with mrmtins, Provide complete with
neoprene glazing beads.
EL Reinforcement: Mortise and reinforce fYamies to receive
all hardware. Drill and tap in accordance with
templates furnished by hardware supplier. Punch door
stops to receive rubber silencers, Weld 22 gage steel
plaster guards over hardware reinforcing plates at
mortise hardware Locations. Provide hinge reinforcement of 3/16" thick flat steel bar welded to
frame at each hinge cutout, drilled and tapped. Provide 12 gage minimum reinforcing plates,, spot welded
to frames at lock, latch, and other mortl.se hardware
locations, including door closers and brackets.
Metal Doors h Frames-8.1
CUAVEPA HILLS CO?IMljNITY CENTE
Reinforce at surface applied hardware 1ocation.s wtfth 14
gage minimum reinforcement.
I‘
I
I
I
C. Anchors: Provide 14 gage steel anchors, spot welded to
inside of frames, fixed or with adjustable feature as
required by wall conditions, spaced not to exceed 24“
o,c, at jambs and head, Yhere installed in masonry
. walls, arrange anchors to provide vertical adjustment
to coincide with horizontal masonry joints. Attach 14
gage steel floor clips, spot welded to each jamb and punched for anchorage to floor. Do not remove steel
Jpreader until frames are securely anchored in place,
square and plumb.
F. Mutes: Door frames shall be equipped with rubber
bumpers at top and bottom of stop face on strike jamb, Pairs of doors shall have bumper on stop face of head,
a
I each side of center,
2.3 DOOR LOWERS:
A. Stationary: Airolite No. 5834 or Panelowre 188 metal
louvers, 1 3/4” thick, 20 gage minim- metal thickness.
Furnish with Airolite or Panelowre Type “GW metal moulding
(both sides). Furnish louvers and molding with factory
applied prime coat as specified for metal doors.
Provide removable aluminun mesh hardware cloth insect screen in standard folded aluminua frame on the
interior face of all louvered doors located at building
exterior.
shop drawing suhfttal ,
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
B
I
8
Full-lowered doors shall be as approved upon
2.4 FXNISH:
A, Doors and frames: After assembly, grind door edges
smooth and fill flush with mineral filler to conceal
seams, Follow with thorough cleaning, rinsing, and
phosphate coating of all exposed surfaces. Give doors
and frames one shop coat of baked-on, rust-inhibitive metal primer, as standard with manufacturer, not less
than 1 mil thick I 3.0 EXECUTIOW
3.1 FRAHE INSTALLATION:
A, Installation in masonry walls: Erect frames in
position, plumbed and securely braced, and with clip
angles attached to floor, Provide adjustable masonry
anchors with sufficient adjustment to permit placing
anchors in masonry joints without bending. Install
horizontal spreaders to keep jambs from bowing in as frames are being filled with grout or mortar. Erect
masonry after frames are installed and fill frame uith
grout or mortar as erection of wall progresses, I B. Installation in stud partitions: Attach frames to
Hetal Doors h Frames-
$ LtiLAVCKH ilLLL3 LU1*L'LLILYLIL ir.1-il.r
studs with *Zfl type clips or strap anchors to adjacent
studs. Exercise particular care to insure that frames
are installed symmetrically uith respect to the studs.
3.2 CAULKING:
8- Where frames are required by the drawings to be
inatalled with caulking, provide watertight and
weathertight construction. Conform to the requirements
of Calking arid Sealants Section for both material and
workmanship,
3.3 CLEANUP
A, Perform in accordance with the General and Supplementary
Conditions.
END OF SECTIOH
Uetal Doors L Frames-
CALAVEXA HILLS COPlNUSITE' CE I'
1
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
cr.-Trnu o ?n uc.u.~~vn V.C-
YOOD AHD PLASTIC MORS
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GEHERAL I 1 .I WORK INCLUDED
A, Wood doorj,
B, U.L. labeled doors (*ere required).
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawicgs dimensions with actual fie,
tians. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces, Report a1
tions which prevent proper execution of this work,
B. Samples: In accordance uith Section 1-30, submLt 8" square sa
of doors to receive transparent finish,
C. Storage: Store in clean dry spaces in manner to prevent damagc
any cause, Lay all doors flat, above the floor, on level supr
D, Guarantee: In accordance with Section 0.55, submit written gu in approved form that all defective materials or workmanhip r
uithia a period of 2 years after final acceptance will be prom
repaired or replaced to the Owner's satiafaction. Cover the fc
items specifically.
1. Delaainatiou in any degree.
2. Yarp or twist of ff4" or more, 3. Telegraphing of core unit through face veneer.
4. Any defect uhich may affect perfonnance or appearance.
E. Labeled openings: Uhere labeled openings are scheduled or are
required by codes, construct doors in strict accordance uith th
requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories and attach labels fo
indicated classification.
F. Approved manufacturer: Weyerhaeuser, Col-Wood, Geneerco, Simps
Tinber ,
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 SOLID CORE DOORS:
A. Core: Kiln-dried, lowdensity, 2-1/2" wide, random length uood
blocks, edgeglued with joints well staggered,
B. Cross bands: 1/16" kil-dried hardwood, full width of door, wit
grain perpendicular to face grain. 1 C. Edge bands: Kiln-dried hwduood, not less than 5/8" thick after
1 Wood and Plastic Door
I
CALAVERA HILLS COPMITNITY CENTER 8
trimning, stile barids of sane specie3 as Pace veneer.
D. Face veneers: 1/28" tiick kiln-dried "Sound" grade 8eecn or Bir
unselected for color where opaque finish is indicated, "Good" gr
uniform light or dark for transparent finish.
2.2 FIRE-RATED DOORS: (uhere required)
A, Core-fiber reinforced mineral, 22 lb,/c.,f. density,
B, Crcassbandj, edge-bands and face veneers: As specified for solit
'doors ,
C. Construction and labels: Construct doors to meet U.L. requirener
for the firerating label required, Affix U.L. label as require€ drawings e
2.3 HOLLOW CORE DOORS:
A. Core: Honeycomb expanded kraft paper or horizontal and
interlocking wood strips forming 3-1 /2"01,c, grid.
B. Lock Blocks: at least 20 long and 3-5/8" wide,
C, Edges: Stiles, kiln-dried wood, not less than 1" thick after
stile bands of same species as face veneer. Rails, minimum widti
Faces: +ply wood veneer with lI2au thick kilrkdried *Soundn g
or Birch, unselected for color where opaque finish is indicatc
grade uniform light or dark for transparent finish.
2.4 CWOUTS: (where required)
A, Openings for louvers (where indicated): Fully frame z~),otts in cx
prior to applying face veneers. Locate ais indicated but not closc than 5" from any edge, Provide stops and moldings to match faces
closely as possible; permanently attach t;o one side only, Providc
metal glazing stops in labeled doors,
2.5 LOUVERS: (where required)
A. Airolite No. 5834 Construct of 20 gage cold-rolled steel,
E. Finish: Factory applied rust-inhibitive prime coat.
3.0 EXECmIOW
3.1 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT:
A. Separators: Doors intended for opaque finish may be shipped in ir,
vidual cartons or may be packaged in properly protected bundles vi
heavy separators between doors,
8, Individual cartons: Package doors intended for stained or transpa
finish in individual cardboard cartons.
END OF SECTIOIY
Wood and Plastic Doors-
CALAVERA HILLS COMUNITY CEN; I*
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
1
SECT;= 6.3s
ACCESS WORS
I 1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A, Ceiling access doors.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
tiorw, Inspect related uork and adjacent surfaces, Report all
tions which prevent proper execution of this work.
8. Shop drawings: Sutmit in accordance with Section 1.30.
2-0 PRODUCTS
2.1 HAHUfACfURER I A. The Bilco Company, Hew Haven, cf,, or equal.
2.2 Access door to be Hcdel CD-1.
Frame shall be fabricatd of 14 gauge paint bond galvanized steel, pr
Door(s) shall be (indicate 14 gauge paint bond galvanized steel, prl
or 11 gauge aluminum) insulated by oae inch glass fibre, complete h
stop and lath support, Provision shall be made in frame at corners
1/2= round hanger rd, Daor shall bc quipped uith a sptitq lever t
opening and closing, Installation shall be in accordance with man instructions. Manufacturer shall guarantee against defects in P
workmanship for a period of five years,
3.0 EXECCTTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A, Install access door in accordance with manufacturer's instructlc
3.2 CLEANUP I
I END CC SECTION
A, As specified in Section 0.60,
I
i
I
I Ac ce 8 s Doo t- 5-8.30-1 -
CJLAVETU HILLS CGIWNITV CEXTE 1
1
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
1
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
SECTION 8.33
COILING DOORS
Requirenents of Division I shall apply to all uork of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Overhead sectional steel doors, mwuall y operated.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field cc
tiom. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report condl
which prevent proper execution of this work 1
B. Shop drawiras: Submit in accordance with Section 1.30, stnuing i
complete detail all information required for fabrication, finishi
and installation of this work
1.3 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 0.45.
B. Manufacturers standard warranty.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 HATERIAU AND FABRICATION:
A. Overhead doors shall be 22 gauge stainless steel sectional upuai
door by Pacific Rolling Door Co. or approved equal,
1. Curtain - Shall be composed of (22 ga. Galvanized Steel) <
Stainless Steel) Pacific #a slats - 1 lo* wide with a depth of 1/2", Alternate slats shall be fitted with endlocks. endlocks shall be provided on all doors over 12'-0" wide to
door being sprung out of guides under excessive pressure, Bc
shall be tubular in shape and Jhall be provided with a vinyl
and recessed finger lifts. Locking shall be accomplished by a double-throw cremone-type locking device, completely c
within the bottom bat, and operable by a single exposed thi
(Locking device may be equipped uith a ztandard 1 5/32'' --c
cylinder, at slight additional cost).
2. Barrel and Counterbalance - Barrel shall be of steel pipe o
not less than 4' in diameter and shall rotate on two greasc
ball bearing units. Barrel shall enclose counterbalan
consisting of oil-tempred torsion springs.
3. Guides - Shall be of extruded aluminum and shall contain lock
to engage security endlocks. Guides shall be fitted with wc
strips. (Stainless steel guides can be furniJhed but withoi
pile). I
1 Co 11 ing Doors-8.33-1
I CALAVERa HILLS CO?.MUKITY CENTEF
11. Hood - Shall 5:: cr 24 gz. !Gal*ra::ized Steel) or (Stain1
formed uith beads or flzI?gez to prevezt deflection.
5. Finish - Galvanized steel curtain slats are to have a bakc
acrylic primer. All other parts are to receive one shj
paint. Stainless steel parts are to be furnished uith a #U
. 6. Operation - Doors 90*-Ow wide and under shall be manually c
mean3 of recessed finger lifts on the bottom bar. Larger c
be mechanically operated by mean8 of a hand crank with 8
operating arm. See drawings for exact size.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Install doors as recommended by manufacturer and in accordance wi
manufacturer's printed recommendations and approved Shop Drawing:
Completed installations shall be secure and operate freely as int
without bind or stoppage. Toucbup any damaged or abraded primed
surfaces after erection.
3.2 CLWUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END Ct; SECTION
I
Coiling Doors-8.33-2
CALAVERA HlLLS COM:4UNITY CENTEd B I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 8.40
EUTHANCES AIiD STGHEFRONTS
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
i. 0 tiENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Storefront metal work.
B. Aluninum framed doors with hardware.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual fie1
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report i tions which prevent proper execution of this work.
E. Shop drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 1.30, show]
complete detail all information required for fabrication, fir
and installation of this work.
C. Samples: In accordance with Section 1.30, submit sanples of
sections, including a corner joint, provisions for glazing ai
Submit duplicate samples of sealant.
B. Approved manufacturers: Specifications are from the catalog:
Kawneer. Other products conforming to the requirements may t
dered. Section sizes and shapes indicated on the drawings sk
intended design. Sone deviations may be acceptable to the Ar
in consideration of the overall function and appearance.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 BOORS:
A. Doors: To be Kawneer 190 Series. Hails and stiles of extr num tubing not less than 0.125" thick, securely jointed and
by means of die cast structural corner assemblies. Corne
accurately joined and fitted to flush nairline joints and w
the concealed lines of contact. Ueld on unexposed sides
pitting, discoloration, weld halo or other surface imperfec
finishing. Glazing stops extending on both sides of glass;
detail required for indicated glazing. No exposed Screws
Accurately make all cutouts, recesses, mortising or milling f
and reinforce as required. Weatherstrip exterior doors on
and at meeting rails of pairs with metal backed pile cioth,
approved wea therstripping st and ard with the ffianuf&c t urei
weatherstripping at sill of exterior doors, as standar
manufacturer. Glazing members on exterior side of doors sh
removable. hor finish shall exactly match storefront finis: 1
Entrances and Storefront s-8 e
CALAVEHA HILLS COMMUPiiTY CENTER BUI
B. Preparation for hardware: Prepare doors and frames to
receive the finish hardware, in accordance with details and
templates obtained from the hardware supplier. Provide
aluminum reinforcing plates at least 3/16'' thick back of
hinges and pivots, rigidly secured as shown on the approved
shop drawings. Install finish hardware as part of this
worK; adjust and leave in perfect working condition.
2.2 STOKEFHONT:
A. Frming nenbers:
1. Kawneer entrance framiiig: I-Line series anodized to match (
B. Construction: Framing members, transition members, mullions, b2
trim, adapters and mounting shall be 6Ci61j-T5 extruded alumintin.
C. &sign responsibility: Notwittistanding anything to the contra-)
manufacturer shall provide sections which are designed to witnst
ninimun 20 psf windload with a maximum deflection of 1/175 of ti
of the members. 'rlherever necessary, provide steel stiffeners to
deflection requirements. Coat stiffeners with heavy bituninous
rial to isolate them from direct contact with aluminum. Submit
the shop drawings design calculations which will support the rec
ments herein specified. Such calculations shall be cniide and att
to by a Registered Professional tnginee:r licensed in the state k
the work is to be performed.
2.3 FABdICATION - GENERAL:
A. Fabricate aluminum work and deliver in as large assembled units
practicable. Kiter joints in exposed work and accurately fit wi
hairline joints. Screws, bolts, nuts and other fastening device
shall be of hluminun or non-magnetic stainless steel, concebled applicsble. Exposed screws, where required and approved by tile
tect, shall match the aluminurn surface finish. Cutouts, recesse
nortising or nilling operations required for hardware shall be
accurately made and reinforced with backing plates as required t
insure adequate strength of connections.
1. Ueldirrg: Neatly weld by expert aluminum welders, using he
shielded or fluxless resistance method. Grind welds on exp
surfaces smooth and flush with surrounding surfaces and fin
match adjacent surfaces. Locate welded joints necessary in
assemblies to receive anodized finish inconspicuously to bv
discoloration in finished work that may occur in heat-affec
zone. Design and coristruct aluminum assemblies so that fay
surfaces are free-rinsing and will not trap anodizing so:ut
2. Steel reinforcenents: Furnish and iristail where indicated j required by job conditions. Securely anchor aembers to bui.
construction and structural backing. Isolate from contact 1
.A1Of7/57 Citv Revisions Enr,rance.s and Storefronts-$3. Gij-
CATAVEILZ HILLS COMMUNITY CEX
aluminum by approved methods, 1.
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
E
1
1
1
I
I
3. Fabricate door and storefront asaembl ies to
manufacturers requirements for thickness of glass
to be installed,
4. Provide drainage for double glazed units as
required by glass manufacturer for warranty.
2.4 FINISH:
A, Anodic coating: Finish all aluminum in accordance with Kauneer
nodic No. 40, dark bronze, Class I anodic coating, .0007" thick,
mg. per square inch, followed by a complete seal in accordance I 1 ASTM 0136.
2.5 GLASS:
A, Doors: Fully tempered, See Glazing Section 8.80.
B. Sidelights, storefront: Same as doors, tempered where required I Code,
2.6 HARDWARE
A. Push-pull units: Contractor to prepare hardware
schedule and sutmit to Architect prior to installation. I B. Lockset: Adam Rite, meeting statutory requirements.
C. Lack cylinders: Installedunder this section.
D. Door closers: Yithout hold-opea function, meeting handicap
requireznents; concealed in header, I E, Panic Harduare: Installed under this Section.
F. Pivots: Floor supported.
G. Flush Bolts: Pair in inactive leaf.
H, Thresholds: 1/4* x 1/Ln aluminum mill finish, Set in bed of I secure with metal expansion at sleeves.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Install the work in a secure, watertight manner, using
skilled workmen. Erect all work in accordance with the drawirgs,
specifications and approved shop drawings, Erect all framing meix
square, plumb, in true alignment with one another and with adjoir
uork, with surfaces free Porn dents, buckles, dimples, or other
defects. Provide secure fastening anchors in accordance with re<
safety factors, Where anchorage involves other trades, provide
setting dtawillgs for proper installation. I
Entrances and Storefronts-8.U0-I
t "*.Ad&l.YIY* IIAYY" "".YI"..~~I "Y..*YL.
1. Exterior thresholds and sill members of storefront assembly
vertical mullions shall be set in a continuous bead of sealan
wat ert &!A +
B. Protection of contact surfaces: Protect aluminum surfaces in cant
uith dissimilar metals or uith incompatible materials such as con-
crete, masonry and plaster, by paintfng contact surfaces uith bituf
now paint before installation or isolating in an approved manner \
non-absorptive tape or gaskets.
C. Expansion and contraction: Install aluminum work so as to avoid
objectionable distortion or overstress of parts and fastenings
resulting from thermal expansion and contraction,
3.2 GLAZING:
A, Determine glass sizes and thickness and ecfge clearances required.
1. Provide extruded vinyl or neoprene channels continuous and rn;
corners, black at bronze colored metal and gray at gray color1
3.3 CALKING:
A. Frame: At jmcture between eames and adjacent materials, calk anc
seal entire perimeter on both sides, using materials and methods
specified under Calking and Sealants Sectl.on,
B, Base: See "Installation'.
3.4 CLEANUP
A, Aj specified in Section 0.60.
B. Ferfora final cleaning of aluainum surfaces strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, Use 170 abrasives.
3.5 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 0.55.
B, The entire uork shall remain water tight for a minimum of tuo year:
END OF SECTION
Entrances and Storefronts-8. h0-U
CXLAVER4 HILLS CCYMII.fT,:NITY CEx i'
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 ,
I
SECTION 8.70 1 HARDWARE
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.3 WORK INCLUDED
A. Finish Hardware,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Packing, marking and delivery: Each unit of hardware, as herel
specified shall be individually packaged, complete with proper
fastenings and all appurtenances. Each package shall be clear1
marked on the outside to show the contents and specific locatic
the work. Except where otherwise specified, deliver all hardwz
the jobsite,
8, Submittals: As specified in Section 1.30.
C. Hardware list: As soon as feasible after award of contract, pr
hardware list (5 copies) and submit it to the Architect for apl
The list shall identify each hardware item by manufacturer, mar
turer's catalog number and exact location in the work. List sh
in suitable form to facilitate checking and approval by the Arc Review of the hardware schedule by the Architect does not reiif
hardware supplier from the responsibility of furnishiri the job 1 plete ,
D. Samples: When zm directed, submit a aample of every item of ha
proposed in the work to the Architect for approval.
E. Templates: In order to insure proper placement and fit, all ha
in connection with the metal doors or metal frames shall be mad
template. Templates, or physical hardware itema, shall be furn
to manufacturers concerned sufficiently in advance e0 avoid del
the work.
Temporary cares: Temporary lock cores shall be used during con
tion and replaced when the project is turned over to the Owner.
F.
G, Warranty,
1. As specified in Section 0.55.
2, All hardware shall be guaranteed for a period of two years
date of acceptance of the work. Defects in materials and Y
ship occurring during the guarantee period shall be correct
the complete satisfaction of the Owner at the Contractor's
expense ,
H. Lock uniformity: Except where otherwise specified, all locloet
latchsets, cylinders and component parts, as specified hereinai
Yhall be by one manufacturer.
1 Hardware-8.70-T
b.=i~fiv~~-i nLkLa CIV~~~~~LVLI. LL-WLL~
1 .
shell be by ow manufacturer.
H, Keying and najter ktytzg: All lochttts and cylinders zhall be keye
and cnajter keyed as inscruci;ed Gy the Owiie~,
three change keys for each cylizder or lock and master keys as
required by the Owner,
Furnish z iiiiiiii~uii~ ot
All IXLS tr ~-TGZG<Z&% CGiS.
S, Lock strikes: All lock strikes Jhall be boxed, and shall have a
curved 122 of sufficient ltqgth tu protect the trim and jamb.
a
- - IC. Door hardware: Hand of lock shall be a3 indicated, If door hand I changed durirg construction, make necessary changes in hardware at additional *~?K~~IISC to Owner, Eocbets removed and reused shall be
changed to tne proper hand to fit new installation,
cannot be reversed to fit, nen locksets shall be furnished.
L. Door Suing: Provide for la0 degrees unlesa indicated otherwise.
H. Closers: Provide any special arms or momting devices required by
If locksets
conditions or as specifically indicated.
N, Pasteners:
1, Quantities; as required.
2, Finish; match hardware. 3. Uaterial,
a, Non-ferrom or S.S.; at exterior doors,
b, S,S,; for stainless steel hatduare.
9. Wood screws; full threaded; at wood docrs and jabs.
5. Hachine screw; at metal doors and jabs. 6, Sex bolts; closers to wood doors, 1 c 2-0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER AND QUALITY1
A, The Manufacturer identification, catalog numbers and. symbols referr
to on the hardware sc;ledule shall be used for biddirk.
B. Substitution: Refer to Sectfou 1.30-
3-0 SCHEDULE
3.1 The harduarc is scheduled by sets designated HW--I, HU-2, etc., as follow
HW-1
I Cylinder 26-072-118 626 (3). - of harctkare by dmr supplier.
1% v Bats FBB191-26D 4+ X & W (1) - 1 Ejdt Ikvice 9!m - us28 (2) 1 Cylinder 20-022-626 (3) 1 Door Closer 8501 Pa Arm S-AL (4)
1 Door Stop F-9078X US26D (5)
OT 20-022- 626
m-2
-
1 Kick Plate 37 - 10 x 34 E32D
'Ihrshld l7lA - 36"
(5) I
)r
i( 8 A: Door Holder 872 - 5" US10 A 11/18/87 City Revisrozs Hardware-8.70-2
- C.4LXVEilA HILLS SO>DKNITY CF>
Tm-2
1 1 Weatherstrip S-88D - 17'
MJ-3
1% pr Butts FBB191-26D e x @ W 1 Lrrcrcet D70PD OLY 626
1
1 Threshld 17U - 36" 1
(6) i (5)
Door Eiottorn 315AN - 36"
I'
I
I
I-
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
1
1
I
3
(1) (3) t 4) (5) (5) (6) (6) (6)
> ag
1
1
Clcs;ert 8501 Pa Arm S-AL
Stop h Mol& F-9076X US26D Kick Plate 37 - 10 x 34 US32D
Door E'sttm 315AN - 36" 1 Weathrsncip S-88D - 17'
Hw-4
If pr Butts FaB191-26D y x Q NRP I Lockset D5OPD OLY 626 1 1
(1) (3) (4)
(5)
(6) (6) 1
1 bthtrstrip s-88D-17 (6)
Hw-5
14 pr Butts FBB191-26D r;)i X & NRP 1 TDckset D80FD OLY 626
hr Closer 8501- Par Am S-AL Kick Plate 37 - 10 x 34 - US32D
Door Bottm 31SV - 36"
1 stop& Holder F-9076X US26D (5) 1 1 ThresbLd 17U - 36"
(1) (3)
(6) (6)
I Door Stop F-907SX US26D (5) L
$3 /
1 Ttndbld 17l.A - 36" 1 1 kd=Mp S-88D-17 1 Door Yolder 872 - 5" Lis10
tw-6
3 pr Butts F%3 179-? 4 x 4 1 Exit WLce 992772 US28
1 Exit Device 992m US28 1 Cylinder 20-022 626 2 2 2 Stops F-8064-K US26D
Hw-7
3 F Butts FBBl.79-P e X 4 2 5021 - 12" US26D
2
lbor Bottm 315AN - 36"
1
I?
(1)
1 (2) (2) (3) (4) (5) (5)
Dmr Closers 8503 - Par Am S-AL Kick PLates 37 - 10 x 34 us32D
-
(1) (5) (3) (4) (5) (5) (5)
1 Lockset D7OPD OLY 626
2 Door Stops F-8064X US26I) 1 D.P. Strike 5048 US26D 1 Exit Devise 94XL - us78
I)oor CLOS~S 8503 Reg Arm S-AL 2 Kick Plates 37 - 10 x 34 us32D
A (2)
All/18/87 City Revisions
A10/7/87 City Revisions Hardare-8.70-3
1 ?
-
3 pr Bt~tts FBB17!3-P & x % (1) 2 Flush Bolts 5021 - US261) (5 1 1 ( 3)
(5)
'1 D.P. Sm 5048 - US26D (5) 2 2 E$EEo?$@&6D@~ Door Stops w- E D (5 1
~1 Asmagal 3SMV - 84" (611
I-
1
I
3 pr B.rtts FB13179-26D e x 4 (1) 1 W.t &vice 992m - US28 (2) 1 Exit Ikvice 992m (2) (3) (4)
1
2 -Plate 37 - 6x3s tTs32D (5) 2 Kick Plates 37 - 10 x 34 us32D (5) ,2 13oor Stops Fa64 - US26D (5)
~h& 20-~~jJ~-# S E D 2 Closers 850
e 1 * Hw-18
1% pr Butts FBB179-26D 4+i x 4 (1) (3) (5) (5) - RaTm3u s E D 1 Lockset DSOPD 1 E@ Plate 37 - 1 Door Stop F-8061-X US26D
-3 9
' liw-22
1% pr Butts FBB179P G4 x 4 NRP (1) 1 Deadlock B56P 626 - htdl 60" dia. (3) 1 Push Plate 47 - 8 x 16 US32D (5) Doorpull 50 (5 1 (4) 1 1
I WPlate 37-6x3s US32D (5) 1 DxfrStop W!?x us26D (5) TtrreshLd 166-5ib- 37' (6) steel Angle Hold open CAS detailed)
1 Kick Doorcber Plate 37 ~W~SSED - 1 x (5)
- 1 I
Hw-23
3pr ButtsFEU79P %x% MRP (1) 2 Flush Bolts SOU - 12" US26D (5) (3) 1 Lockset LW 1 I)oor Stop s T6 USED (5)
CALAVERA HILLS C04lirfjNITY CLS I*
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTICH 8.80
GLAZING
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of thia Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A, Glass,
B. Glazing.
C, Mirrors.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimenjions with actual field 1
tions, Inspect related work and tidjacent surfaces. Report all
tions uhich prevent proper execution of this work.
B. Glass: Each piece of glass shall be of domestic manufacture, 1
with the manufacturer's name and the grade or quality, Grade ii
compliance with FS 3D-C-U51C. Leave labels intact until comple
work or until removal is directed,
1. Flat glass: DD-CJi51,
2, nirrors framed: DD-H-911; Mirrors: DD-H-00411.
3. Tempered, heat strengthened or spandrel glass: DD-G-lUO3,
C. Samples: In accordance with Section 1.30, submit duplicate sam]
I
of each piece of glaas and other materials,
D, Labeling and certification:
1. Wher: insulating, laminated, heat strerathened or tempered I
are used, each piece shall have the manufacturer's label m,
tained until it is inspected at the job site by the Architc
and/or Building Official.
2. Hirrors shall have factory labels, Also the name of the ml
turer and date of manufacture must be stamped on the back <
mirror. All mirrors shall be 1/4* thick and shall have plj
or other acceptable backira and vandal-proof supports desii
specifically for aupporting the size of mirror involved. 1
mirrors not framed shall have smooth, ground edges,
3. For all glass not required to have labels, glazing contracl
shall submit an affidavit, as a condition prior to payment
stating that the glass installed conforms to the Architect
specifications.
E, Maintenance Instructions: Provide Ouner with two (2) c
manufacturer's printed instructions for care of all glass whic I spec ial treatment.
I Glazing-8.80-1
1
I -_-I_-. I_-- ----I ------- -- - --- ----
F. Coordination: Provide necessary data to unit manufacturer
required clearatwes far glazirg material,
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Clear plate or float glass, thickness noted on plans, PPG or LOF.
- EL Colore*-tinted glass, med. grey tinted 2 50% light transmission,
noted, PPG or LOF,
C. Where glass is indicated, or required by statute to be tempered,
shall be fully tempered. Color shall match that of adjacent glas
D. Yire glass, thickness noted, UL approved, straight wire, clear gli
E. Double glazed, thickness noted, hermetically sealed, exterior
color of adjacent glass. Interior clear unless otherwise noted.
F. Polyvinyl Chloride Glazing Gaskets:
1, Extruded, flexible PVC gaskets of the profile and hardness
required for watertight construction; comply with ASTM D2287
Color to match metal finish.
G, Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 70-90 durometer hardness, with proven f
patibility with sealants used.
H. Spacers: Neoprene, 4040 durometer hardness, uith proven compati-
bility with sealants used.
3.0 EIECUTIOi#
3.1 STANDARDS AND PERFORWNCE:
A. Watcrtight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is
required, except as otheruise shown. Each installation must with:
normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading uithout
failure of any kind including loss or breakage of glass, failure (
sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioratl
of glazing materials and other defects in the work.
Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation and e: nate any which have observable edge damage or face imperfections.
B.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF GLASS:
A. Accurately cut and install glass in accordance with manufacturer'.
instructions and with applicable requirements of "Glazing Manual,
issued by Flat Glass Hkj. Ass'n.
B. Install to conceal "Tom Harks".
C, Set all glass to preclude looseness and rattle.
Glazing-8.80-2
CALXVtKA HLLLS LUPh?lLI\ILlY LC?.
D. Glazing Channels and Beads: Install in one piece on each
corners tight1 y fitted.
Class in wood or steel stops, back putty both sides of glass 1
glazing compound. Putty shall be neatly and cleanly run to str
even wlth edges of stop members, Set all stops in glazing comj
1'
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
1
E.
I 3.3 PP'STECTION AND CLEANING:
A. Protect glass f'rom breakage Immediately upon installation, Do
apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass,
B, Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abr
damaged in other ways during the construction pericd, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, I
3.4 UARRAhTY
A. As specified in Section 0.55.
B. Guarantee the installation for a period of two years against:
1, Breakage due to stress resulting from improper cutting or
inatallation.
2, Leakage of water.
3.
4. Fogging of double glazed glass.
Shrinkage or displacement of plastic or rubber gasketing,
END (X SECTION
Glazing-8.80-3
CALXVETW HILLS COMMUSITY CE6 I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
crr-rT.-,u r. 7.- Y&.Y.*v.. ,.a"
LATH h PLASTER
Requfrwents of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1,Lt GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Lathing for plaster.
3. Plastering. 1 C. Backing for tile on vertical surfaces.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
tions, Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report cot
which prevent proper execution of this work.
B, Delivery: Deliver all materials in their original containers z
seals unbroken and manufacturer's name and product identificatj
clearly legible on each package.
C, Storage: Store so as to preclude damage from rnoi~ture or from
other source.
D. Scaffolding and protection: Provide, install and maintain for
duration of the work all scaffolding, staging, trestles and $la
necessary for the work in strict conformity with applicable law
ordinances, and so as not to interfere with or obstruct the wor
others, Provide all forms of protection as necessary to preser
work of other trades free from damage.
E, Re€erence specifications: Unless otherwise indicated or specif
all materials and uorkmanship shall conform to the Lathing and j
tering specifications of the California Lathing and Plastering j
tractors Association and to Chapter P7 of the Uniform Buildirg
F. Codes: Haterials and work shall conform to the governing Build:
Code. In case of conflict between these specifications, the re:
specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent Jhall
G. Samples: As specified in Section 1.30. Submit 4 samples of fii
texture and color of all plaster work,
ti. Backing for ceramic tile: Provide lath, scratch and brown coat:
plaster as backing for ceramic tile, interior or exterior, wherc
is to be installed over this type! base. Screed brown coat to a
flat plane.
1 Lath h Plaster-9.20-1
U.IY-.. -*-_ ._^_11 - ------ --- --- ---. - 1
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS FOR LATHING:
A. Hetd Lath,
. 1. Exterior vertical surfaces: Aqua-K-Lath, Tree Island Steel, In
2. Exterior soffits: 3,&#, 3/8" rib lath, galvanized. 3. Interior vertical surfaces: 3.&#, flat expanded metal lath,
4. Interior ceilings:
primed, unless noted otherwise (u.n.0,:)
a) Supports 16" o.c.; 3.4# flat rib liath, primed. (u.n.0,)
b) Supports 24" o.c,; 3.4#, 3/8" rib :Lath, primed. (u.n.0.)
B. Lathing accessories: Longest available lengths; fabricated of smoo
galvanized steel for interior; zincalloy for exterior. Use anodize
altnninum here specifically indicated.
1. Casing beads: Minimum 24 gage, square or bullnose as required
2. Corner beads: Xinimum 26 gage, small nose or bullnose as
required .
3. Control joints: 26 gage x plaster thickness, Type #16 by
Superior Metal Trim Products.
4, Special screeds: Preformed to profiles as detailed with per-
forated flanges.
2.2 HATERIALS FOR PLASTERING:
A. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type 1. Use only one company's brand
throughout the work,
0. Hydrated lime: Normal hydrated, conforming to ASTM C6, Type N, mad
into putty, or special finish hydrated, conforming to ASTM C206, Ty
C. Aggregates:
1. Sand aggregates (washed natural sand): Clean, sharp, and free
from clay, loam or other foreign matter.
2. Cement plaster: Conform to ASTH C144, graded as follows:
Z retained Sieve Size 5 retained Sieve Size!
il 0 30 30- 65
8 0- 10 so 70- 90 16 10-40 100 90- 100
For base coats: Not more than SO5 retained betueen any two
consecutive sieves nor more than 2S.Z between the No. 50 and No
100 sieves,
Finish coat: Sand passing No, 14 to No. 20 sieve, for medium
texture sand finish, unless other wise indicated. Where smooth
Lath h Plaster-9.20-2
CALAVERA HILLS COK-KJXITY CI
finish fi indicated, e%? .%, 30 mo-oh gr&A silica sand. I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
1 D. Mater: Clean and from a source intetided for doaestic consum
E. Calor coat plaster: A textured aggregate, Portland cement an'
product, specifically prepared for spray application in a col texture as indicated on the drawicgs. Submit samples far the
of the Architect. Texture is to be attained in part by build
with trowel so that it will be visible from as far as 100 fee
more.
2.3 MIXES:
A. Portland cement plaster:
1. Scratch coat: 1 part cement, 4 parts sand, 1/10 part lir I lime putty, and uater.
2. Brown coat: 1 part cement, 5 parts sand, 1\10 part lime
putty, and water.
If plastic cement is used, omit the lime or lime putty. 3.
4, Finishing coats: For typical sand finish, use one part P cement and 3 parts fine sand with sufficient hydrated lim
to make mortar work easy under the tmuel, but nut in exc
10% of cement volume.
a. Mix integrally colored plaster in accordance with ma
turer's dtrections,
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 LATH:
A. Apply lath in accordance uith manufacturer's instructions. Fir
flat planes solidly fixed in place by nailing and wiring with E
nized nails and wire.
B. Form plaster details with galvanized diamond mesh fixed solidly
piace and so that 3-coat plaster work will be true to form.
C. Use specified control joints in allexterior plaster as indicat
3.2 MEASURING AND MIXING PLASTER:
A. Measure non-bagged materials in calibrated boxes; shovel measurf
are prohibited. For mechanical mixing, completely discharge thc
and remove all set or partlally hardened material before laadini
next batch. Partially set material may not be retempered OF us
3.3 PLASTERING:
A. Perform the work in accordance uith the best standards of practi
related to the trade, and properly coordiriate the plastering'wor
the work of other trades. Comply with all applicable requiremer 1
Lath h Plaster-9.20-3
L - .__ - - - -. - - - - - - - -
the governing Building Code, including Fire-Resistive Standards.
8. Arrange and izstall plastering work srher, acd zu required ta cocceal
connect with work of others in a finished manner. Ascertain if
inspections of concealed work are necessary or have been made before
this work is installed, Uncover any work covered before inspections
are made when directed by the Architect or other authority having
j ur isd ic t ion,
Application of plaster by machine methods is approved providing it c
be demonstrated that uniformly satisfactory results can be obtained,
C.
D. Rod and straightedge plaster to uniform surfaces in true plane and
finish free from laps, cracks, checks or otlher structural defects, E
surface imperfections, and flwh with grounds, corner beads, base
screed, outlet boxes and similar details,
E. Finish at flwh trim: Tool to a slight Vn where detailed, Providt
scoring where indicated, Plane surface shall not vary more than 111
when tried uith a 10 ft. straightedge, except where closer tolerancc
are specified,
F. Take special care when working into reentrant corners to see that
plaster is not allowed to build out beyond the established finished
wall plane, Do not lap successive coats over laps in former coats. Avoid joining marks by working top arid bottom of area at same time.
3.u APPLICATION OF PORTLAND CMENT PLAS'fER:
A. Thickness of plaster: Hot less than 7/8" thick for all exterior
plastering .
B. Portland cement plaster base coats on metalt lath: Apply scratch co
to metal reinforcement with sufficient material and preasure to emb
the reinforcement in a fU1 112" of plaster'. Before the scratch co
has hardened, rake in a horizontal directicin to provide keying for
brown coat, After initial set, keep continuously moist for 48 how
then allow to dry, Apply brown coat to scratch coat, bring out to
grounds 1/8" below finish coat, streighten to a true surface, float
and compact, and leave sufficiently rough to assure adequate bond f
finish coat, Make no cold joints in brown coat over cold joints in
the scratch coat. Leave brown coat surface free of imperfections
uhicta might reflect in the finish coat. Hoist cure brown coat for
hours and allow to set for 7 days before applying finish Coat.
C. Portland cement finish: Lightly dampen brown coat before applyfng
finish coat. Apply finish coat to an approximate thickness of 118'
and bring to a fine sand float finizh, except for plaster exposed c
the exterior which shall be integrally colored and textured as spec
fied under Paragraph 2.2, E. above.
3.5 CLEANUP
A, As specified in Section 0.60.
f
END CF SECTION
Lath dr Plaster-9.20-4
I: CALAVEU HILLS CO?DNXITY CES'I
i..-.n-r.- r¶ ?lC 3G8rLLUlV TIC *>
VENEER PLASTER
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
Requirements of Divison I jhall apply to all uork of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE.
Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment, necessary to
interior veneer plaster work as indicated on drawirgs at walls and c
A, Work Included in This Section: Provide interior veneer plas
complete. Principal items of work include but are not limited
1, All fasteners furring channels and metal framing, as reqt
as necessary for indicated fire rating.
2, All labor and materials necessary to provide special rad
and arched surfaces indicated on the drawings. 3. Provide and apply high strength gypzum veneer plaster
application,
4, Protective covering of dl finish surfaces and items agair
and staining by uork of this Section. 5. Cutting and patching of plaster uork as required for the w(
trzddes and necessary for the completion of the veneer plas
1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS:
A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions uith actual field
Report to the Ar Inspect related uork and adjacent surfaces.
conditions uhich prevent jroper execution of this work, I
B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Bui
In case of conflict between these specifications, the
Specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall
C. Reference Specifications: Except as nay be modifiec
specifications and applicable laws and ordinances at the place (
install this work to conform to the recommendations of tk
manufacturer.
D, Delivery and Storage: Deliver all materials in unbroken pack
manufacturer's brand and designation, Keep materials dry an(
from the weather. Take care to avoid damage to edges, ends, an
1.3 SAMPLES: Submit samples of veneer finish per Section 1.30 to the Ax
approval.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 HATERIALS
All materials, unless otheruise indicated, shall be manufacture
1 Veneer Plaster-9.215-
2"
N Y W
; cI 6:: z 25
3 x rta Lo!
.* B9; H
m ;? ap F
8 cc
2 *Ip B 0, v, K 4 Pfl
2: g rL 5
7: y z r e: v e3
L m 0 ct g;
:;
2: 0
cto e:
2:
m c1. g: ID h
*o 2s g-!
$! m u ?g
e 7b %: 29 %i . 7c q N k='
7E;~rnm zd 0;
a % !s v, q;
0 0 E; 2 c;
7 n ;z
gE zd ctL *n 3 g:
3- P mo
uI c-
0, P
0 er rd
n e
ct 3
z r U 0
mc ct 5 iik (0
rf Go
u123 zi g; Ye w
0 z n! 4c
r3 a! 4
(0
3
3: t 1 ctr
w
rr 7 I 9
cm
P* P a
-J *(D a' VI 0
3 ct
ui
I b 7' P
01
u ii
ImD========mdm:
1 0 c9 I ct (
CALAVEX.4 HILLS COWITY CEN I'
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
cCmrr.u a X -----"-. >.-_
GYPsw BOARD
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 YORK INCLUDED
A. Gypsum board on wood framing and solid substrates,
B. Gypsun backing board for other finishes.
C. Sound control products, accessories and trim,
D, Joint taping and finishing.
I 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drauing dimensions uith actual field
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report COI
which prevent proper execution of this work
B, Codes: Haterials and work shall conform to the governing Builc
Code, In case of conflict between these specifications, the Re
Specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall
C. Reference specifications: Except as may be modified by these 3
cations and applicable laws and ordinances at the place of buil
install this work to conform to the requirements of "Standard S
cation for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board, ASTH CWC
Gypsum Association and the product manufacturer. I
D. Approved manufacturer: United States Gypsue CQ., Georgia Pacif
Gold Efond,
E. Delivery and storage: Deliver all materials in unbroken packag
bearing manufacturer's brand and designation, Keep materials d.
protected from the weather. Take care to avoid damage to edges
acd surfaces.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Gypsum wallboard: Conform to ASTM C-36, C482 and C630, Use tal
edge sheets and Type "X" or Type WR where noted and where requ
code. All ty
518" minimum.
Use thickness indicated but not less than 1/2",
B, Joint reinforcing tape, compounds, adhesive and metal corner re:
forcement: Standard products recommended by the manufacturer of
gypsum uallboard used in the work, II
1 Gypsum Boa;d-9.25-1
I .,--I-^- -.-_ ..AI-U YVI...YL,LL L "LL.*YI\
C. Fasteners: Self-drilling, self-tapping, ctsuntersunk drywall screw: nails designed for drywall work, Lengths as recommended by tine mar
facturer for the wallboard thicknesses used, but not lesa than 5/8'
longer than thiclmesa of board.
D. Trim,
1. Casing bead; U.S.G. 1200-8.
2. Edge trim at abutting surfaces; U.S.G. t20Q-B.
E. Acoustical sealant: Nou-drying, non-hardening, permanently flexibl
synthetic rubber-based product: Soundcaulk 101, by Parr, Inc., Loa
Angeles , California.
F. Adhesive for laminating insulation to masonry and gypsum board to
insulation shall be "Styrofoam* brand mastic No. 11. Adhesive for
laminating gypsum board to other surfaces shall be as recommended t
the gypsum board manufacturer.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION:
A. Cutting and installing: Cut gypsum wallboard by scoring and breaki
or by sawing, working from the face side. Sand cut edges and ends where necessary to obtain neat joining when wallboard is erected.
Score cutouts or small openi-s in wallboard in outline before knoc ing out or cut out with a saw; do not punch. Neatly scribe wallboa
meeting projecting surfaces. Stagger joints in the board with abut
ting ends occurrtng over a support. To minimize end joints, use
wallboard sheets of maximum practical lengths. opposite sides of partition to occur on different studs.
long dimension across supports, except that where fire rating is
required, apply long dimension vertically with joints located over
stud flanges. Apply gypsum board to exterior wall insulation, usir
specified adhesive, in strict accordance with manufacturer's instrt
tions. Leave 1/4" clearance at floor only.
Arrange jolnts on
Apply wit
B. Fasteners of gypsum board to Framing: Space fastenera at 12" O.C.
the field and 8" O.C. staggered along abutting edges, or closer whe
required by fire resistive construction colde approvals. While fast ers are being driven, hold the wallboard in firm contact with the underlying support. Proceed *om the central portion of the wallbo
toward ends and edges, using power screwdriver recommended by the wallboard manufacturer to drive screws. Drive home nails or screws with heads slightly below wallboard surface in a dimple formed by 1
fasteners head. Take care to avoid breaking the paper face. Place fasteners not closer than 318" from ends or edges of wallboard.
C. Insulation: Clean masonry walls by removing dust, mortar incrusta-
tions and any other material detrimental tx, bonding of insulation. Apply insulation, using specified edheslve, in strict accordance wf
rn anu f ac turer' s instr uc t Ions.
Gypsum Board-9.25-2
CALAVERA HILLS COYXUNITY CEXT!
3.2 JOINT TREATMENT: (JE! Special Finishes)
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
A. Field joints: Apply a 3" wide *mifarm coating cf adhesive cent6
over the joint; center tape over the joint arid embed into the ac
sive, Allow to dry and sand smooth, Apply finishing compounds
the tape, extending each coat slightly beyond the preceding one
Apply enough coats to make the entire wall flat and smooth and i to receive the finish specified, as approved by the Architect.
each coat to dry and sand smooth. Treat screu dimples in a like
manner.
B. Inside angles: Treat inside corners ard angles as for field jo
except fold the tape in the middle to provide a clean sharp cor1 I fully embedded.
C. Outside angles: Use metal corner beads and accessories standarc
the wallboard manufacturer set in and finished with adhesive as joints.
D. Sand the completed surfaces to eliminate all protruaions, fins,
roughness, Remove all duS. Leave in condition to receive paii
wall covering or other finish without further patching or sandir
3.3 SOUMD IRANSHISSIOii SEALING
A. Gypsum board partitions abutting hard surfaces (concrete, mason]
etc.).
1. At abutting udlls and at hard ceilings, hold gypsum board bi
uniform 3/8" and install edge trim, sealant backing and acoi
sealant .
2, At floor, hold gypsun board up 3/8" and install sealant bacl
and acoustical sealant,
%. Gypsum board partitions abutting acoutical ceilings.
1, Install 1/8" x 1 1/2" self-adhesive foam acoustical tape on
contact face of top track prior to attachment to the ceiline
C, Electrical outlets , switches and other scribed openings.
1, Seal with drywall patching compound to the thickness of the
board ,
3.0 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK:
A, Coordinate with Mechanical and Electrical trades in the locatior
installation of their uork. Provide bridgird, bracing and backl
support their uork installed in or on drywall construction. Do
close both faces of walls until their installations have been ir
ted and approved.
3.5 FIRE-RESISTIVE CONST8UCTIOH:
A. Construct walls and ceilings in accordance with the requiredent:
the governing Building Code for the time rating indicated or ret I
Gypsum Bo ard-0 - 25-3
.~ --________ ~~
3.6 ACCESS PANELS:
A. Access panels for access to electrical or mechanical control3 and
valves which occur in drywall partitions or furring will be furnishe
to the job by the trade Involved for installation under this Sectior
Locate panels where directed by Architect and install level and squa
with ad jaxnt construction,
B. Refer to the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings and Specifications f additional requiremen-.
3.7 SPECIAL FINISHES
A. Textures: Using finishing compmd recommended by the board manufac
turer, develop sample panels of texture separately for walls and ceilings until the textures are accepted by the Architect,
3.8 CLEANUP
A, As specified in Section 0.60,
END CF SECTION
f
Gypsum Board-9.2s-4
CA%LAVERX HILLS COPM7.,,ITY CEX I
1
I
I
I
1
i
I
1
I
1
1
I
1
I
SECTION 9.30
TILE
Requirements of Division shall apply to all work of this Section. i 1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORX INCLUDED
A, Ceraaic Tile Uork.
B. Setting bed3 where required, 1 1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
tions. Inspect related uork and adjacent surfaces. Report con
which prevent proper execution of this uork
3, Coordination and cooperation: Coordinate uith work of other tr
Perform wrk without; delay to job progress.
e. Subitdls,
1. h specified in Section 1.3.
2. Sutait tile and gruut aaaples for color selection, 3. Submit three panels, 12" x 12" approximately, of each select with tiles adhered and grouted, (Hatch uork to accepted sam panel s . 1
D, Delivery: Deliver all materials in their original containers wi
seals unbroken and manufacturer's name and product identificatio
clearly legible on each paokage.
E. Storage: Store SQ as to preclude damage from moisture or from a
other source,
1.4 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS:
A. Conform to current edition of the Handbook for Ceramic Tile Insti
Tile Council of America (TCA) and the Ceramic Tile Manual by ti
Tile Institute (CTI).
B, Copies of referenced specifications are available from the Tile (
cil of America or the Ceramic Tile Institute, 700 No, Yirgil, Lo: 1 Angeles, California,
C. Basic materials and workmanship shall be in accordance with the i
cable requirements of the following American National Standards I tute specifications which are hereby made a part of this specific
tion:
"Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortarm, or
Latex-Portland Cement Mortar, A108.5-1976;
"Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortarg, Al18.1-1976; (use factory 'jande4
only)
I TI 1 e-9.30- 1
$ ______ ~-
"Lat ex-Port 1 a& Cement Piortar" A1 la. 11,
"Ceramic Tile", 137.1-1976 by Tile Council of America.
"Ceramic Tile" set in Mortar setting bed, A108,l.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 UTERIAIS:
A Glazedl tile: Hachine made, dust pressed, white bodied, satin matte
as produced by American Olean, as approved by the Architect.
and color as selected by the Architect,
8. Porcelain Ceramic Tile: Hachine made, dust pressed, natural 1 porcelain type, unglazed, as produced by American Olean, as approve
Architect. Colors and sizes as selected by the Architect from A
Ofeaa , Group B,
C. Trimmers for tile: Shapes matching tile. Provide bull-nose shapes
cove shapes, and mund in and out corners,
necessary for the work,
Grout for glazed tile:
colors as selected by the Architect.
Provide special shapes
D. Commercial preparation similar to Tile Sa1
E. Grout for Porcelain ceramic tile: Hydroment Ceramic Tile Grout, co
selected. Use also for pavers and quarry tile.
F. Curing paper: Reinforcgd kraft paper, no-staining, Sisalkraft Div
sion of St, Regis "Seekwe, or clear polyethelene sheeting, 6 mil.
misirnun.
G. Sand: Clean, washed, sharp, durable, natural particles, fYee from
soluble salts or organic impurities, ASTH C1114. Sand for grouting shall 'be screened to pass a 30 mesh sieve with not more than 5%
passing a 100 mesh screen.
H, Portland cement: ASTM C150, type I or 11, low dkali,
I. Hydrated lime: ASRl C207, type S.
J. Water: Clean and potable.
K, Control or expansion joint treatment: Backup - polyurethene or pol
thelene flexible foam. Sealant - silicone rubber, selected by Arc1
tect for color, use manufacturer's recommended use.
L. Waterproof membrane: Synthetic rubber latex mastic and gla.33 fabr
by CPo~sfield Products, 3000 E, Harcourt St., Compton, CA W221, o
"Herkrete" or "Latacrete". Apply on all floors above grade.
H, Lath: Uaterproofed, paper backed welded wire fabric 16 x 16 gzug
galvanized, "Aqua K-Lath" or approved equd to be applied on wall
Tile-9.30-2
CALAVERA XIiLS COEEXITY CI
3.0 EXECUTION
3&1 CEHERAL
I*
4
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
A. Install in accordance with reference specifications.
3, Membrane and reinforcing under quarry tile,
3.2 CLEAVAGE PLANE HWRAHE AND REINFORCING nisi
A Install membrane in maximum size sheets to minimize joints.
einirnu g-,
B. Provide mesh at the center of all mortar setting beds that a
bonded to concrete slabs, lapped one full mesh and wire tic
Keep mesh 7 away *om expansion joints and walls,
1, Exactly in line with constructiodcontrol joints in concr on grade,
2. At perimeter of roomdareas greater than 12'4" minimun d
3, At 16'4" PBX, O.C. each way in floors uith tile set on m4
bed,
4, At 24Q" rax. O.C. each uay in floors or walls where tilc
thin-set, Including tile on membrane.
3.3 IWSTAUATIOH OF FLOOR OM MORTAR SETTING BED:
A. nix setting bed mortar in volwe proportions of l-part Portlai
cement, 112-part hydrated lime, and 5-parts sand, Accurately
and machine mix mortar,
B, Portland cement paste bond coat, Dry-set or latex mortar bonc
may be used,
6, Mortar-Bed Set: Dampen tile in accordance with Referenced St(
Apply setting bed mortar, mixed as specified, and bring surfac
setting beds to required planes. Spread no more mortar than c
covered with tile before mortar sets, No retempered mortar mz
used, Lay tile ta pattern shorn, Set tile uith uniform join
Trowel or brush a bond coat over setting bed and work lightly trowel or brush immediately preceding tile setting. Set tile
position and beat firmly into mortar, Bring tile faces to a t I proper plane.
3.4 INSTALLATION OH CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS ABOVE GRADE:
A. (2 slabs above grade ceramic tile of any kind may be Installed
over uaterproof membrane, uith latex-portland cement mortar, o
mortar setting bed on a cleavage plane,
8, Follow the membrane manufacturer's instructions for preparatio . concrete and miring material,
1. Trowel a coat of membrane over the concrete approximately
B Ti le-9.30-3
I
thick. Embed a layer of glass cloth and over that trowel anot
layer of membrane material. The total membrane shall be appro
mately 118" thick throughout.
2. Do not run the membrane or tile over aeismic joints; cut it
neatly at both sides,
.3. The membrane must cure at least 28 hours before the bond coat
the tile is installed.
3.5 INSTALLATION ON UALLS
A. Lath: Apply to support.ing members with appropriate fasteners, lap
joints a minimum of two (2) inches. Form mug to corners.
B, Setting Bed: Apply mortar to lath with sufficient pressure tc
embedment of wire fabric, Screed to smooth, level, plumb,
Protect from wind and damp cure as required by temperature. Soli
coves.
C. Over gypsum board or setting bed, install tile on vertical surfac
only Dry-Set mortar or latex modified mortar bond coat. Adjust t
of bond coat, or install leveling coat if required by conditions,
finished tile surface to a true plane.
3.6 Grouting: Force a maimum of grout into joints. Wipe out grout to be
flush with face of all-purpose edge tile. Clean off all excezs grout ui
clean burlap. Before grout sets, fill all skips a?d gaps,
3.7 CLEANING TILE:
A, Promptly clean tile as work progresses so (w to minimize final
cleaning. Do not leave mortar or grout xruxa to dry on tile faces.
3.8 Apply curing paper with perimeter and all laps sealed, Maintain curing
membrane in perfect condition for 5 days, minimum.
3.9 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END CF SECTION
Ti 1 e-9.30-4
CXLAVERA ZiILLS COFWJXITY CEX? I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
I
CFlTTAU c 33 "I-. *Y.. 2. ,,
QUARRY TILE
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED I A. Quarry Tile Work,
1.2 RELATED VORK
A, Joint sealers.
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions uith actual field c
tions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report conc which prevent proper execution of this work.
8. Coordination and cooperation: Coordinate uith work of other tr
Perform wrk without delay to job progress.
c, Suhittals.
1. As specified in Division 0.
2. Subrait tile and grout saaples for color selection. 3, Submit three panels, 12" x 12' approximately, cf each select
with tiles adhered and grouted. (Hatch work to accepted sam panel s , 1
Installer, certifying type, grade and quality of tile.
3. Submit master grade certificate, signed by Manufacturer and
B. Delivery: Deliver all materials in their original containers wi seals unbroken and manufacturer's Came acd product identificatic
clearly legible on each package.
E. Storage: Store so as to preclude damage from moisture cr fron a
other source.
1.a REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS:
A. Conform to 1985 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation by Tile C
of America (TCA) and the Ceramic Tile Manual by the Ceramic Tile Institute ((XI).
0. Copies of referenced specifications are available from the Tile
cil of America or the Ceramic Tile Institute, 700 No. Virgil, Lo
Angeles, California.
Qudrry Tile-Q.33-1
-_-I_ - . - -- - -_ - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . -
C. Basic materials and uorkmanship shall be in accordance uitn tne appi
cable requirements of the following American National Standards Inst
tute specifications which are hereby made a part of this specifica-
tion:
."Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar", or
Latex-Portland Cement Mortar, AP08.5-1976;
"Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortara, A118.1-1W6; (we factory sanded a
c'nl y)
"Late x-Pcrt 1 and Cement Mort arm A1 18. It.
"Ceramic Tile", 137.1-1976 by Tile Council of America.
"Ceramic Tile" set in Mortar setting bed, Al.08.1.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Quarry Tile: To be Dal-Tile Cuspration, Dal-Rustics, Heritage
Flash a* x 4" OF equal.
3. Trimmers for tile: Shapes matching tile. Provide bull-nose shapes
cove shapes, and round in and out corners. Provide
special shapes as necessary for the work.
C. Grout for quarry ceramic tile: Hydroment Ceramic Tile Grout, color
to be umber.
D. Sand: Clean, washed, sharp, durable, natural1 particles, free from
soluble salts or crganic impurities, ASTH C:Lka. Sand for groutird
shall be screeced to pass a 30 mesh sieve with not more than 5%
passing a 100 mesh screen.
E. Portland cement: ASTH C150, type I or 11, low alkali.
F. Hydrated lime: ASTn C207, type S.
G. Water: Clean and potable.
H. Control or expansion joint treatment: Backup - polyurethene or polyc
thelene flexible foam. Sealant - silicone rubber, selected by Archi-
tect for color, use manufacturer's recommended use.
I. Waterproof membrane: Syr,thetic rubber latex mastic and glass fabric
by Crossfield Products, 3000 E. Harcourt St., Ccmpton, CA 00221, or
"Merkrete" or "Latacrete".
J. Mortar bed reinforcement:: Steeltex C-216, self-furring.
K. Cleavage plane membrane: Asphalt saturated felt conforming to ASTH
D226.
Quarry Tile-9.33-2
CALAVEM HILLS CO>PENITY CEKT:
3.0 EXECUTION
3.; GE#ESi?L
1
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
A, Instail in accordance uith reference specifications. 1 3.2 COKTROL JOINTS
A, General: Install joints to control expansion, contracticn and c cracking whether or not indicated on the drauiqs. Corxtruct Jo
as recommended by TCL Obtain Architect's revieu of propused jo locat ions ,
3. Exterior:
1. Exactly ia line with constrwtiodcontral joints in concrete
on grade.
2, At 12*-0" max, o.c, each way in horizontal surfaces.
3. At perimeters of areas having tiled base or curb.
3.3 INSTAUATIOH ON CONCRETE FLGOR SLABS ABOYE GRADE:
A. On slabs above grade tilt of any kind may be installed only
over waterproof membrane, with latex-portland cement mortar, cr (
mortar setting bed on a cleavage plane.
8. Follow the membrane mamfacturer's instructions for preparation c
concrete and mixing material,
1. Trowel a coat of membrane over the concrete approximately I/
thick. Embed a layer of glass cloth and aver that trouel ar: layer of membrane material. The total membrane shall be app
mately 118" thick throughout.
2. Do not run the membrane cr tile over seismic joicts; cut it neatly at both sides.
3. The membrane must cure at least 2U hours before the band ccz
the tile is installed.
3.P Grouting: Force a maximum of grout into joints, Yipe cut grout to be
fluah with face of all-purpose edge tile. Clean off all excess grout clean burlap, Before grout sets, fill all skips dnd gaps. I
3.5 CLEANING TILE:
A, Promptly clean tile as uork progresses so as to minimize final
cleaning. Do not leave mortar scum to dry on tile faces,
3.6 Apply curing paper with perimeter and all laps sealed. Maintain c,urin
membrane in perfect condition for 5 days, minimum,
Quarry Tile-9.3<-3
3.7 CLEANUP
A. Perform in accordance with General and Supplementary
Conditions.
END OF SECTION
Clu a r r y T i 1 e- Q .3 3 - h
CALAVEU XILLS COE.C.fL'NITY CENT 1
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
B
1
1
I
1
II
SECTIC 3.5:
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 VORK INCLUDED
A. 'Suspended Acoustical Pace1 Ceilngs.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A, Field conditions: Verify drauing dimensions with actual field
tiom, Inspect related wcrk and adjacent surfaces. Report all
tions which prevent proper execution of this work.
B. Shop drawings: In accordance with Section 1.30 submit to the A
tect for approval, Show layout-of suspension, acoustical units
trin, cut units, starting points of lines. Indicate accurately
position and relative size of all penetrations of the ceilicg,
electrical fixtures, air conditioning outlets, speakers and fir
sprinklers, Prepare as indicated on plans.
C, Samples: In accordance with Section 1.30, subinit product data
samples of acoustical panel material, suspension systems, braci
systea, perimeter trin and diffusers.
D, Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Build
Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the
ing Code, the more stringent shall govern, Conform to U.B.C. S
47-18 when applicable.
E. Quality Control: Wor'kers shall be fully qualified and experien
perfcrming work of this Section. White glcves furnished by the
facturer shall be worn by installers when handling grid and dif
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS
A. Lay-in Panels: Sizes 3hown on drawings x 5/8" minimum thicianes
Square edged Class A, incombustible mineral fiber unit5 with of white, factory-applied washable finish ds follows:
1, 211" x age x 1" Tectun Interior Ceiling Panels.
2. Provide fire-rated panels where fire rated ceilings are i
drawings.
Acoustical Ceilings-
1 CaAVERA HILLS CGMMUPjITY CENTER
2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTE!! - EXPOSED:
A. Manufacturer: Chicago Hetallic Corp., Donn or Armstrong or equal.
B. Classification: Intermediate duty in accordance with ASRt C635.
C. Suspension system: Exposed 'T" grid main tee of double web desigr
with a rectangular bulb and 15/16'' exposed flange suspended on 12
galvanized steel hanger wires at 0 feet O.C. each way, Cross tee3
double web design, rectangular bulb uith web forming a positive ir
lock between cross tee webs.
1. All tees shall be of cold-rolled steel, electro-zinc plated a
factory finished as follous: With "Lo Gloss" white paint, or
black as selected.
2, Bridging channel:: 16 ga cold rolled, rut inhibitive prime
depth as required for load,
System shall support the ceiling assembly with a maximum defl
tion of 11360 of the span.
3.
4. Furnish and install bridging channelu, hanger wires, main tee cross tees, hold down clips, wall mounting, noldirgs and triu
Provide independent suspension system for flush mounting elec
cal fixtures installed in the ceiling,
5.
D, Provide fire rated suspension system where fire rated ceilings are
indicated on plans.
2.3 LIGHT FIXTURE PROTECTION:
A, Provide fire protection far all lighting i-i~t~i~3 for one-.hour fir
resistive rating, Haterial shall be similar and equal to USG,
"Thermafiber," 1-lDn thick, non-combustible semi-rigid mineral fi
board, Install in accordance uith the nanufacturer's instructions
to meet the requirements of the governing Building Code.
2.u SEISMIC BRACING:
A. Seismi~ requirements: In addition to the specified hanger wirc
shall be four splay wires with maximum 5 deg. slope from horizc
every 14u square feet of any given suspended ceiling area, #
hanger wire shall be attached to the concealed tee splines at the [
of rooms at 2' O.C. maximum, not to exceecl 6" from walls.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Generdl: Xnstall ceiling systems in strict accordance uith the (
approved shop drawings and manufacturer's printed instruct]
recommendations.
B. Install ceiling systems uith joints accurately aligned, flush,
tight, ad hairline producicg rigid support for the dcoustic'al unit and other items mounted in the system. Where ceiling system abuts
Ac BUS t ical Ce i 1 ings-9.5
CALAVERA KILLS CCiX?K‘NITY CEN’
vertical Jurfaces, provide perimeter vzll 22g1’15 2ecurely at%
an approved manner. Install wall angles in longest przcticaS1
fangc,hs tz isYc-,1;2e Join”&*
1s
I
B
1
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
.-.
C. Install acoustical ceilings dead level, flat dnd true tu uithi
uhen checked with a 10-foot long straightedge placed in any di 1 against the ceiling,
I), If pattern of hanger wires is interrupted by ducts or other ob
tlons, provide channel bridging as necessary to support ceifiq
as specified intervals.
Where access required thru lay-in panels, install marker ta E. 1 sane,
F. Provide fire protection at expansion joints as required by Codc
3.2 CLEANUP
A, As specified in Section .060,
3.3 PRODUCTS FOR MAINTENANCE
A. Provide in unopened cartons one percent (1%) minimum of the qui
of each ztyle of acoustical panel.
B. Deliver to site and store as directed by Owner.
C.
D. Submit copy of receipt as specified in Section 0.55.
Obtain receipt for delivery indicating number of cartons of eac
END OF SECTION
I Acoustical Ceilings-
CALAVERA HILLS COXNUXITY CEP
I8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
SECTION 9.55
YOOD FLOORING
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
Furnish and provide all materials and labor required to exect
indicated by this specification and on the drauirrgs to include:
A, Providing and installing free floating resilent uood floor sys
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREHEHTS:
k Field Conditiocs: Verify drawing dimensions uith bctuhl fie1
Report to the A inspect related work and adjacent surfaces,
and all discrepancies which prevent proper execution of work,
a Provide catalog information of exact model and 3ize to the Arc
to placing order,
1-3 SUBMITTALS: Provide shop drawing as indicated in Section 1
specifications.
1.U DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A, Delivery of materials
1, Materials shall not be delivered or installed until q
painting, plastering, tile work, marble and terraz
completed. All overhead mechanical uork, lighting,
scoreboards are installed and room temperature at least 6:
relative humidity 501 or lower,
2. Area where materials are to be stored should be main
degrees and 35 to 50% relative humidity by the General Co
7.5 JOB CONDITIOHS
A Do not install flooring on concrete prior to curing time as re
the manufacturer.
3. After floors are finished, area to be kept locked by general (
allow curing time for the finish. If after required curing t
contractor or Owner required use of gym, he shall protect
covering with noc-fibered kraft paper or red rosin paper with
until acceptance by ouner of complete gymnasium floor. I 9.6 VARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 0.55.
I Wood Flooring-9.55-
t CALAVbiYA HLLb LUMiYUNllY LCi'JlLtr
2.0 PRODUCTS
2-1 Hood floor system to be a free f1aatir.g restlipnt hs:-d mzp\e ~IQQ?
manufactured by n Robbins" or equal.
A, Use Permacushion Sleeper System or equal,
2.2 SLEEPERS - 2" x 3" x u@ Fir or Pine, KD, treated with Woodlife Permacushion pads properly stapled to the bottom side.
2.3 NAILS - 2" barbed cleat or equivalent,
2.4 FLOORING
A. 33/32* thick x 2 1/4' width. Second and Better, TLG and EM, KD
Hard HFHA Maple flooring as manufactured by Robbins and 6
accordance with HFHA standards.
1. Treating - Flooring shall be treated uitt
preservative, Each bundle shall be :stamped with the officia
plant number and a certificate attesting to treatment
furnished with each shipment.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTIOH
A. Inspect concrete subfloors for proper tolerance and dryxess, and :
discrepancies to the general contractor in writing.
All work required to put the concrete subfloors in acceptable
3h4l be the responsibility of the general contractors,
C. Subfloor should be broom cleaned by general contractor,
B.
3-2 Instdl polyethylene with joints lapped a minimum of a".
3.3 Permacushion sleepers shall be installed end to end across the short t
of the rccm (or at right angles to the main playing court) with joists
a minimum of 2Un, The sleepers should be spaced 12n on center for -
10" on center for the 25/32" thick flooring, Maintain a minimum of 2"
void at all walls and other permanent obstructions, Care mwt be tal
that all pads bear on the concrete subfloors,
3-0 Hachine nail maple finish floorir4 at right angles to sleepers with t
properly driven up and proper spacing provided for humidity conditic
specific regions. Provide 2" expansion void at the perimeter.
Wood F1 oor ing-9.55- 2
CALAVEXA HILLS COKNJXITY CE
3.5 SANDING RJ
f
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
1
1
1
A. Ssnd floorizg uith drun sander, edger, buffer, and hami scrape
7, Use ccasr3e, medim ad fine grade sac4paper.
2. After sanding uith drum sander, buff entire floor u3
screenback or equal grit sadpaper, uith a heavy-duty bul
3. Vacuum or tack floor before first coat of finish,
u. Floor shall present a smooth surface without drum stop m
streaks or shiners.
3.6 FIHISHINGS - GWNASIUH
A. Apply I coat of Robbins Miracle Sealer and 2 coats of Rob I Finish.
EL Screenback or steel wool and vacuum or tack between each coa'
dry,
Game Lines - Apply game lines accurately between first two eoq
after buffing and vacuuming, Lay out in accordance with dr
game lines, use current rules of association having jurisdi
shall be straight uith sharp edges of colors selected by Archi 8
3.7 FINISHING - MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM
A, Apply 2 or more coats of penetrating sealer, buffed in accc
manufdcturer's instruction3 in order to provide a low gloss,
We recommend that stages be finished in walnut or darker
theatrical performance,
3.8 PERIMETER HOULDINC
A. Install vent cove base anchored to ualls with base cement Oi
anchors, Use premoulded outside corner3 and neatly mitered in.
Unless otherwise noted.
3.9 Clean up all unused materials and debris and remove same from the
specified in Section 0.60.
END W SECTION
I Yoad Flooricg-9.55-3
CALkVERA HILLS COMMJXITY CENTE
SECTION 0.66
8
E
I
I
I
I
B
I
I
1
I
1
I
B
I
I
I
I
._ RESILIENT FLOORING
Requirenents of Division I shall apply to all work of this Secticn.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED A A. Vinyl composition tile B, Vinyl sheet floor covering
C. Rubber base I). Xetal trim
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dirnecsions with actual field cc
tians, Inspect related work ar,d adjacent surfaces. Report condi
which prevent proper execution cf this work.
B. Submittals: In accordance with Section 1.30, submit manufacturer
data, instructions and samples of each type and calor of tile and
base.
C. Delivery: Deliver all materials in their original unopened conta
with prcduct identification clearly legible on each container.
D. Storage: Stcre in clean dry spaces in a nancer to prevent damqe
any cause.
E. Temperature: Before, during and after installation, maintain spa
to receive this work at the temperatures recomsecded by the nanuf
turer ,
2.0 fRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Vinyl Composition Tile: Armstrong, Imperial Excelon series, 12" 1
12", 1/8" thickness. Pattern: "Texture" or "Hodern" as selected (
B. Vinyl Sheet: Armstreng Vinyl Classic Corlon, gauge .085", 6 ft. w
Patterns: Sandoval; Seagate; Montina; Palestra; Brigantine; as sel
Cs Base: Burke or equal topset cove for use with resilient floc
toeless type for use with carpet; 118" thick rubber, iln hi5
otherwise indicated, (verify prior to ordering) colors as select
Architect. Provide prefcrned inside and outside angles and end 3
D. Metal trim: Anodized aluminum extrusions, types, sizes and color
A
required.
5. Adhesives: Uaterprcof, as supplied by or recommended by the floor
mdnufactuter,
F. Primers, fillers, clebners: As recommended by the floorira manufa I turer.
/?\ 11/18/87 City Revisions
Resj 1 ient Flnnrino-q.hh-!
L~LIIVCISA nLhha uJiu-iuLvLIi ~CIYLCL
G. Underlayment as reccmended by flooring manufacturer,
3.0 EXECUTION
3 ,I PREPARATION
A. Immediately prior to installation of resilient flooring, make cert;
that subfloar is thoroughly dry, brcom-clean, free of grease, oil,
paint and any foreign matter that will impair adhesion, OF Show
through the finish tile floor coveripg, Sand off any ridges or ott
projections above plane of floor,
B, Hcisture test for concrete flcors: Brush primer over at least 3
areas, 3'x3*, on each floor. If, after 24 hours prirner is well-bor to concrete, installation of flooring may proceed. If it is not WE
bonded, delay installation until subsequent tests indicate satisfac
tcry dryness,
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A, Install underlayrnents xn the manner and as recommended by floor cov
manufacturer,
Verify pattern layout with Architect. B.
C. Start tile installation in center of each room or area with layout avoid tiles of less than one-half uidth except at irregularly shape
spaces,
D. Hake all joints tightly butted, straight and aligned exactly parall
with respective walls of buildir,g. Neatly trim material abutting
other work to form a true, clean joint. Where flooring edges are
ccvered by other materials, make cuts sufficiently accurate 30 that
edges are completely concealed. Complete flocricg installation bef
installing any base.
E, Thorougbly bond resilient flooring to backing surfaces. Roll all
flooring with a 150 lb. roller.
F. Flooring material is not required under fixed floor-momted cabinet
having integral bottans.
Install base in locgest sections possible t.o minimize cuts between
corners, Thoroughly bond resilient base ta backing surface with
bottom edge in uniform contact with flooring surface. Hake all joi
tight the surface aligried. Use premolded shapes for corners.
H, Leave all surfaces free of adhesive, soil and construction stains b
apply no maintenance fnnishes, Reclean floors soiled prior to acce
tance of project at r,o additional expense to Owner,
.)
G,
3.3 FINISHING AND PROTECTION:
A. Cover construction traffic lanes uith non staining protectio
specified, Provide additional forms of p7otection uhen require(
conditions to prevent damage.
Resilient Flooring-9.66-2
CALAVETA RILLS COX-"ITY CEN'
B. Imaediately prior to final inspection of the building, remove pi
la
1
I
I
I'
1
I
I
D
I
I
1 7
8
1
1-
I
I
ami a+da- prntecttqq, =XI thnrcughJ.y cleac. all flccr rcv~.i=
C. If construction traffic has dulled the fintzh, the entire flo
cleaned. When dry, apply two coats of uar as recornmen
manufacturer.
3.4 CLEANUP I A. As specified in Section 0.50,
=I) '3 SECTION
.
#
I Resilient Floorinv -9.66-
CALAVERA HILLS CONXLTXITY CE? r'
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
Y
I
I
SECTION 9.68
CAR PET
Requirements of Divisicn I sh&ll apply to all work of this
Section. .
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED:
A. Carpet,
B, Trim and base. 1 C. Pad,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS:
A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual
field Conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent
surfaces. Report conditions which prevent proper
execution of this work.
B. Submittals: In hccordance with Sectiou 1.30 submit
manufacturers data, instructions and samples of each
type and color. Contractor shall submit 5 each
samples .
C. Delivery: Deliver all materials in their original
unopened containers with product identification clearly
legible ou each container.
D. Storage: Store in clean dry spaces in a manner to
prevent damage from any cause.
E. Temperature: Before, during and after installation,
maintain spaces to receive this work at the
temperatures recommended by the manufacturer.
1.4 Remnants:
A. Usuable scrap and overage shall be rolled, bound,
identified and left with Ouner.
1.5 Delivery:
A. All carpet shall be delivered to the jab site in
original mil wrappings with each roll having registered
number and tags attached or register number stenciled
on bale and intact. Store under cover in well
ventilated spaces as delivered; protect from damage,
dirt, stains and moiJture. r
I Carpet-9.68-1
€ L~AVCL\~ nILLa Luiuiuii*ILi LL~WLL~T I
1.6 ~~~y~;~.~~~;
A. Material: Carpet shall be guaranteed against faulty
workmanship and rnsterial by this Contractor for the
period as set forth by the manufacturer but. in co case
Shall guarantee period be less than one year from date
of Notice of Completion,
B. Installation: Ihe Contractor shall provide a one-year
iinconditional guarantee against workmanskip covering further restretching, repair of seams, puckering and
any other defects that might be directly attributable
tu defective workmansh:lp.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 Materials:
A. General: This specification represents the minimum
acceptable quality of carpet. Carpets of higher
quality construction will be accepted provided all
other requirements of the specifications 21re met. All materials shall be new ob "first" quality and from the
same dye lot for each eolor selected in any given open
area .,
B. Colors and Patterns of carpets to be selected by
Architect.
C. Carpeting shall be nylon, polyester, acrylic, cotton or
wool 0
D. Pad shall be latex, sponge-rubber foams or softback and
hardback vinyl foams.
If not specified on plans, the Contractor shall allox
in his bid the allowance of $22.00/sq. yd. Carpeting
will be selected by the Owner. Should the selected
carpeting cost more than the amount alloued, the
Contractor shall receive the difference as an extra.
Should the selected carpeting cost less than the allowance, the contract price will be reduced by the
amount of the difference. The allowance 1Tor carpeting
shall be the purchase price only, not including any
profit or labor cost of installation.
All carpeting to be hung on walls and/or ceilings shall
have a Class I flame -spread classificatiori.
E.
F.
G. Characteristicj: The following characteristics will be
evaluated for general acceptability and comparability
with like items,
1. Durability of the Carpet: The abiltity of the I
carpet to resist abraJion, alkalis, acidj,
Carpet-9.68-2
CaAVEftl HILLS COHXl'XJITY CE
insects, fungus and burns.
2, Appe=rl.-ce Retesticn: ?he ability of the carpet to
resist compression and crushing,
1' 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
3. Ease of Maintenance: The ability of the car'pet to resist staining and soiling and to respond
successfully to in-place wet cleaning.
H. I carpet manufacturer ,
I.
Adhesive and seam ceuent shall be as remamended by
Trim shall be vinyl carpet cap color as selected by the
Architect, Plastic Company No, 22A or an approved
equal ,
J. Fillers shall be type as recommended by carpet I manufacturer .
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 Conform to carpet manufacturer's recommendations and requirenents herein,
A. General: Do not start uork until uork of other trades,
including painting, is substantially cunpleted,
Preparation: Clean substrates of dust, dirt, paint,
wax, grease, oil, plaster droppirgs, and other foreign
matter. Fill cracks or depressions uith material as recommended by carpet manufacturer for the specific job
conditions, Prior to laying carpet, test concrete for
adequate dryness using tejts and testing procedure per carpet manufacturer's direct ions.
8.
3.2 Seams:
A. All carpet shall be laid in the same directions unless
specifically shown otherwise.
B. No seams shall occur at doorways and entries
perpendicular to doors or entries.
Seams occuring at doors and parallel to doors shall be
Centered directly under the door.
C.
D. Seams occuring at corridor change of direction shall
follow wall line parallel to carpet direction. I 3.3 Installation:
A, General:
1. Recommended procedure for installation by the
manufacturer ahall be strictly followed. Unsatisfactory installation resulting from uork
perforDe4 cot in accordance with nanufacturer'3 I
I Carpet-9.68-3
1
CmAVERA. HILLS COW.,TJITY CENTER I
recommecdations shall be the responsibility of the
flocr covering contractor and may result in
Particular attention shall be paid to the manufacturer's recommendat ions for seaming and
application of adhesives and seam cement. All spots and smears of adhesives or seam cement shall
be removed immediately,
rencving and retnst2"icg zt hi3 arpense,
2. Cut evenly alongs walls, cut and fit evenly around
all projections into trim strips. Ff't closely and
evenly to and through thresholds where carpet
joins together in dooruays,
All seaas and cross seams shall be selvage edge
trimmed. Cross seams shall be held to an absolute minimum.
3.
4. All carpet shall be lined up so that all lines of
carpet match as woven width and length.
5. Fill strips shall be no less than 9" in width and
at least 36" in length,
6. The finished installation shall be free from open
sea, scraps, ripples, scallops and puckers.
3.4 Cleaning and Protection:
A. Adhesive and seaming cement smears, etc,, shall be removed immediately and upon completion of carpet
installation thoroughly clean and vacuum aL1 carpeting,
Upon completion of cleaning cover all (carpeting to protect from damage.
3.5 Guarantee::
k Corrective work which may be required uridw the teras
of the guarantee shall be performed after normal working hours at the convenience of the Owner,
3.6 Clean-Up:
A. Leave all surfaces free of adhesive, soil and construction stains. Reclean floors soiled prior to
acceptance of project at no additional. expense to
Owner ,
END OF SECTION
I
Carpet-9-68-11
CALAVER.4 H1Li.A L'JPLYLlhLLY LC.&
ms
SErTTOtf 0.80 I SPECIAL COATING
Requirements of Division I apply to all work .if this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
Furnish materials and perform lator required to execute thi
icdicated on the drawings, as specified acd as necessary to canpfetl
tract, including, but not AUiited to, there major items: I A. Concrete floor sealer.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMEXTS:
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field
Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces, Report to the Arct
ditions which prevent proper execution of this work,
8. Samples: Suhnit in accordance with Section 1.30 showing color
C. Codes: Haterial and wrk shall conform to the governing BuildJ
case of conflict between these specifications and the Building stringent shall govern.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 HATERIALS:
L Thi3 sealer to be a crystal clear, no-yellowing, acrylic seale
Use "Lithachrome-Colorw: on flooring as indicated on plans,
sealer as manufactured by LH, Scofield or equal,
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 Thoroughly clean all surfaces indicated to have sealer and seal with
3.2 All installation to be per manufacturers recomendations.
1
END W SECTION
s
Special Coating-9.80
CAUVEK4 HILLS CONMUXITY CEh I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
SECTION '?,go 1 PAINTING
1.0 GENERAL
1.0 WORK INCLUDED
A. Painting and similar coating application for protection an
of the work,
1. The following specifications cover the complete painting,
of all wood, plaster, masonry, concrete, metal, conduits other surface3 throughout the interior and exterior of
except as otherwise noted. York generally consists of
limited to the following:
a. Interior and exterior surfaces and items of pl
masonry, gypboard, metal and concrete. Includes
parapets not covered with roofing. I
b. Items projecting through or mounted on the roof
vents, plumbing vents, piping, conduit, exhaust fans
equipment, etc.
c. Wood and meeel doors, including top, bottom and side I and window fraies.
d. Wood cabinets including interiors,
e. Touch-up and finish painting of shopcoased metal and
factory finished items.
1-1,
f. All expsed metal work, metal extinguisher cabinets, gravel stops, roof flashings, metal grilles, met# plaster expansion screeds, exjwsed ducts, pipe and co
g. Steel fencing and gates.
h. The Fainting Contractor Jhall examine the speciflcatf
various other trades and shall thoroughly familiar:
with all their provisions regarding their paintin
understand that all surfaces that are left unfinished unless excluded hereafter, are to be finished as a p
Sect ion ,
i. Within the interior of the building where painting o
ceilings is excluded, include the priming, underc
enameling of doors, trim, and items of black iron, brackets, hanger rods, etc., which will be expo
f iniahed state.
2, Yhe folloulng surfaces are not to receive painter's fini!
otherwise indicated on the drawings. I
Painting-9.90-1
LALAVCKA HLLLb LLJlYLPIVNLlX LtNlLK I
a. Work having complete factory finish other than prime c
not exclude touch-up .
b. Aluminum, .stainless steel, brass, bronze, and plated
metals (not zinc, cadium or galvanizing),
c. Equipment provided with a factory gloss finish. Thi:
pertain t,:, ceiling and wall registers. (Galvanizing sh;
considered as factory finish).
B, Cofora and gloss: As selected by the Architect.
C. Submittals.
1, As specified in Section 1.30
2, Submit complete llst of proposed materials. Document compliai
with Contrct requlrements.
3. Submit samples, using material8 approved for the project
color and paint ‘finish, selected, Prepare triplicate samples
showing succesaive coatings, For transparent and stained
prepare samples on species and quality of wood used in the u
D, Environnental conditions: Apply no paint in rain, fog or mist, wl
the temperature is below &5/Degrees F. Insure proper ventilation
during all interior painting.
E. Hardware: Insure that hardware is removed before paicting is sta
Permit reinstallatior only when paint finishes are thoroughly dry
F. Coats: The number of coats specified is the minimum number accepl
able, If full even coverage is not obtained witn the specified c’
of coats, apply at no extra cost, such coats as are necessary to
produce the required finish,
G. Protection: Protect floors and all adjacent surfaces from pair
spatters or dr0ppi;gS. Use drop cloths to protect floors. Cove]
and remove hardware not to be painted. Mask off areas where requ
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A. Shall be the product of Ameritone, Dutch Boy, Fuller Obrien, Pionc
& Lambert, Sequoia, cir Sinclair, subject to the approval of the
The materials listed herein are a product; of Sinclair Paint and a
a guide. If one of‘ the alternate moufacturers as listed i
proposed, the Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of material
manufacturers material data to the Architect for approval in the
forth herein.
B. Revleu the paint and finish schedules with the Architect, and sub!
complete list of materials proposed for the work, for the Archite
review,
I
C, Employ coats and undercoats for all type3 of finishes a3 recomnen
Painting-9.90-2
CALAVEXA HILLS CONXUNITY CEN
by the manufacturers of the finishes uzd.
Materials fer ~nderct3t+,s e4 fiai;?, t^uat= ~f pztiit shail Le re
mixed and shall not bG changed, except thinning of undercoats
required), reinforcing, or colorira, any of which shall be per
aa recamended by tbz manufacturers .
IS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
I).
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. All surfaces to receive paint shall be clean, dry, smooth and
free before application of any material. Prepare surfaces as
B. Wood: Sand smooth and remove dust. Fill open joints, cracks,
holes and other pits or depressions flush and smooth with putt!
wood dough after priming, Color putty to match finish paint c
Touch up knots or sap streaka with shellac or other approved ZG
before priming.
C. Masonry: Remove all foreign matter, efflorescence and encrust
Use a stiff fiber brush to remove looze particles. Fill all dc
sions and remove all fins and projections not inherent in the L
material .
D. Primed ferrous metal: Remove all foreign matter, Touch-up abr
with ferrous aetal primer.
E. Unprimed ferrous metal: Remove all rust, mill scale, and forei
matter by wire brushing, scraping, sandblasting, or solvent, as
required to provide a clean smooth surface.
F. Galvanized metal: Remove all foreign matter and clean entire SI
with mineral spirits. Pretreat with phosphoric acid etch or vi]
wash. Apply primer the same day as pretreatment is applied.
G. Gypsum board. Remove all foreign matter. Fill all pits flush q
smooth with spackle.
H. Plaster: Clean of dirt, dust, excess mortar, encrustation and I
matter. Fill holes, pits and other Imperfections flush and mol
Perform mixing or thinning of paint naterials only as recommend4
manu f ac t UT er . I.
I 3.2 PRIMING:
A. Wood: Before installation, back-prime all items to be instal
concrete or masonry. Use factory-mixed primer. For wood havini or transparent finish, use primer or first coat specified f
surfaces.
B, Galvanized metal: Prime all Wrfaces, except where to be embedd
concrete, masonry or roofing; allow to dry before installation.
C. Ferrous metal: Prime all surfaces bdth ferrous aetal primer:
1 Painting-9.90-3
I CALAVERA HILLS COMMlTNITY CENTSII
3.3 APPLICATION:
A. Apply material evenly, free from sags, runs, crawls, holidays or
defects. Mix to proper consistemy, brush out smooth, leaving mini
of brush marks, enamel and varnish uniformly floued on.
B. Apply paint by br~shes,, roller or apray.
Execgtion: Qrange peel texture on enameled surfaces will
acceptable on ualls and ceiling.
Tint all pigmented undercoats to approximately same shade as final
coat. Perceptibly increase the depth of shade in successive coats
Allow each coat to thoroughly dry before succeeding coat applicati
For oil paints, allow at least a8 hours between coats of exterior
work, except where otherwise recommended by the manufacturer.
C.
D.
E, Finish all four edges of doors uith same number and kicd of coati&
as specified for their main surfaces. Where openings into rooms
having different finishes, finish door edges as directed.
Finish mill or shop primed items uith materials compatible with pr: F,
G. Mechanical and electrical work in exposed areas:
Include that portion of ductwork or plenum spaces, the interioi
which is visible through the grilles. Paint dark gray.
1.
2. Shop primed metal surface of all mechanical and electrical equj
Enent shall receive two finish coats of paint to match adjoinin(
wall or ceiling surfaces. Prime coat, in addition to above, or
all unprimed surfaces. Principal item of this work to includt
interior of hose cabinets, air grilles, ceiling diffusers, elec
tric sub-panels, telephone panels, access panels, conduit, out1
and pull boxes, ducts and pipes,
3. All other mechanical equipment exposed to view, such as cov uncovered piping and ductwork, pumps, compressors, air cond
equipment, tanks,l'urnacea, etc,, shall be painted as specifiec
where not supplied finished under other Sections.
H. Miscellaneous painting:: Surfaces to be painted and not specificall
described herein, shall be painted with a product specifically manu
factured or prepared fctr the material and surface; prime coat and t
finish coats.
I. Upon completion, remove all rubbish caused by this trade. Remove
spots from floors, gla:m, and other surfaces. Leave premises in a
clean and orderly condition.
J. At the completion of other trades, touch up damaged surfaces as
required.
I
Pa i. n t i ng- 0.90-fi
CALAVERA HILLS COX4L??IITY CEW'I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
3-4 PAINT FINISH SCHEDULE
A, Surfaces shdl be finished in accordance uith the following prc
for the surface and finish desired thereon,
B. Numbers used to identify paint indicate the paint in white. Sal
material shall be in color selected.
C. Exterior.
.l, Plaster, Concrete (Flat Finish)
1st Coat Sinclair's No, 18 Epoprime 2nd Coat Sinclair's No. 1300 Stuc-*Life
2. Concrete Block (Flat Finish)
a, 1st Coat 1070 Vinyl Block Primer
2nd Coat ljOO Stuc-O-Life
3. Metal - Ferrous: (Gloss Finish)
1st Coat 15 Chrome Oxide Primer
2nd Caat 2a8 Sash & Trim Primer
3rd &at 250 Sash & Trim Enamel I a. Metal - Galvanized: (Gloss Finish)
Pretreatment 7113 Vinyl Wash Primer
1st Coat 25 Zinc Dust Primer
2nd Coat 248 Sash & Trim Primer
3rd Coat 250 Sash & Trim Enamel I 5, Hetal - Primed
Pr et r ea t m en t Toucbup prime coat as required
1st & 2nd Coat As set forth above for appropriate Fin
6. Uood-Stain (Opaque) 1 One Coat a700 Acrylic Stainteke
7. Wood: Paint (Gloss Finiah)
1st Coat 289 Exterior Wood Primer
2nd Coat 2bOO Avalon Uood Finish I D. Interior:
7. Concrete Block: (Gloss Finish)
I
1st Coat 1010 Vinyl Block Primer
1 Painting-9.90-5
$ CALAVERA HILLS CONMUNITY CENTER E
2nd Coat 975 Sinco Prime Undercoater 3rd Coat 1800 Sinco Satin Ehamel
-
2. Concrete Block: (Flat Finish)
1st Coat 1010 Vinyl EUock Primer
1700 Sinwall Vinyl Latex
-3. Gypsm Board - (Flat Finish)
1st Coat 1770 Pigmented P,P.A. Sealer
2nd Coat 1700 Sinwall Vinyl Latex
4. Gypsum Ward - (Gloss Finish)
1st Coat 1770 Pigmented P.V.A. Sealer 2nd Coat 975 Sinco Prime Undercoater
3rd Coat 1800 Sinco Satin Enamel
5. Wood: Paint (Glos:i Finish)
1st Coat 975 Sinco Prime Undercoater
2nd Coat 975 Sinco Prime Uadercoater
3rd Coat 1800 Sin- Satin Enamel
6. Wood: Stain (Transparent)
Stain 3350 Colormatic mod Stain (as required)
Filler 50 Paste Wood Filler (as directed) Sealer 2500 Sanding Sealer
Tuo Coats 2600 Series Clear Lacquer (as selected)
Apply 2nd h 3rd Coats
7. Metal:
+Bst Coat - Ferrous Metal 15 ChroPie Oxide Primer
Galvanized Metal 28 White Prime
2nd Coat 975 Sinco Prime Unrlercoatet 3rd Coat 1800 Sinco Satin Enanel
*Shop primed - Touch up as required then apply 2nd L 3rd Coat
8. Wood Cabinet Interiors (including drawers)
1st Coat 2600 Sanding Sealer
2nd Coat 2614 Velvet Water Ulrlte Lacquer Note: Lightly sand finish coat to provide smooth surface.
A
END OF SECTION r
n10/7/87 City Revisions Painting-9.90-6
I' CALAVERA HILLS COHHUXITY CENT
SECTTON Q-06
VINYL. UALL COVERING
B
I
1
I
I
I
8
I
I
I
I
I
4
I
1
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section.
7.0 GENERAL
1,l WORK INCLUDED
k, Vinyl Wall Cavering,
B. SealinglSizing as required.
1 , 2 REFERENCES
A. UBC U2-1 Uniform Building Code Standards, Test Method for Sur
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials (ASTH
B, ASTH E84 American Society for Testing Materials, Standard Tes
Nethad for Surface Burning Characteristics of Build1
Mater ial s .
C. CCC-Y-POS Federal Specification: Wall Cavering, Vinyl Coated,
1.3 SUEHIl-rALS
A, As specified in Section 1.30.
B. Product Data
1. Manufacturers specifications for product selected,
2,
3.
Manufacturers installation recommendations, including recop
proprietary accesaory items. Data indicating product compliance with reference standard
C, Sanples
1, One set for color/rnaterial selection,
2. Prior to ordering submit to verify understanding: Three s
approximately 8" x 10" of each color/material selected,
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A,
B, Store rolls flat. Do not store vertically,
Store *ere temperatures remain within the range 40 to 80 degr
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify measurements indicated on drawings,
8, Surface and air temperatures shall be within the range 60 to (
degrees F. at the time of application. Condensation shal: I occurring on substrate. I
1 Vinyl Wall Coverin
I
I CALAVEU tiILLS C0N"ITY CENTER
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Yall covering shall be as manufactured by Vicrtex or equal. C
pattern to be selected by the Architect.
a. Total weight 25 oz./lin, yd,
b. U.L. Rating Flame spread - 15 Fuel contributed - 0
Smoke developed - 20
B. Accessory Products
1. Primer/Sealer.
a, As recommended by manufacturer. (FQl certain types of adhe- sive on certain substrates, primer may not be required.)
Primer shall contain mildew inhibitor.
2. Rdhesive.
a,, As recommended by manufacturer. Adhesives shall contain
mildew inhibitar and shall not be diluted.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTIOM
A. Inspect installation surfaces and adjacent work Report conditions
preventing proper execution, Refer to substrate specifications to determine required cond It ion,
B. Substrate surfaces: Dry, smooth, dust free, and pee of stains and
imperfections which could telegraph thru wall covering. Use suitab
moiature meter to determine *en installation may commence.
C. Do not proceed in areas adversely affected until improper condition:
have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. As recommended by manufacturer.
B. As required by conditior~ of substrate.
C. Primelseal subjtrate if required by condition, choice of adhesive an
manufacturers recomnendation.
3.3 INSTALLATIQI
A. Install vinyl fabric in manner recommended by manufacturer.
B. Layout installation so joint3 occur more than 6" from internal or
I
Vinyl Yall Covering-9.96
CALAVEU HILLS COf?,"rJNITY CE:
external corners. Horizoctaf joints are not permitted.
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
1
I
4
i
B
I
1
I P
I
C. Do not terminate fabric at outside corner, Return minimu
insure adheJion.. Yerify condition with Architect prior to per1
D. Trim selvae deep enough to assure color uniformity,
E. Xppfy adhesive in manner which does not produce ridges or lucnp:
F, Accurately match, level znd plmb repeat patterns in both dire
G, Eliminate air bubbles. Assure full adhesion.
H. Remove excess paste from seams before making next seam,
paste out of seam.
be observable on the wall covering.
Immediately repart apparent color or pattern variation to
manufacturer's representative far his inspection and action, 1
proceed in affected areas until corrective action has been per
Avoid
On completion, no adhesive or other markiw
I.
3.8 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60,
END OF SECTION
1 Vinyl Wall Coverlng
SECTION 10.16 - TOILET PLQTITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
Scorle :
I
I
8
1
I
I
E
I
1
1
I
4
1
1
I
I
1'
I
Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the d
specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including, but not limited to, t items:
Toilet partitions; Shop drawings ; Finish samples.
Related Uork Specified Elsewhere:
Supporting construction Toilet accessories
General Reauirements:
Field Conditions. Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect relatc adjacent surfaces.
Shop Drawings. Submit in accordance with Division 1, showing in complete detail a11 required for fabrication, finishing and installation of this work.
Samples. In accordance with Division 1, submit samples of finish and of each item of hard1
&proved Manufacturers:
Bobrick Santana Products
Compartment "me:
Toilet partitions shall be floor mounted, overhead braced, with non-corrosive panels pilasters.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Toilet Comartments:
Toilet compartments shall be solid phenolic core type or solid polymer resin tyype E below.
Solid Phenolic Core Twe:
Panels, pilasters ad doors shall be of solid phenolic core mterial with high pressure n melamine surfaces fused to core. Edges shall be black. Pilaster and doors shall have thickness of 3/4" (19 nun). Panels shall be 1/211 (13 nun) thick. Pilasters shall hz treated, double zinc plated steel leveling device concealed by a one piece 4" (102 m) 304 satin finish stainless steel shoe. Headrails and headrail returns of overhead br compartments shall be anodized aluminum with satin finish.
Solid Polvmer Resins Me:
Panels, doors and pilasters shall be fabricated from Polymer resins under high pressul single component section which is waterproof, non-absorbent and has a self-lubricating s resists marking with pens, pencils or other writing utensils. Construction shal component construction of solid Poly-mar HD in colors that extend from the surface th,
entire thichess of the panels, doors and pilasters as manufactured by Santana Product: approved equal.
Doors, panels, and pilaster shall be 1" thick and all edges machined to a radius of .;
exposed edges to be free of saw marks.
Aluminum edging strips shall be fastened to the bottom edge of all panels full lengt edging strips shall be fastened to the bottom edge of all doors full width.
Pilasters shall be fastened to 3" high 20 gauge stainless steel shoes with theft proof se 1
-1- 10.16 - Toilet Partitions
Full length continuous wall brackets with mill finish weighing not less than 1.685 lbs, per 1 foot, or equal, shall be used for all panels to pilaster, pilaster to wass and panel tc connections. Attachment of brackets shall be in confonnance with manufacturar's wi specifications.
Headrail shall be heavy aluminum extrusion with mill finish in anti-grip configuration weighir less than 1.188 lbs. per linear foot or equal and fastened to tops of pilasters and he? brackets by thru-bolting with one-way sex bolts.
Headrail bracket shall be of 20 gauge stainless steel.
Hardware and Fittinus:
All finish.
No compartments and/or shower dividers, except on compartments with outswinging door.
door hardware and mounting brackets shall be stainless steel, Type 304, 18-8 with number 4
door hardware or mounting brackets shall be exposed on exterior of toilet compartments, dre
Hinqes :
Concealed gravity type, manufacturer's standard, adjusted to hold doors of unoccupied compar ajar 30 degrees. Provide self-lubricating moving parts, all concealed.
Brackets and Trim:
Coat Hook-BumDer and Latch:
Provide wall and pilaster stirrups per manufacturer's reconunendations.
On the inner side of each door, install a combination coat hook with a rubber-tipped bumper i concealed slide latch with stop and keeper. Latch shall be equipped with emergency life ar feature that allows locked compartment to be opened from the outside without the use of any tool:
Fasteners:
Hinge and Latch: Factory installed threaded steel inserts and stainless steel one-way mac screws; latch track factory installed thread T-nuts.
Door Hardware:
Mounting Brackets: Stainless steel Phillips head sheet metal screws.
Leveling Device: 3/8" (10 nun) threaded rod, nuts, and sleeve anchor.
Stainless steel one-way sheet metal screws.
Stile Shoes:
One piece, 4" (102 m) high, Type 304, stainless steel with number 4 satin finish.
Finish:
Toilet Compartments: High pressure matte finish melamine surfaces over solid phenolic material, or a non-absorbent, self-lubricating surface equal to "Plasti-glaze 280" as manufactt by Santana Products Company. Architect shall select color from manufacturer's standard color ran5
Hardware: Stainless steel, Type 304, 18-13 with Number 4 satin finish.
Special Reinforcement:
Provide concealed reinforcement to support: grab bars where these are indicated.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Toilet Comar+snents:
Install at locations indicated in acc:ordance with approved shop drawings and manufacture instructions. Attach to supporting c:onstruction rigidly secure, level and plunb. Clearance vertical edges Adjust hardn to perfect working order. of doors shall be uniforni top to bottom and shall not exceed 3/16".
All Work:
Cleaninq All work. Wash and polish to remove dirt, grease, and all other imperfections.
Conceal all evidence of cutting, drilling or of rough fasteners.
-2- 10.16 - Toilet Partitions
CALAVERA HILLS COWXITY CEN I'
R LOUVERS x::= VEHTS
8
1
I
1
I
19
I
I
1
I
I
8
II
SECTION 10.20
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Wall louvers, aluninun, factory fabricated and finished, €3. Door louvers, steel, factory fabricated and primed.
C. Vent Screeds,
D. Attic Vents.
1.2 SUEHITTALS
A. As specified in Section 1.30.
B. Submit manufacturer's data and shop drawings to Architect prior to fabric-tion. I 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AHD HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 1.30.
7.4 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 0.55. 1. 8. Manufacturer's standard.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify inside measurement of steel SUrFOutIdS in wall openin
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A, Louvers.
1. Wall: The Airolite Company, Marietta, Ohio,
2. Door: Barber Coleman Co. I 3. Fry: Reglet Corp.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Wall louvers,
1. Airolite type K6776, extruded aluminum uith bird sc
as Indicated, Kynar 500 factory finish, color as
Architect.
2. Size as indicated on Drawings.
B. Door Louvers.
1, Stationary lowers: I I a. Interior: Barber Ccleman CDR
Louvers and Vents-1C
t CfiAVEM HILLS COMYXNITY CENTER
b, Extericrr: Alrolite type 583H, 20 ga. steel, primec
2. Provide bird screen an louvers in exterior dcorz. 3- Size as i~djr=lteri r.n rfrt~ii?g=-
C, Vent Screeds
1, Continmu vent screed Fry-Reglet PCS-75-V-300.
I). Attic Vents for tile roof
E. Fasteners ,
1. Yall louvers: Stainless steel machine bolts, 1/4" diamete length required.
F,. Sealant: h specified in Section 7,SX).
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A, Report any conditions adversely affecting the installation.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A, Wall lowers,
1. Drill and tap steel surround for fasteners. Locate jamb
fasteners 6* from top and bottom and 30" max, O.C. between, an& sill fasteners, 24" mar. from jambs and 30" PI-, o&, betueen ,
2, Install louversi in prepared steel surrounds,
3. Instal3 sealant, on all four sides (of exterior face of louvt
4. Install screens on interior face.
Hake watertight..
B. Door lowers,
1. Install in openings prepared by door supplier.
2. Secure in manner recomnended by louver manufacturer.
C, Attic Vents: Flashing and counterflash and set in matic.
3.3 CLEANUP
A. As specified in Section 0.60.
END CE SECTION
I
Louilrers and Vents-lC.20-;
CALAVERA HILLS CO?fXiITY CENTER I
1
SI
1
1
I
I
B
8
I
ff
8
8
i
A SECTION 10.65 8 OPERABLE PARTITIONS
1.0 GEKERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Opeerable partitions.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Gypsum Drywall and Framing: Extension of sound resistant part:
above acoustical ceiling.
B. Miscellaneous Metal Work: Hanger rods andlor braces for suppo?
operable partitions.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Sound resistant operable partition consisting of individually
stackable panels on suspension system providing for square tur
corners.
I. 04 SUBMITTALS
A. As specified in Section 1-30.
B. Manufacturer's date and complete installation details and inst
C. Installers shop drawing.
1.
2.
Show precise hanger rod installation points.
Show precise jamb details and how partition conforms to QE I 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify opening dimensions on site.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 0.55. I B. Manufacturer's standard warranty.
2.00 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER/IXSTALLER
1 B. Installer: Authorized by Foldoor.
A. Manufacturer: Holcomb & Hoke Manufacturing Co., Inc.
I A10/7/87 City Revisions Operable Parti
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CENTER BUIL
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Operable Partition.
1. Foldoor Model 2500, sound transmission class rating (STC) 43,
Class "A" flame spread rating,
2. Refer to System Description above.
3. Panel thickness: 2 1/4 inches.
4. Panel covering fabric: Class "A" wall vinyl. 5. Manually activated bottom drop seals.
6. Dark bronze colored trim.
7. Track: Manufacturer's standard.
8. Track support: Brackets by roanufacturer.
9. Panel hangers. Optional combination wheel/puck type trolleys, 1
per panel.
3.00 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Report conditions detrimental to proper installation.
3.02 INSTALLATIONS
A. Install per manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 ADJUSTMENT
A. As required to permit door to operate in the manner and with the eas
represented by manufacturer.
3.04 CLEANUP
A. As specified.
END OF SECTION
AlOf 7/87 City Revisions Operable Partitions-1C
LUVL~A rLLLLa \rwiiuui.AAi bLi-ILn 041
SECTION 10.99
NISCELWEOUS ITMS
I
8
8
8
I
1
1
1
f
I
I
I
#
8
I
1
8
1
Requirements of Division I shall apply to all work of this Section. 1 1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE: Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute this t
indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete t
tract, including, but not limited to, these major items:
A. Access Doors.
B. Toilet Accessories.
C. Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets.
D. Xarker Boards. . Shower Compartments. A: . Lockers.
1.2 GENEW REQUIREMENTS
A. Field conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field ci Inspect related work and adjacent surfzces. Report to the Archi
conditions which prevent proper execution of this work.
B. Show drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 1.30 showing ii
detail all information required for installation of this work.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 TOILET AYD BATH ACCESSORIES: Where indicated on drawings and/or spec
herein shall, unless otherwise noted be as manufactured by Bobrick Wa
Equipment Company, or approved equal of 18 Ga., Type 304, Series B-5
Stainless Steel as follows:
X. Grab bars:
Toilets: Two wall wheelchair B-5637, 1 1/4" 0 satin finish.
Shower: Horizontal shower bar B-5657, 1 1/4" 0 satin finish.
B. Toilet Paper Holders: B-288
C. Feminine Napkin Dispenser: B-2802
D. Soap Dispenser: B-132
E. Shower Seat: B-5171 (RH)
F. ?fop Rack w/Shelf: B-224
G. Shelf: B-295
H. Xirrors: B-290 - 48 x 36, B-290 - 60 x 36
&I. Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser - B-221 h. Warm Air Hand Dryer: B-701, 208V (Hair Dryer)
R. Paper Towel Holders: €3-262
L. Shower Curtain Rod: B-6407 (8 Hooks min.) AlO/ 7 / 87 City Rev is ions Miscellaneous Items- A 11/18/87 City Revisions -
-_I__.-_1_ ..--LO LULYL-AULILL~ LGIYLLA nciL
2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS (FEC): Sierra Fire Equipment Company, or Lar
Potter-Roemer, Inc., semi-recessed type of size required to hold extingu
Cabinets shall be furniture steel construction complete with doors. Doo
bev'Break Glass" type with vision panel and equtpped with a key lock com
with and master-keyed to existing. *NOTE: Cabinets in Gym shall be surface mounted with a solid metal door.
Finish: Interior - White baked enamel
Exterior - Fa.ctory prime coat
A
Each cabinet shall be equipped with a 2A-lOBC, llL labeled extinguisher o
pound capacity. All extinguishers shall:
1. Be filled by a State licensed firm in accordance with Title 19,
Chapter 3.
2. Be equipped with a gauge indicating load status.
2.3 LWER BOARD: To be as manufactured by Green Steel, Inc., or equal. Fie
installed Model AL848 with tackboards, Tac=Tex 1/4" cork each side.
2.4 IDENTIFYING DEVICES:
A. Exit Signs, Non-illuminated:
Front engraved melamine plastic, L/8" thick, 6" high letters, 3/4" m
stroke, letter color to contrast with background color, color as sel
complying with app1icab.l.e statutes and requirements.
E. Toilet Room Signs:
General: Front engraved melamine plastic, equipped with pressure se
adhesive mounting material, 1/4" thick, graphics color contrasting w
background color, gender indicated by both word and international
pictographic symbol, conforming to California State requirements for
free design for the handicapped.
1. Men's Toilet Rooms
a. Equilateral tri.angle plaque measuring 12" on each side.
2. Women ' s Toile t Rooms
a. Circular plaque measuring 12" in diameter. A 2.5 ACCESS DOORS:
A 2.6 SHOWER COMPARTMENT:
To be as manufacturered by "Bilco" or equal of size and tyf
as indicated on plans.
Sanymetal SPC panels with SO88 layout - grouping as
shown on plans.
2.7 LOCKERS: "Republ.ic" 12" W.x 15" D.x 36" H. double tier steel lockers witt
sloping tops and end closures as required.
&10/7/87 City Revisions 3iscellaneous Items-LO.
CALAVSRA HILLS CO~ITY CENTER E 8
8
a
I
I
II
8 u
i
II
I
I
t
8
I
1
1
6
# A 3.0 EXECUTION
I ,J, 3.1 INSTALLATIONS: Shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommenda
set forth herein. All installacion shall be set level and plumb.
3.2 CLLEXIU UP: As specified in Section 0.60.
3.3 EXIT SIGNS:
A. Screw attach, four #6 pan head screws per sign.
B. Locate relative to door opening in manner acceptable to Architec
3.4 TOILET ROOM SIGNS:
A.
B.
Apply using self-adhesive mounting medium provided,
Center on door at height of 60" from floor to center of sign.
END OF SECTION
&10/7/87 City Revisions Misce 1 laneous I ten:
CUAVERA HILLS COMXPiITY CENTER I I
I
I
II
8
1
li
i
I
I
i
1
I
1
I
1
SECTION 17.02 I SECURITY AND VAULT EQUIPHENT
Requiremects of Division I 3hall apply to all uork of this Secticn.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
Provick all labor and materials required to execute uork of this Sec
indicated on the drauiras and this specification, including, but not lim
the follouing items:
A. Safe,
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
k Field Ccnditions: Verify drauing dimensions uith actual field con Report to the Archit Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces.
conditions which prevent proper execution of this work.
Codes: Materials and uork shall conform to the gcverning Buildii
In case of conflict betueen these specifications and the Buildicg C
more stringent shall govern.
1
0.
C. Shop Drawings: To be submitted in accordance uith Section 1.30.
D. Guarantee: In accordance uith Section 0.55, submit written guar:
approved form that all defective materials or worknanship reported
period of one year after final acceptance will be promptly repa'
replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2,l ACCEPTABLE HANUFACTURERS
A# A. Safe to be as manufacturered by Sierra Safe Mfg., 23112 Alcalde "E",
Laguna Hills, CX 92653, Xodel No. C-20D with horizontal hir.ged recti
door safe. The locking mechanisin is to be U.L. approved. Lock wort
to be drill resistant Carbex plate. Combination to be changed with
To be "C" buralarv rate for both Mercantile €X Honies and Securitv B.
Policy in accordance with the National Bureau of Casualty Underwriti
Xodel is to be modified for side opening operation (Remove spring fc A @ mounted operation at factory).
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 The scheduling and sequence of uork shall be coordinated uith the Contractor so as to assure a continuous flow of the uork of other trade
3.2 Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturers reccmmendat
appra.=d shop drauirgs, I
A0/7/87 City Revisions Security & Vault Equipment-
b1/18/87 City Revisions
1 .
CALAVERA HILLS COMXUXITY CENTER E
sEcrroN 11.40 1 ----- KKYD!jERVIcE~ K-
R-ranartS of DivfsiCn I wly e dl wA Of th;k SZkfcl?.
1.0 - -
1.1 SCQPE OFWuK I
?he work of this secticrt sldlhd~& all labor, material, equipnslt and appliances mquired far fabrication, delivery and installaticm of
tk wrk indicated on the ckawhqs dor specified hemin.
1.2 WOFiK NOT INcLmED
A. All plurbing, stean, gas or electrical ccnnectiocls, lahr making
cumectiars valves, bps, fau=ets, switches and o-r miscellanea
fittirags as necessary t;o make final CcrpEctiCns b this equipnent st.Eillbefurnished ard inswed by other tr-.
2.0 PRcBxlCls
2.1 ?he following is a list of all eqzipnent desig-w by itan no.
plans for exact lmaticr3s. See
1 c
- Item # QtY Descript:Lon
1 ea. 53 - Senring Line Base Cabinet 1 a 3.4h5
54 - Hot Food Unit
#S - Cold Food %it
Unit: shall be Duke "'Continuous Counter): 1
A) Top: Shall be one-piece, 14 gauge 30(
stainless, steel with all edges flanged down 2'
operatorai side of top shall extend 1 3/8" beyc
and sfde opposite 6perator shalt extend 3/4" I
body. Vinyl foam tape shall be used between t
body for sound deadening.
-- ---- - - 3
Food Service Equipne?t-il.LQ-l c
- __ - --
CALAVERA HILLS COFMTNITY CEI I'
I
1
1.
I
I
1
1 I
I<
8
I
i
1
8 n
IC
8
1
- B) Body: Forned, heavy gauge 300 series st
steel,
plan and to be same gauge and material as body,
Bottom and intemediate shelves provided 1 d
C) Assembly: Body to be unitized construct
Panels and shelves to have integrally flanged and
channeled edges to assure structural strength and
Bodies shall be welded together, having local tn
type reinforcements as required. Vertical trim s
will be used on side opposite operator to conceal
adjoining body seams and shall be same naterial a
Unit ,
I)) Unit is to be curb mounted, General con 1 to supply 6" high curb for use as a base,
E) Length: As per plan and as actual build
requirements.
actual area,
Verify at time of construction to
# 4 - Hot Food Units - Standard Bot Food Top: S
steel top to be 32" wide, fabricated with laser-
openings, then dfe formed to provide ratsed bead
perimeter. The finished opening is to measure I
20 1/16". The heat compartment below each 9peni
be 8" deep well with stainless steel liner and i
on all four sides and bottom with 1" thick fiber
Control hobs shall- be mounted on recessed panel
top.
and control panel. Each compartment shall be fu
with a 1000 watt heating element to operate on 2
Volt/60 with single phase wiring. Three phase a
if required. Each elenent shall be controlled b
thermostat with pilot light.
be wired to a master toggle switch, Unit to hav
Food Serrice Fqxpent-ll .L
Unit to have'15" clearance between bottom
Complete hot food 1
- - _____ ~ -_--
CGILAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CENTER E
openings and to include 3ea. 1576 alum. spillage pq
Also to include 1 ea. deluxe over shelf-model 1956.
Length of overshelf and glass protector panel to bt -_ - _---.- 1
44y* long.
4
- #S - Cold Pan Unit - Ice: To have 19 7/8" wide Ope
(front to back) with edges of counter flanged down
a 5" deep fully coved stainless steel liner. Bottc
cold pan shall have slope toward one end with low e
complete with :I" drain and stopper, A 3'' high perf
stainless steel false bottom shall be furnished. '1
exterior of liner to be fully insulated with styrof
Intermediate not necessary on this unit, Length of
pan as required by plan. Unit to include 1 ea, 198
Deluxe Glass BjLspfay Shelf - 44%" long.
&lance of body to be solid top unit and shall conf
general specifications being constructed with an in
mediate shelf of stainless steel and having 9%"
clearance between shelves.
.
-___----- _- -
1 c
#6- #?eg- 0-
112 A- , -.La * SPARE 10-2-87
A
#7 Spare
#8 Spare
89 I ea.
.
.*
Chef's table with hand sink - Duke f7202 stainless I
top with s/s feet, s/a legs and undershelf. To incl
a'stainless steel 4" riser with 45' return with clot
ends. Also to include 1 ea. 51434 sink 14"x16"~8~"
welded into stainless steel top includes crumb-cup c
and faucet. I-- - I
Food S~MC~ Equimt-1l.LO-3 (
A 10/7/87 City Revisions -- I
.
CALAVERA HILLS COXMU"TY CE
E'
R
It
I.
#10 1 ea, Exhaust Hood System - Custom fabricated of 20 gau
304 stainless steel, island box type with make up
chambers, ducting and grills built into this unit
to include "V" type filter bank and 2 baffle type
2 U.L. listed hood lights and removable grease cu
with all local fire and building codes,
Fire suppression system - Automatic in operation
automatic mechanical shut-off. This systen shall
the hood, all ducts and all vapor producing surfs
Installation to be in accordance with N,F.P,A 96
any/all local codes.
Range - Wolf Model CHSS-4-1829-F.T. 34 56" double
unit with stainless steel hi-shelf, s/~ body side
riser front and black painted back. Standard unl
per mfgrs. current specifications. Also to inch
thick griddle size and thermostat controls for gs
Reachin Refrigerator - Traulsen Model AHT-1-32 W-
Standard unit as per mfgrs. current specs: id L)
.- Canopy built as required on plan drawings and to I
I:
>
#lOA 1 ea.
1 u-
t
I
R
I
R
I
1
I
e t
1
511 1 ea,
c
fl2 . 1 ea.
a0
613 1 ea, . chef's table with hand sink - w R~M mess steel tc
To irclude a sm with s/s fet, s/s legs and umkrshelf. steel 4" riser with 450 return with dosed ends.
#i4 1 ea, Base Cabinet -
X15- 1 ea. Wall Cabinet
if16 f ea. Work t Prep Table: 'Me #7202 stainless steel tc
legs, s/a undershelf and feet with:4" backsplash
closed ends, Unit &all include 2 ea, duplex el
outlet to be mounted in the 4" backsplash.
24" deep.
-4
72" I Standard unit as per mfgrs. current s
Food Senrice -pent-11.
-.
1 .
CALAVERA HILLS COmITY CENTER B
#I7 1 ea. = 1 t
#18 1 ea. Sculfery and Prep Sink wfth Disposer. .
Scullery and Prep Sink - Lambertson Model #3NSF23-:
3 tub12 drainboard sink, NSF construction, s/s leg:
with #3264' Fislher 21" faucet. To include disposer
switch bracket .
Disposer - In-sink-erator #SS-lOO-S 1 h,p, disposer
manual reversing switch. Standard unit with all ne
Pot Rack - Duke 5725, wall hung pan rack shall be I
bar type, made of YkZ" bars welded, fitted with twt
prong sliding hooks- Stainless steel construction I
. - accessories,
#19 1 ea.
1 6 ft. long.
3.2 SPECW, Ea?? c
'Ibis caltractor shall perfbm tbz followfng acljushmts ard dlezks before appd by tk! Arxhi&!ct:
1.
2.
3. Adjust all IaJmErs as per rnamf-'s -ti-.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1 r&t& all hnner arificxs to B gas presssure.
Check gas pmssurr! at I* equim.
Pdjust all tkxlx&ats as per narufactUrer''s I.eocmnadatiaYs.
Final acijus.tnrent of all. eqziplexTt to be witzless& by job inspecto r.
At cxrrpleticn of pmjeck, give hstnxb 'Cns and equipnent descripti
kqrP==c==l*
.
brodt-arres to fcb inspeEWr for Oaer's futum ref-. Cuxbct orientation an;( break-in irrst3w,-ticn mseting for mr's
3.3 QLwJn
Ki- equipnerrt CQftraCtors an3 mmufw~l; nust have a direct
factory brad representative in m pngeles or In the imrrediate m *re this project is to be built, and e bre satisfactory servfce
in w ared for at least five (5) y-eam.
f
Food Service Equiprent-1L.LO-5
> t
.
CUAVERA HILLS COMNUXITY CEXTE
uj
@
fit
P-
I
r
1
I
k
I
I
I
?li
II
I
I
1
3.4 cxmPmFE
The Ccmtmctor shall furnish to wle Owner a writtim guwan+a stipul
or taka to the sficlp, repaired and re-instalfed. Sh=;uld m~ =X& q
1
that dl eqtripnent furnish33 and di3cturd by him will be nrplace
ment or d- itan be fcurd defective within ctae year after
acceptarr=e of tfre building by thf2 mXlfT, written notices to the ccnt
tor shall colnstiftrte sufficient notificatim tbt such equiPnent is
defektive and the -tractor shall replace.and/or repair the equip
witfiin ten (10) aayS after receiving notice to do so.
n
EM)oFsEFxrT?cN
>
!
e
Faod Service EquipTlent-11-40
-- - a? ,
- _I --.
I CALAVEIU HILLS COM?IITNITY CENTEX
SECTION 11. a5
RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
1.0 GENERAL
1 . 1 SCOPE
The requirements of Division I apply to the work of this Section, Pro
related materials, tools and equipment necessary to canplete the folloui
A. Work Included in This Section:
Principal items of work include, but are not limited to:
1. Provide, install,, connect and place in proper aperation th
1 i st ed here in.
2. Deliver to the Owner, properly identiried and filled out manu:
uarrantiea and operation and maintenance manuals.
B, Related Work Specified Elsewhere
1. Rough-in of services for appliances.
2. Food service equipment.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMEYTS
A. Field Conditicns: Verify drauicg dimensions with actual field con
Report to the Archit Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces.
conditions which prevent proper execution sf this uark.
B. Codes: Materials and uark shall conform to the Uniform Buildiw Cot
Edition. In case of conflict between these specifications and the E
Code, the more stricgent shall govern,
C. &ordination: Provide manufacturers rough-in data sheet to related
to assure provision for proper installation.
2.0 PRODUCTS A 2.1 MATERIALS (Not to be construed as a complete list)
Kitchen - Dishwasher - Hpt int Potuasher Model No. HDA897, 120V, 1
Kitchen - Freezer (Chest Type)-Hotpoint Hodel No. FHLOCfP, Color: Almt A" B. wltrwater temperature booster o tion.
2.2 FINrsnizs
Exposed portions of appliances shall be in color as selected kom manufac
standard .
3.0 EXECUTXOM
3.1 INSTAUATIOX - Shall be in accordance uith the acmufacturers recommendatic
all applicable codes and ordinances.
&LO/7/87 City Revisions Residential Appliances-1' A IL/I~)/E~~ Citv Tevisions
B' CALAVERA HILLS CO:4XTITY CE
3.2 CLEAN UP: Perform in accordance with Section 0.60.
END OF SECTION 1
I
6
E
I
I
1
8
I
R
1
R
I
B
1
8 I
3
I Rezidential Applia
I CUVEU HILLS CONMINITY CENTER
- -- -
SECTIW 17-48
ATHLETIC EWIPHENT
Requirements of Division I shall ;apply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
ProviUe all labor and materials requited to execute work of this Sec
indicated on the drawings and this specification, including, but not lin
the following items:
A. Basketball backstops.
B. Floor sleeve systems.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field con<
Report to the Archit Inspect related-uork and adjacent surfaces. conditions which prevent; proper execution of this work
Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Buildir
In caJe of conflict between these specifications and the Buildiri Cc
more stringent shall govern.
B.
C, Shop Drauings: To be submitted in accordance with Section 1.30.
D. Guarantee: In accordance with Section 0.55, submit written guara
approved form that all dlefective materials or workmanship reported w
period of two years after final acceptance will be promptly repal
replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Institutional Products, Inc.
8. Recreation Equipment Corp.
C. Porter.
D. Medart.
2.2 Main court basketball backboards to be rectanguiar glass backward fo
Provide backboard with sa
ceiling hung with electric !?oist with 3/& H.P.,, 110 V, 13 amp, single
Wall UIO
pads. A ted and key ~uitch, Break-away rimA
2.3 Cross court basketball backboards to be rectangular fiberglass backward fc
ceiling and/or wall hung with electric hoist with 1/2 H.P., 170 V, 9 amp,
phase, wall motmted and key switch, Provide backboard with safety pads. ,
A10/7/87 City Revisions Athletlc Equtpment-l1,U8- A 11/18/87 City Revisions
CALAVERA HILLS COE?lltTp*'ITY CENl
Floor sleeve system with 85" diameter chrome plated cover assembly as
by Porter or equal, 34" I.D. sleeve.
2.4
1'
d
115
t
I
g
I
d
f
I
I
1
I
1:
I
1
8 f
1
A
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 The scheduling and sequence of work shall be coordinated with
Contractor so as to assure a continuous flow of the work of other tr
3.2 Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturers recammec
approved shop drawings ,
3.3 CLEAN 'UP
Aj specified in Section 0.60,
END OF SECTIOH
&/ A 11/1a/a7 city Revisions At hl et LC Equipment /' I
SECTION 11.52 - TENNIS EQUIPMEprT
PART 1 - GENERAL
Scope of Work:
Furnish and install the following items:
Tennis net posts
Tennis net 4 required Wind screen On all 12' fence and gates Center strap tie down 4 required
4 pair required
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Tennis Net Posts:
3" square post of minimum 3/16'' steel, black vinyl coated with ground sleeve, internal brass net tightener gears removable handle, and over-the-top guide. Fraser-Edward Model F.D. No. 11 Heavy-Duty, or similar and equivalent b N.J.P Sports or Chevron.
Tennis Net:
Braided black polyethylene netting, 3mm cord, 285 lb breaking strength; double 16 oz. canvas headband, quadruplt stitch; 3/16" diameter galvanized steel cable, 3,000 lb test, quadruple clipping on looped ends, extruded white viny: covered; fitted with protective end and bottom tapes,
all-brass grommets. Regulation size: 42' long by 3 1/4' high. Center straps shall be adjustable buckle type; heavj duty webbing, double buckles, double snap hook.
Termis Wind Screen:
Polypropylene screen of closed mesh fabric, with reinforced hems, brass grommets spaced 12" apart, 9' width, and horizontal reinforcing tape with gronunets along center of Screen shall be fastened to chain link fence fabric
with 9-gauge steel hog rings. . fabric. Provide wind holes.
Suppliers:
Fraser-Edwards Company, 714/979-8444. N.J.P. Sports, 213/247-3914.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Installation shall be in the locations shown on the drawings after approval of precise location by Engineer. In case of
conflict between construction plans and manufacturer's requirements, the more stringent shall apply.
-1-
11.52 - Tennis Equipment
I
I
1;
IC
I
1
l
1
t
B
P
I
I
1
E
I.
1
t
c
Net posts shall be set in sleeves in concrete footings sizt recommended in writing on printed matter furnishec! by manufacturer.
Center strap tie down shall be installed as shown on the plan!
Tennis wind screen shall be installed on all 12' fence and ( as called out on the plans.
Benches shall be installed in accordance with manufactu: printed instructions. Supports: shall be bolted to slab with by 4" lag bolts in expansion shields. Wood members shall ret two coats of Thompson's Water Seal, or equal; metal members : be touched up with black enamel paint.
-2- 11.52 - Tennis Equipment
LALAVCK4 HLLLb LUMPlUNlI'Y LC.NTLK I
SECTION 72-16
:EL ESCOPI NG STANDS
Requirements of Division I shall iapply to all work of this Section.
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
Provide all1 labor and material:, required to execute work of this Sec
indicated on the drawings and this specification, including, but not lin
the following items:
A. Telescoping Stands.
1.2 GENERAL REQUIRMEHTS:
A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field con
Report to the Archit Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces,
conditions which prevent; proper execution of this work
Codes: Haterials and hrork shall conform to the governing Buildix In case of conflict between these specifications and the Building CC
more stringent shall govern.
E.
C. Shop Drawings: In accordance with Section 1-30. submit the fo1
Doors and frames, showing gages and types of metal, frame anc construction, sound deiadesing insulation, molding profiles, loca
harwase and reinforcements and preparation to receive hardware. IC
schedule relating the type of door and fraae to be installed .
scheduled door opening ctr place of Installation,
D. Guarantee: In accordance with Section 0.55, submit written guara
approved form that all defective materials or workmanship reported u period of two years after final acceptance will be promptly repa
replaced to the satisfacfion of the Owner.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 WUFACNRER
A. Interkal or equal.
2.2 Telescopie seating systems to be uall attached, 5 rows, Hodel No, W1
manual stacking.
3.0 EXECUXON
3.1 The scheduling and sequence of work shall be coordinated with the G
Contractor so as to assure a continwus flow of the work of other trades.
3.2 Installation shall be in accordance with manuffacturers recommendatic
approved shop drauirgs.
3.3 CLEAN UP - As specified in Section 0.60.
END CF SECTION ,
Telescoping Stands-12.76-
- cfi~~qu HILLS CO?~X;ITY CEXT .
SECTION 15.010
SE%.fWL xc;&-;<ii- ?ZC+i jiofij
'1 It
I
P
I
1
E
h
1
i
1 s
I
E
fl( 1 15.01
1
PART 1: GENERAL
1-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS:
A. - The foregoing 6eneral and Special Conditions shall form a F this Section witb the same force and effect as though rz here. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all following Sections of Division 15 of these Specificatio shall be considered a part of these Sections,
'1
1 1-02 CODES AND REGULATIONS:
A, All work and materials shall be in full accordance with c
rules and regulations of applicable codes. Nothing in Orawings or Specifications is to be construed to permit wc conforming to these codes, Should the Dranings or Specific
. call for material or methods of construction of a higher c
A or standard than required by these codes, the Drawins Specifications shall govern. Appl icable codes and regul are:
1. California Administrative Codes:
I Title 8, Industrial Relatfons
b, : Title 17, Public Health
c. Title 19, Public Safety .
d, Title 21, Public Works
e, Title 24, Building Standards
--
!
2. Uniform 8uilding Code 8 t 3, Uniform Mechanical Code
4, Uniform Plumbjng Code
5. Local Codes
6, Air Diffusion Council - ADC .
7. American Gas Association - h6A
8, Air Moving and Conditioning Association - MA
9. Amrican National Standards Institute - ANSI
I
I CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CENT3
0
10,
11, American Society of Heating, Refrigeratfng, and A
12. American Society of Mechanical Engineers - ASME
P.!r I~d!t!en!ng and Refrigertttcn !zst!tuf,e = .&!!I
4: Conditioning Engfneers - ASMW:
* 13. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASRQ
-14. Americarr Water Works Association - WA
15. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute - CISPI
16. National Electrical Code - NEC
17. National Electrical Manufacturers Association - NEMA
18. National Fh-e Protection Association - NFFA
19. National Sanitation Foundation - WF .
20, Occupational Safety and Health Act - OSHA -
U. Pluahing and Drainage Pmtftute - PD6 + - 22. Sheet Metal and Aft Cardftjoning Contractors Hatfonal
23. Underwriters' Laboratory - Ilt
Associatfon - SMACNA
1-03 PEWITS AND FEES: -. <
A. The Contractor shall take aut all permits and arrange for all tests in connection with his work as required. All charges are to be included in the work. -Permits for equipment! connected to a particular system are! to be considered as part of the uork included under each !iyStm; for example, permits for electric motor connection are part of electrical work, permits for domestic water or gas connectians are part of plumbing work. All charges or fees for service connections, meters, etc. shall be included in the work.
P
1-04 COORDINATION OF WORK: .
A. Layout of materials,, equipment and systems is generally diagrmatk unless specifically dimensioned. The actual locations of all materials, piping, ductwork, fixtures, equfpment, supports, etc. shall be carefully planned, prior to installation of any work, to avoid all interferences with each other, or with structural, electrical or architectural elements. Verify the proper voltage and phase of all equipment with the electrical plans, All conflicts shall be called to the attention of the Arcnitect and the Engineer -prior to- the installation of any work or the ordering of any equipment, ( /
1s. 010-2
- -__ - - - ___ ---- - - -*-.
CALAVEU HILLS C04MUNITY CENTE 8 .
&
It
I.
I
#
U
I
IC
t
\c
I
E
I
1
- - . - -_- - -- . -_ 1-05 GUARAtiTEE: -----
A, Guarantee shall be in accordance with the General Conditio These Specifications may extend the period of the guarantee certa?n items. Where such extensions are called for, or wh items are normally provided with guarantee periods in excess that called for in the General Conditions, the certificate guarantee shall be furnished to the Owner through the Engineer.
1-06 QUIETNESS:
A, Piping, ductwork and equipment shall be arranged and supported that vibration is a minimum and is not transmitted to the build structure.
1-07 DAMAGES BY LEAKS: .-
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by leaks the temporary or permanent piping systems prior to completion
work and during the period of the guarantee, and for dama caused by disconnected pipes or fittings, and the overflow equipment prfor fo canpletion of the work. II
1-08 EXAMINATIOH OF SITE:
A. The Contractor shall examine the site, compare it with Plans Speciffcations, and shall have satisfled himself as to conditions under which the work is to be performed. No allow shall subsequently be made in his behalf for any extra expense Mich he reay be put due to failure or neglect 01: his part to m such an examination.
1-09 COMPATIBILITY NTH EXISTING SYSTEMS:
.. ..- -,
-- !
A. Any ssork which is done as an addition, expansion or remodel of n existing system shall be compatible with that system,
-1-10 SUSMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings: Within 30 days of contract award; the Contrac shall submit six copies of shop drawings for all materia equipment, etc. proposed for use on this project. Material equipment shall not be ordered or installed until written rev is processed by the Engineer. Any item mitted from the submit shall be provided as specif id without substitution.
All shep drawings must comply with the following: .
1. Shop drawings are required for all material and equipcr items and shall include manufacturer's name and cata numbers, dimensions, capacities, performance curves, and other characteristics and accessories as listed in sffcations or on the drawings. Descriptive literat
I
4(
15.010-3
- -. _- -_ --
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CENTER a .
__
st!.,?? be csrrect fxtcry brzchures and suLzitta? sheets Capacities shall be certified by the factory,
2. All shop drawfngs shall be submitted at one tim in a mal and orderly fashion in a suftable binder with Title sheel Including Project, Engineer and Contractsr, table 01 contents, and indexed tabs divfding each group of materials or item of equipment, All items shall be identified by the specf f ication paragraph number for which they are proposed. All equiplaent shall also be identified by the mark number a5 indfcated on drawings.
3. All capacitfes, characteristics, and accessories called for
in the specifications or on the drawings shall be high-lighted, circled or underlined on the shop drawings, Calculations and other detailed data indicating how the item was selected shall be included for items that are not scheduled, Data must be complete enough to permit detailed comparison of every significant characteristic which is specified, scheduled or detailed,
B. Substitutions: Manufacturers and model numbers listed in the specifications or on the drawings represent the standard of quality and features desired, Unless otherwise noted, a1 ternate manuffacturero my . be submitted for review by the Engineer. Calculatfons and other detafled data indicating how the item was selected shall be hcluded. The Contractor shall assume full responsibflity that substituted items or procedures wiil meet the spectfications and job requirements and shall be responsible for the cost of redesign and modifications to the work caused by these
C, Review: Submittals will be reviewed for general conformance =the design concept, but this review does, not guarantee quantity shown, nor does it supercede the responkibility of the Contractor to provide all materials, equipment and lastallation in accordance with the drawings and specifications. The Contractor shall agree that shop cfrawing submittals processed by the Engineer are not Change Orders; that the purpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor fs to demonstrate to the Engineer that the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates
his understanding by Indicating which equipment and material he intends to furnish and install and by detailing the fabrication and Installation methodls he intends to use. The Contractor shall
? agree that if deviatioris, discrepancies or confl Icts between shop drawings and design drawings and specifications are discovered either prior to or after shop drawing submittals are processed by
* the Engfneer, the design drawings and speciifications shall control and shall be followed,
- 1
s
*items. :
c
#
1-11 MANUFACTURER'S RECOFOHENOATION&
A, iill--rnaterial, equipment, devices, etc., shall be installed in accordance with the recomnendations of the manufacturer 1 of the (
15.010-4
- -_ .- -.
C AL AV ERA HILLS C OXfiiW ITY C EXT I *
P
I
I
I
a
f
P
IC
t Engineer , 1
1
c
1
f
t
B(
I .- .
I
particular item. The Contractor shall be rzspcnsitle fer installations contrary to the manufacturer's recorrtmendations. Contractor shall make all necessary changes and revisions achieve such compliance. Manufacturer's instal?ation instruct shall be delivered to and maintained at the job site through I' construction of the project.
1-12 SCHEDULING OF WORK:
A. All work shall be scheduled subject to ttw review of Architect, Engineer and the Owner; No work skall interfere 1 the operation of the existing facilities on or adjacent to site. The Contractor shall have at all times, as condit permit, a sufficient force of workmen and quantity of material! install the work contracted for as rapidly as possib'le consis< with good work, and shall cause no delay to other Contrac' engaged upon this project or to the Owner.
6-13 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A, The locations and dimensions for openings through walls, floc ceilings, foundations, footings, etc. required to accomplish work under this Specification Division shall be provided UI
this Division. Except as noted below, the actual openings and required cutting and patching shall be provlded by o Divisions. Coring through existing concrete or masonry wa floors, ceilings, foundations, footings, etc., and saw cuttin! concrete floors or asphaltic concrete required to accomplish work under ais Specification Division sha'll be provided UI this Division. Patching of these surfaces shall be provided other Div:isions. Cutting or coring shall not impatr the strei of the structure. Any damage resulting from this work shall repaired at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of
1-14 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL:
A. Excavation: Trenches shall be excavated to grade and dc
cover above top of pipe shall be 24", not including base paving in paved areas. Width of trenches at top of pipe shal' minimum of 16', plus the outside diameter of the pipe. Provide shoring required by site conditions. Barrel of pipe shall 1 uniform support on trench bottom, hand excavate additional dc at bells, hubs and fittings. Where Over excavation OCCI provide compacted selected backfill to pipe bottom. Wl groundwater is encountered, remove to keep excavation dry, u! well points and pumps as required.
0 established by Drawings. Unless otherwise noted, minimum e(
8, Backfill:
1. Around Pipe and to One Foot Above Pipe: Material shall sand or native granular free flowing material, free of t lunps, silt or vegetable matter. Place carefully around
15.010-!
LaAVERA HILLS C041MLXlTY CENTER B .
m top Gf $ips. t&!ng c're r!ct tc diztwh p!pfng, consolidate with vilbrator,
2, One Foot Above Pipe to Grade: Material shall be sandy or
sllty loan, free of' lumps, laid in 6" layers, uniformly mixed to proper misture and compacted to required density. If backfill Os determined to be suitable and required compaction is demonstrated by laboratory test, water compactfon in 6" layers may be used, subject to review by Engineer.
C. Compaction: Canpact to density of 95% w'lthin building and under walkways, driveways, traffic areas, paved areas, etc, and to 90% elsewhere. Demonstrate proper compaction by testing at top, bottom and one-half of the trench depth, Perform these tests at three locations per 100' of trench,
- - _- __ - ----- -- t
1-15 PROTECTIVE COATING FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING:
A, All ferrous pipe below grade (except cast iron) shall have a factory applied protective coating of extruded high density polyethylene, 35 to 70 mils total thickness, X-Tru-Coat, - Scotchkote. All fittings and areas of damaged coating shall be covered with two layer double wrap of' 10 mil polyvinyl tape to total thkkness of 40 mils. Johns-Manvills, Protective coating shall be extended 6. above surrounding grade,
1-16 ACCESS DOORS:
A. Provide access doors as required where equijpntent, piping, valves, ductwork, etc. are not othercrise accessible, Access doors shall match the,wall or ceiling finish and fire rating as indicated on the Architectural drwings. Wgage steel frame and 14-gage steel panel with paintable finish, except in cerimic tile, where panel shall be 16-gage stainless steel with satin finish. Continuous hinge. Screwdriver latch. Oeliver panels td the General Contractor for installation, Milcor, Ihiless otherwise noted, the minimum sizes shall be as follows:
c
P 1 valve up to 1-1/2*- 12" x 12'
Fire damper, VAV box, coil 20" x 24" 1 valve up to 3' 16" x 16"
1-17 CONCRETE ANCHORS:
A, Steel stud with expans-ion anchor requiring a drilled hole - powder
driven anchors -are not acceptable, Minimum concrete embedment shall be 4-1/2 diameters. flinimum spacing shall be 10 diameters center .to center and 5 diameters center to edge of concrete, Maximum allowable stresses for tension and shear shall be 80% of
the IC80 test report values "with special inspection". Hilti, Pht 11 ips,
1-18 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION:
I
15.010-6
CALAVEIW KILLS COX-KTITY CENTI I .
1
II
.E
I
1
1
R
IC
E
I
t
I
I
I
1
1
A. Equipment: All equipment shall be lx!~zt4f~d #It5 e ~?z laminated, engraved naneplate which bears the unit mark number indicated on the drawings (e.g. AC-4). Provide 1/2" 1 lettering - white 011 black background, Nameplates shall permanently secured to the unit, It
1-19 CLEANING:
A. Progressively and at completion of the job, the Contractor SI thoroughly clean all of his work., removing all debris, stain marks resulting from his work.
1-20 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS:
A. Printed: Three copies of Operation and Maintenance Instruct and Wiring Diagrams for all equipment and parts list for faucets, trim, valves, etc. shall be submitted to the Engin All instructions shall be clearly identified by marking them the same designation as the equipment item to which they a (e.g. AC-3). All Wiring Diagrams shall agree with reviewed Drawings and indicate the exact field installation. instructions shall be submitted at the same time and shall bound in a suitable binder with tabs dividing each type equipment (e,g. Punps, Fans, Motors, etc.). Each blnder shal labeled indicating *Operating and Maintenance Instructi Project Title, Contractor, Date. and shall have a Table Contents 'listing all items included.
8. Verbal: The Contractor shall verbally instruct the Own maintenance staff in the operation and maintenance of eqUiQment- and systems, The controls contractor shall present portion of the instructions that +ply to the control systesl. Engineer's office shall be notifled 48 hours' prior to
meeting. . 1
1-21 RECORD DRAWINGS:
A. The Contractor shall obtain one set of blue line prints for
made. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall rnainta record of all deviations im the work from that indicated on drawings, Final location of all underground work shall recorded by depth from finished grade and by offset distance permanent surface structures, i.e, building, curbs, walks. addition, the water, gas, sewer, underfloor duct, etc. within
building shall be recorded by offset distances from buil walls. The original drawings will be made available to Contractor from which he shall have a set of reproducible drab made. The Contractor shall then transfer the changes, notati etc, from the marked-up prints to the reproducible drawings. record drawings (marked-up prints and reproducibles) shal' submitted to the Engineer for review.
I project, upon which u record of all constructfon changes shal
__ - ----- -
r
IS. 010-
I,
__ - -
LLxLcLVLn.3 rILLLJ LWL'II'IUIYIIL LLiYlCX L) *
PART 2: PQCIOLKTZ <Wt_ US&)
PART 3: EXECWfOlJ (nct-cs&) ------. - - -- --_ U.
+--
.. . .. . .. .- ... -. . .. . ..
.. . _..- .
.. . ..
. . 8. ._. .
.. . - .: .. . . .-
.a
.. .
c
-' -.. . * .. .. =. . .. - .- I
i .. . ' ..
#
.
(. t
15.010-8
-.
LAL~~VL~AA nLLi,a LU.IIIUI.ILL L ~LLI-L.L\ I .
SECTION 15.400 I Pt UM81HS
PART 1: GENERAi.
1-01 GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS:
I'
I
E
I
I
a
I
h
1
I
A. The preceding General Hechanfcal Provisions shall form a part this Section with the same force and effect as though repeat here.
1-02 SCOPE:
A, Included: Provide all labor, materials and services necessa for complete, lawful and operating systems as shown or noted the drawings or as specified here, The work includes, but is n necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Sanitary sewer systen.
2, Dmestfc water system,
3. Storm drain systkm,
4. Fuel gas system,
5. Condensate drain system.
6, All equipment as sbown or noted on the drawings or
-. -. - --
spec i-f I ed .
8. Work Specffied Elsewhere:
- 1. Line voltage power wiring, motor starters id motor conti centers, disconnlcct switches and installation of all startc
are included in the Electrical Section unless othem noted.
2. Concrete and reinforcing steel unless specifically called 1
in the drawings or specifications.
3, Painting unless specifically called for in the drawings spec if icat i ons.
d I
I
PART 2: PROOUCTS
2-01 PIPING MATERIALS:
1
I
1
I
i
A. Sanitary Sewer:
1. Soil, Waste and Vect ?:p:iig (ikn-3iessurire4ir- Stand
weight coated cast iron pipe and fittings, Plain end wlth
15.400-1
- __
CALAVERA HILLS C0N"ITY CENTER BL
I
neoprtxe gasket aiid staiii;e.os steel retaining sieeve, fiSPI
31, or hub end with rubber gaskets, ASTM A74, ASTM C564. Size 2' and smaller above grade may be standard weight galvanized steel, ASTn A120, with coated cast iron recessed drainage ftttings, ANSI 616.12.
2. Cleanouts: Floor Cleanouts: Smith 4025 with nickel bronze top in finished areas; Smith 4225 in utillty areas. Wall Cleanou'cs: Smith 4530 with stainless steel cover and screw. Co+pable models of Josani, Wade or Zurn are accept ab 1 e,
3. Cleanout Box: Precast reinforced concrete. Cast iron lid marked for service. Christy FZ in foot traffic areas; G5 in roadways,
a
B. Storm Drain (Includinq Ra!in Water Leader, RWL):
1. Piping: Same as Sofl, Waste and Vent Piping, except as otherwise noted on drawings, Plastic piping may be used in concealed locations where approved iby local authorities. Where exposed to view on exterior of building, piping shall bt! galvanized steel with recessed drainege fittings.
-
C. . Water and 6as:
1. Hot and Cotd Water Pfping:
a, Inside Buitdimz Hard temper seamless copper, AsT1.1 888. Wrought copper fittings, ANSI 816.22. Type L or M with 50/58 lead-tin solder joints above grade, Type L
nipples shall be red brass (853 copper),
Outside BuildincE Same as Inside Building.!
(
1 with brazed joints (8OOF, min.) below grade. All
b.
2. 6as Piping:
a, Inside Building - Above Grade: 4" and Smaller: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTM-A120. 150 psi black malleable iron screwed fittings, ANSI 816.3, ANSI 831.8. Flexible connections shall be convoluted brass with dielectric couplings, A6A approved.
b. Inside Buildinq - Below Grade to Five Feet Outside
Building: Same as Inside Building - Above Grade. Provide sleeves and vents acceptable to administrative
' authority.
3. Valves and Specialties: -
-- a. Valves:
(1) General: Manufacturer's modell numbers are 'listed ( to complete description. Equivalent models of
- 15.400-'3
CALAVE~?J- HILLS COWNZTY CENT]
Crane, Grinnell, Milwaukee, Nibca, Stockham Warworth are acceptable. 8utta-f:y Valves ma substituted for 2-1/2" and larger gate valves;
a+#<&; t ,botfon be~ih,
(2) Gate Valve: 2' and Snaller: All bro Rising stem, Union bonnet. Wedge disc, 200 U06, Stockham 6-105, -Or- Milwaukee "8utterb valve, except; that this valve may not be usec insulated lines exposed to weather. 2-1/2" Iron body, bronze mounted. Non-riq WMedge disc. 200 psi WE. Flanged or 1
hub end as applicable, Stockham El Underground valves shall have square operating I Provide one operating "Tn handle for undergrf valves,
(3) 8utterfly Valve: - Iron threaded lug bc Aluminum bronze disc, O-ring seals. Resilic removable seat, 416 stainless steel shaft, 6* smaller valves shall have multi-position le handle, 8" and larger valves shalt have 5 . . operator, Underground valves shall have squ operating nut. Provide one operating IT* han . for underground valves. Provide 2" extension n at lnsulated pipes,
(4) Check Valve: 2. and Smaller: All bronze sw
check, regrinding. 200 psi WO6, Stockham 8-3 Check valves for air systems shall be the spring- loaded, quick-closing type.
(5) Plug Valve: Eccentric bronze or nickel pla
semi-steel plug. -Smi-steel body. Broc bushings. Iluna-N O-rings. 175 psf HOG, DeZur Series 400, -Or- Xilwaukee 8ButterbaJla valv Plug valves in gas piping system must be UL list for gas distribution,
lron lid marked for service. Christy F22 in fc traffic areas; 65 in roadways.
I
1
IC
I
a
I
E
1
I
E(
1'
I
1
I
1
1
I
-- - - ___. - __ ___ - - -----g:--
Demco Series NE, Grinnell.
I'
c (6) Valve Box: Precast relnforcd concrete, Ca I
b. Hiscell aneous Spec1 a1 ties:
(1) Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: AS1 rated fully automatic, reseating combioatii temperature and pressure relief valve sized accordance with energy input. Sensing elemec immersed within upper 6" of tank, Watts.
(2) Union: 2" and Smaller: AAR malleable Iroc bronze to iron ground seat. 300 psi, Size 2-1L and Larger: Srooved pIpe, synthetic gaskel
-
9
I 15.400-3
rll
CALAVERA HILLS C0M"ITY CEKTER B1 .
malleable iron housing. Vfctaulic Style 77, Type
(3) Oiel ectric Coup1 ing: Insulating coup1 ing rated
(4) Shock Absorber: Multiple bellows. All stainless steel construction. Designed and applied in accordance with POI WH201, Amtrol, Smith, Wade, EWn.
"E" Sasket, Srirtnt???.
4 for 250 psig. EPCO.
0, -I Condensate Drain Pipinq: Same as cold water piping.
E, Flue and Vent Connector Piping:
1. 6as Flue Piping: Oouble wall metal flue pipe. lJL listed
2, 6as Vent Connector P'ipinq: 20-gage galvanized steel.
3, Flue Cap: 26-gage! galvanized steel. Gravity ventilator
designed b propelply ventilate flue regardless of wind djrection. Hetal bestos, Dura-Vent,
as type "8". Metalbestos, Dura-Vent.
F. Miscellaneous Piping Items:
I, Pipe Support:
a. Pipe Hanqer: Steel "J" hanger with side bolt for piping 4" and :;mat'ler; steel c'leviis hanger for piping 5" znd larger. Load and jam nuts. Size and maximum load per manufacturer's recormendation, Felt liner for copper piping, Hanger and rod shall have galvanized finish where exposed to weather, titherwise black finish. Kln-the, Unistrut.
b. Isolating Shield: - Galvanized steel shell and
reinforcing ribs. 1/4" non-conducting hair felt pad.
Pipe hanger in accordance with paragraph above. Increase hanger size per manufacturer's recormendation, Semco, Superstrut.
- c. Construction Channel: lZ-gage, 1.-5/8" x 1-5/8" steel
channel. Single or multfple section. Self-locking nuts and fittings. Kin-Line, Unistrut.
2. flashing: Vent flashing shall be 4 lb/ftZ lead, 16" sq.
flange, length sufflcient to be turned down 2" into vent. Oatey. Flashing for piping through roof shall be prefabricated galvanized steel roof jacks witb 16' sq.
flange, Provide counter flashing and seal water tight with mastic,
f
I
- -._- - 2-02 PIPING INSRATION MATERIALS:
( r
is. 400-4
CALAVERA HILLS COMMLYITY CENTER I e
I
I'
I
1
I
I
I
I
Ur
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
A. General: All piping insulation materials shall have fire l smoke hazard ratings as tested under SIX E-% (mi: b"t 323 I exceeding a flame spread of 25 and smoke developed of 50.
B. Pre-Molded Fiberqlass: Heavy density sectional pre-mol(
fiberglass with vapor barrier laminated all service jacket q pressure sealing vapor barrier lap. Thermal conductivity sh, not exceed 0.25 Btu-inlhr-ft2-F at a mean temperature of 54 Perm rating 0.02, ASTn €96, Puncture rating 50 Beach units, R
0781, Provide 3" (min,) wide tape of same material as lap 1 butt joints. For hot water piping, thickness shall be 1" for pi size less than 2"; 1-1/2" thickness for pipe sIze 2" and large Certain teed, Johns-Manv i 11 e, Owens-Corni ng.
C. Fi berg1 ass Blanket: Unf aced. Thermal conductivity shall r exceed 0.25 Btu-injhr-ft2-F at a mean temperature of SF, 1-lr thickness, Johns-Manville, Owens-Corning.
D. PYC Jacket (for fittings and valves): Pre-molded polyvii chloride (PVC) jackets. Size to match application. Provide I vapor barrier, pressure sealing tape by same manufacturi
Zeston, .-
E. Insulating Tape: Rubber based elastomeric tape with fact$ applied pressure sensitive adhesive. Thermal conductiv i ty sh not exceed 0.27 Btu-injhr-ft2-F at a mean temperature of 70F. wide x 1/8' thick, Provide protective finish suitable for outdc use by same manufacturer.
_____ --- -
- . \. -
Amtrong Amaflex,
2-03 FIXTURES
A. General: .-Provide rough-in for and install all plumbing fixtu shown on drawings. All trim not concealed shall be brass w polished .chrome plate finish unless noted othernise. All ename fixtures shall be acid resisting, Standard color $s white unlr otherwise noted.
8. Schedule: Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule on the drawii for list of fixtures. Manufacturer's model numbers are listed
Crane, Haws or Kohler are acceptable, For drainage fixturr equivalent models of Josm, Smith, Wade or Zurn are acceptable,
C, Stops and P-Traps: All fixtures shall be provfded with st
and P-Traps as applicable, Wall mounted faucets, valves, e shall have integral stops or wall mounted stops.
1. Stops: All hot and cold water supplies shall be 1/2' an
stops with stuffing box, screw driver lock shield, and 1 flexible brass riser. Speedway.
2. P-Tra s: Brass, ground joint. 17-gage. Clean-put pl d1a Tubular.
. complete description. Equivalent models of American Standai
I .
2-04 EQUIPMENT:
I '15.400-5
___-_-_ --- --- ---- --
e
A. General Requirements:
1. Capacity: Capacities shall be in accordance with schedules
2. Dimensions: Equipment must conform to space requirements
and limitations as indicated on drawings and as required for operation and maintenance. Equlpment will not be accepted that does not readily conform to space conditions. Prepare and submit layout drawings .for ell proposed equipment (different than scheduled units) showing actual job conditions, required clearances for proper operation, maintenance, etc.
‘I: shown on drawings. Capacities are to be considered minimum,
3. Ratings:
a, - Gas: Gas burning equipment shall be furnished with
100% safety gas shut-off, internlittent pilot ignition, and be approved by AGA.
b, Electrical: Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with NEM standards and lk listed where applicab’le staridarcis have been established,
4, Piping: Each item or assembly of items shall be furnished cmpletely piped for connection to services, Control valves
and devices shall be provided. Equipment requiting domestic water for non-potable use shall &e provided with backflow preventer acceptable for intended use by ?oca? governing
.*
..
< authorities. * ..
5. Electrical:
a. General: Each item or assemb7y of items shall be furnished completely wired to individual Zenainal blocks for connection to single branch electrical circuit. All electrical accessories and controls required by equipment shall be furnished. Provide terminal blocks
package. Manual and magnetic starters shall have ambient cornpenslating running overcurrent protection in at 1 ungrounded conductors. Magnetic starters shall be manual reset, and shall hare H-0-A switches. Controllers and other devices shall be in NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures as applicable.
b. Wiring: Conductors, conduit, and wiring shall be in
* accordance with Electrical Specifications. Individual items within assembly shall be separately protected with dead front, fused disconnect, fuse block, or circuit breaker for each ungrounded conductor, a11 accessible on operating side of equipment. Switches, contacts and other devices shall be fn ungrounded conductors.-- - - -
# for controls and interlocks not included in equipment
I
15.400-6
-- - -- ..
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CENTER I *
1
It
I
I
I
I
1
1
IC
1
I
1
I
I
I
I( f
I
c, Motors: Shall be rated, constructed and applied
xcord;xe ?tiit-!? ?!E.@. EX! PAS1 Sttndards without usi service factor. Single-phase motor shall be of type
drip-proof, NEMA 8 design on pumps and fans, NEMA C reciprocating equipment, sealed Dall bearin three-phase induction. Design shall limit runni current to values shown on drawings, AI1 motors horsepower and larger shall be the high efficiency ty such as Century E-Plus.
-do Starters: Xotor starters shall be furnished for a equl’pment except where starter is in a motor contrl center as designated on the electrical drawings. Delivi starter to Electrical Contractor for installation B
w f r i ng,
e, Control Voltage: Equipment connected to greater th
240 volts shall be provided with 120 volt contr . circuit from integrail protected transformer if separa source is not indicated on plans. 240 volt control acceptable if confined within control pane?.
internal wiring diagrams and manufacturer’s recocranend external wiring,
8, Electric Drinkinq Fountain: Wall hung. Provide steel munti brackets, Stainless steel basin, Removable grid drain, Chro plated brass bubbler with automatic flow regulator a self-closing valve. Non-ferrous evaporator. Hermetic compress with autunatic reset overload protection, Air cooled condense Adjustable themstat, ut listed, ARS certified, Haws, Sunroc,
C. Water Heater: 6as fired. Glass lined tank with magnesium anc protection, 150 psi working pressure, Fulqy insulate Automatic temperature control, 100% safety shut-off. High lin control. Provide ASME rated temperature and pressure relief vat sized in accordance with energy input, dielectric couplings a
I ndustrf es,
suit appl icatfon. Three-phase zztsrs ---L=L J:IQI a ut L- Si;
*
f. .. Submittals: Included in shop drawings shall
. drain cock, A6A approved. A.0, Smith, American Appliance, Sta
Circulating Pump: In-llne centrifugal, Aluminum housing, P parts exposed to fluid, stainless steel, Water lubrfcated ceran shaft and bearings. Epoxy encapsulated windings, Grundfos. -C Bronze body, brass impeller, Mechanical seals. Bronze slec oearings. integrai thermal overload protection. Bell 2 Gossett, Taco, Thrush,
I 15.400-7
v&iLXVCL% -CILLL3 LVI"IUIYJ.L I LClYLfiA D .
PART 3: EXECUTION:
-- 3-01 PIPTRS !STXLATIC?4: P,
A, General:
1, Piping Layout: f'iping shall be concealed in walls, above - the ceilings, or below grade unless otherwise noted. Exposed piping shall run parallel to room surfacer; location to be approved by Artlhitect, No structural member shall be weakened by cutting, notching, boring or otherwise, unless specifically ai llowed by structural drawfngs and/or specifications, Where such cutting is required, reinforcement shall be provided as specified or detailed. All piping shall1 be installed fri a manner to ensure unrestricted flow, eliminate air pockets, prevent any unusual noise, and permit complete drainage of the system. All
piping shall be installed to permit expansion and contraction without strain on piping or equipment, Yertical lines shall
be installed to allow for building settlement without damage to piping. Pipe sizes indicated on Uhe drawings are nominal sizes unless othentise noted.
2, Joints:
a. Threaded: Pipe shall be cut square and reamed to full sire. Threads shall be in accordance with ANSI 82.1, Joint compound or tape suitable for conveyed fluid shall be applied to male thread only. Joints shall be made
b. 'Soldered: PiIJe shall be cut square and burrs removed, .. '.' . Outside surface of the pipe where engaged in the fitting, and inside surface of the fit ing in contact with the pipe shall be cleaned with an at rasive material before soldering, Solder joints shall be made with flux and wire form or paste-type solder. The flux shall not
be highly corrosive,
6. Welded or Brazed: Ffller rod shall be of the same or suitable alloy as pipe. Brazing filler metal shall have a minimum melting point of 800F. Welding or brazing shall be performed In accordance with requirements of recognized published standards of practice and by
1 licensed or otherwise qualif led mchanics. Welder shall
be a person who specializes in welding of pipes and holds a valid certificate of competency from a
' recognized testfng laboratory, bared on the requirements of the ASME Bo'ller and Pressure Vessels Code, Section 9.
d, Open Ends: Open ends of piping shall be capped during progress of work to preclude foreign matter.
< tdth three threads exposed,
r -
( I
15.400-8
CALAlTEft4 HILLS COMNJXITY CEKTE .
e, Electrical Equipment: Joints shall be avoided, wl
I
1
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I<
1
1
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
passihle, WP-f o?prtrfca? eqsipest.
3, Fittings:
a. Standard Fittings: All joints and changes direction shall be made with standard fittings. C nipples shall not be used,
b, Reducers: Pipe size reduction shall be made with 1 reducer fittings,
c, Unions: A union shall be installed on the leal side of each valve, at all sides of automatic valves equipment connections, and elsewhere as necessary assembly or disassembly of piping,
d. Valves: All valves shall be full line size. equipment connections, valves shall be full size upstream piping, except that gas valves within 18'
the point of connection to the equipment may be the s size as the equipment connection,
~.
8ushings shall not be used.
4. Pipe Support: . -
a. General: Hangers shall be placed to support pip without strain on joints or fittings. Maximum spac between supports shall be as specified below, Act spacing requirements will depend on structural syst Vertical piping shall be supported with riser clamp 20' on center (maxtmum). Support pipe within 12" of :changes in directdon, Support individual pipes w pipe hanger, All hot and cold water piping shall h isolating shield; no portion of this piping shall ta the structure without an isolating shield except anchor points for fixture rough-in. Copp'er piping wh protrudes through a surface for connection to a fixt stop or other outlet shall be secured with a drop e Grinnell No, 9788. Nipple through surface shall
f threaded brass.
v
15.400-9
CALAVERA HILLS COXPKJNITY CENTER B .
(1) Pressure Pipe:
Maximum Spac i ngf
Between Supports ( ft. ) ____-_----- ------.
Ffpe Size (irichesj - - I- -- k
1/2 6
3/41 6 1 7 I-1/4 9 I-l/Z 9 2 IO 2-1/2 10 3 l2 4 14 6 14
*Based a# straight lengths of pipe with couplings only, Provide additional supports for equipment, valves or other fittings. Plastic piping shall be supported per the manufacturer’s recomnendations.
(2) Gravfty Drain Pipe: Piping shall be supported at
greater spacing than indicated above for pressure
b, Tra eze: Trapeze hangers of construction channel and *%rips may be used, Submit design to Engineer for review,
- - each length of pipe or fttting, but in no case at
. pipe,
f
4. I
L 5, Xisceflaneous:
L -Escutcheons: Provf de chrome plated escutcheons where -_ piping penetrates walls, ceilings, or floors in finished areas.
b. Pipe Sleeves: All piping passing through concrete shall be provided with pipe sleeves. Allow 1’ clearance between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation,
c. Pipes Passing through Fire Rated Surfaces: Pipes passing through fire rat4 walls, floors, ceflings, partitions, elk, shall have the annular space surroundfng the pipe or pipe insulation sealed with fire rated materials in accordance with the requirements of
the fire authorjlty having jurisdiction.
. d, Dielectric Couplings: Ofelectric couplings shall be
6 installed wherever piping of diissimilar metals are joined, except that bronze valves may be installed In ferrous piping without dielectric coup? ings.
!
c
8. Sanitary Sewer Piping: - -_ _- - --
t
15.4OO-10
CALAVERA HILLS C04MU?*"ITY CENTER 1 0
I
I-
I
1, General: Where inverts are not indicated, sanitary se
ciping shz!! he !nsts!?et! tt 1?4" per feat pitch. Piping
and larger may be installed at 1/8" per foot pitch wh structural or other limitations prevent installation ai greater pitch. Bell and spigot piping shall be instal with barrel on undisturbed soil; excavate hole for bell.
2, Cleanouts: Install cleanouts at ends of lines, at chan
of direction greater than 45 degrees, and at not greater t 100 foot intervals, Losate interior cleanouts in accessi locations and bring flush to finished surface.
roof nor less than 12" from arty vertical surface nor wit 10' of any outside air intake. Install horizontal vent li at 1/4* per foot pitch, Offset vents 2' minimum f gutters, parapets, ridges and roof flashing.
1'
3. Vents: Vents shall terminate not less than 6' above
I
C, Storm Drain (Including Rain Water Leader, WL): Similar Sanitary Sewer, Piping with less than 24" of cover shall be c iron,
0.. Water Pipinq: Connectfons to branches and risers shall be n from top of main. Supply header in fixture battery shall be 1 size to last fixture, reducing in size only on indfvic connections to each fixture in battery, Minimum plpe size st
be 3/4', unless otherwise noted. Provide shutoff valve for z building, and at each connection to equipment, Shock absort shall be installed in a vertical position as indicated drawings.
points. I(0 unions shall be installed except at connections equipment, Provide shutoff and dirt leg at each equigm connect i on.
F. Condensate Orain Piping: Install with constant pitch receptacle, 114" per foot where possible, otherwise 1/8' per I minimum. Provide TEE with clean-out plug at all changes
P direction, Provide trap at each air handling unit to prevent leakage.
I -
I
I
IC
I
I
I
I
I
k
I
1
E. . 6as Pipinq: Shall be pitched to drain to dirt legs at
i
3-02 P I? I NG I NSULAT I ON I NSTALLAT I ON : I A. Uomestic Hot Water:
1. General: All domestic hot water piping, fittings accessories, except for the last 12' on a fixture rui sha7l be insulated. All circulating pfping shall insulated,
2. !ipe: Apply pte-molded fiberglass sections to plpe u! integral pressure sealfng lap adhesive in accordance I manufacturer's recommendations. Stagger longitudinal joir __ -
#
15.400-:
CALAVERA HILLS CONXJNITY CEWTER BiJ .
Seal butt joints with factory suppl led pressure sealing tape.
-____ -- - ---- - - 3. Fittings and Valves:--- - .
a- Wrap all fittings and valves with pre-cut fiberglass blanket to thickness matching adjoinfng insulation. Cover blanket with PVC jackel: in accordance with manufacturer's reccmendations, Seal a1 1 joints with factory suppl iied pressure sealing vapor barrier tape with 1-1/2" (min.) overlap on both sides of joint. Insulate valves to stem, Do not insulate unions, flanges or valves unless water temperature exceeds 140f or the piping is exposed to weather.
b, For miscellaneous fittings and accessories for which PVC jackets are not available or where proximity of fittings precludes a neat-appearing installation, the Contractor
may cover the fiberglass blanket with stretchable glass fabric and at least two coats of vapor barrier coating. All exposed ends of insulation shall be adequately sealed,
-8. Cold Water Pipinq-Freeze Protstion: All cold water piing
exposed to weather shall be wrapped with insulating tape, 50% overlap, Cover va'lves to stem, Apply at least two coats of protectlve finish,
c
'.- - -
3-03 FIXTURE INSTALLATIOW:
A. Fixture Heiqht: Shall be as indicated ccl Architectural drawings, ..
8. Floor Drains or Floor Sinks: Shall be placed 'parallel to roan surfaces, set level and a[ajusted to proper height to drain. Cover openings durfng construction to keep all fforeigni matter wt of drain line,
C, Wall Hung Fixtures: Shall be provided with proper backing and
bear against stop nuts, clear of wall surface. Caulk fixtures against walls with white 6.E. Sllicorre sealant. Caulking shall be moth and flush with fixture surface (not concave).
0, Floor Mounted Fixtures: Shall be provided with proper support
plates.
E. Other Connections: Rough-In and connection for trim or fixtures supplied by otbers shal'l be included in this specification section,
3-04 EQUIPMENT IMSTALLATION:
c
e hanger plates secured to wall. Fixtures mounted on carriers shall
Grout at the floor with waterproof cr!ramic tile grout.+'
A, General: It shall be the responsibility of the equipment . installer to insure that no work done under other specification
15.400- 12
__ -
b-2I"L.w LLLUU" Y",LIU....*- --- -- I .
1
it
1.
I
I
I
1
u
1
I
1
I
I
1
I(
I
I
sections shall in my way block, or otherwise hinder
eqijiiipirefit. Ai; equipment shaii be secureiy anchored in place.
8, Connections to Equipment: Where size changes are required connections to equipment, they shall be made immediately adj to the equipment and, if possible, inside the equipment cabine
3-05 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS:
A, General: Unless othernfse directed, tests shall be witness . a representatfve of the Architect. Work to be concealed shal be enclosed until prescribc? tests are made, Should any WOI enclosed before such tests, the Contractor shall, at his exp uncover, test and repair all work to original conditions, and defects shown by tests shall be repaired and entire retested. Tests may be made in sections, however, all connec between sections previously tested and new section shal included in the RW test.
8, Gravity Systems:
1. Sanitary Sewer: All ends of the sanitary sewer s. shall be capped and lines filled with water to the top o highest vent, 10' above grade minimum, This test shal made before any fixtures are installed. Test shal maintained until all joints have been inspected, but no than 2 hours.
2, Condensate Drain: SimBlar to Sanitary Sewer. IC 3, Storm Drain: Similar to Sanitary Sewer,
C. Pressure Systems:
1. General: There shall be no drop in presspre during except that due to ambient temperature ' changes. components of system not rated for test pressure shal isolated fr& system before test is made,
2, Domestic Hot and Cold Water Pipinq: Maintain 100 water pressure for 4 hours.
3. 6as Piping: Uaintain 100 psfg air pressure for 4 hours.
e
3-06 DISINFECTION:
A, Disinfect all domestic hot and cold water piping system accordance with AUUA Standard C601, "AWWA Standard Disinfecting Water Mains', Disinfection process shall performed in cooperation with health department h jurisdiction and witnessed by a representative of the Archi During procedure signs shall be posted at each water o stating, "Chlorination - Do Not Drink". After disinfection, i samples shall be collected by health department bacteriological analysis. Certificate of Bacteriological' P
-
15.400
. __ -
-cx"LIuL LlLUY" ""IIALYLILLL UU*L.LU*. Y
shall be obtained frmi health department and delivered to the Owner through the Architect.
~ -. __ - *kt+****** -- a
3
4
?
.
.
f r
L
15,400-14
-_
CALAVERA HILLS COMMijNlTY CENl I
I
IC
I
I
1
I
1
SEXTIOW 15.500
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
PART 1: GENERAL
1-01 GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS:
A. The preceding General Mechanical Provisions shall form a pal this Section with the same force and effect as though rep here.
1-02 SCOPE:
A, Included: Provide a11 labor, materials and services nece Tor complete, lawful and operating systems as shown or notc the drawings or as specified here. The entire facility sha fire sprinklered.
8. Work Specified Elsewhere:
1, Electrical wiring, -
2. Fire alarm system, I 1-03 SUBMEllAlS:
A, Preparation of Drawings and List of Materials: Before sta work, complete shop drawings showing locations and sizes oj sprinkler heads, piping, valves, etc., shall be prepared. drawings : shall also include lists of materials s manufacturer's name and catalog numbers, equipment descrip giving dimensfons, capacities, performance curves, and COR
8. Hydraulic Calculations: The sprinkler system shall hydraulically calculated to provide 0.10 GPM per square fo the most hydraulically remote 1500 square feet. Calcula
',
1 ayouts. ;
1
I
I
1
i
I
I
1
I
B shall be included in shop drawings, c
C, Review Process:
I, Submit to local fire authority for approval.
2, Submit approved drawings, calculations and material lis
3. Material or equipment shall not be ordered, nor work pr
Engineer for review,
untll written review is processed by Engineer.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2-01 STANDARDS:
f f
15.50c
_- .
L&%L.t%vLNI nLLL3 LUl~U~lULYLLI LLl\LLK BU
.,
A, All materials shall be fn accordance with HFPA No.13 '@Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems".
2-02 PIPING MATERIALS:
A, Piping:
a
1. Under round: Polyvinyl chloride, Class 19, OR 18, AWWA & rubber ring joints, ASlM 01869. Cast iron fittings, Class 150,, AWUA CllO, with rubber ring joints, ASTW
81869-
2. Above Grade:
a, 2' and Smaller*: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, ASTW Al20. 125 psi -black cast iron threaded fittings, UL 1 f sted,
b. 2-1/2" and Larger: Welded black steel pipe, ASTM A53,
minimum wall thickness per NFPA 13, Roll grooved pipe couplings may be used for assembling welded sections,
B, 6ate Valve:
1, 2' and Smaller: All bronze, rising st:em, 200 psi UUG. UL 1 isted.
2, 2-1/2' and tarqer: Iron body, bronze mounted, outside screw and yoke, 200 psi WOG, UL listed, (UL listed butterfly valves may be substituted for 4" and larger gate f valves. 1
C. Check Yalv'e:
1, 2' and Smaller: All1 bronze swing check, 200 psi WCE, UL
2. 2-1/2' and Larger: Iron body, bronze mounted swing check.
1 1 i st&.
200 psi HOG. UL list:&,
2-03 SPRINKLER HEAD:
A. Autamatlc sprinkler head, M listed, Temperature ratings shall be in accordance with NFPA No, 13, Provide extra heads (of each type instal'led) in accordance with code requirements. Heads shall be chrome plated recessed type (Central Sprinkler Corporation Model H
of equal) in all areas except gymnasium, All heads in gym shall be standard pendant head with standard finish, Heads installed lower than 8 feet above! floor shall have wfre guards, Heads instal led in areas with finished ceil ings sihall have escutcheons with same finish as head.
.- 2-04 ALARM VALYE ASSEMBLY:
c I
15.500-2
CGAVEFS HILLS COWNITY CENTER I *
i
It
8
1
I-
I
II
1
I
1
I
I
I
1
A- Standard wet type alarm valve assemb'ty and water motor go
Provide flow switch for connecti cCx3plete with rctardSng CkiS&e? &?d krh GS required by t authority having jurisdiction. to electric atarm system. UIc listed. - - - --_-
PART 3: EXECUTION .
._ - 3-01 PIPING INSTAtLATION:
A. General: Plping shall be concealed in walls, above the ceflin or below grade unless otherwise noted, Exposed piping shall r parallel to - room surfaces; location shall be approved by t Architect. No structural member shall be weakened by cuttin notching, boring or otherwise, unless specifically allowed structural drawings and/or specifications. Where such cutting -. required, reinforcement shall be provided as specified detailed. Depth of cover in traffic areas shall be 36 inct (minimum).
6. Standards: All piping shall be installed in accordance wi
NFPA No. 13 "Standard for the Installation of Sprfnklet Systems".
C , Xi scet 1 aneous:
1. Escutcheons: Provide chrm plated escutcheons whc
piping penetrates walls, ceilings or floors in finis1 areas.
2. Pattern: Sprink'lers shall be installed in a symnetrii pattern with lighting fixtures and with ceiling pattern,
3, Pipe Sleeves: All piplng passing through concrete shall provided with pipe sleeves. Allow 'I9 annular clearai between sleeve and pipe for piping up to 4" etameter and annular clearance for larger piping.
4. Pipes Passing through Ffte Rated Surfaces: Pipes pass through fire rated walls, floors, ceilings, partitions, e
with the requirements of the fire authority hav jurisdiction .
I(
'
F shall have the annular s ace surrounding the pipe, or p insulation sealed with P ire rated materials In accorda
3-02 IDENTIFICATION:
A. All controls, piping, valves and equipment shall be labeled function and service in accordance with NFPA No, 23.
3-03 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS:
A. Unless otherwise directed, tests shall be witnessed b] representative of the Architect and an inspector of the author having jurisdiction. Work ?x be concealed shall not be encic
until prescribed tests are made. Should any work be enclt I, I 15.500-
II
V~-LJZ~~VLLU, LLLLLJ UJLULUI~ILL LuvLu-, I
0
before such tests, the Cmtractor shall, at his expense, uncover, test and repair all work to original conditions. teaks aiid defects shown by tests shall tre repaired and the entire work retested. Test all system In accordance with NFPA No,, 13.
3-04 CERTIFICATION:
Q
A, At completion of the project, a certificate of inspection from authority having jurisdiction indicating installation and testing in accordance with referenced standards shall be delivered to the (her through the Architect.
******
.. ..
-~
c-
-!
.
*
--- ---- -
( I
15.500-4
CALAVERA HILLS CO?MJXZTY CENTEl i .
) N
I
I
1
I
4 speclf led,
II
I
I*
I
I
I
8
SECTION 15.650
HEATING, VENTILATING AHD AIR CONOITIONING
4" PART 1: GENERAL
1-01 GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS:
A. The preceding General Mechanical Provisions shall form a part
thts Section with the same force and effect as though repea here.
1-02 SCOPE:
A. Included: Provide all labor, materials and services necess
for complete, lawful and operating systems as shown or noted the drawings or as specified here. The work includes, but is necessarily 1 imi ted to, the following:
1, Air distrfbution system,
~ a 2, All equipment as shoun or noted on the drawings or
3, System energy balance,
4. Temperature control system,
B, Work Speciffed Elsewhere:
1, Lfne:voltage power wiring, motor starters in motor coni centers, disconnect switches and installation of all star1 are Included in the Electrical Section, unless othen
2, Connection of gas, condensate drains and domestic water
noted. 1
t equipment.
3, Concrete and reinforcing steel unless specifically called in the drawings or specifications.
specif Ications.
4, Painting unless speciflcally called for in the drawing:
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2-01 PIPING MATERIALS:
A. Flue Piping:
1, Gas Flue Piping: Double wall mtal flue pipe. M li! Metalbestos Model RV or QC. as type '8'. I? I
I 15 * 650-:
II
CALAVERA HILLS COWLUNITY CENTER SI .
2. Flue Cap: Designed to properly ventilate flue regrdiess 01
wind direction, Storm proof, bird prcof, Yeta?bestcs, 1 2-22 ;~.y~g~+&T~~~~~: . t.
A. General: All ductwork materials shall have fire and smote hazard ratings as tested under ASW E-84 and UL 723 not exceedins a flame spread of 25 and smoke developed off 50,
8, Low-Velocity Metal Ductwork: Metal ductwork shall be galvanized .sheet steel, ASTN A-527, i
C. Low Velocity Flexible Ductwork: Insulated flexible ductwork, Continuous internal liner bonded to galvanized steel wire helix, One pound per cubic foot glass fiber insulation, 1” thick where ductwork is within the building thermal insulation envelope, 1-1/2“ thick where diuctwork is outside the building thermal insulation envelope. ‘Thermal conductivi t.y shall not exceed 0.25 Btu-in/hr-ft2-F at a mean temperature of 75F. Seamless vapor barrier jacket. Duct shall comply with NFPA 90A. Duct shall be capable of continuous operation at ’1-1/2m of water static pressure and 4,W ft/mfn. air velocity. Genflex, Wiremold.
0. Fiber Tape: Hardcast fiber tape and liquid adhesive, without substi tutiort, DT-5300 or OT-5400 tape. FTA-20 adhesive.
E. Duct Sealant: 6.E. silicone sealant, without substitution.
*
1 2-03 AIR EMINALS AND DUCT FITTINIGS: - c A. Srilles: (Sirflles, Registers and Diffusers)
2. . Inforktion on Ortiwin s: Refer to Grille Schedule on the drawtngs for the + ist of grilles. Manufacturer’s model numbers are listed to conplete the dlescriptign. Equivalent models of Bar4er-Colman, Environmental Air Prbfucts, Titus or Tuttle and Bailey are acceptable. Refer to the floor plans for neck size, CFH,, air diffusion pattern and fire damper, if required.
2. Performance: Subnii t complete performance data (throw, pressure drop, noise level, etc.) for all grilles proposed, other than those scheduled. If, according to the certified data of the manufacturer of the proposed units, the sizes indicated on the drawings will not perform satisfactorily, the units shall ‘be reselected by the Contractor for the proper diffusion, spread, pressure drop, throw and noise 1 eve1 ,
3. Frame and Accessories: - All supply, return, and exhaust grilles shall have an opposed blade volume control damper unless otherwise noted, All surface mounted grilles shalt have a perimeter gasket and flanged edlge. All grilles shall have frames suitable for mountfng in the surfaces desQnated
0
1 by the architectural drawings. I t
\
15.650-2
- __ -
CUAVCKA HLLLS LVLi"UNL1I LC1Yl.G I *
1 I
I'
8-
1
I
1
8
1- J UC
It
I
1
8
1
4. Finish: All ceiiiiig ana naii griiies shaff have paintafile white finish unless otherwise noted. Intel components (everything behind the face plate) shall be q black.
B, Branch Duct Volume Damper: Volume control damper (VCD) square or rectanglar ducts shall be as follows: Opposed blade, maximum blade width, 16-gaga blade, 48" maximum length, nylor oil impregnated bronze bearings, 1/2' diameter pin shaft, 16-! 'channel frame, actuating rod out of air stream. VCO in round ( shall be as follows: Damper blade full height of brancb anc less than branch width. All branch dampers shall have reguli with spring loaded shaft nut and serrated self-locking die core, Ventlok 640,
frame, Barber Colman Def 1ecl:rol ,
Spacing in accordance with manufacturer's recomnendations. Dyne HEP,
E, Flexible Connection: UL' listed neoprene coated 30 01 fiberglass cloth, 3' metal. 3-1/4' fabric, 3. metal. Ventglas
F. Fire Damper: California State Fire Marshal approved and lis
UL listed, Hour rating as required by the rating of the w ceiling, floor, etc. in which it is i~stalled.
6. Ouct Access Door: Insulated double wall door, Full p
hinge, Cam latcb, High or low pressure as applicable,' Bat me.
H. Back Draft Damper: Aluminum interlinked blades, Aluminlrn galvan3 zed steel frame, 8ronze bearings. Count& balanced full closing.
C . Extractor: Curved blade turns in adjustable position r
D, Turning Vanes: Double wall, hollow =tal, air foil sh
Arrow, Wonder Metal ,
2-04 DUCTWORK INSULATION MATERIALS: . A, General: All ductwork insulation materials shall have fire
smoke hazard ratings as tested under ASTM E-84 and UL 723 exceedfng a flame spread of 25 and smoke developed of 50,
8, Fiberglass Blanket: Thermal conductivity shall not exceed
Btu-in/hr-ft2-F at a mean temperature of 75F, 1 lb/ft3, 1" t where ductwork is within the bufldfng thermal insulation envel l-l/Za thick where ductwotk is outside the building thf insulation envelope, but bellow the roof. 2' thick where duct is outside and/or above the roof. Faced with glass reinf( foil laminated to Kraft paper, Certainteal, Johns-Manvl II (hens-Corni ng.
I
15.650-
I >c'
I
1
CALAVERA KILLS COMMIMITY CENTER BI .
C, Fiberqlass Board: Sam! properties as filberglass blanket except
\ that density shall be :3 lb/ft3 (minimum) and foil fzcicg is wt, required,
% 0. Acoustic Lining: Glass fiber. Thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.25 Btu-in/hr-ft2-F at a mean temperature of 75F, One side coated to prevent fiber erosion up to 6000 ft/min. Average noise reduction coefficlent of 0.95. 1.5 lb/ft3 density, 1" thick where ductwork is wi thiri the building thermal insulation envelope, 1-f/2" thick where ductwork is Butside the building thermal *insulation envelope, but below the roof. 2* thick where ductwork is outside and/or above the roof, Certainteed, Johns-Manville, Owen s-Cor n i ng ,
- _- -- - - __ _- --- -- - - . _-
E, Bondinq Adhesive: Benjamin foster 85 - 15.
2-05 EQUIPMENT:
A. General Requirements:
1. Capacity: Capacities shall 'be in accordance with schedules
shown on drawings, Capacities are to be considered minimum,
2, Oimensions: Equipknt must conform to space requirements and limitations as jndicated on drawings and as required for operation and maintenance, Equipment will not be accepted that does not readily conform to space conditions. Prepare and submit layout. drawings for all proposed equipment (different - than scheduled units) showing actual job conditions, required clearances far proper operation, main ten anc e, etc,
. .. ..
.a ~ .. .- - _- -.
.. - c * .- 3. Ratiriqs:
c'
..
a* 6as: Gas burning 'equipment- shall be furnished with w safety gals shut-off, intermittent !pilot ignition, and be approved by AM,
b, Electrical: Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with NEMA Standards and UL listed where
4. Piping: Each item or assembly of item shall be furnished
completely piped for connection to services. Control valves and devices shall be provided. Equipment requiring domestic water for non-potable use shall be provided 'with backflow preventer acceptable for intended use by local governing authorities.
applicable standards have been established.
5. Electrical:
a, General: Each item or assemblyr of jtems shall be furnished completely wired to individual terminal blocks for connection to single branch electrical-circuit,- All electrical accessories and controls requited by t'
15.650-4
-- -- - .-
h
CALAVERA HILLS COYKWITY CEXTER I . u
I d
B
1
I
1
I
1
R
I
8
I
II
equipment shall be furnished. Provide terminal bloc far rnnt,m!s and !!ltorlnCkS nnt i?!c??lded I?! oq!!iF:.e package, Manual mnd magnetic starters shall ha ambient compensating running overcurrent protection all ungrounded conductors, Magnetic starters shall manual reset, and shall have H-O-A switches, Controlle and other devices shall be in NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures applicable.
b, Wiring: conductors, conduft, and wiring shall be accordance with Electrical Specifications, Individu items within assembly shall be separately protected wi dead front, fused disconnect, fuse block, or circu breaker for each ungrounded conductor, all accessible operating side of equipment, Switches, contacts 2 other devices shall be in ungrounded conductors.
c, Motors: Shall be rated, constructed and applied accordance with NEMA and ANSI Standards without usi service factor, Single-phase motor shall be of type suit applicatfon. Three-phase motors shall be open dl proof, NEMA 6 design on punps and fans, NEMA C
' reciprocating equipment, sealed ball bearir three-phase inductlion. Oesign shall limit start7 inrush current and running current to values shown drawings. All motors 1 horsepower and larger shall the high efficiency type such as Century E-Plus.
d, Starters: Motor starters shall be furnished for <
equipment except where starter is in a motor conti center as designated on the electrical drauin :Del tver starter to Electrical Contractor installation and wiring.
e. Control Voltage: Equipment connected to greater t 240 volts shalr be provided with 126 volt cont circuit from integral protected transformer if separ source Is not indicated OR plans, 240 volt control acceptable if conf iiied within control panel,
internal wiring diagrams and manufacturer's recmer external wiring.
_.
IrJ
0 f. Submittals: Included in shop drawings shall
8 6. Fan Selection:
a, Fan Curves: Performance curves shall be submitted all units of 3000 CFM or greater, Operating point
n forward curved fans shall be from point of maxi efficiency toward increased CFM limited by hotsepc scheduled. Operating pofnt for backward inclined 1 shall be selected near point of maximum efficier Curves shall plot CFM verses static pressure b constant brake horsepower, WPM and eff Iciency lines. 1J i I
8 15.6SO-'
8
~~~livcnn HILLS COMltUNilY CENTER Bl .
b. Static Pressure: Pressure scheduled for factorj assembled packaged units does; not include fi Iiers, coils, cabinet losses, dampers and other interior components or accessory downturni plenum unless othcr=i =I noted, Pressure scheduled for field assembled units does include allowance for these components, Allowance for filters is 0.3' WC unless otherwise noted, Submit itml zed static pressure losses.
1 t
*
7, Filters:
a. Gene+al: Tested and rated in accordance with ASHRAF Standard 52 - 76. Provide one complete change of all filters after- air balance is completed and prior to accept ante .
.. b, Filter Media:: 2' medla, Weight arrestance 90% Oust spot efficieniy 25%. Clean filter resistance 0.10" water at 300 fprn,- 'Throw-away frme, Farr.
8. Screens: All openings into air distribution systems shall
be covered with 1/2" galvanized screen,
9, Mixinq Dampers: Opliosed blade, 16-gage. Sfx-inch maximum blade width, 48. maximum length, Nylon OF oil ilrpregnated bronze bearings, One-half lnch diameter pin shaft, 16-gage channel frame, One percent maximum leakage at 4" UC in accordance with WJCA 500 for outside air dampers. Actuating
pod out of air stream. Arrow.
10. Sound Ratinqs: Shall1 be in accordance with ASHRAE 36 - 72,
11. Drives: Unless noted as direct connected, drives shall be M-belt, rated at 150% of motor horsepower. Multiple drive belts shall be matched set. Drlive sheaves shall be dynamically balanced, adjustable, range + l&, selected at mid range. Adjustiible relative movement &all be lockable to shaft, Belts shall be aligned within 1-1/2 degrees at all times. Open drivels shall be provided with open mesh belt
enclosure with louvered face for adequate ventilation. Driving motor shall1 be mounted on adjustable rails T-B.
Woods, Browning. Submjt RPM range of driven machine with drive selection,
12. Vibration Isolation: -
) i
# guards, Belt guards exposed to weather shall be weatherproof
a. General: The vibration isolation manufacturer shal 1
* be responsible for the proper selection of all Isolators, support rails, and bases. Isolator selectfon shall be bawd on deflection as indicated. Lowest disturbing frequency shall be the basis for design- Isolator shall be selected for uniform deflection according to weight dlstrfbutfon-,, Shop drawings shall include a plan of equipment showing point loadsd design > t
15.650-6
-. - - .-
CALAVERA HLLL~ COW-~LLX LC.L~LK R- .i
I>
1;
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
8
1
8
I [I - I
8
I
data for each isolator inc!uding spring outside . diameter, free, opcratiiig &id so:ii: hsjghts, an< ratjo of horizontal to vertical stiffness, efficiency and
deSfgn of support rails and bases. Consolidated Kinetics, M.W. Sausse, All iso\ators shall be the product of a single manufacturer,
b, Neoprene in Shear: 2500 psi tensile strength, oil resistant neoprene, Cast-in top and base plates, Isolator shall be selected for maximum static deflection without exceeding load capacity.
c- -- -
E 8. Air Conditioning Unit:
1. General: Self-contained heating/cool ing unit designed for outdoor jnstallation. Factory assembled and tested. Refer to Paragraph 2-OSA for general requirements. Provide all starters and relays required for operation. 24-vol t control circuit from integral transformer, Weatherproof cabinet, galvanized steel with enamel finish, Drain pan. Multivane centrifugal supply fan. ARI certified. Gas equipment AGA certified. Carrier, Day and Nfght, Payne, Trane.
2, Refrigeration: Sealed hemetic compressor with interna? vibration isolating mount, Crankcase heater, high/lor pressure switch, recycling timer, Afr-cooled condenser with propeller fan. Non-ferrous ffnned coil, Low ambient control
to 45F. Slngle phase unfts shall have compressor start assist kit. S-year extend4 warranty on compressor(s1.. HC-Z shall have 2 independent refrigerant circuits,
3- - Heat:: Natural gas fired. Aluminized or ceramic coatec . welded steel heat exchanger, Electric ignition. Automatic
tt
e
gas valve. Fan and limit controls.
C. Exhaust Fan: !
1. General: All exhaust fans shall be tested and rated i accordance with AKA Standard 210. Fans exposed to weathe
4 shall have ventilated weatherproof housing over motor an drive assembly. Refer to Paragraph 2-05A for genera requirements. All dlrect drive fans shall be provided wit speed controllers, All motors 1 horsepower and larger shal be the high efficfency type such as a Century E-Plus.
2. * Ceilin Ceiling rnaunted direct drive centrifugt 53iZ&?% with exhaust grille, Motor mounted rubber-fn-shear is01 ators. Motor and fan removable throw grille, Acoustically lined housfng. 3ackdraft damper. I listed. Bteidert, Weenheck, Penn.
3. Roof fan: Multivane centrifugal fan. Ball bearing Vibration isolating mount, All aluminum construction Wi steel or aluminum wheel and aluminum curb base, Backdra
15.650-7
.. . CALAVERA HILLS COM?WNITY CENTER BUILD:
damper. Birdscreen. Dome type or up-blast type as indicated
on drawings. Cook, Greenheck, Penn.
.._ -e
. ._ A
,. .
. ** . 0. ..
.1 I. . .-
D. . Unit.Heater - Gas-Fired, Packaged: h .I. . *'
1. General: Completely assembled and tested at factory.
Provide alp controls necessary for operation. Refer to
Paragraoh 2-05A for general requirenients. .' Reznor". '
2. Cabinet: Hot dipped galvanized steel with baked enamel
finish. Fully insulated. Provide access panels for a1 1
components. Filter rack.
3. Blower: Forward curved centrifugal. Permanently lubricated ' ball bearings. Blower and " housing hot dipped galvanized steel.
4. Gas Heat: Natural gas fired. Aluminized steel heat exchanger. Electric ignition. Automatic gas valves. 100% safety shut-off. Pressu're regulators and manual cocks on
main and pilot lines. Entire system AGA approved.
5. Controls: Fan and temperature limit control. Provide transformer for 120 volt controls.
. ,..
15'. 650-8 \ A 117/7/47 Citv R~17i<ir\nq
CALAVEfW HILLS COI~LTKITY CENTEX F3 1
1
il A
1
1
8
II
E
I
1
1
I
8
1
R
8
8
1
PART 3: EXECUTION .-
3-01 PIPlNG INSTALLATION:
A. Flue Pipinq: Flue piping shall be installed in acccordance w its UL listing and the manufacturer's instructions.
3-02 DUCTNORK INSTALLATION:
A. General:
1. Standards: Unless otherwise noted, a1 I ductwork shall constructed and installed in accordance with current SMA
"Low Velocity Duct Construction Standards" or "High Veloc
Duct Construction Standards" as applicable. A copy of th standards shall be maintained at the job site at all tirr
Duct work and accessories shall be installed in a manner prevent vibration and rattling.
2. Access: Provide duct access doors as required to ad,
equipment and dampers. .Provide wall or ceilina access par or remote actuators as required where equipment and damr I are not otherwise accessible.
3. Flexible Connections:' Connection of ductwork to
vibrating equipment shall be with 3" (min.) flex' connection. Instal? with ample slack and uniform Gap. Tf shall be no metal to metal contact across flex connection.
8. LOW Velocity-Low Pressure (up to 2,000 ft/min; up ^to 2.0 water) :
.-1. Sheet Metal Ductwork:
a. Ells: Ells with less than standard radius and sq ells shall be fitted with turning vanes.
b, Tees: Tees shall be straight tap-in with extract0
45 degree take-off,as shown or) drawings. .
c. Duct Joints: All joints which are not exposed weather shall be sealed airtight with fiber tape
liquid adhesive. All joints exposed to weather shal sealed air and water tight with duct sealant accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Part 2 of this Specification.)
&017/a7 city Revisions 15.650
: CALAVEIU HILLS- CO~XITI' CENTEl
0
d. Dampers: Install volume ccintrol damper and damp regulator in all branch ducts.
2. Flexible Glass Fiber Ductwork: The use of flexible duct limited to the last 7 feet of each branch duct (1.e. one foot section of flexible duct may be used to connect t grille to the sheet metal branch duct). Hangers shall be wide metal straps spaced to prevent sagging, 3' spaci maximum, Insert 6' wide fiberglass pad between duct ai . hanging strap, Joints shall be installed with metal ban1 and fiber tape md adhesive, Mininium turn radius shall be accordance wi ttt SWCNA Standard!; (turn radius of dui centerline not less than 1.5 times the duct diameter),
3. Grease Bearfng Exhaust Ductwork: Exhaust ducts from Type
grease hoods shall be constructed in accordance with Chapti 20 of the Uniform Mechanical Code with 16 gage galvaniz steel or 18 gage stainless steel. All joints shall be nac with a continucrus weld. Horizontal portions of the duc shall slope down towards the hood at 1/4" per foot (min unless the total horizontal length exceeds 75 feet, then tl slope shall be 1" per foot (min,),
1 t
-
3-03 AIR TERMINALS AND DUCT FITTINGS INSTALLATION:
A. GENERAL: Unless othernise noted, hll air terminals and dut fittings shall be installed in accordance with current SMACNA "LC Velocity Duct Construction Standards' or "High Velocity Duc Construction Standard' as applicable. Terminals and fittins shall be installed in a manner to prevent vibration and rattling.
8. Fire Damper: Fire dampers shall be installed in accordance wil their State Fire Marshal listing and the manufacturer' recomnendations.
1 c
Provide access doors as required.
3-04 DKTNORK INSULATION INSTAlLATION: !
A, General: Insulate all sheet metal supply and return ductwor except as noted below, Insulation shall be continuous throug walls and floors except at fire dampers.
B, Uhere Insulation Is Hot Required: Do not insulat factory-insulated ducts or casings, acou!xic lined ducts, fiberou glass ducts, underground ductwork, supply or return ductwor exposed to view in the! space that it serves, or exhaust ductwork.
C. Concealed Ductwork: Wrap concealed ductwork with fiberglas blanket lapped 2" minimum, Secure with &gage galvanized wir spaced at 12" maximum on straight runs and 3" maximum at elbow and fittings, Insulation on bottom of ducts wider than 36" shal also be secured with mechanical fasteners at 24" on center.
0, Acoustic Lining: Where acoustic lining is installed, increas each sheet metal dinnension to acccjmoclate lining and maintail clear inside duct dimensions shown on drawings. Apply lining wit1
a
t?-
15.650-10
CAL-NERX HILLS CMBTTY CEXW 1' .
> 1
I
0-
B
1
#
I
I
h
R
I
I
t
I
E
I
1
bonding adhesive in accordance with manufacturer1 s recomenda' and also secure with mechanical fasteners in accordance SMACNA Standards. Seal exposed _edges - --- -of- lining wfth __ boi adhesive,
E. Ductwork Exposed to Weather and Externally Insulated: DUC which Is exposed to weather, but not internally insulated SUI ductnork downstream of high efficiency filters or ductwor combination evaporative cooled and heated air systems shal . externally insulated with 2' fiberglass board, The fiber board shall then be protected with a galvanizd sheet metal j per SMRCNA standards.
Qh,
3-05 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION:
A. General: It shal7 be the responsibility of the equi
-. installer to ensure that no work done under other specific sections shall in any way block or otherwise hinder the equiF All equipment shall be securely anchored in place.
3-06 SYSTEM ENERGY BALANCE:
A,, Scope: Provide the services of an independent test and ba agency to test, adjust and balance, retest and record perfor of the system to obtain design quantities as specified,-
8. Qualifications: Prior to comrrencing work, the agency sha
reviewed by the Engineer and shall be certified by the Assa Air Balance Council or shall have submitted adequate documenl to satisfy the Engineer as to their competence, The agency provide docuHlentation of having successfully completed at five projets of similar size and scope-
C. Instruments: All instruumts shall be ~ accurately calfbi claibration histories shall be available f exmind
standards .
1)
Application of instrumention shall be in actor 8 ance wit)
D. Submittals: Include in shop drawings copies of forms to bc
recorded. Three copies of completed balance report sha submitted for review,
f, Procedure - General: Procedure shall be in accordance Associated Air Balance Council's 'National Standards for Measurements and Instrumentation - Total System Ba? ante., Two, No, 12173. System shall be in full, continuous ope during. test. Balance quaintfties shall be plus 10% minus design quantities. All nimplate data, manufacturer, mod serial numbers shall berecorded for each item tested,
F, Extended Warranty: The test and balance agency shall incl extended warranty of 90 days after cmpletjon of tect and t
work, during which time the Engineer, at his discretioi request a recheck or resetting of any item or items 'f
e for testing and balancinlg showing all data which is
I?
15.6f -_ - - -__ -
LALAYEM HILLS COWNITY CENTEF .
report, The agency shall provide technicians to assist t Engineer in making any tests he may require during this perf& time,
Air Balance Procedure! (For Each Air Handling System):
1,
G.
1 Q
All air filters shall be clean when air balance is performed - 2. Provide a sketch of the equipment showing exactly where a
. pressure readings were taken,
3.
4. Record motor full load amperes.
5, Make pitot tube traverse of main supply and return ducts ar obtain design CFH at fans,
6. Record system static pressure, suction and discharge.
7.
8,
9. Record entering air temperatures. (DS heating, D6 and W
10, Record leaving air temperaures, (U6 heating, 08 and W
11,
12, Adjust all zones to design CFM, supply and return,
13, Adjust all diffusers, grilles and reglsterf to plus 10% minus 0% of desiqln requirements.
14, Adjust CFH at all exhaust fans, make-up units, etc, (high an. low speed, where applicable), Record applicable data fra
15. Each grille, dififuser and register :;hall be identified as tc 1 ocat i on.
16. Verify proper diffusion pattern for all ceiling grilles anc that all sidewall grilles are set for 5 degrees upwarc deflection unless otherwise noted. Make a notation of ani that are not set properly,
17. Size, type and manufacturer of diffusers, prilles, re ister! and all tested items shall be identi ied and qisted. Manufacturer's ratings shall be used to make required calculations on al? items,
Adjust blower RPM to design requirentents.
Adjust system for design CFM recirculated air,
Adjust system for design CFH outside air.
cool i ng, )
1 cooling, 1 c Adjust all main !iUpplY and return air ducts to design CFM.
P items 1 through 11 above.
> t I
15.650- 12
CALAVERA tfILLS COM?.IL;NZTY CEXTG 1 .
I
Irk
I
5
I
8
I
@<
1
1.
I
8
1
1
I
4
18. Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles, and registers shz
Include required FPH velocity and test resultant velocit required CFH and test resultant CFM after adjustments,---.
19. In cooperation wi th the control manufacturer representative, set adjustments of automatically opera1 dampers to operate as specified. Testing agency shall chc __ all controls for proper calibrations and .list all contrc requiring adjustment by control installers.
20. All diffusers,i grilles and registers shall be adjusted I required air patterns and to minimize drafts.
21. As a part of the work off this contract, THE AIR CONDITION
CONTRACTOR shall make any changes in pulleys, belts
dampers or the addition of dampers required for corr balance as recommended1 by air balance agency, at additional cost to Owner.,
>
ll 3-07 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM:
.A, General: The control system includes control panels, cont
: devices, line and tow. voltage control and interlock wir (including wiring to controllers, switches, timers, relays, et and conduit and related equipment. Poner wiring and disconn switches are included In the Electrical Speciffcatic Electrical work shall be in accordance with Electri Specifications. Shop drawings shall include a complete writ sequence of operation. Set, test and adjust the system for pro operation. All control materials shall be furnished and instal by 6.J. Ymas Company, Inc,, Johnson Controls, Inc., or Servi-T Controls wi thou t subst$ tution.
1
80 Type of System: The control system shall be electric.
C. System Components: 1
1. Thermostats: Concealed, adjustable set points and funcl
2. Wall Switches: Plates for all wall switches and tii
3. Labels: All labels, signs, etc. shall be engra
selectors.
shall match those specified in Division 16.
laminated plastic, white on black background, 1/8a lettering, unless otherwise noted.
4, Temperature Controllersi All temperature controllers s
have adjustable set points and be identified with "Lamic labels.
5. Temperature Control Panels: Each panel and each con
Locking cover without temperature indicator,
*
de.. ,;,e . c cr radmt 2;i t!i: f~s~+%-- ~f tt;~ jxm? shall
Identified with an engraved plastic label with %/4"
15 0 650-
1; ?
- -- - -_
ui~tivcnn ~LLLS COMMUNITY CENTER BUIL
lettering, white on black background. Pilot lights shall be the push-to-test type.
Do System Shall Function as Shown on Temperature Control Diagrams and as Follows:
1- Start/Stop Control: A four channel, 365 day, programmable controller with battery back-up shall control operation of the zones as follows:
Channel 1:
Channel 2:
Channel 3: Multi-Purpose (No. 103).
East and West Classrooms (No. 106 and 107).
Office (No. i021, iobby/Reception (No. 101 and 104).
*. -- * ..
-. Channel 4: Gym (No. 129). .- L.
.* 2. Gym:
e- a. General: Provide a 0-6 hr, timer to- by-pars the time cl
Unit heater fans and EF-6 run continuous1.y under control of clock or by-pass timer. Motorized dampers shall be closed equipment is heating or off.
b. Heating (Below 60F Outside Temperature-Adjustable): OSA da set at 800 cfm at each unit heater. Return air dampers se 2000 cfm. Exhaust fans, EF-5 (A-Dl, *remain off. UH-1 bur are cycled by the wall-mounted thermostat. Motorized dam behind wall grilles at east wall shall close.
c. Ventilation (60F or Above Adjustable): OSA damper is set 2200 cfm and the return air dampeyis closed for each L heater. Heaters are locked out. E:F-5D is running. Motor. darners behind wall1 grilles at east wall shall open fully.
b 3. Classrooms and Multi-Purpose Room: Refer to Detail M12/D.
addition, an adjustable end switch contact located on the economi damper motor shall close to activate the respective exhaust fa!! L the damper is 50% open. , Damper motor shall be provided by Control Contractor.
4
4. Miscellaneous Exhaust Fans: Refer to Exhaust Fan Schedule. -
****k*X**ff***ff***
& 10/7/87 City Revisions
15.650- 14
CUVERA HILLS C0,XMUNlTY CE?TTER BUiL
SECTTON 16.01
ELECTRICAL
1
II
I
I
#
I
8
1
I
4
I
I
cr
I
1
I
I
I
P-ART 1 - GENERAL
Scope of Work:
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation and service requix
install conplete and put in operation the work of this section as shokin or
drawings and in accordance with these specif icaticrris .
The work of this section shall include, but not be limited to, the followi
principal items:
Detail arrangements with electric utility company, and telephone comf
and verification of exact locatioris, points of connection to service;
facilities not furnished by utilities, and service charges levied by
to sake service available to the project.
Temporary service.
Excavation and backfill as required for this division.
anholes and handholes.
Complete 480Y/277 volt, 3-phase, &wire system for power and lightin,
and 208Y/120 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire system for receptacles, incandesce
lighting and small power requirements.
Service entrance equipment, distribution panelboards, and branch cir
panelboards.
Motor starters control devices, relays, line voltage wiring, control
conduit, disconnect switches, and connection €or all mechanical equi
and control devices.
Wiring devices.
Conduit and conductors.
Dry type transformers.
Lighting fixtures and lamps.
Telephone conduit system.
Sports lighting fixtures, poleso pole bases, control.
Extension of existing systems installed in phase I of this project.
Grounding system.
Tests.
Guarantee.
I
1 10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-
CALAVERA BILLS COMNITY CENTER BUILDI:
Work Not Included in this Section:
Notors included with mechanical equipment under other divisions of this
spec if ication.
Starters, controls and control wi.ring specifically furnished under other
division of the specification. See mechanical section 15.01, and mechanical.
drawings for control diagrams.
Owner furnished equipment.
Ordinances and Regulations:
All work under this division shall comply with the most rigid requirements of
the latest editions of the National Electrical Code; the California Administr
Code; Title 24, State Building Standard; Part 3, Basic Electrical Regulations
and all local codes.
In any instance where the Contractor shall violate any ordinance or rule, he
immediately correct the installation, and shall be responsible for any damage
and expense arising therefrom.
Nothing in these specifications shall relieve the Contractor from full compli
with the applicable portions of any of the above regulations having jurisdict
pertaining to work being installed under this section.
Standards:
Construction and Testing of equipment shall coniply with the latest applicable
standards of the following:
-
American Sational Srandards Institute (it\iSI)
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
National Electrical Xanufacturer's Association (SEXA)
Underwriter's Laboratories, Incorporated (LZ)
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTX)
Insulated Power Cable Engineer Association (IPCEX)
Illuminating Engineering Society (IES)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPX)
Kational Electrical Contractor Association (KECAj
Wherever standards are refered to in this specification, the latest edition ir
effect during the bidding shall govern.
All work shall conform to NECA "Standards of Installation" as a minimum.
Permits and Inspections:
The Contractor shall obtain and pay €or all pernits and inspections required
for the work by all legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction.
Certificates of all such permits and inspections shall. be delivered to the
Owner's representative.
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-16.01-2
~
CALAVERA HILLS C0.WITY CENTER BE1
Examination of Drawings and Site:
Each bidder shall carefully study a11 drawings and specifications pertain
to the work. If any of the work as laid out, indicated or specified, is (
to, or conflicts with any local, city, state, or national ordinances or
regulations, the same shall be reported to the Owner before submitting hi,
bid, wl~o will then issue instructions as to procedure. Each bidder shali
carefully examine the project site, and compare the drawings with the exi
conditions.
have made allowances therefore in preparing his bid.
Verification of Dimensions:
Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall carefully check and
all dimensions, sizes, etc. and shall assume full responsibility for the
in of his equipment and materials to other parts of the equipment and to
structures. Where apparatus and equipment have been indicated on the drz
dimensions have been taken from typical equipment of the indicated type.
The Contractor shall carefully check the drawings EO see that the equipme
contemplates installing will fit into the spaces provided.
Locations:
The location of all conduit, wiring, apparatus and equipment indicated or
drawings is approximate only, and shall be adjusted to neet the architect
and structural conditions required, and as approved by the architect. PI
rough-in, minor adjustments to outlet locations may be made without addi
compensation. Field verify all rough-in dimensions prior to conduit ins
All conduit, wiring, apparatus and equipment shall be installed in a man1
in locations avoiding all obstructions, preserving headroom, and keeping
and passageways clear. Changes shall be made in locations of conduit, w
equipment, and materials which may be necessary in order to accomplish ti
The drawings are essentially diagrammatic to the extent that many offset:
bends, special fittings and exact locations are not indicated. Carefull:
study the drawings and premises in order to determine the best methods,
exact locations, routing, building obstructions, etc., and install all
apparatus and equipment in the available locations.
Record Drawings:
The Contractor shall keep at the job site an accurate dimensioned record
"as-built" locations of all buried conduits and ducts. At the completio
project, such "as-built" drawings shall be transmitted to the Engineer.
Submittal Data:
Shop drawings, material lists, and plates and brochures, as required by
specifications, shall be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for revj
accordance with the requirements of Division 1. KO work indicated on ar
drawing shall be started until such drawings have been reviewed and appr
1
1
1
I
E
I
I
I
3
fl
I
I
t
I
E
I
li
I
I
By the act of submitting a bid, each bidder shall be deemed
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-16.01-
CALAVERA XILLSI COI?MUNITY CENTER BUILD11
Submit complete brochures giving names of manufacturer's and catalog numbers
trade names, the technical data, and requested information for each item to
be furnished. Submit shop drawings and detail description of items that are
manufactured and must be specifically fabricated, including wiring diagrams.
Submittals are required on every item to be furnished.
Submittals shall be bound in sets, between covers, and each set shall be iden
Each item in submittals shall be identified as to fixture type, panel identif
specification section, etc.
The Contractor shall review all shop drawings and submittals, prior to submit
for compliance with the specification. The submittal package shall be stampe
and signed by the Contractor indicating his prior review, and certification o
compliance with the specification.
Descriptive Names:
Reference to specific manufacturers and catalog numbers is intended to establ:
the required standard. Substitutions may be approved, if they are determined
the Engineer to be equal to those specified in quality, performance and
appearance. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the equality of substitut
to item specified. Requests for substitution pre-approval shall be made to t
Engineer two weeks in advance of bid date, at the Engineer's office, so that i
bidders may be advised of the suitability of proposed substitute equipment.
Such requests for substitution shall be accompanied by literature and other
technical information, which comp.letely describes the proposed substitution, a
clearly indicates ali variances from that specified. If such requests for
substitution approval are submitted after bids have been accepted, the Contrac
shall indicate the net cost to be credited to the Owner if such substitutions
aiiowed. If substitutions are approved by the Engineer, such approval shall
not relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Drawing
and Specifications, and the Contractor shall be responsible for any changes in
cost caused by the substitution which affects other parts of his own work, or
work of other trades.
Naterials and Workmanship:
All material, appliances, and equipment shall be new and of the best grade of I
respective kind, free from all defects and of the make, brand and quality
specified.
Materials for similar use shall be of the same type and manufacture.
The current or newest production model of equipment as determined by the
manufacturer's most recent published literature shall be furnished even though
obsolete model may be specified and stocked.
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-14.01-4
CALAVERA HILLS COXNUXITI CENTER BUIZ 1
I
I
E
4
I
1
I
1
II
4
I
I
1
B
I
t
111
Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer's name, add1
and catalog number on a plate securely affixed in a conspicuous place.
No items of material shall be installed for any purpose, or in any manner
recomended by the manufacturer.
Openings, Cutting and Patching:
The Contractor shall cooperate with all trades in providing information fc
openings required in the structure for construction of his work.
The Contractor shall, at a time in advance of the work, verify the openinj
shown on the Architectural and Structural drawings. If the work of this
requires such, he shall furnish new instructions as to his requirements f
openings, subject to approval by the Architect.
Drilling, cutring and patching required by the Contractor's work shall be
responsibility of the Contractor.
Excavation and Backfill:
The Contractor shall do all excavation and backfill required to install t
both inside and outside. X11 excavation and backfill shall be in accorda
the earthwork sections of the specification. Excavation shall be of prOF
and width to install the required conduits, ducts, or structures. Condui
be installed a minimum of 2& inches below grade, or as specifically indic
the drawings.
Building Footing Clearances:
Under no circumstances shall conduit or ducts be run through footings. '
cross below footings ot through sleeves above fcotings. Those running p<
footings shall be installed with minimum clearances required by the gove'
Cleaning:
All exterior surfaces of exposed equipment and materials shall be throug
of all dirt, cement, plaster and other debris.
All finished surfaces of equipment furnished under this section found to
damaged, shall be refinished without additional cost to the satisfaction
the Owner.
Protection of Finish:
The Contractor shall provide means for and shall fully protect all finiz
of the materials and equipment against damage from whatever cause during
progress of the work, and until final completion. All materials and eql
in storage, and during construction shall be covered in such a maimer ti
finished surface will be damaged or marred, and all moving parts shall '
clean and dry.
E
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical
CaLAVERA HILLS C0M"ITY CENTER BUILD1
Cleanup :
All work areas shall be policed daily. Upon compietion of work and at other
times during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall remove ail surpl
materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from the work, and shall leave the
irvolved portions of the site, insofar as the work of this section if concer
a neat, cleanp and acceptable condition as approved by the Owner.
Guarantee :
Shoa'Ld any trouble develop in th.e electrical instaliation within one year frc
of acceptance of the building, due to faulty or inferior material, or workmai
the trouble shall be corrected by the Contractor without expense to the he.
Building Service:
The Contractor shall provide for the utilities connections as shown on the
drawings, and required by the serving utilities, in accordance with the util:
company standards.
The Contractor shall contact the utility companies and arrange for the new s(
and verify all service requirements. 411 charges made by the utility compan:
for the installation of the services shall be paid for by the Contractor.
Seismic Requirements:
Brace electrical systems and equipment to withstand lateral and vertical forc
that result from earthquake.
Anchor all equipment, switchboards, transformers, panelboards and similar ite
by securely bolting them in place to the building structure. Brace free
standing gear to wail or ceiling per manufacturer's recommendation. Provide
vibration isolators with seismic snubbers under transformers. Provide bolts,
anchors and bracing to withstand acceleration of 0.5 g.
Pyovide two ten guage steel support wires on diagonal corners of recessed flo
fixtures tied eo building structure. Allow 114" slack in wire. Provide reta
clips on sides of recessed flourescent fixtures and attach clips securely to
main T-bar runners. Provide approved swivel hangers for pendant mounted
fixture suspension.
Temporary Service:
The Contractor shall make all arrangements for, and install the necessary pro'
for temporary electrical construction power, sized as required.
Flashing:
Wherever conduits extend through roof, furnish and install galvanized steel
flashings consisting of a it24 guage roof jack and a flashing collar soldered (
brazed to conduit and covering top of roof jack. Roof jack shall extend not i
than 6" out on roof and up conduit at least 8". Coordinate installation of fl
with roofing installation to permit flanges to be installed between roofing pl
--
1017187 City Revisions Electrical-16 -01-
E CALAVERA HILLS COmTITY CENTER aU
Sports Field Lighting : I
s
I
1
1
a
I
1
1
P
.Ici
I
I
SEE ELECTRICAL 16.01-19 m
PART 2 - YATERIXLS
Se rvlce Entrance Swirchboard :
Furnish and install the power service entrance swltchboard as specified
shown on the electrical drawings. Xetering provisions shall be as requi
the serving utility.
The switchboard shall be for 48OY/277 volt, 3-phase, 4 wire service.
The switchboard shall be NEMA class I, dead front, completely metal encl
supporting independent of wall supports, of the required number of verti
sections, bolted to form one rigid switchboard incorporating switching a
protective devices of the number, rating and type as shown on the drawin
with the necessary interconnections, instrumentation, and control wiring
Switchboard construction shall be of the frame type, using die formed, k
and bolted members. The sides, top and rear shall be covered with remov
on plates small enough to be handled by one person. All plates shall bc
from code guage steel. Ventilation openicgs shall be furnished where rf
The bus shall be copper, or electro-tin plated aluminum of sufficient s
limit the temperature rise to 55 degrees C, above an ambient of 35 degr<
adequately braced to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short c
conditions. All connections shall be tightly bolted. Provisions shall
for future extension. A ground bus shall run the full length of the bo,
lug secured to each vertical section.
E
T
I 10/7/8i City Revisions Electrical-L6,1
I "
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDIh
Small wiring, necessary fuse blades, and terminal blocks within the switchboa
shall be furnished when required. All groups of control wiring leaving the
switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with suitable numbering st
Switchboard shall be provided with adequate lifting means, and shall be capab
of being rolled or moved into installation position, and bolted directly to t
floor without the use of floor sills.
Each switching and protective device shall be provided with visible means of
"on-off" identification.
All exterior and interior steel surfaces shall be properly cleaned and finisht
manufacturer's standard finish. The finished paint shall be of a type to whic
field applied paint will adhere.
All sections of the switchboard shall align at the rear, flush with the wall.
The internal components shall be removable from the front, and shall be group
mounted with the necessary current device line and load connections front
accessible.
l%in horizontal busses shall be braced for short circuit stress up to 50,000
amperes symmetrical.
Vertical sections shall be comp1et:ely factory assembled, wired and tested befo
delivery, and shall conform to UL,, NEC, and NEMA standards.
Circuit breakers shall be molded c:ase type. Each pole shall provide inverse
time delay overload protection, arid instantaneous sho-Kt circuit protectior by
means of a themal-magnetic element.
indicated on the drawings.
Breakers shall have toggle type handles, be quick make, quick break, rnechanica
free from the handle to prevent being held closed against short circuits, and
abnormal currents. Tripping shall be visually indicated By the handle automat
assuming a position between the manual "on-off" positaons.
Switch fuse units shall be furnished as indicated on t:he drawings. Fuses shal
be current limiting of the type indicated.
Utility metering provisions shall be made as required by the serving utility.
Fabrication drawings shall be approved by the serving utility prior to
fabrication of the switchboard.
Engraved laminated bakelite plates shall be furnished identifying each circuit.
Submit engraving schedule for approval.
Service entrance switchboard shall be as manufactured by k'estinghouse, General
Electric, ITE or Square D.
Xinimum interrupting ratings shall be as
101 7/87 City Revisions Electrical-16.014
C.XLAVERA HILLS COEMUNITY CENTER EUIL! I
1
1
U
I
i
I
4
a
I
t
1
8
E
1
it
1
I
I
Panelboards:
Furnish and install panelboards as indicated on the drawings. Panelboards
shall be surface or flush mounted as indicated, and of the voltage rating
indicaced on the drawings, or in the panel schedules.
Panelboards shall be dead front, safety type equipped with thermal magneti
molded case circuit breakers of interrupting capacity, trip ratings and of
number of poles indicated.
Panelboards, as a complete unit, shall have a rating equal to, or greater
the integrated equipment rating as shown on che drawings.
Panelboards shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The rigidity and gauge
steel shall be as specified in UL Standard 50 for cabinets. The size of ti
gutters shall be in accordance with UL Standard 67. Cabinets equipped wit
doors shall have a spring latch and tumbler lock on door of trim. Doors c
48" long shall be equipped with three point latch and vault lock. All loc
on project shall be keyed the same. St
shall be full finished with rust inhibiting primer, and baked enamel finis
Panelboard bus structure, copper, main lugs, and main breaker, if specifie
shall have current ratings as specified on the drawings, or on the schedul
Ratings shall be as determined by heat rise in accordance with LZ Standard
and not in accordance with bus dimensions. Bus connections shall be seque
The panelboard interior assembly shall be dead front with the panelboard j
removed. It shall be possible to change branch circuit load connections F
personnel exposure to any line side bussing, or line terminals. Hain lug:
main circuit breaker, and the end of the bus structure shall be completel]
Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated, braced anc
protected connectors. The front faces of all circuit breakers shall be f:
each other. Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker hanc
a position between On and Off. Provisions for additional breakers shall 1
that no additional connectors will be required to add breakers. Circuit -
shall be thermal magnetic type, with inverse time-current characteristics
Xultiple pole circuit breakers shall be common trip with a single operati
Handle ties will not be permitted.
Neutral busses shall be at opposite end of panel from main.
The panelboard door trim shall be furnished with semi-concealed hinges an
All panels shall be keyed alike.
A 1/32" clear lucite covered directory shall be provided on the inside of
panelboard door. The directory shall be neatly typewritten designating e
circuit used.
All circuit breakers serving discharge lighting shall be furnished wich a
off device.
Fronts shall be code gauge steel.
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-
CALAVERA HlLLS CU?IMUBITY CENTER EUILDl
Permanent type numbers shall be furnished and insta:Lled adjacent to the circ
breakers. Nunbers shall be either metal or plastic. Stick on types, or tap
will not be permitted.
Engraved laminated bakelite nameplates shall be furnished identifying the pa
panelboard voltage, source of panelboard power, with circuit designation. P
nameplate schedule for approval.
Panelboards shall be Westinghouse, General Electric,, ITE or Square D.
Lighting Control:
Control panels shall be fitted with a single door, with a three point latch
vault lock, to expose all control elements, terminals and control wiring.
Auxiliary control devices, such as selector switches, push buttons, pilot li;
which are panel mounted in the door, shall be identified as to function with
engraved lxninated plastic nameplates. Submit schedule for approval.
Control relays shall be mounted in the enclosures on steel mounting panels.
Swinging aounting panels shall be furnished with latching device to hold
them in proper position when in their normal position.
be marked identifying their function.
Terminal blocks shall be furnished for all necessary internal control wiring!
each conductor leaving the enclosure, and for ten (10) percent spare, but not
th-an 6 spare. feminal blocks shall be flat terminal type to accept two insul
crimp connectors per screw terminal. Terminal b1ock.s shall have a flat markc
strip in c20ter of block. Each terminal shall be identified with wire numbei
corresponding to the wire number on the control wiring diagram. Each conduct
shall be identified at every terminus with Brady, or equal wire markers.
Internal coctrol wiring shall be flameproof switchboard type. Control wiring
be neatly cabled between components with cabling ties, or may be placed in sl
wiring ducts. All conductors to swinging panels, or to control section door,
be extra flexible type with ample slack to allow full swing of panels or door
Although not shown for clarity on control diagrams, all pilot lights shall be
to test type.
Manufacturer's standard paint procedure and finish will be acceptable for ext
and interior of housings.
Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval, including bills of material,
physical arrangement of all items, wiring diagrams, floor plan, and elevation
Motor Starters:
Xagnetic zotor starters not a part of motor control center assemblies, shall t
of the rating and style indicated on the drawings and required for the enviror
in which it will be mounted. Overloads shall be furnished. in each line. Pro1
pushbuttons, indicating lights, interlocks, etc., as required.
Manual motor starters shall have overloads in each line.
Motor starters shall be Westinghouse, General Electric, ITE, or Square D.
Control relays shall
10/7/87 City Revisions ElectricaZ-16.01-
CISLAVEU HILLS COXXJXI’i’Y CENTER BUI T
I
E
I
II
1
I
I
1
8
Y
Q
si
I
1
E
1
II
1
Time Switches:
Time switches for exterior lighting control shall be Tork 7300 series, th
single throw, 7-day time control, with power reserve feature in the event
power failure, and astronomic dial. Time switch shall be capable of switl
40 amperes per pole at LZO(277) volts. Timing uotor voltage shall be samc
line vo:tage, unless otherwise shown on thz control diagrams. Or equal a
manufectured by Paragon, Intermatic.
Air conditioning, and other 7-day time switches shall be Tork W300 series
pole, sinj;‘Le throw, 7-day time control with power reserve feature in the
power faflure. Or equal as manufactured by Paragon, Intermatic.
Air conditioning bypass timer switches shall be M.H. Rhodes Mark-Time Ser
90,000 flushmounted timer. Timer shall be outlet box mounted adjacent to
or as indicated on the drawings. Time duration shall be as indicated OR
Wiring Devices and Plates:
Wiring devices shall be Hubbell, Sierra, Leviton or Arrow equal to device
ivory colored except as noted below.
Duplex receptacle, Hubbell 5362.
Clock hanger outlet, Hubbell 5233.
Duplex GFCI receptacle, Leviton 6198.
Weatherproof GFCI, Leviton 6198 with 6196 cover.
Weatherproof receptacle, Hubbell 5262 with 5205 cover.
Switches, Hubbell 1221 series.
Single pole, double throw, center return off, momentary contact, Hut
Special devices as indicated on drawings.
Plates shall be Sierra plastic, smooth style standard plates of color in4
in all finished locations, ivory if not otherwise indicated. Plates in 1
room shall be brush finish stainless steel. Plates on gang boxes shall
plates.
Plates shall be engraved under the fol.lowing conditions indicating load
and switch function.
Momentary contact switches.
Equipment control.
Switches with pilot lights.
Switches from which circuit or equipment served cannot be readily s
the switch location.
Conduit and Fittings:
Rigid steel conduit or intermediate metal conduit (IMC) fittings and acc
shall be hot-dipped galvanized or sherardized, with threaded connections
Electric metalic tubing (EMT), couplings, and connectors shall be hot-di
galvanized or sharardized. Couplings and connectors shall be of the COE
or drive on type, equal to RACO 2900 Series.
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-
CUVERA HILLS C0M"ITY CENTER BUILD1
Flexible conduit shall be galvanized steel or aluminum, and shall be install
with compression type connectors;.
Liquid tight flexible conduit sh.all be galvanized steel with moulded UL appr
covering, and shall be installed with liquid tight fittings.
Plastic conduit shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) schedule (80). Fittings s
solvent welded type.
Plastic (PVC) coated conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized or sherardized w:
polyvinyl coating bonded to the outside surface. The thickness of the vinyl
jacket shall be a minimum of 20 mils. All couplings shall have a plastic slc
extending beyond both ends approximately one pipe diameter. Conduit shall bc
installed, and couplings repaired in compliance with the manufacturer's recou
mendations.
Auxiliary Gutter:
Auxiliary gutter (Wireway) shall be hinged cover type of the size indicated c
drawings, and suitable for the environment in which it will be mounted. Gutt
shall be furnished complete with end caps, couplings, hangers, elbows and off
required for a complete installation.
Wall mounted gutter shall be securely anchored to wall or to special backing
required. Floor area mounted gutter shall be provided with steel structural
supports .
Ceiling or suspended gutter shall. be supported by rods from the ceiling
structure, and braced to prevent swaying.
Outlet Boxes and Covers:
Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sherardized, one piece pressed
steel. The size of each box for lighting, outlets and junction boxes shall be
determined by ehe number of conductors, conduits, or size of conduits entering
the box, but shall not be less than 4 inches square, and 14" deep.
Outlet boxes shall be equipped with plaster rings, extension rings, or fixture
studs as may be required.
Boxes for multiple devices shall be gang boxes.
Boxes in concrete shall. be of the type which will allow the placing of conduit
without displacing reinforcing bars.
Boxes in brick block, or tile shall be straight side tile boxes.
Boxes exposed to rain or other moisture shall be Crouse-Hicds type FS or FD
condulet boxes with appropriate covers and gaskets.
Approved knockout seals shall be used in all boxes where knockouts are not int
Manufacturer shall be Steel City, Bowers, Appleton, RACO, Crouse-Hinds.
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-16.01-12
P
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CEXTER BUIl I
I
&
1
#
I
1
i
4
I
I
1
I
1
E
I.
1
I
Pull Boxes:
Pull boxes shall be code gauge, galvanized sheet steel, and shall be inst:
wherever indicated, as required by Code, and as directed in order to faci:
the pulling in of wires or cables in the cmduit. All boxes shall be pro7
with removable covers secured with machize screws.
All boxes exposed to the weather, moisture, or special environments, shal 1 suitable for the installation.
600 Volt Wire and Cable:
Wire and cable shall be delivered to the site in original and unbroken pa
marked and tagged with LX, labels; size, kind and insulation of wire; mont
year of manufacture, not to exceed eight months prior to date of delivery
Conductors shall be continuously marked €or AWG size and type.
Conductors shall be copper, 600 volt insulated, of the following types:
Conductors for lighting and power shall be THW, THTJN, XI-HW.
Conductors for control wiring shall be THHN, mWN.
Conductors for use in fixture raceways shall be type RHH or THHX if
fixture temperature does not exceed 90 degrees C, AVA shall be used
fixture exceeds 90 degrees C.
Color code for power and lighting systems atiall be as follows:
20811/120 volt, 3-phaseY 4-wire systems, phase A, black; phase B, re(
phase C, blue, neutral, white; ground, green.
48OYj277 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire systems, phase A, brown; phase B, or:
phase C, yellow, neutral, white; ground, green.
Dry Type Transformers:
Dry type transformers shall be two winding type, air cooled, of the volt
rating and capacity indicated on the drawings.
Transformers shall be ventilated steel enclosed with conduit knockouts t
wiring comparrment.
Transformer primaries shall have two 2 1/2 percent FCAN, and two 2 112 p
FCBN taps.
Transformer insulation (220 degrees C) shall be designed for full load c
at a maximum temperature rise of 80 degrees C above and ambient of 40 de
Transformer noise level shall be NEMA standard for general purpose tram
Rubber vibration dampers shall be installed between core and coil assemk
mounting bracket.
Windings shall be oxygen free copper or aluminum.
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-
CALAVEKA HILLS COMXJNITY CENTEiP BUFLDIN
Transformers shall have load lugs for full capacity parallel wiring in a comp
ment suitable for termination with specified conductors.
Transfomer nameplates shall carry all electrical dat:a, including taps, volta
combination wiring diagram, tap terminal arrangement, KVA, impedance and reac
Transformer submittal shall include nameplate informaltion, db levels no load
25% - 50% - 75X and full load losses, height, width, length, and weight.
Identified transformers shall be furnished with engraxed laminated nameplates
identifying the transformer, feeder source, and panel or load fed. Submit na
plate schedule for approval.
Manufacturer shall be Westinghouse, General Electric, Square D.
Enclosed Safety Switches:
All safety switches, unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, sha
480 volt class with three poles. All switches shall be of the visible blade 1
heavy duty, horsepower rated. Switch handles shall be capable of being lockec
ths open or closed position.
Safety switches for disconnecting use only shall be of the non-fusible type.
Switch size shall be as required by Code, unless shown on the drawings to be c
larger size. Switches shall be suitable for the environment in which they are
mounted.
Fuses shall be dual element, and current limiting, of the sizes shown on the
drawings, as manufactured by "Bussman". Provide 10 percent but not less than
three spare fuses for each size and type fuse specified.
Identified switches, and switches for mechanical equipment, shall be furnishec
with engraved laminated nameplates indicating their use, equipment designatior
and feeder source. Submit nameplate schedule for approval.
Manufacturer shall be Westinghouse, General Electric, Square D.
Lighting Fixtures and Lamps:
The Contractor shall furnish and install lighting fixtures indicated in the
FIXTURE SCHEDULE on the drawings, complete with all necessary mounting hardwar
and lamps indicated.
Lamps shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse, or Sylvania.
Flourescent lamps shall be "Uatt Miser" type, 2850 lurnen minimum, unless other
wise noted.
All flourescent ballasts for indoor fixtures shall be CBM, ETL approved, high
power factor, type P, energy saving type. Ballasts for exterior use shall be
low temperature starting type.
All exterior lighting fixtures shallhave damp location label.
1017187 City Revisions Electrical-16.01-1
CPLAVERA HILLS CO~ITY CENTER BUT B
bA
Telephone System:
The Contractor shall furnish and install an empty conduit system for tele
as indicated on the drawings. As a minimum a 3/4" home run shall be inst.
from each outlet to the nearest telephone backboard.
Telephone backboards shall be 3/4" plywood.
Provide telephone system ground at the mzin entrance backboard.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Conduit :
Conduits run exposed and subject to mechanical injury shall be rigid heal
galvanized steel or IMC.
Conduits run exposed outside, or in floor slabs, shall be rigid heavywall
galvanized or sherardized steel, or IMC.
Conduits run below floor slabs, and underground exterior to the building
be PVC coated rigid heavywall galvanized steel, or IMC; or schedule 80 hi
high impact, PVC electrical conduit. All PVC conduit joints shall be ma(
factory approved welding solvent. A ground wire shall be installed in a
conduits along with circuitry wiring, or with the duct bank in accordanci
the requirements of the drawings.
Conduit for lighting and outlet circuits shall be ENT in areas above sus
ceilings, in walls, and other areas where not subject to rnechanical inju
Conduit for lighting and outlet circuits shall be flexible metal conduit
walls and ceilings.
All panelboard and transformer feeders shall be rigid heavywall steel or
where installed above grade.
Flexible conduit shall be installed to all rotating or vibrating equipme
Sealtite conduit shall be used for all exterior equipment. Flexible con
for motor connections shall have a maximum length of 36 inches. A grow
shall be installed in all flexible conduit.
Exposed conduits one inch and smaller shall be secured to the building (
tion with one hole straps, spaced as required by Code.
All concealed or exposed conduit larger than one inch shall be secured :
with T & B, or equal, pipe straps, suspended pipe hangers, or grouped ox
Rods or pipe supports shall be screwed to wood construction with wood o
screws, and to concrete with concrete inserts.
Exposed conduit shall be uniform and symmetrical, rigidly and securely
to the structure.
Conduits shall not be supported from ducts, pipes of other trades, or f
suspended ceiling members, unless specifically approved by the Architec
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-
I
1
1
31
I
8
I
II
I
8
I
I
II
I
II
I
I
B
Performated pipe strap may not be used.
CALAVERA HILLS COXXU?UTY CEhTER BUILD13
Conduit shall not be run closer t:han 6 inches to any hot water pipe, steam
pipe, heater flue, or vent.
Factory ells shall be of the same make, quality, and finish as the conduit us
or e1.h may be formed from conduit using approved factory benders.
All conduit ells used on the underground distribution shall have a minimum ra
of ten times the conduit size where rising into equipment, or vertical runs,
shall be plastic coated rigid heavy wall steel or IMC.
Changes of direction in underground or underfloor conduit runs shall be made
long radius sweeps.
Connectors and couplings for EMT shall be of the compression or drive on type
Set screw or indenter type will not be allowed.
No running threads or split couplings will be permitted.
Conduit terminations at outlets, boxes and cabinets shall be provided with
locknuts and bushings. Ends of conduit 1 L/4" trade size and larger, and con(
containing 84 AWG size cables, and largers shall be equipped with insulated
bushings. Feeder conduit bushings shall be grounding type.
All condulet bodies installed in .any location where moisture is apparent, sha:
be equipped with rubber gaskets.
The Contractor shall furnish and install fittings, special devices and materi:
which may be required for the proper installation of the conduit system.
Conduits shall be thoroughly swabbed out. The Contractor shall leave all conc
dry and clean of obstruccions. Conduits stubbed up during the coLirse of const
tion shallbecapped with a fitting approved for the purpose.
Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically
continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a
continuous grounding path.
Conduits stubbed through concrete floors shall have a conduit coupling finishe
to the floor line. Empty conduits shall be plugged with a conduit plug at the
floor line.
Install a 1/8" nylon line, end to end in each spare 01: empty conduit, with a t
at each end, designating opposite terminus of the conduit, and planned use or
designation of conduit.
Wire and Cable:
Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all wire and c:able shall be installed
in conduits.
All lighting, power and control circuits shall be identified at each terminus,
and in each junction or pull box. Lighting and power circuits shall be indentj
fied as to panel and circuit. Wire markers shall be Brady, or equal,
/
-
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical- 16.0 L-lf
conduit. Connect to the ground rod, and extend to the ground bus in eac
A ground conductor shall be used for transformer grounding, water pipin]
building steel will not be acceptable.
The interior cold water piping system shall be bonded to the "UFER" groi
with THW copper conductor installed in conduit.
All equipment, including switchboard, service entrance equipment, condu
motors, and other applicable apparatus, shall be grounded, or bonded.
II
1
I
f
I 1O/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-16.
b-vcnn nihba ~ULUWL~LI I. ~LLYLLA UULLUII
Equipment grounding conductors installed in conduit shall be in accordance WI
the following schedule as a minimum:
Circuit BreakerIFuse Size Ground Conductor
OA to 20A if12 Copper
21A to 60A #10 Copper
61A to lOOA # 8 Copper
lOlA to 200A If 6 Copper
Painting :
Factory finish paint: junction and pull boxes, panelboards, switchgear, cabl
equipment enclosure, lighting fixtures.
Field paint: All ferrous material, not having a factory finish, shall be giv
prime coat of zinc chromate. Finish coat shall be field painted in accordanc
Division 9, as required. All electrical work shall be left in proper, clean
smooth condition to receive the painting work.
PART 4 - QUALITY ASSUWCE
As-Built Drawings:
Maintain in good order in the field office a complete set of electrical drawi
All changes to the contract shall be clearly recorded. on this set of drawings
Naintain a completely dimensioned record of all buried conduits exterior to ti
building. Dimensions shall include depth from finished grade or datum, and
dimensions to two fixed points above grade, for all changes in direction, to
define the routing of all buried conduits.
Maintain a good record of the routing of all major feeder conduits inside of
the building.
At the end of the project, the Contractor shall turn the drawings over to the
Engineer. Each drawing shall be initialed by the Contractor, certifying the
correctness of the "As-Built'' drawing.
Tests:
Upon completion of the work, and adjustment of all equipment, all systems shal
be functionally demonstrated to the Owner's representative or the Engineer. P
systems shall function electricalty in the manner required.
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary instruments and equipment required
making tests, and shall test all wiring for shorts, open circuits, grounds, et
A written report of test results shall be submitted to the Engineer.
10/7/87 City Revisions Electrical-16.01-~8
CALAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CENTER BUI
Item the following data, on dlata sheets, for each motor
submit to the Engineer:
Motor function (i.e. - exhaust fan X/1)
Motor location (i.e. - Equipment Room 205 - Roof - etc.
Motor horsepower, 1-phase, or 3-phase
Motor nameplate voltage/voltages
Motor full load current at each voltage
Location of motor starter, and circuit
Location of motor control, and how controlled
Sports lighting fixtures shall be operated for 100 hours pr.
night testing for footcandles levels and aiming.
Sports Field Liqhtins, 300 Foot Radius Outfield Softball Fic
The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete so field lighting installation, including sports 1iC
floodlights, necessary and required glare and control sh
ballasts, lamps, mounting accessories, connections to elec. circuits indicated on the drawings, control components, ] bolt circles, anchor bolts: and all required calculatic
prove submitted lighting level design, and strength of PO bolt design to meet 80 mph wind and 100 mph gust design Pole footings are predesigned on Sheet E-4 of the plans.
The softball field shall be illuminated to 300 foot-c
maintained average on the infield, and 20 foot-candles main
average on the outfield. Infield calculations shall incl
area 10 feet outside of the base paths all around, an 80 f
80 foot area. Outfield calculations shall include the playing area, foul line to foul line and outfield r excluding the infield area.
Illumination calculations, using 1000 watt metal halide li
fixtures, shall include a combination lamp and dirt deprec factor of 0.80, and a lamp tilt factor for each indi fixture, as recommended by the lamp manufacturer, fc
specific aiming angle of each fixture. Calculated foot- levels shall be horizontal, maintained, at three feet ground level.
Uniformity ratios shall not be greater than 2 to 1
infield, and 3 to 1 in the outfield.
Electrical-11
CAIAVERA HILLS COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDIN
Maximum spill light, as measured at points, 150 feet outside o the playing field in all directions, shall not exceed 0.3 foot
candles maximum in the vertical plane, and 1.0 foot-candles i
the horizontal plane.
The lighting design shown on the electrical drawings is fo
"MUSCO LIGHTING SC-2 TOTAL GLARE CONTROL SYSTEM. I' ttEqgal
designs shall be submitted to the City of Carlsbad prior to bil date in order that they may be evaluated by the City for equa
compliance with the Specifications. The City requires two (2
weeks time to evaluate systems for equal compliance. Bid openinc will not be delayed for adternative light system evaluation
Late submissions of systems for vlequalgv evaluation may bt
rejected after bid opening with no adjustment in bid price.
END OF SECTION
Electrical-16.01-20
w
,+ -
May 8, 1990
Western Summit Constructors, Inc.
5928 Pascal Court, Suite 210 Carlsbad, CA 92008
Re: Release of Bond - Project #3245
Per instructions from our Engineering Department we are hereby releasinc remaining 25% of the following bond:
Calavera Hills Community Park Phase I1
Faithful Performance Security - No. B 61 47 64 Reliance Insurance Company $2,023,000.00
The bond is enclosed so that you may return it to your surety.
&Y& Assistant City Clerk
KRK/wy s
Enc,
-___
1200 Carlsbad Village Drive - Carlsbad, California 92008 - (619) 434-2
5' e W
Js
April 12, 1990
TO:
FROM: Gary Kellison, Project Manager
KAREN KUNDTZ, DEPUTY CITY CLERK
CALAVERA HILLS PARK, PROJECT NO. 3245
Please release the performance bond referenced in your attached memo.
The general contractor, Western Summit Constructor, satisfactorily completed the
over a year ago, and the project is out of warranty. Chuck Walden and Robin B
do not report significant problems.
/,g?9?AL,T7!&/&
GARY KELLISON
Project Manager
GK:jkb
Attachment
c: Municipal Projects Manager
8. ITE IT- DO 'Y SAY-!
a *r CLQiLL /I -
Date
- -- c(3 w.& a Reply Wanted
From Karen Kundtz, Deputy City Clerk UNO Reply Necessary
Re: Bond Release - col?,+- 5345- m& Iw\b&/
Our records indicate that the bond for the
above-referenced subdivision/project"is el ase. We need
your written authorizationlapproval for release.
the status, and if release is 0.k.
Please let me know
W=tlB &I '47 12
Thanks,
Y- b RECEIVED
AIGNER FORM NO. 55032 P APR 11 1333
M U N I C 1 PAL: PROJ ECTS DIVISION
I
7 r
I 1 I
1 i 2
*
WITE IT- DON'T SAY #
Date C@..d, 11
.- .I
To Cd4 ! Muh@ccCj PrqLds a Reply Wanted
From Karen Kundtz, Deputy City Clerk UNO Reply Necessary
Re: Bond Release - c on4 - 5a45- L.LkQJiGKfn auk
Our records indicate that the N I&- bond for the
above-referenced subdivision/project"is eligiblg'for release.
your written authorization/approval for release.
the status, and if release is o.k.
We need
Please let me know
e;lvlslAB (21 %q 4(
Thanks,
6
PRI
Y-
AIGNER FORM NO 55-032
> f
I 1
I i _J
I
I I
I
0 0 r,
September 27, 1989
TO: RON BALL, ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY
FROM: Gary Kellison, Associate Civil Engineer
CALAVERA HILLS PARK, PROJECT NO. 3245
Because of the litigation between Charger Electric and Westt Summit Constructors, I need your advice regarding the release the payment bond and the $6,630 retention still held by the Ci.
The City held $6,630 as security for refinishing the gymnas
floor. That work was recently completed satisfactorily by Summi' hardwood flooring subcontractor. Now, some of the e:Lectric receptacles in the gymnasium walls have shorted out because improper workmanship by Charger Electric. I will be addicessinl letter demanding repair to Western Summit and Charger Electr
Does the current litigation or newly discovered electrical prob justify the City to continue to hold retention money? The gene contractor gave the City a one year warranty against material workmanship defects.
The payment bond is eligible for release. Because Charger Elect alleges Western Summit hasn't fully paid them, should the City k the bond in force?
cb -w* .y//
GARY KELLI SON
Project Manager
jb
Attachment
c: John J. Cahill, Municipal Projects Manager Karen Kundtz, Deputy City Clerk Robin Bettin, Calavera Hills Facility Supervisor
I1 E I I - UW” I 3AY I@ wl ’V
c
Date w 2%-
@Reply Wanted
UNO Reply Necessary
Re: Bond Release - w ;;d &Yff --&5
Our records indicate that the ,,% bond for the
above-referenced subdivision/project is eligible for release.
your written authorization/approval for release.
the status, and if release is 0.k.
We need
Please let me know
Thanks,
\
PF
Y-
AIGNER FORM NO. 55-032
-7 r
I !
_. J I L
I
WVTE IT- DON’T SAY 19
Date * -a& -_ -
L @Reply Wanted
puty City4lerk UNO Reply Necessary
Re: Bond Release -
Our records indicate that the cy&,G 2- bond for the
above-referenced subdivision/project is eligible for release.
your written authorizationlapproval for release. Please let me know
the status, and if release is 0.k.
m & */s- -b
We need
Thanks, Y- t
AIGNER FORM NO 55032 PRll
-7 r
I
L __ . J
I
8
0 0
1200 ELM AVENUE TE CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 92008 (61!
Office of the City Clerk
(Eil~ Of (Earlsbab
June 5, 1989
Western Summit Constructors, Inc.
5928 Pascal Court, Suite 210
Carlsbad, CA 92008
Re: Bond Release - Calavera Hills Community Park Phase I1 -
Project NO. 3245
The Notice of Completion for the above-referenced project has recorc
Therefore, we are hereby releasing 75% of the Performance Bond. Plt
consider this letter as your notification that $1,517,250 of Relianc
Insurance Company Performance Bond No. B 61 47 64 is hereby release(
We are required to retain the remaining 25% for a period of one yea]
At that time, if no claims have been filed, it will be released.
The Labor & Materials Bond, in the amount of $1,011,500 will be elig
for release six months from the date of recordation of the Notice ol
Completion, on September 16, 1989.
I have enclosed a copy of the recorded Notice of Completion for you]
records. gdfi eputy City Clerk
Enc .
0 0
May 23, 1989
TO : Karen Kundtz, Deputy City Clerk
FROM :
RE: Bonds for Calavera Hills Park Construction
Gary Kellison, Project Manager %;3:21
Western Summit Constructors
.............................................................
You explained to me that the City's policy is to release 75 the performance bond after project acceptance and the remainc year later. Since 25% of the performance bond is adec
security for the remaining warranty items, you may immediz release the other 75%. The labor and materials bond is held
six months after acceptance. When the time comes for that to be released, please call me to verify that no payment cl are pending.
c: Ron Ball, Assistant City Attorney
John Cahill, Municipal Projects Manager
e 0
zip-- May 22, 1989 $ $'&
C2i
1 t=g@
\
@TY
TO: Engineering Department 23 @i 9 d Att: Gary Kellison 89 BM
FROM: City Attorney c\v 07 -,--?
STOP NOTICE, RETENTION AND PAYMENT BONDS FOR CALAVERA HILLS PARK, PROJECT NO. 3245
Thank you for your memorandum of May 10, 1989 regarding the ab referenced matter. According to your chronology, the City Coun accepted the above referenced project and the clerk recorded
Notice of Completion on March 16, 1989, Forty seven d thereafter, a subcontractor filed a 'IStop Notice". To effective, all stop notices must be served on the City prior to expiration of 30 days after the recording of a notice of complet. pursuant to Civil Code Section 3184(a). If the subcontrac' intends to commence an action to enforce a stop notice, he mi serve the City with a notice of commencement of action within f days after it is commenced pursuant to Civil Code Section 32 Although stop notices are to be construed liberally, they must timely filed. Since the subcontractor did not file its tis* noticet9 within the time limits specified above, you may ignore i (A.J. Settina Co. v. Trustees of California State University E Colleses (1981) 119 Cal.App.3d 374, 174 Cal.Rptr.43).
The subcontractor may also sue under the payment bond at any tj after it has furnished labor or materials, or both, but such actj must be commenced within six months after the period in which st notices may be filed. The subcontractor must also give a 'I90 d public works preliminary bond notice" within 90 days from the da on which the subcontractor furnished the last labor, service equipment, or materials for which the claim is being made,, (Civ
Code 53091).
The City should continue to hold the 5% retention amount until t work is completed including the punch list items.
Should you have any questions regarding the above, please do n hesitate to contact me. m
RONALD R. BALL Assistant City Attorney
rmh
c: City Cler
e 0
DATE : May 10, 1989
TO: Ron Ball, Assistant City Attorney
FROM:
RE: Request for Legal Advice for Calavera
Hills Park, Project No. 3245
Gary Kellison, Project Manager% +
The general contractor, Western Summit Constructors, ar subcontractor, Charger Electric, have a dispute on the E construction project. I am requesting advice on what actior
any, should be taken by the City.
The following is a chronology of events starting with prc completion:
January 4, 1989 Final inspection and walk: throi
January 9, 1989 !'Punch List" issued to gel contractor. The electr control system is identifiet
If incomplete. 1'
January 18, 1989 The Parks Dept. moves in and 1 the park over from the contraci
February 3, 1989 city requests action from contractor on remaining punch items.
March 3, 1989 city Council accepts project.
March 16, 1989 Notice of Completion recorded.
April 5, 1989 City requests warranty repair
on roof, hardwood flooring
electrical control system.
May 2, 1989 Charger Electric files a
Notice in the amount of $32,27'
.- The roof has been repaired, and Charger Electric is sti.11 wo:
on the control system. The hardwood flooring contractor , -;
I agreed to completely resurface the floor in September.
The City still has a 5% retention, or $106,630.00, payable tc
, ' general contractor. I will continue to hold the value of court resurfacing, approximately $5,000.00, until that wor i, performed.
0 e
May 10, 1989 Page No. 2
I asked Karen Kundtz to retain Western Summit Construct
performance and payment bonds. My questions for you are:
1. Should the City release the performance and/or pay
2. Is the Stop Notice valid? It was filed forty-seven after the recordation of the Notice of Completion/
GK: tlg
c: John Cahill, Municipal Projects Manager
bonds?
Karen Kundtz, Deputy City Clerk
P
p-736 0 1986 3M
3
“P 89 e
s Recording Requested By and Return To: . City Clerk
1200 Elm Avenue
Carlsbad, CA 92008
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
&XNI C1 PAL PRO J E CTS DEPARTMENT
To All Laborers and Material Men and to Every Other P
Interested:
YOU WILL PLEASE TAKE NOTICE that on February 24,
the engineering project consisting of the constructio
Calavera Hills Park, Phase 11, on which Western S Csnstruztors , Inzsrparated was the Contractar azt! Rel
Insurance Company was the surety, was completed.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
---
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad; the
Council of said City on March 7, 1989 ac!c ep t e( above described work as completed an ordered that a Notic
Completion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the! fore is true and correct.
Executed on 13 1987 at Carl California. I’
CITY OF CARLSBAD
City Clerk
h
NOTES
5/9/89
New Address for Western Summit
Constructors (per Gary Kellison): -
5928 Pascal Court, Suite 210
Carlsbad, CA 92008
2
f" I) 0
1200 ELM AVENUE TEL
CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA 92008 (619)
Office of the City Clerk aitg af a#rlsbab
Narch 14, 1989
Vera L. Lyle
County Recorder
P.O. Box 1750
San Diego, CA 92112
Enclosed for recordation are the following described documents:
Notice of Completion - Engineering
CT 82-8, Calavera Hills, The Crest
T.C. Construction, Contractor
Notice of Completion - Engineering
CT 84-23/PD-175, The Meadows (Xana Way)
Charter Service Corp., Contractor
Notice of Completion - Engineering
CT 83-25, Camino Hills
H&A Construction Co., Contractor
Notice of Completion - Municipal Projects
Calavera Hills Park, Phase I1
Western Summit Constructors Inc., Contractor
Our staff has determined that the recordation of these documents is
of benefit to the City; therefore, it is requested that the fees
be waived.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
$%% eputy City Clerk
Encs.
.?* a 0
-P Recording Requested By and Return To:
City Clerk
1200 Elm Avenue
Carlsbad, CA 92008
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
MUNICIPAL PROJECTS DEPARTMENT
To All Laborers and Material Men and to Every Other
Interested:
YOU WILL PLEASE TAKE NOTICE that on February 24,
the engineering project consisting of the constructic
Calavera Hills Park, Phase 11, on which Western ,
Constructors , Incorporated was the Contractor and Re Insurance Company was the surety, was completed.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
-
fer
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad; tht
Council of said City on March 7, 1989 acceptc
above described work as completed an ordered that a Not]
Completion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the for is true and correct.
Executed on / .3 j 987 at Car J' California.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
City Clerk ah
January 25, 1989
Western Summit Constructors Attention: Mr. Steve Hritz
1400 West 122nd Avenue, Suite 210 Denver, CO 80234
CALAVERA HILLS PARK, Project No. 3245
Dear Steve:
Effective Wednesday, January 18, 1989, the City of Carlsk
taking possession of and responsibility for Calavera Hills
Please turn all keys, operating manuals, andl equ
warranties over to my custody.
Yesterday's landscaping inspection conducted with Cliff H
identified planting and irrigation items requiring his imrn attention. The City's acceptance of the Park Building doc relieve Western Summit of responsibility for insuring
completion.
While most of the building punch list items have been corr
Western Summit Constructors is still responsible for any still outstanding. For the building, this includes
asphalt roof repairs or an extended roof warranty as dete by the Building Maintenance Department.
As a condition of acceptance, Western Summit is request
leave the temporary fence and the existing phone servj
place. The fence should remain up until February 23, 198
day before the Park's dedication. Phone service for the b alarm is required until Pacific Bell is able to extend per
telephone service to the building.
You may temporarily keep your job trailer on the site.
allow Robin Bettin, Calavera Hills Center Supervisor, acc
your phone in order to coordinate deliveries.
2075 Las Palmas Drive- Carlsbad, California 92009-4859- (61 9) 438-1 1 (
0 0
January 25, 1989 Page 2
Congratulations on completing a challenging project. I
call me at 438-1161, extension 4383, if you have any questic
7, ’ _- i,’ ; -/
j /’/;/, 1 .-TI ‘//, L, -’>‘: ’4 ’ Gary Kellison Project Manager
GK: tlg
c: John Cahill, Municipal Projects Manager flee Rautenkranz, City Clerk
Pat Kelly, Building Inspector
Tom Coleman, Building Maintenance Supervisor
Dave Bradstreet, Director of Parks & Recreation
Doug Duncanson, Park Superintendent
Lynn Chase, Recreation Superintendent Robin Bettin, Calavera Hills Center Supervisor
POLICY POLICY LIMITS OF LIABILIlY IN 1
TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE DATE 1" OCURRE
EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION 1 Bodily Injury 1 ; GENERAL LlAB!L!f\!
i3 Comprehensive Form
CT Premises-Operations Property Damaes
0 Explosion and Collapse Hazard
0 Underground Hazard
CY ProductdCompleted Operations
I3 Contractual Insurance Combined
I3 Broad Form Property Damage
M Independent Contractors
I3 Personal Injury Personal Injury
I3 Broad Form Comprehensive G.L
Bodily Injury and
Hazard 73 PR 007434 5001 06/22/88 06/22/89 propertY Damagf? $ 1,0(
Endorsement
This is to certify that policies of insurance
I AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
0 Comprehensive Form
0 Owned
0 Hired
0 Non-Owned
EXCESS LIABILITY
0 Umbrella Form
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
~~~~ ~ ~~~~
OTHER
listed below have ken issued to the insured named above and are in force at this time.
ikdily Injury
Bodily Injury
(Each Person) $
!Each Accident) $
Property Damage S
Bodily Injury and
Property Damage $
Combined
Bodily Injury anld
Property Damage $
Combined
Statutory
Bodily Injury $ 50
73 WC 007434 0002 07/12/88 06/22/89
This is to certify that policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the
TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER
d GENERA? Comprehensive ?!ABILI?Y Form
G$ Premises-Operations
0 Explosion and Collapse Hazard
0 Underground Hazard 13 ProductslCompleted Operations
I3 Contractual Insurance
13 Independent Contractors d Personal Injury
d Broad Form Comprehensive G.L
Endorsement
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
0 Comprehensive Form
0 Owned
0 Hired
0 Non-Owned
Hazard 73 PR 007434 5001
I3 Broad Form Property Damage
EXCESS LIABILITY
0 Umbrella Form
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND
EMPLOYERS LIABILITY
73 BA 007434 0001
OTHER
insured named above and are in force at this time.
POLICY POLICY LIMITS OF LlABlLlN IN '
DATE DATE OCURRI
Bodily Property Injury Damq?[-
Bodily Injury ancl
Combined
EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION
06/22/88 06/22/89 ' Property Damage $ 1fo(
!
Personal injury
IBodily Injury
(Each Person) $
Bodily Injury
!Each Accident) $
Property Damage S
Bodily Injury and
Property Damage $
Combined
Bodily Injury and
Property Damage $
Combined
Statutory
07/12/88 06/22/89
Bodily Injury I $ 50(
< 0 0
/$ APRIL 18, 1988
5' JIM ELLIOTT, FINANCE DIRECTOR
To: FROM: 2 GARY KELLISON, PROJECT MANAGER
/--
ALAVl3RA HILLS PARK, PHASE 2, PR(UECT #3245 ESCROW AGREEMEE
FOR DEPOSITS IN LIEXJ OF lU3TENTION
Attached for your review is the annual report for United Bar
of Denver, Western Summit's choice for escrow agent fc construction security deposits. Also attached is a 'copy c the escrow agreement for deposits in lieu of retentior Although Western Summit does not need to open an escrc account now, please return the signed escrow agreement to n
at your convenience. I will forward it to Western Summit : that escrow can be opened upon accumulation of a sizeabl
retention.
.-- 2) n I/! fq,J,l[d;dw-* t. ~
/
I GARY KELLISON
PROJECT MANAGER
C: Municipal Projects Manager
April 19, 1988
TO: Gary Kellison
FROM: Karen Kundtz
Here is the original escrow
agreement which has been signed
\ Lee. I have kept a copy for l
our files.
9
Rf.r.- l8 \ by Jim E. and witnessed by ,! ;
'1% '0 19j8
F.Ah!&QE
K.
One (1) 1987
-
-- Financial Information - United
of Dc
-
---
1 0 0
I OPTIONAL I
I
ESCROW AGREEMEWT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS
I
I IN LIEU OF RETENTION
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and betwe City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Elm Avenue, Car California, 92008, hereinafter called ttCitytl and
whose address is 6353 El Camino Real, Suite K
hereinafter called ItContractort1 and
whose address is 1700 Broadway
hereinafter called tlEscrow Agent. It
For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
Western Summit Constructors, Inc.
Carlsbad, California 92009-1607
United Bank of Denver
Denver, Colorado 80274-0119
1. Pursuant to Section 4590 of Chapter 13 of Division
Title 1 of the Government Code of the State of Calif
Contractor has the option to deposit securities with Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required withheld by City pursuant to the Construction Co entered into between the City and Contractor for- The
Hills Community Park, Phase 11, Contract No. 324tS
in the amount of $2,023,000.00 dated April 7. 1988 (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). A copy c contract is attached as Exhibit tfA1t. When Cont
deposits the securities as a substitute for Cc earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City with
(10) days of the deposit. The market value c
securities at the time of the substitution shall be at
equal to the cash amount then required to be withh retention under the terms of the Contract between th and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name See * Below - and
designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. Pr
any disbursements, Escrow Agent shall verify th?
present cumulative market value of all secu substituted is at least equal to the cash amount cumulative retention under the terms of the Contract.
2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contract
such funds which otherwise would be withheld from pl
payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, providc
the Escrow Agent holds securities in the fom and
specified above. *However the City prefers it:
1) Western Summit Constructors, Inc. c/o The City of
2) Western Summit Constructors, Inc. and The City of
3) Western Summit Constructors, Inc. Collateral Accc
The City of
0 e
t 1
3. Alternatively, the City may make payments directly to I
Agent in the amount of retention for the benefit of tht until such time as the escrow created hereundc terminated.
j
I I
! 4, Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees fc expenses incurred by Escrow Agent in administerinc escrow account. These expenses any payment terms sh?
determined by the Contractor and Escrow Agent.
5. The interest earned on the securities or the money I accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on interest shall be for the sole account of Contracto
shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at amy ti1 from time to time without notice to the City.
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or an] of the principal in the Escrow Account only by WI notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written auithori: from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents t withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrat Contractor.
7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securiti the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven (7 written notice to the Escrow Agent from the city a default of the Contractor, the Escrow Agent immediately convert the securities to cash and distribute the case as instructed by the City.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the certifying that the Contractor has complied wit1
requirements and procedures applicable to the Con. Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securitic interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges c
Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immecliatel: disbursement of all monies and securities on ldeposi payments of fees and charges.
9. Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notification5 the City and the Contractor pursuant to Sections 4 i inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Cont shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's rl and disbursement of the securities and interest ELS set above
The names of the persons who are authorized to sjign fi.
written notices or to receive written notice on behz the City and on behalf of Contractor in connecti.on wi. foregoing, and exemplars of their respective siqnaturc as follows:
10.
I m
i 0
I I
For City : Title I Name Signatur
Address
For Contractor: Title Name Jerry E. ArquelJ-o---
Address 1400 Nest 12'$nd Ave
Denver, ColoZado 80 For Escrow Agent: Title Senior Investment R
Signature - . -'
Name Joel P. Johnson Signature 1700 Broadway Address Denver, Colorado 80
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the Cit
Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a executed counterpart of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreemt their proper officers on the date first set forth above.
For City: Title City Clerk
Name Aletha L. Rautenkranz
Signature U&$ &Li&--h Address 1200 Elm Ave., Carlsba
For Contractor: Title Name Signature Add res s Suite K
Carlsbad, Californi